The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About065063-V1 - Construction-Related - Contract - CLW Water Group, LLCCSC No. 65063-V 1 FORTWORTH. CONTRACT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF BONDS RANCH LIFT STATION A City Project No. 104490-1 Mattie Parker Jesus "Jay" Chapa Mayor City Managerz Chris Harder, P.E. Director, Water Department Lauren Prieur, P.E. Director, Transportation and Public Works Department Prepared for The City of Fort Worth Water Department December 2025 DOCUMENTS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION These "Issued for Construction" Contract Documents have been prepared by revising the Bidding Documents to record references to addenda, field orders or change orders issued. The Bidding Documents may have been revised to incorporate these revisions directly into the "Issued for Construction" Contract Documents. Contractor is responsible for determining that these documents are consistent with their understanding of the Bidding Documents as modified per the appropriate provisions of the Contract Documents. The Bidding Documents, as modified per the appropriate provisions of the Contract Documents, take precedence over these "Issued for Construction" documents. Freese and Nichols, Inc 801 Cherry St, Ste. 2800 Fort Worth, TX 76102 Texas Registered Engineering Firm F-2144 FNI Project No. FTW23662 In Association with OFFICIAL RECORD Gupta & Associates, Inc CITY SECRETARY 13717 Neutron Rd Dallas, TX 75244 FT. WORTH, TX Texas Registered Engineering Firm F-2593 FORTWORTH, 4* City of Fort Worth Standard Construction Specification Documents Adopted September 2011 DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 00 00 00 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 0 Page I of 9 SECTION 00 00 00 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division 00 - General Conditions Last Revised 00 01 07 Design Professional Seals FNI 0005 10 Mayor and Council Communication 07/01/2011 0005 15 Addenda 07/01/2011 0011 13 Invitation to Bidders 02/08/2024 0021 13 Instructions to Bidders 09/01/2025 0035 13 Conflict of Interest Statement 02/24/2020 00 41 00 Bid Form 09/30/2021 00 42 43 Proposal Form Unit Price 09/30/2021 0043 13 Bid Bond 09/30/2021 00 43 37 Vendor Compliance to State Law Nonresident Bidder 09/30/2021 0045 11 Bidders Prequalifications 08/13/2021 0045 12 Prequalification Statement 09/30/2021 0045 13 Prequalification Application 06/13/2025 00 45 26 Contractor Compliance with Workers' Compensation Law 07/01/2011 nn omi�5 00 52 43 Agreement 06/13/2025 0061 13 Performance Bond 12/08/2023 0061 14 Payment Bond 12/08/2023 0061 19 Maintenance Bond 12/08/2023 00 61 25 Certificate of Insurance 07/01/2011 00 72 00 General Conditions 09/01/2025 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions 03/08/2024 Division 01- General Requirements Last Revised 01 1100 Summary of Work 12/20/2012 01 25 00 Substitution Procedures 07/01/2011 01 31 19 Preconstruction Meeting 09/01/2025 01 31 20 Project Meetings MOD 07/01/2011 0132 16 Construction Schedule 10/06/2023 01 3233 Preconstruction Video 07/01/2011 013300 Submittals 12/20/2012 0135 13 Special Project Procedures MOD 03/11/2022 01 40 01 IBC Special Inspections FNI 01 45 23 Testing and Inspection Services 03/09/2020 01 5000 Temporary Facilities and Controls 07/01/2011 01 5526 Street Use Permit and Modifications to Traffic Control 03/22/2021 01 57 13 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 07/01/2011 01 58 13 Temporary Project Si na e 07/01/2011 01 60 00 Product Requirements 03/09/2020 01 66 00 Product Storage and Handling Requirements 07/01/2011 01 70 00 Mobilization and Remobilization 11/22/2016 01 7123 Construction Staking and Survey 02/14/2018 01 74 23 Cleaning 07/01/2011 01 75 00 Starting and Adjusting (FNI) 0177 19 Closeout Requirements 03/22/2021 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised 09/0112025 Bonds Ranch Lift Station A City Project Number: 104490-1 00 00 00 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 9 01 78 23 Operation and Maintenance Data (MOD) 12/20/2012 01 7839 Project Record Documents 07/01/2011 Technical Specifications which have been modified by the Engineer specifically for this Project; hard copies are included in the Project's Contract Documents Division 02 - Existing Conditions - NONE Date Modified 0241 13 Selective Site Demolition 0241 14 Utility Removal/Abandonment 0241 15 Paving Removal Division 03 - Concrete 03 1100 Concrete Forming FNI 03 21 00 Reinforcing Steel FNI 03 30 00 Cast -In -Place Concrete (FNI) 03 40 16 Precast Concrete Building Division 05 — Metals 05 50 00 Metal Fabrications (FNI) 0552 13 Pipe and Tube Railing FNI 05 53 00 Metal Gratings FNI Division 06 — Wood, Plastic, and Composites 06 10 00 1 Rough Carpentry FNI Division 07 — Thermal and Moisture Protection 0752 13 Atactic-Polypropylene (APP) Modified Bituminous Membrane FNI 07 62 00 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim FNI 07 92 00 Joint Sealants FNI Division 08 - Openings 08 11 13 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames FNI 0831 19 Floor Access Doors FNI 08 71 00 Door Hardware FNI Division 09 - Finishes 09 96 00 High -Performance Coatings FNI 09 97 23 Concrete Protective Coatings (FNI 09 99 00 Painting FNI Division 10 - Specialties 10 44 01 1 Fire Extinguishers FNI 10 73 16.13 1 Aluminum Canopy Structures FNI Division 22 — Plumbing 22 14 29.16 1 Submersible Sump Pumps (FNI CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised 09/0112025 00 00 00 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS FAI Page 3 of 9 Division 23 - HVAC 23 00 00 Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning FNI 2305 13 Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment (HVAC) FNI 23 05 53 Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment (FNI) 23 05 93 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC FNI 23 07 13 Duct Insulation FNI 2331 13 Metal Ducts FNI 23 33 00 Air Duct Accessories (FNI 23 34 23 HVAC Power Ventilators FNI 2337 13 Diffusers, Registers, and Grilles FNI 23 74 09 Rooftop Air Conditioners FNI) Division 26 - Electrical 26 00 00 Electrical General Provisions GAI 2605 19 Low -Voltage Wires and Cables GAI) 26 05 26 Grounding and Bonding System GAI 26 05 29 Electrical Support Hardware (GAI) 26 05 33 Racewa s, Boxes, Enclosures and Fittings GAI 26 05 36 Cable Tray 26 05 43 Underground System GAI 26 05 73 Power System Stud GAI 2622 13 Distribution Dry -Type Transformers GAI) 26 24 13 Low Voltage Distribution Switchboards GAI 26 24 14 Low Voltage Load Bank Quick Connect Switchboards GAI 26 24 16 Panelboards GAI 26 27 26 Light Switches and Receptacles GAI 2628 16 Low Voltage Enclosed Circuit Breakers and Disconnect Switches GAI 26 29 23 Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives VFDs 26 29 86 Mechanical Equipment Manufacturer's Provided Control Panels 26 29 87 Electrical Contractor Provided Control Panels ECPs GAI 2632 13 Standby Generator Set GAI 26 33 53 Uninterru tible Power Supply System UPS (GAI) 26 41 00 Lightning Protection System (GAI) 2643 13 Low Voltage AC Sure Protective Devices SPDs GAI 26 50 00 Lighting System GAI Division 31- Earthwork 3105 13 Soils for Earthwork (FNI) 3123 10 Structural Excavation and Backfll FNI 31 23 23.34 Flowable Fill FNI Division 33 - Utilities 3305 16 Concrete Water Vaults MOD 33 11 10 Ductile Iron Pie MOD 33 31 70 Combination Air Valve for Sanitary Sewer Force Mains MOD CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised 09/0112025 00 00 00 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 9 Division 40 - Process Integration 40 05 07 Hangers and Supports for Process Piping FNI 40 05 31 Thermoplastic Process Pipe FNI 40 05 36.13 FRP Pipe and Accessories for Odor Control FNI) 40 05 43 Miscellaneous Valves (FNI) 40 05 50 Fabricated Gates FNI 40 05 61 Gate Valves FNI 40 05 65.23 Swing Check Valves FNI 40 61 00 Process Control Systems General Provisions GAI 40 61 96 Process Control Descriptions GAI 40 63 00 Programmable Logic Controller GAI 40 66 00 Communications Interface Equipment GAI 40 67 00 Process Control Systems Control Panels GAI 40 68 60 Application Services (GAI) 40 70 50 Instrument Support Hardware GAI 40 71 00 Flow Measurement Devices GAI 40 72 00 Level Measurement Devices GAI 40 73 00 Pressure Measurement Devices 4073 13 Pressure Gauges (FNI) 40 78 00 Panel Mounted Control Devices GAI 40 80 00 Commissioning of Process Control Systems GAI Division 41— Material Processing and Handling Equipment 41 31 13 1 Carbon Adsorption Unit (FNI) Division 44 - Pollution and Waste Control Equipment 44 42 56.04 1 Solids Handling Submersible Pumps (FNI Technical Specifications listed below are included for this Project by reference and can be viewed/downloaded from the City's website at: http://fortworthtexas.i!ov/tpw/contractors/ or https://apps.fortworthtexas.2ov/ProiectResources/ Division 02 - Existing Conditions Last Revised 02 4n-3 eoleetye cite Demolition.. io�z 0241 14 Utility Removal/Abandonment 12/20/2012 n� nt tc mirnioni� v2-rrz� �v Division 03 - Concrete Division 26 - Electrical CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised 09/0112025 00 00 00 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Page 5 of 9 CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised 09/0112025 00 00 00 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Page 6 of 9 Division 31 - Earthwork 31 00 00 Site Clearing 03/22/2021 3123 16 Unclassified Excavation 01/28/2013 34-23-2-3 BeFfew niio 4�3 31 24 00 Embankments 01/28/2013 31 25 00 Erosion and Sediment Control 04/29/2021 � ,moo Gabiens 1 ��12 � 1 27 nn �-r�-rev i � 420/2012 r�-ivrao�z Division 32 - Exterior Improvements 3201 17 Permanent Asphalt Paving Repair 12/20/2012 3201 18 Temporary Asphalt Paving Repair 12/20/2012 32 01 29 Concrete Paving Repair 06/13/2025 32 11 23 Flexible Base Courses 12/20/2012 32 11 29 Lime Treated Base Courses 12/20/2012 32 1133 Cement Treated Base Courses 06/10/2022 32 11 37 Liquid Treated Soil Stabilizer 08/21/2015 32 12 16 Asphalt Paving 6/07/2024 32 1273 Asphalt Paving Crack Sealants 12/20/2012 32 13 13 Concrete Paving 06/13/2025 32 13 20 Concrete Sidewalks, Driveways and Barrier Free Rams 12/09/2022 32 13 73 Concrete Paving Joint Sealants 12/20/2012 32 16 13 Concrete Curb and Gutters and Valley Gutters 12/09/2022 37 i 7 2-Nfafkiags06,4042022 2� 1t1n3 3231 13 Chain Fences and Gates 12/20/2012 32 31 26 Wire Fences and Gates 12/20/2012 32-3243 06,105�204-9 3291 19 Topsoil Placement and Finishing of Roadway Right-of-ways 03/11/2022 32 92 13 Sodding 05/13/2021 2 92 t o 0v13/2021 3292 15 Native Grass and Wildflower Seeding 10/06/2023 32 93 43 Trees and Shrubs 12/20/2012 Division 33 - Utilities 33 01 30 Sewer and Manhole Testing 09/07/2018 33 01 31 Closed Circuit Television CCTV Inspection - Sanitary Sewer 03/11/2022 2 12m3 A 171 /7r�QOQ012 33 04 10 Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation 12/20/2012 3 nn t t r,,....,,sio efitfol Toss stations 1 2 90,9012 2 1 i�1" 33 04 30 Temporary Water Services 07/01/2011 33 04 40 Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains 02/06/2013 33 04 50 Cleaning of Pipes 03/11/2022 3305 10 1 Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill 06/13/2025 3305 12 Water Line Lowering 12/20/2012 3305 13 Frame, Cover and Grade Rings 09/09/2022 CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised 09/0112025 00 00 00 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Page 7 of 9 3305 14 Adjusting Manholes, Inlets, Valve Boxes, and Other Structures to Grade 03/11/2022 c 1 3305 17 Concrete Collars 03/11/2022 33 05 20 Auger Boring 12/20/2012 33 05 21 Tunnel Liner Plate 12/20/2012 33 05 22 Steel Casing Pie 12/20/2012 33 05 23 Hand Tunneling 12/20/2012 33 05 24 Installation of Carrier Pipe in Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate 12/09/2022 33 05 26 Utility Markers/Locators 12/20/2012 33 05 30 Location of Existing Utilities 12/20/2012 33 1105 Bolts, Nuts, and Gaskets 12/20/2012 3 1 1 1 n � a--r-r-ry 1- rnn /2r02 r�rv�vzz 33 11 11 Ductile Iron Fittings 09/20/2017 33 11 12 Polyvinyl Chloride PVC Pressure Pie 09/09/2022 231 1 1Bar-pe,03107 2025 334444 1 7 L7�-20Qviz 0 Water- cv,..4ees 1 iae 4, 2 inn 02/10 n�17 '2'27 42 iT Lff9eNi4ff Meters 12�7rcr20/2012 33 1220 Resilient Seated Gate Valve 05/06/2015 3=Rubber-nn i�9 33 1225 Connection to Existing Water Mains 02/06/2013 3 1 7 z nfor-1 2 4040 33 1240 Fire Hydrants 01/03/2014 32 17 G �vn 1i7n17 �2n/2z o no 06/19i G4-3 33 Z1 1'� ✓-Trzz 12/7n/7n17 r�-svrav�z 33 31 13 Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe for Gravity Sanitary Sewers 12/20/2012 3331 15 High Density Polyethylene HDPE Pipe for Sanitary Sewer 04/23/2019 33 31 20 Polyvinyl Chloride PVC Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pie 09/09/2022 33 31 21 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Closed Profile Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe 12/20/2012 3'2 77 �31z 17,90/2012� 3331 4� �� zzsrz-vrz-v-ra 1242W201- y nn i3 3 3 7-nCombina4ioinQ'Q0 01- 33 39 10 Cast -in -Place Concrete Manholes 12/13/2024 33 39 20 Precast Concrete Manholes 12/13/2024 33 39 30 Fiberglass Manholes 12/13/2024 nn 77�T 3341 10 Reinforced Concrete Storm Sewer Pipe/Culverts 07/01/2011 334444Polyethylene1277QO/2012 334442Polyethylenepe-iW3Qnlc 3 n 1 1 2PelypFepylene061109022 33-4( vv 171 �7zc90/2012 3T Slotted Stefm44mins n7/n�11 3 n� 0- �--Tv-vz Tr-ene , Dr-ai- s 07110 90 1 mTv�vsz 3349 10 Cast -in -Place Manholes and Junction Boxes 12/13/2024 3 9 W 03111 022 CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised 09/0112025 00 00 00 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Page 8 of 9 33 49 40 Storm Drainage Headwalls and Wingwalls 07/01/2011 Division 34 - Transportation 3 n n i t o 03444202- �o �z �n n i inns n ttae ,. e ftt A. r ��i1o, Gabif 4 12/19/2015 7T'TTT��r TSL CCCG112IICii TV1S 12Gr'C:CCO2LIGT TGTZU]Zv1� Z^ A�02 Q;!, I/P 0 12 34n i t t 1142/2013 3n na/io�i 34n t 2nRead-way12QO/201 34ni N nt 0611Si01- 34n i �Fr-eeway06,115 015 34ni 2n n3 06115/ O1 34 41 30 Aluminum Signs 11/12/2013 4 4 cnFiber-r» 266/20i66 3471 13 Traffic Control 03/22/2021 Appendix GC-4.01 Availability of Lands GC-4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions GC-6.07 Wage Rates GC-6.09 Permits and Utilities GR-01 60 00 Product Requirements END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised 09/0112025 00 01 07 - 1 DESIGN PROFESSIONAL SEALS Page 1 of 4 SECTION 00 0107 DESIGN PROFESSIONAL SEALS Specification Sections Sealed DIVISION 00 08 31 19 (E OF T�cll DIVISION 01 09 96 00 'Co DIVISION 22 09 97 23 tooto * : to*�0 1.i DIVISION 33 3105 13 ••••..... o•••••••••••• . 0 DIVISION 44 40 05 43 LAUREN NOBLES 10 ........... i 400550.. '0�o��0156924 40 05 61 40 05 65.23 111 S ONAL 03/02/2026 FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. TEXAS REGISTERED ENGINEERING FIRM F-2144 CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised July 1, 2011 000107-2 DESIGN PROFESSIONAL SEALS Page 2 of 4 of 1 Specification Sections Sealed DIVISION 03 3123 10 ��P�� • • T F 4 1l DIVISION 05 3123 23.34 ....................... / BAILEY WATSON / / ...................... / ��0�s �• 149910 ' `�% 00 �1+ SS/O... f!1C�, FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. TEXAS REGISTERED ENGINEERING FIRM F-2144 Specification Sections Sealed DIVISION 06 08 11 13 DIVISION 07 08 7100 000044pp gROp DIVISION 08 09 99 00 000REp off. CIOS' o DIVISION 10 � ow• o •��D o 0* � •. 25 1 .• Po T OF ..... • rGoo 03/06/2026 FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. TEXAS REGISTERED ENGINEERING FIRM F-2144 CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised July 1, 2011 000107-3 DESIGN PROFESSIONAL SEALS Page 3 of 4 0 %%II Specification Sections Sealed DIVISION 23 *: :* 0' JOHNATHAN ALEX KAVANAUGH o or .......................... 01-0 '• 145083 c`��u 0l �lcENS'� N OlD5/20Z6 FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. TEXAS REGISTERED ENGINEERING FIRM F-2144 �-%OF 14 Specification Sections Sealed DIVISION 41 40 05 00 sl 40 05 07 ';�0 400531 �.......................' go 40 05 36.13 00 NICHOLAS C. LANDES do go ........................ 0-p: 1171770000% .G_ •ENS• 1 �,�ONAL a� 3/2 026 FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. TEXAS REGISTERED ENGINEERING FIRM F-2144 CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised July 1, 2011 000107-4 DESIGN PROFESSIONAL SEALS Page 4 of 4 Specification Sections Sealed THE SEAL THAT ORIGINALLY DIVISION 40 61 00 APPEARED ON THIS DOCUMENT 26 40 61 96 WAS AUTHORIZED BY PUNEET GUPTA, P.E., NO. 115692 ON 40 63 00 DECEMBER 4, 2025. GUPTA AND 40 66 00 ASSOCIATES, INC. TEXAS 40 67 00 REGISTERED ENGINEERING FIRM 40 68 60 F- 2593. ALTERATION OF A 40 70 50 SEALED DOCUMENT WITHOUT 40 71 00 PROPER NOTIFICATION OF THE 40 72 00 RESPONSIBLE ENGINEER IS AN 40 78 00 OFFENSE UNDER THE TEXAS 40 80 00 ENGINEERING PRACTICE ACT. GUPTA AND ASSOCIATES, INC. TEXAS REGISTERED ENGINEERING FIRM F-2593 END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised July 1, 2011 FORTWORTH. CONTRACT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF BONDS RANCH LIFT STATION A City Project No. 104490-1 Mattie Parker Jesus "Jay" Chapa Mayor City Managerz Chris Harder, P.E. Director, Water Department Lauren Prieur, P.E. Director, Transportation and Public Works Department Prepared for The City of Fort Worth Water Department December 2025 DOCUMENTS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION These "Issued for Construction" Contract Documents have been prepared by revising the Bidding Documents to record references to addenda, field orders or change orders issued. The Bidding Documents may have been revised to incorporate these revisions directly into the "Issued for Construction" Contract Documents. Contractor is responsible for determining that these documents are consistent with their understanding of the Bidding Documents as modified per the appropriate provisions of the Contract Documents. The Bidding Documents, as modified per the appropriate provisions of the Contract Documents, take precedence over these "Issued for Construction" documents. Freese and Nichols, Inc 801 Cherry St, Ste. 2800 Fort Worth, TX 76102 Texas Registered Engineering Firm F-2144 FNI Project No. FTW23662 In Association with Gupta & Associates, Inc 13717 Neutron Rd Dallas, TX 75244 Texas Registered Engineering Firm F-2593 City of Fort Worth, Texas Mayor and Council Communication DATE: Tuesday, March 10, 2026 REFERENCE NO.: **M&C 26-0183 LOG NAME: 60BRLSFMGMP1-CLWWGANDFNIA2 SUBJECT: (CD 7 and ETJ) Authorize Execution of a Contract with CLW Water Group, LLC in the Amount of $12,992,000.00 for Construction of the Bonds Ranch Lift Station, Force Main and Gravity Main Project Part 1, Authorize Execution of Amendment No. 2, in the Amount of $520,000.00, to an Engineering Agreement with Freese and Nichols, Inc. for the Bonds Ranch Lift Station, Force Main and Gravity Main Project, Adopt Resolution Expressing Official Intent to Reimburse Expenditures with Proceeds of Future Debt, and Adopt Appropriation Ordinances to Effect a Portion of Water's Contribution to the Fiscal Years 2026-2030 Capital Improvement Program RECOMMENDATION: It is recommended that the City Council: 1. Authorize execution of a contract with CLW Water Group, LLC in the amount of $12,992,000.00 for construction of the Bonds Ranch Lift Station, Force Main and Gravity Main project Part 1; 2. Authorize execution of Amendment No. 2 to City Secretary Contract No. 59868, an Engineering Agreement with Freese and Nichols, Inc., in the amount of $520,000.00, for construction support services for the Bonds Ranch Lift Station, Force Main and Gravity Main project for a revised contract amount of $2,672,892.00; 3. Adopt the attached appropriation ordinance increasing estimated receipts and appropriations in the Sewer Impact Fee Fund in the amount of $2,428,721.00, from available Wholesale and Retail Impact Fees, for the purpose of transferring funds from the Water/Wastewater Wholesale Impact Fees and Water/Wastewater Retail Impact Fees projects (City Project Nos. B20004 and B20005) to the Bonds Ranch Lift Station, Force Main and Gravity Main project (City Project No. 104490); 4. Adopt the attached appropriation ordinance increasing estimated receipts and appropriations in the Sewer Impact Fee Fund in the amount of $2,428,721.00 transferred from the Water Impact Fee Fund to the Bonds Ranch Lift Station, Force Main and Gravity Main project (City Project No. 104490); 5. Adopt the attached Resolution expressing official intent to reimburse expenditures with proceeds from future debt for the Bonds Ranch Lift Station, Force Main and Gravity Main project; and 6. Adopt the attached appropriation ordinance adjusting appropriations in the Water and Sewer Commercial Paper Fund by increasing appropriations in the Bonds Ranch Lift Station, Force Main and Gravity Main project (City Project No. 104490) in the amount of $11,769,632.00 and decreasing appropriations in the W&S Commercial Paper project (City Project No. UCMLPR) by the same amount, to effect a portion of Water's contribution to the Fiscal Years 2026-2030 Capital Improvement Program. DISCUSSION: This Mayor and Council Communication (M&C) is to authorize a construction contract with CLW Water Group, LLC, authorize an amendment to an Engineering Agreement with Freese and Nichols, Inc., adopt a resolution expressing official intent to reimburse expenditures from future debt, and appropriate funding for Bonds Ranch Lift Station, Force Main and Gravity Main project. On June 27, 2023, Mayor and Council Communication (M&C) 23-0544, the City Council authorized an engineering agreement in the amount of $1,143,312.00 with Freese and Nichols, Inc., (City Secretary Contract No. 59868) for the Bonds Ranch Lift Station (Lift Station A), Force Main, and Gravity Main project. The agreement was subsequently revised by Amendment No. 1 in the amount of $1,009,580.00, authorized September 16, 2025 (M&C 25-0891) that primarily provided design for a second lift station (Lift Station B) that, in conjunction with Lift Station A, will provide sanitary sewer service to the area west of Morris Dido Newark Road and south of Peden Road. Amendment No. 2 CSC 59868 provides for construction management, resident project representative, and construction support services including shop drawings, submittal reviews, change order review, and record drawings. Construction of the Bonds Ranch Lift Station project was advertised for bid on December 10, 2025, and December 17, 2025, in the Fort Worth Star -Telegram. On January 15, 2026, the following bids were received: Bidder Amount Contract Time CLW Water Group, L F—$12,992,000.0011 912 Calendar Days Keeley Construction $15,008,371.17 Thalle Construction Co, Inc. $15,885,046.00 Felix Construction Company $18,882,770.00 In addition to the contract cost, $361,553.00 is required for project management, material testing and inspection and $324,800.00 is provided for project contingency. Small Business (SB) Goal — The City waived the Small Business Program requirement for this project due to there being fewer than three certified vendors available, in accordance with the City's Small Business Ordinance, Chapter 21 of the City Code. Available cash within the Water and Sewer portfolio and the City's portfolio along with the appropriation authority authorized under Callable Commercial Paper Program (CP) will be used to provide interim financing for this project until debt is issued. Once debt associated with this project is sold, bond proceeds will be used to reimburse the Water and Sewer portfolio and the City's portfolio in accordance with the attached Reimbursement Resolution. Under federal law, debt must be issued within approximately three years in order for these expenses to be reimbursable. Adoption of the attached resolution does not obligate the City to sell bonds but preserves the ability of the City to reimburse itself from tax-exempt bond proceeds. It is the practice of the Water Department to appropriate its Capital Improvement Program (CIP) plan throughout the Fiscal Year, instead of within the annual budget ordinance, as projects commence, additional funding needs are identified, and to comply with bond covenants. Funding is budgeted in the Commercial Paper project within the W&S Commercial Paper Fund and in the Water/Wastewater Wholesale Impact Fees and Water/Wastewater Retail Impact Fees projects for the purpose of funding of the Bonds Ranch Lift Station, Force Main and Gravity Main project. Funding for the Bonds Ranch Lift Station (A), Force Main and Gravity Main project are depicted below: Fund Existing Appropriations Additional Appropriations Project Total* 56022 - W&S Rev Bonds $3,149,655.00 $0.00 $3,149,655.00 Series 2024 57003 — Sewer Impact Fee $0.00 $2,428,721.00 $2,428,721.00 Fund 56026 — W&S Commercial $0.00 $11,769,632.00 $11,769,632.00 Paper Project Total $3,149,655.00 $14,198,353.00 $17,348,008.00 *Numbers rounded for presentation purposes. The project is located in COUNCIL DISTRICT 7 and the ETJ. FISCAL INFORMATION / CERTIFICATION: The Director of Finance certifies that funds are available in the Commercial Paper project within the W&S Commercial Paper Fund and in the W/WW Wholesale Impact Fees and W/W Retail Impact Fees projects within the Sewer Impact Fee Fund and upon approval of the above recommendations and adoption of the attached appropriation ordinance, funds will be available in the W&S Commercial Paper Fund for the Bonds Ranch LS(A)/FM/GM project to support the above recommendations and execution of the contract and amendment. Prior to an expenditure being incurred, the Water Department has the responsibility of verifying the availability of funds. FUND IDENTIFIERS (FIDs): TO and Project Department ccoun Proj p ID ID Budget Reference # Amount Year (Chartfield 2) 1 FROM Fund Department Account Project ProgramActivity Budget Reference # Amount ID I ID i Year 1 (Chartfield 2) 1 CERTIFICATIONS: Submitted for City Manager's Office by_ Jesica McEachern (5804) Originating Department Head: Chris Harder (5020) Additional Information Contact: Bijay Upreti (8909) ATTACHMENTS 1. 60BRLSFMGMP1-CLWWGANDFNIA2 FID TABLE (WCF 02.11.26).xlsx (CFW Internal) 2. 60BRLSFMGMP1-CLWWGANDFNIA2 funds avail.docx (CFW Internal) 3.60BRLSFMGMP1-CLWWGANDFNIA2.pdf (Public) 4. Commercial Paper Balance as of 02.11.2026.xlsx (CFW Internal) 5. Form 1295 Certificate CLW Water Group Executed.pdf (CFW Internal) 6. Form 1295 FNI.pdf (CFW Internal) 7. ORD.APP 60BRLSFMGMP1-CLWWGANDFNIA2 56026 A026(R6) - JLM.docx (Public) 8. ORD.APP 60BRLSFMGMP1-CLWWGANDFNIA2 57003 A026(R3) - JLM.docx (Public) 9. ORD.APP 60BRLSFMGMP1-CLWWGANDFNIA2 57003 A026(R4) - JLM.docx (Public) 10. PBS CPN 104490.pdf (CFW Internal) 11. Res.60BRLSFMGMP1-CLWWGANDFNIA2 - JLM.docx (Public) N N N N N N N N 20 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 W W W W W W W W u, u, u, u1 u1 u, u1 u1 u, u, - - - u, u, a> al m V m m m m m m V V V J J J J -A J 01 01 O O O O O O O O O O O O O 0 0 O O O O O O N 01 N Q1 N Q1 O w N O1 N O1 N 01 N m N CI N m O W O W O W O W O W O W O W O W Cl W N Q1 N Q1 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O 0 0 V V V V V V V V V V V V J J J J J J V V O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A w w w w w w w w w w w w W W w W w w w w 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Cl 0 0 0 0 0 0 N cn In A In u'i w w w Ln A cn u1 A A A O W W lO V w V W I -- I" l0 l0 w ?_ A 01 O w O I —' O Ul V A O W O A O In CD F-� I--� O ul V O O O O J W W O to W O O w O !-� I--� I--� O O O O O O O O w O N O r O O O O O O O W O k, W In crn w A W F-` 07 W -• CO b7 b7 I--` C O O O O O O O O O O O N N O O N N N N O A A A A A A A A A A A O O A A O O O O A A A A A A A A A A A A O O A A O O O O A l0 l0 l0 l0 l0 l0 l0 l0 l0 l0 LO O O ;:o O O O O O O O O O O m 00 m O O O O O O O O O O O O D4N A A A A A A A A P- P- NJN O O Z 00 A 00 A 00 O 00 O 00 O 00 O 00 O to W 00 O 00 O O O O O lO l0 lO l0 lO lD l0 lO lD lD lO l0 N N N N N N N N ' l0 l0 l0 l0 l0 lO l0 l0 l0 l0 l0 l0 O O O O O O O O lD lD lD l0 lO lD lD lD lD lO lD l0 N N N N N N N N l0 l0 l0 l0 l0 l0 l0 l0 l0 l0 l0 l0 a1 a1 Cn 01 01 O1 01 01 69 bn 69 bn bn 69 A 0 w N N A W O A A w 0 W O V V V tin N V/ V O N 00 A N N 00 A 00 A (n al 01 F-` N m N A N W Ol 00 A A CO 00 A A A A lD l0 O) In W W 00 V W N o O 00 O I--` In V W W J J W W W W 01 Ol A V 00 O O O O F-� 00 W A Ili I--� V O u'I O N N J 0 0 J O In O W N W N IN-+ 'o O O O O O lO O O O 10 O 1�0 O O O O O O O O O O O O O V W O O J W J W 0 0 cn to --I v to to 0 0 O O O O C -0 -0v O ov � n m n O O 0 o O O 3 O n 3 3 C2 3 N N rp 3 DJ - n c n O n O rD n S 'O O 3 N ,N+ D 3 n V ID n + 3 M FD D 0• n n 0 3 *. O � 3 000510-1 MAYOR AND COUNCIL COMMUNICATION (M&C) Page 1 of 1 SECTION 00 0510 MAYOR AND COUNCIL COMMUNICATION (M&C) END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised July 1, 2011 000515-1 ADDENDA Page 1 of 1 SECTION 00 05 15 ADDENDA END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised July 1, 2011 ADDENDUM TO INVITATION TO BID NO.26-0063 BONDS RANCH LIFT STATION A WATER DEPARTMENT ADDENDUM NO. 1 INVITATION TO BID (ITB): 26-0063 BID OPENING DATE: January 18, 2026 DATE ISSUED: December 22, 2025 ITB No. 26-0063 issued December 10, 2025, is hereby amended as follows: 1. Responses to questions are attached to this addendum as Attachment A. 2. CONTRACT MANUAL a. Remove the following specification: SBE requirements are not applicable for this project. Remove Specification 00 45 41 Small Business Goal GC-6.06.D Small Business Utilization Form b. Replace the following sections: Replace Specification With Specification 00 21 13 Instruction to Bidders 00 21 13 Instruction to Bidders 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions All ather terms n conditions remain linchanged. TONY MOLOLA, P.E. ASSISTANT DIRECTOR, WATER DEPARTMENT rwrwwwrrrwwrrrrrrrrrrwrrrrrrwrwwrrrwrwwwwrrwrwwrrrrwarr usrwwrwwrwrw a wrrww a r� By the signature affixed below, Addendum No. 1 is hereby incorporated into and made part of the above referenced Invitation to Bid. COMPANY NAME SIGNATURE: _ NOTE: Company return this form w W : David Caldwell, President kB/a'h-&sig:1l&dre muJMe the same as on the original bid documents. Failure to your sealed bid may/constitute grounds for rejection of your offer. ITB 26-0063 Bonds Ranch Lift Station A Addendum No. 1, Page 1 of 2 _`DNA\\\\ �*:� �• •:*III ......................:... / LAUREN NOBLES .......................�.. / 0I . 156924 1 /10� • /C E N SRO'. N, /l4, S/ONAI. e��— 12/22/202S ITB 26-0063 Bonds Ranch Lift Station A Addendum No. 1, Page 2 of 2 CPN 104490-1 Bonds Ranch Lift Station A Addendum No. 1 Attachment A This document is provided as a supplement to the Bonds Ranch Lift Station A Contract Documents. Below are responses to questions for clarification that may require additional information and/or are not addressed directly within the contract documents. Q1-1: Please pose pre -bid attendee list after 1108 meeting. R1-1: The pre -bid attendee list will be posted in a forthcoming Addendum. Q1-2: What is the total project value? R1-2: The estimated construction cost is between $11.0 - $11.5M Q1-3: Specification 00-52-43 4.1 states substantial completion is 550 days and final completion is 912 days. Confirm the final completion time is correct and clarify why there is such a long duration between the two completion dates? R1-3: Yes it is correct. The extension accounts for generator startup and testing. All other lift station components must be substantially complete within 550 days. Q 1-4: Specification 00-42-43, please consider consolidating and simplifying the bid form. R1-4: Specification 00 42 43 will not be consolidated at this time. 0021 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTION 00 2113 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1.1 DEFINED TERMS Pagel of 8 A.Capitalized terms used in these INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS are defined in Section 00 72 00 - GENERAL CONDITIONS. B. Certain additional terms used in these INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS have the meanings indicated below which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. Bidder: Any person, firm, partnership, company, association, or corporation acting directly through a duly authorized representative, submitting a bid for performing the work contemplated under the Contract Documents. 2. Nonresident Bidder: Any person, firm, partnership, company, association, or corporation acting directly through a duly authorized representative, submitting a bid for performing the work contemplated under the Contract Documents whose principal place of business is not in the State of Texas. 3. Successful Bidder: The lowest responsible and responsive Bidder to whom City (on the basis of City's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. 1.2 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS A.Neither City nor Engineer shall assume any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the Bidders use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. B. City and Engineer in making electronic Bidding Documents available do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids for the Work and do not authorize or confer a license or grant for any other use. 1.3 PREQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS (PRIME CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS) A.Bidders or their designated subcontractors are required to be prequalified for the work types requiring prequalification as per Sections 00 45 11 BIDDERS PREQUALIFICATIONS and 00 45 12 PREQUALIFICATION STATEMENT. Firms seeking pre -qualification, must submit the documentation identified in Section 00 45 11 on Section 00 45 13 PREQUALIFICATION APPLICATION at least seven (7) calendar days prior to Bid opening for review and, if qualified, acceptance. The subcontractors listed by a Bidder on 00 45 12 must be prequalified for the appropriate work types. Subcontractors must follow the same timelines as Bidders for obtaining prequalification review. Bidders or Subcontractors who are not prequalified at the time bids are opened and reviewed may cause the bid to be rejected. Prequalification requirement work types and documentation are available by accessing all required files through the City's website at: hgps://www.fortworthtexas. ov/departments/tpw/development/cfw-departments-tpw- contractors under Division 00 - General Conditions and as follows: 1. Paving — Requirements document located at: CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number 104490-1 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 0021 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 2 of 8 https://app-us3.e- builder.net/public/publicLanding.aspx?QS=4d008O4b 133b408a85a69323548dda25 2. Roadway and Pedestrian Lighting — Requirements document located at: https://app-us3.e- builder.net/public/publicLanding.aspx?QS=e43c4239775f4b2583552cO29c6a 1 ed2 3. Water and Sanitary Sewer — Requirements document located at: https://app-us3.e- builder.net/public/publicLanding. aspx?QS=4fc66ff8c36c4cO29d542d4e5 5114e8d B.Each Bidder, unless currently prequalified, must submit to City at least seven (7) calendar days prior to Bid opening, the documentation identified in Section 00 45 11, BIDDERS PREQUALIFICATIONS. 1. Submission of and/or questions related to prequalification should be addressed to the City contact as provided in Paragraph 6.1. C. The City reserves the right to require any pre -qualified contractor who is the apparent low bidder for a project to submit such additional information as the City, in its sole discretion may require, including but not limited to manpower and equipment records, information about key personnel to be assigned to the project, and construction schedule to assist the City in evaluating and assessing the ability of the apparent low bidder to deliver a quality product and successfully complete projects for the amount bid within the stipulated time frame. Based upon the City's assessment of the submitted information, a recommendation regarding the award of a contract will be made to the City Council. Failure to submit the additional information, if requested, may be grounds for rejecting the apparent low bidder as non -responsive. Affected contractors will be notified in writing of a recommendation to the City Council. D.In addition to prequalification, additional requirements for qualification may be required within various sections of the Contract Documents. E. Special qualifications required for this project include the following: 1. Prospective bidder shall have completed at least two 10-MGD or larger lift stations in the past six years. 1.4 EXAMINATION OF BIDDING AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, OTHER RELATED DATA, AND SITE A.Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder: 1. Shall examine and carefully study the Contract Documents and other related data identified in the Bidding Documents (including "technical data" referred to in Paragraph 4.2. below). No information given by City or any representative of the City other than that contained in the Contract Documents and officially promulgated addenda thereto, shall be binding upon the City. 2. Should visit the site to become familiar with and satisfy Bidder as to the general, local and site conditions that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work. 3. Shall consider federal, state and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number 104490-1 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 0021 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 3 of 8 4. Shall study all: (i) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities) that have been identified in the Contract Documents as containing reliable "technical data" and (ii) reports and drawings of Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at the Site that have been identified in the Contract Documents as containing reliable "technical data." Is advised that the Contract Documents on file with the City shall constitute all of the information which the City will furnish. All additional information and data which the City will supply after promulgation of the formal Contract Documents shall be issued in the form of written addenda and shall become part of the Contract Documents just as though such addenda were actually written into the original Contract Documents. No information given by the City other than that contained in the Contract Documents and officially promulgated addenda thereto, shall be binding upon the City. Should perform independent research, investigations, tests, borings, and such other means as may be necessary to gain a complete knowledge of the conditions which will be encountered during the construction of the project. For projects with restricted access, upon request, City may provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder must fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former conditions upon completion of such explorations, investigations, tests and studies. 7. Shall determine the difficulties of the Work and all attending circumstances affecting the cost of doing the Work, time required for its completion, and obtain all information required to make a proposal. Bidders shall rely exclusively and solely upon their own estimates, investigation, research, tests, explorations, and other data which are necessary for full and complete information upon which the proposal is to be based. It is understood that the submission of a proposal or bid is prima -facie evidence that the Bidder has made the investigations, examinations and tests herein required. 8. Shall promptly notify City of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities or discrepancies in or between the Contract Documents and such other related documents. The Contractor shall not take advantage of any gross error or omission in the Contract Documents, and the City shall be permitted to make such corrections or interpretations as may be deemed necessary for fulfillment of the intent of the Contract Documents. 9. Indicate their intent to bid by selecting "yes" in the Procurement Portal under the Intent to Bid section. You must indicate your intent to bid to be able to submit a bid to the City. B. Reference is made to Section 00 73 00 — Supplementary Conditions for identification of- 1 . those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the site which have been utilized by City in preparation of the Contract Documents. The logs of Soil Borings, if any, on the plans are for general information only. Neither the City nor the Engineer guarantee that the data shown is representative of conditions which actually exist. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number 104490-1 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 0021 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 4 of 8 2. those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and subsurface structures (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site that have been utilized by City in preparation of the Contract Documents. copies of such reports and drawings will be made available by City to any Bidder on request. Those reports and drawings may not be part of the Contract Documents, but the "technical data" contained therein upon which Bidder is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 4.02. of the General Conditions has been identified and established in Paragraph SC 4.02 of the Supplementary Conditions. Bidder is responsible for any interpretation or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any other data, interpretations, opinions or information. 4. Standard insurance requirements, coverages and limits. C.The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder: (i) that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Paragraph 4, (ii) that without exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents and applying the specific means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (if any) that may be shown or indicated or expressly required by the Contract Documents, (iii) that Bidder has given City written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities and discrepancies in the Contract Documents and the written resolutions thereof by City are acceptable to Bidder, and when said conflicts, etc., have not been resolved through the interpretations by City as described in Paragraph 6., and (iv) that the Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performing and furnishing the Work. D.The provisions of this Paragraph 4, inclusive, do not apply to Asbestos, Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material covered by Paragraph 4.06. of the General Conditions, unless specifically identified in the Contract Documents. 1.5 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS FOR WORK, ETC. A.The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights -of -way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities, construction equipment or storage of materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work are to be obtained and paid for by Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities are to be obtained and paid for by City unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. B.Outstanding right-of-way, easements, and/or permits to be acquired by the City are listed in Paragraph SC 4.01 of the Supplementary Conditions. In the event the necessary right- of-way, easements, and/or permits are not obtained, the City reserves the right to cancel the award of contract at any time before the Bidder begins any construction work on the project. C. The Bidder shall be prepared to commence construction without all executed right-of- way, easements, and/or permits, and shall submit a schedule to the City of how construction will proceed in the other areas of the project that do not require permits and/or easements. 1.6 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number 104490-1 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 0021 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 5 of 8 A.All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be directed to City electrically through the Vendor Discussions section under the respective Project via the Procurement Portal https://fortworthtexas.bonfirehub.com/portal/?tab=openOpportunities on or before 2 p.m., the FRIDAY prior to the Bid opening. Questions received after this day may not be responded to. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by City in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. B.Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by City. C.Addenda or clarifications shall be posted under the respective Project via the Procurement Portal https:Hfortworthtexas.bonfirehub.com/portal/?tab=openOpportunities D. A prebid conference may be held at the time and place indicated in the Advertisement or INVITATION TO BIDDERS. Representatives of City will be present to discuss the Project. Bidders are encouraged to attend and participate in the conference. City will transmit to all prospective Bidders of record such Addenda as City considers necessary in response to questions arising at the conference. Oral statements may not be relied upon and will not be binding or legally effective. 1.7 BID SECURITY A.Each Bid must be accompanied by a Bid Bond made payable to City in an amount of five (5) percent of Bidder's maximum Bid price, on the form attached or equivalent, issued by a surety meeting the requirements of Paragraph 5.01 of the General Conditions. B. The Bid Bonds provided by a Bidder will be retained until the conditions of the Notice of Award have been satisfied. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and return the Contract Documents within 14 days after the Notice of Award conveying same, City may consider Bidder to be in default, rescind the Notice of Award and act on the Bid Bond. Such action shall be City's exclusive remedy in the event Bidder is deemed to have defaulted. 1.8 CONTRACT TIMES A.The number of days within which, or the dates by which, Milestones are to be achieved in accordance with the General Requirements and the Work is to be completed and ready for Final Acceptance is set forth in the Agreement or incorporated therein by reference to the attached Bid Form. 1.9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES A.Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Agreement. 1.10 SUBSTITUTE AND "OR -EQUAL" ITEMS A. The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of materials and equipment described in the Bidding Documents without consideration of possible substitute or "or -equal" items. Whenever it is indicated or specified in the Bidding Documents that a "substitute" or "or - equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by Contractor if CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number 104490-1 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 0021 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 6 of 8 acceptable to City, application for such acceptance will not be considered by City until after the Effective Date of the Agreement. The procedure for submission of any such application by Contractor and consideration by City is set forth in Paragraphs 6.05A., 6.05B. and 6.05C. of the General Conditions and is supplemented in Section 0125 00 of the General Requirements. 1.11 SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS 1 . Failure to eomply may r-ender- the Bidder- non B.No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, other person or organization against whom Contractor or City has reasonable objection. 1.12 BID FORM A.The Bid Form is included with the Bidding Documents. B.All blanks on the Bid Form must be completed and the Bid Form signed electronically or signed in ink and scan. A Bid price shall be indicated for each Bid item, alternative, and unit price item listed therein. In the case of optional alternatives, the words "No Bid," "No Change," or "Not Applicable" may be entered. Bidder shall state the prices for which the Bidder proposes to do the work contemplated or furnish materials required. C.Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice- president or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The corporate seal shall be affixed. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the signature. D.Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a partner, whose title must appear under the signature accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The official address of the partnership shall be shown below the signature. E. Bids by limited liability companies shall be executed in the name of the firm by a member and accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The state of formation of the firm and the official address of the firm shall be shown. F. Bids by individuals shall show the Bidder's name and official address. G.Bids by joint ventures shall be executed by each joint venture in the manner indicated on the Bid Form. The official address of the joint venture shall be shown. H.All names shall be typed or printed in ink below the signature. I. The Bid shall contain an acknowledgement of receipt of all Addenda, the numbers of which shall be filled in on the Bid Form. J. Postal and e-mail addresses and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid shall be shown. K.Evidence of authority to conduct business as a Nonresident Bidder in the state of Texas shall be provided in accordance with Section 00 43 37 — Vendor Compliance to State Law Non Resident Bidder. 1.13 SUBMISSION OF BIDS CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number 104490-1 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 0021 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 7 of 8 A.Bids shall be submitted electronically in the Procurement Portal on the prescribed Bid Form, provided with the Bidding Documents, prior to the time indicated in the Advertisement or INVITATION TO BIDDERS. 1.14 WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS A.Bids submitted electronically may be withdrawn prior to the time set for bid opening via the Procurement Portal https:Hfortworthtexas.bonfirehub.com/portal/?tab=openOpportunities. 1.15 OPENING OF BIDS A.Bids will be opened and read aloud publicly. An abstract of the amounts of the base Bids and major alternates (if any) will be made available to Bidders after the opening of Bids. 1.16 BIDS TO REMAIN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE A.All Bids will remain subject to acceptance for a minimum of 90 days or the time period specified for Notice of Award and execution and delivery of a complete Agreement by Successful Bidder. City may, at City's sole discretion, release any Bid and nullify the Bid security prior to that date. 1.17 EVALUATION OF BIDS AND AWARD OF CONTRACT A.City reserves the right to reject any or all Bids, including without limitation the rights to reject any or all nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced or conditional Bids and to reject the Bid of any Bidder if City believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder. City reserves the right to waive informalities not involving price, contract time or changes in the Work and award a contract to such Bidder. Discrepancies between the multiplication of units of Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of the words. Any or all bids will be rejected if City has reason to believe that collusion exists among the Bidders, Bidder is an interested party to any litigation against City, City or Bidder may have a claim against the other or be engaged in litigation, Bidder is in arrears on any existing contract or has defaulted on a previous contract, Bidder has performed a prior contract in an unsatisfactory manner, or Bidder has uncompleted work which in the judgment of the City will prevent or hinder the prompt completion of additional work if awarded. B.In addition to Bidder's relevant prequalification requirements, City may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of the Work where the identity of such Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations must be submitted as provided in the Contract Documents or upon the request of the City. City also may consider the operating costs, maintenance requirements, performance data and guarantees of major items of materials and equipment proposed for incorporation in the Work when such data is required to be submitted prior to the Notice of Award. C.City may conduct such investigations as City deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications, and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations to CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number 104490-1 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 0021 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 8 of 8 perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to City's satisfaction within the prescribed time. D.Contractor shall perform with his own organization, work of a value not less than 35% of the value embraced on the Contract, unless otherwise approved by the City. E. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to lowest responsible and responsive Bidder whose evaluation by City indicates that the award will be in the best interests of the City. F. Pursuant to Texas Government Code Chapter 2252.001, the City will not award contract to a Nonresident Bidder unless the Nonresident Bidder's bid is lower than the lowest bid submitted by a responsible Texas Bidder by the same amount that a Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a Nonresident Bidder to obtain a comparable contract in the state in which the nonresident's principal place of business is located. G.A contract is not awarded until formal City Council authorization. If the Contract is to be awarded, City will award the Contract within 90 days after the day of the Bid opening unless extended in writing. No other act of City or others will constitute acceptance of a Bid. Upon the contract award, a Notice of Award will be issued by the City. 1. The contractor is required to fill out and sign the Certificate of Interested Parties Form 1295 and the form must be submitted to the Project Manager before the contract will be presented to the City Council. The form can be obtained at https://www.ethics.state.tx.us/data/forms/1295/1295.pdf H.Failurc or refusal to comply with the requirements may result in rejection of Bid. 1.18 SIGNING OF AGREEMENT A.When City issues a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Project Manual. Within 14 days thereafter, Contractor shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Project Manual to City with the required Bonds, Certificates of Insurance, and all other required documentation. B. City shall thereafter deliver one fully signed counterpart to Contractor. END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number 104490-1 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS Supplementary Conditions Page 1 of 7 These Supplementary Conditions modify and supplement Section 00 72 00 - General Conditions, and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions of the General Conditions that are modified or supplemented remain in full force and effect as so modified or supplemented. All provisions of the General Conditions which are not so modified or supplemented remain in full force and effect. Defined Terms The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions which are defined in the General Conditions have the meaning assigned to them in the General Conditions, unless specifically noted herein. Modifications and Supplements The following are instructions that modify or supplement specific paragraphs in the General Conditions and other Contract Documents. SC-3.03B.2, "Resolving Discrepancies" Plans govern over Specifications. SC-4.01A Easement limits shown on the Drawing are approximate and were provided to establish a basis for bidding. Upon receiving the final easements descriptions, Contractor shall compare them to the lines shown on the Contract Drawings. SC-4.01A.1., "Availability of Lands" The following is a list of known outstanding right-of-way, and/or easements to be acquired, if any as of December 5, 2025. Outstanding Right -Of -Way, and/or Easements to Be Acquired EASEMENT DESCRIPTION OWNER TARGET DATE OF POSSESSION Lift Station Facilities PMB Development Co. 1/21/2026 Easement 30' Permanent Public Access Bonds Ranch Land LP 1/21/2026 Easement 10' Permanent Water Bonds Ranch Land LP 1/21/2026 Easement (PUE) CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised March 8, 2024 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 2 of 7 EASEMENT DESCRIPTION OWNER TARGET DATE OF POSSESSION Variable Width Permanent Bonds Ranch Land LP 1/21/2026 Sewer Easement PUE Variable Width Permanent PMB Development Co. Sewer Easement PUE 1/21/2026 Water Line Encroachment Eagle Mountain Pipeline Company 1/21/2026 Sewer Line Encroachment Eagle Mountain Pipeline Company 1/21/2026 Sewer Line Encroachment Enlink Midstream 1/21/2026 Oncor Encroachment Old Ocean Fuel Company 1/21/2026 Oncor Encroachment Enlink Midstream 1/21/2026 10' Oncor Easement PMB Development Co. 1/21/2026 50' Temporary Construction PMB Development Co. 1/21/2026 Easement 20' Permanent Sewer PMB Development Co. 1/21/2026 Easement PUE) The Contractor understands and agrees that the dates listed above are estimates only, are not guaranteed, and do not bind the City. If Contractor considers the final easements provided to differ materially from the representations on the Contract Drawings, Contractor shall within five (5) Business Days and before proceeding with the Work, notify City in writing associated with the differing easement line locations. SC-4.01A.2, "Availability of Lands" Utilities or obstructions to be removed, adjusted, and/or relocated The following is list of utilities and/or obstructions that have not been removed, adjusted, and/or relocated as of December 5, 2025. EXPECTED UTILITY AND LOCATION TARGET DATE OF OWNER ADJUSTMENT Enlink Midstream 12-Inch Gas Line along the northern and western site boundaries. None. Energy Transfer Co. 16-Inch Gas Line along the western site boundary. None. Fort Worth Water 16-Inch Northside III Water Line along Bonds None. Ranch Road. The Contractor understands and agrees that the dates listed above are estimates only, are not guaranteed, and do not bind the City. SC-4.02A., "Subsurface and Physical Conditions" The following are reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site of the Work: CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised March 8, 2024 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 3 of 7 A Geotechnical Memorandum dated June 18, 2025, prepared by Freese and Nichols, Inc a consultant of the City, providing additional information on the soil and groundwater conditions at the Bonds Ranch Lift Station — A site. Contractors and/or bidders may not exclusively rely on interpretations, opinions, or conclusions contained in this memorandum. Verification of the subsurface conditions for purposes of determining difficulty of excavation, trafficability, etc. is the responsibility of the contractors and/or bidders. The following are drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and subsurface structures (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site of the Work: Sheet C-1 — Horizontal Control SC-4.06A., "Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site" The following are reports and drawings of existing hazardous environmental conditions known to the City: None. SC-5.03A., "Certificates of Insurance" The entities listed below are "additional insureds as their interest may appear" including their respective officers, directors, agents and employees. (1) City (2) Consultant: Freese and Nichols, Inc., Gupta & Associates, Inc. (3) Other: None. SC-5.04A., "Contractor's Insurance" The limits of liability for the insurance required by Paragraph GC-5.04 shall provide the following coverages for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by laws and regulations: 5.04A. Workers' Compensation, under Paragraph GC-5.04A. Statutory limits Employer's liability $100,000 each accident/occurrence $100,000 Disease - each employee $500,000 Disease - policy limit SC-5.04B., "Contractor's Insurance" 5.04B. Commercial General Liability, under Paragraph GC-5.04B. Contractor's Liability Insurance under Paragraph GC-5.04B., which shall be on a per project basis covering the Contractor with minimum limits of $1,000,000 each occurrence $2,000,000 aggregate limit CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised March 8, 2024 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 4 of 7 The policy must have an endorsement (Amendment — Aggregate Limits of Insurance) making the General Aggregate Limits apply separately to each job site. The Commercial General Liability Insurance policies shall provide "X", "C", and "U" coverage's. Verification of such coverage must be shown in the Remarks Article of the Certificate of Insurance. SC 5.04C., "Contractor's Insurance" 5.04C. Automobile Liability, under Paragraph GC-5.04C. Contractor's Liability Insurance under Paragraph GC-5.04C., which shall be in an amount not less than the following amounts: (1) Automobile Liability - a commercial business policy shall provide coverage on "Any Auto", defined as autos owned, hired and non -owned. $1,000,000 each accident on a combined single limit basis. Split limits are acceptable if limits are at least: $250,000 Bodily Injury per person / $500,000 Bodily Injury per accident / $100,000 Property Damage SC-5.04D., "Contractor's Insurance" The Contractor's construction activities will require its employees, agents, subcontractors, equipment, and material deliveries to cross railroad properties and tracks: None. The Contractor shall conduct its operations on railroad properties in such a manner as not to interfere with, hinder, or obstruct the railroad company in any manner whatsoever in the use or operation of its/their trains or other property. Such operations on railroad properties may require that Contractor to execute a "Right of Entry Agreement" with the particular railroad company or companies involved, and to this end the Contractor should satisfy itself as to the requirements of each railroad company and be prepared to execute the right -of -entry (if any) required by a railroad company. The requirements specified herein likewise relate to the Contractor's use of private and/or construction access roads crossing said railroad company's properties. The Contractual Liability coverage required by Paragraph 5.04D of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts, issued by companies satisfactory to the City and to the Railroad Company for a term that continues for so long as the Contractor's operations and work cross, occupy, or touch railroad property: (1) General Aggregate: (2) Each Occurrence: Required for this Contract N/A N/A _X_ Not required for this Contract With respect to the above outlined insurance requirements, the following shall govern: CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 8, 2024 Bonds Ranch Lift Station A City Project Number: 104490-1 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 5 of 7 1. Where a single railroad company is involved, the Contractor shall provide one insurance policy in the name of the railroad company. However, if more than one grade separation or at -grade crossing is affected by the Project at entirely separate locations on the line or lines of the same railroad company, separate coverage may be required, each in the amount stated above. 2. Where more than one railroad company is operating on the same right-of-way or where several railroad companies are involved and operated on their own separate rights -of -way, the Contractor may be required to provide separate insurance policies in the name of each railroad company. 3. If, in addition to a grade separation or an at -grade crossing, other work or activity is proposed on a railroad company's right-of-way at a location entirely separate from the grade separation or at -grade crossing, insurance coverage for this work must be included in the policy covering the grade separation. 4. If no grade separation is involved but other work is proposed on a railroad company's right- of-way, all such other work may be covered in a single policy for that railroad, even though the work may be at two or more separate locations. No work or activities on a railroad company's property to be performed by the Contractor shall be commenced until the Contractor has furnished the City with an original policy or policies of the insurance for each railroad company named, as required above. All such insurance must be approved by the City and each affected Railroad Company prior to the Contractor's beginning work. The insurance specified above must be carried until all Work to be performed on the railroad right-of-way has been completed and the grade crossing, if any, is no longer used by the Contractor. In addition, insurance must be carried during all maintenance and/or repair work performed in the railroad right-of-way. Such insurance must name the railroad company as the insured, together with any tenant or lessee of the railroad company operating over tracks involved in the Project. SC-6.04., "Project Schedule" Project schedule shall be tier 3 for the project. SC-6.07 A., "Duty to pay Prevailing Wage Rates" The following is the prevailing wage rate table(s) applicable to this project and is provided in the Appendices: 2013 Prevailing Wage Rates for Heavy and Highway Construction Projects A copy of the table is also available by accessing the City's website at: https:Happs.fortworthtexas.2ov/Proi ectResources/ You can access the file by following the directory path: 02-Construction Documents/Specifications/Div00 — General Conditions CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised March 8, 2024 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 6 of 7 SC-6.09., "Permits and Utilities" SC-6.09A., "Contractor obtained permits and licenses" The following are known permits and/or licenses required by the Contract to be acquired by the Contractor: 1. Street Use Permit. 2. Oncor Green Card Permit for New Utility Connection 3. The City will apply for the building permits for this project and waive the associated building permit fees form the Contractor. The contractor shall coordinate with the Development Services Department prior to construction of the project. 4. The Contractor shall apply for all trade permits for this project and pay for the associated trade permit fees. Contractor shall coordinate with the Development Services Department prior to construction for the project. SC-6.09B. "City obtained permits and licenses" The following are known permits and/or licenses required by the Contract to be acquired by the City: 5. Building Da,.m4 venerator DPef it 7. Urban Forestry Permit 8. Eagle Mountain Pipeline Company Gas Line Encroachment Permit 9. Old Ocean Fuel Company Gas Line Encroachment Permit SC-6.09C. "Outstanding permits and licenses" The following is a list of known outstanding permits and/or licenses to be acquired, if any as of December 5-22, 2025. Outstanding Permits and/or Licenses to Be Acquired OWNER PERMIT OR LICENSE AND LOCATION TARGET DATE OF POSSESSION City of Fort Worth Street Use Permit 2/28/2026 Oncor Electric Company Green Card Permit for New Utility Connection 2/28/2026 City of Fort Worth Building Permit 2/28/2026 City of Fort Worth Generator Permit 2/28/2026 City of Fort Worth Urban Forestry Permit 2/28/2026 Eagle Mountain Pipeline Co. I Gas Line Encroachment Permit 2/28/2026 Old Ocean Fuel Co. I Gas Line Encroachment Permit 2/28/2026 SC-7.02., "Coordination" The individuals or entities listed below have contracts with the City for the performance of other work at the Site: Vendor Scope of Work Coordination Authority Westwood Professional Services Force Main and Gravity Main Westwood Professional Services CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 8, 2024 Bonds Ranch Lift Station A City Project Number: 104490-1 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 7 of 7 SC-8.01, "Communications to Contractor" Rio Claro development will begin breaking ground early 2026. Contractor to coordinate FM-1 connection as needed. SC-9.01., "City's Project Manager" The City's Project Manager for this Contract is Bijay Upreti, P.E. or his/her successor pursuant to written notification from the Director of Water. SC-13.03C., "Tests and Inspections" None. SC-16.01C.1, "Methods and Procedures" None. END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 1/22/2016 F. Griffin SC-9.01., "City's Project Representative" wording changed to City's Project Manager. 3/9/2020 D.V. Magana SC-6.07, Updated the link such that files can be accessed via the City's website. Michael SC-6.07, Allow affidavit regarding paying prevailing wages to 10/06/23 Owen be submitted on completion of job, as opposed to with each progress report 3/08/24 Michael Removed revisions related to affidavit, as those changes have Owen been made in General Conditions CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised March 8, 2024 ADDENDUM TO INVITATION TO BID NO.26-0063 BONDS RANCH LIFT STATION A WATER DEPARTMENT ADDENDUM NO. 2 INVITATION TO BID (ITB): 26-0063 BID OPENING DATE: January 15, 2026 DATE ISSUED: January 7, 2026 ITB No. 26-0063 issued December 10, 2025, is hereby amended as follows: 1. Responses to questions are attached to this addendum as Attachment A. 2. CONTRACT MANUAL a. Replace the following sections: Replace Specification With Specification 00 41 00 Bid Form 00 41 00 Bid Form 00 42 43 Proposal Form 00 42 43 Proposal Form Alll� other temps rnJ conditions remain unchanged. / bik t TONY SHOLOLA, R.E. ASSISTANT DIRECTOR, WATER DEPARTMENT By the signature affixed below, Addendum No. 1 is hereby incorporated into and made part of the above referenced Invitation to Bid. COMPANY NAME: CLW Water Grom L SIGNATURE: i David Caldwell, President NOTE: Company n n ignat r e same as on the original bid documents. Failure to return this form with your sealed bid may co istitute grounds for rejection of your offer. ITB 26-0063 Bonds Ranch Lift Station A Addendum No. 2, Page 1 of 2 (E OF TF11� ......................:... / LAUREN NOBLES / ........................ / �'; 156924 •'c�% c �••. /010�� ONAL 01/07/2026 End of Addendum No. 2 ITB 26-0063 Bonds Ranch Lift Station A Addendum No. 2, Page 2 of 2 0041 00 BID PROPOSAL Page I of 6 SECTION 00 41 00 BID FORM TO: The Purchasing Manager c/o: The Purchasing Division 200 Texas Street City of Fort Worth, Texas 76102 FOR: Bonds Ranch Lift Station A City Project No.: CPN104490-1 Units/Sections: Unit 1 - Lift Station 1. Enter Into Agreement The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement with City in the form included in the Bidding Documents to perform and furnish all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the Bid Price and within the Contract Time indicated in this Bid and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 2. BIDDER Acknowledgements and Certification 2.1. In submitting this Bid, Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the INVITATION TO BIDDERS and INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, including without limitation those dealing with the disposition of Bid Bond. 2.2. Bidder is aware of all costs to provide the required insurance, will do so pending contract award, and will provide a valid insurance certificate meeting all requirements within 14 days of notification of award. 2.3. Bidder certifies that this Bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed individual or entity and is not submitted in conformity with any collusive agreement or rules of any group, association, organization, or corporation. 2.4. Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to submit a false or sham Bid. 2.5. Bidder has not solicited or induced any individual or entity to refrain from bidding. 2.6. Bidder has not engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, or coercive practices in competing for the Contract. For the purposes of this Paragraph: a. "corrupt practice" means the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting of any thing of value likely to influence the action of a public official in the bidding process. b. "fraudulent practice" means an intentional misrepresentation of facts made (a) to influence the bidding process to the detriment of City (b) to establish Bid prices at artificial non-competitive levels, or (c) to deprive City of the benefits of free and open competition. c. "collusive practice" means a scheme or arrangement between two or more Bidders, with or without the knowledge of City, a purpose of which is to establish Bid prices at artificial, non- competitive levels. d. "coercive practice" means harming or threatening to harm, directly or indirectly, persons or their property to influence their participation in the bidding process or affect the execution of the Contract. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised 9/19/2025 00 41 00 Bid Proposal Workbook 0041 00 BID PROPOSAL Page 2 of 6 3. Prequalification The Bidder acknowledges that the following work types must be performed only by prequalified contractors and subcontractors: a. Facility Construction of Lift Station b. Sanitary Sewer Manhole/Structure Interior Lining - Warren Coating c. Sanitary Sewer Manhole/Structure Interior Lining - Chesterton Coating d. - 4. Time of Completion 4.1. The Work will be complete for Final Acceptance within 912 days after the date when the the Contract Time commences to run as provided in Paragraph 2.03 of the General Conditions. 4.2. Bidder accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages in the event of failure to complete the Work {and/or achievement of Milestones} within the times specified in the Agreement. 5. Attached to this Bid The following documents are attached to and made a part of this Bid: a. This Bid Form, Section 00 41 00 b. Required Bid Bond, Section 00 43 13 issued by a surety meeting the requirements of Paragraph 5.01 of the General Conditions. c. Proposal Form, Section 00 42 43 Ad. Vendor Compliance to State Law Non Resident Bidder, Section 00 43 37 2 f. Prequalification Statement, Section 00 45 12 g. Conflict of Interest Affidavit, Section 00 35 13 *If necessary, CIQ or CIS forms are to be provided directly to City Secretary h. Any additional documents that may be required by Section 12 of the Instructions to Bidders 6. Total Bid Amount 6.1. Bidder will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for the following bid amount. In the space provided below, please enter the total bid amount for this project. Only this figure will be read publicly by the City at the bid opening. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised 9/19/2025 00 41 00 Bid Proposal Workbook 0041 00 BID PROPOSAL Page 3 of 6 6.2. It is understood and agreed by the Bidder in signing this proposal that the total bid amount entered below is subject to verification and/or modification by multiplying the unit bid prices for each pay item by the respective estimated quantities shown in this proposal and then totaling all of the extended amounts. 6.3. Evaluation of Alternate Bid Items Total Base Bid $0.00 Total Bid $120,000.00 7. Bid Submittal This Bid is submitted on by the entity named below. Respectfully submitted, By: (Signature) (Printed Name) Title: Company: Address: State of Incorporation: Email: Phone: END OF SECTION Receipt is acknowledged of the following Addenda: Initial Addendum No. 1: Addendum No. 2: Addendum No. 3: Addendum No. 4: Corporate Seal: CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised 9/19/2025 00 41 00 Bid Proposal Workbook 00 42 43 BID PROPOSAL Page 4 of 6 SECTION 00 42 43 PROPOSALFORM UNIT PRICE BID Bidder's Application Project Item Information Bidder's Proposal Unit 1 - Lift Station Bidlist Item No. Description Specification Section No. Unit of Measure Bid Quantity Unit Price Bid Value 1 3331.4405 30" DIP Sewer with Protector 401 Lining 33 11 10 LF 8 2 3331.4221 16" Sewer Force Main 33 11 10, 33 11 12, 33 31 15 LF 224 3 3331.4401 30" Sewer Pipe 33 11 10, 3331 13, 33 31 21 LF 46 4 3305.1105/3006 16" Sewer Carrier Pipe inside 30" Casing, OTOC 33 05 24 LF 103 5 3311.0261 8" PVC Water Pipe 33 11 12 LF 472 6 3305.1003/2002 8" Water Carrier Pipe inside 20" Casing, Open Cut 33 05 24 LF 60 7 3305.1103/2002 8" Water Carrier Pipe inside 20" Casing, OTOC 33 05 22 LF 35 8 10241.1118 4"-12" Pressure Plug 0241 14 1 EA 1 9 3312.3003 8" Gate Valve 33 1220 EA I 10 3312.3002 6" Gate Valve 33 1210 EA I 11 3305.0117 Concrete Collar for Valve 3305 17 EA 1 12 3312.0001 Fire Hydrant 33 1240 EA 1 13 3312.0106 Connection to Existing 16-Inch Water Main 33 1225 EA 1 14 3312.3006 16" Gate Valve w/ Vault 33 1220 EA 1 15 3311.0001 Ductile Iron Water Fittings w/ Restraint 33 11 11 TON 2 16 0171.0101 Construction Staking 01 7123 LS 1 17 0171.0102 As -Built Survey 01 71 23 LS I 18 0241.1106 16" Pressure Plug 0241 14 EA 2 19 3110.0102 6"-12" Tree Removal 31 1000 EA 2 20 3110.0103 12%18" Tree Removal 31 1000 EA 8 21 3110.0104 18"-24" Tree Removal 31 1000 EA 2 22 3110.0105 24" and Larger Tree Removal 31 1000 EA 2 23 3301.0004 Final MH-CCTV Inspection 33 01 31 EA 2 24 3301.0101 Manhole Vacuum Testing 33 01 31 EA 2 25 3305.0103 Exploratory Excavation of Existing Utilities 33 05 30 EA 3 26 3305.0109 Trench Safety 3305 10 LF 896 27 3305.0110 Utility Markers 33 05 26 LS 1 28 3331.3401 Ductile Iron Sewer Fittings 33 11 11 TON 1 29 3339.0001 Epoxy Manhole Liner 33 39 60 VF 26 30 3339.1101 5' Manhole (Up to 6' Depth) 3339 10, 33 39 20 EA 2 31 3339.1103 5' Extra Depth Manhole 3339 10, 33 39 20 VF 14 32 3305.0112 Concrete Collar for Manhole 3205 17 EA 2 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised 9/19/2025 00 4100 Bid Proposal Workbook 00 42 43 BID PROPOSAL Page 5 of 6 SECTION 00 42 43 PROPOSALFORM UNIT PRICE BID Bidder's Application Project Item Information Bidder's Proposal Unit 1 - Lift Station Bidlist Item Description Specification Unit of Bid Unit Price Bid Value No. Section No. Measure Quantity 33 9999.0001 Non -clog Submersible Sewage Pump and Motor 44 42 56.04 EA 3 34 9999.0002 Sewer 16" Crate Valve w/ Vault 33 1220 EA 2 9999.0003 Lift Station Wet Well and Valve Vault: Including, but not limited to cast -in -place wet well and valve vault, ductile iron discharge piping and fittings, pump base elbows, hatches, valves and appurtenances, wet well and valve vault Division 03 35 lining systems, grout, grating and grating supports, and any Division 33 LS 1 other improvements not specifically identified in the other Division 40 lump sum items, including all equipment, labor, materials, and services required in accordance with the Contract Documents, Drawings, and specifications for the completion of the Work. 9999.0004 Site Improvements: Including, but not limited to site clearing, site grading, paving and pavement repair, fencing and gates, equipment pads, traffic control, erosion control and 36 preparation of SWPPP, revegetation of disturbed areas, and Division 02 LS 1 including all equipment, materials, labor and services required in accordance with the Contract Documents, Drawings and specifications for the completion of the Work. 9999.0005 Carbon Odor Control System: Including, but not limited to activated carbon absorber vessel and system, odor 37 control duct, fans, and various appurtenances, and including Division 41 LS 1 all equipment, materials, labor and services required in accordance with the Contract Documents, Drawings, and specifications for the completion of the work. 9999.0006 Electrical Building: Including, but not limited to building foundation, walls, roof, doors, roofing, roof drainage equipment, fire extinguishers, paint finishes, and heating and Division 06 ventilation system, distribution switchboard, variable Division 07 38 frequency drives, lighting panels and transformer, SCADA LS 1 panels and instrumentation, lighting system, cable tray system, Division 08 including all equipment, materials, labor and services required Division 09 in accordance with the Contract Documents, Drawings, and specifications for the completion of the work. 9999.0007 Site Electrical, Instrumentation, and Controls: Including but not limited to procurement and installation of all proposed electrical, instrumentation, and controls equipment including but not limited to: SCADA equipment, electromagnetic flow meter, level, pressure and temperature 39 Instruments, underground concrete -encased conduit 2605 19 LS 1 (ductbank), above grade conduit, grounding and lightning protection, standby electric generator, load bank connection cabinet, connection to electric utility, and site lighting, including all equipment, materials, labor and services required in accordance with the Contract Documents, Drawings, and specifications for the completion of the Work. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised 9/19/2025 00 4100 Bid Proposal Workbook 00 42 43 BID PROPOSAL Page 6 of 6 SECTION 00 42 43 PROPOSALFORM UNIT PRICE BID Bidder's Application Project Item Information Bidder's Proposal Unit 1 - Lift Station Bidlist Item Description Specification Unit of Bid Unit Price Bid Value No. Section No. Measure Quantity 9999.0008 Flow Meter Vault: Including pre -cast concrete Division 03 40 vault, piping, sump pump, ventilation, and appurtenances. Division 33 EA 2 Division 40 9999.0009 Site Drainage: Including, but not limited to culvert crossing, TxDOT concrete wingwalls (FW-0) (HW=4 FT), 41 5'x3' cast -in -place reinforced concrete box, including all Division 33 LS 1 equipment, materials, labor and services required in accordance with the Contract Documents, Drawings, and specifications for the completion of the Work. 9999.0010 16"xl2" Tee, 12" Gate Valve, and 12" Quick Connect: Including, but not limited to, additional piping, 42 ductile iron fittings and all equipment, materials, labor, and Division 33 EA 2 services required in accordance with the Contract Documents, Drawings, and specifications for the completion of the work. 43 9999.0011 Project Allowance 00 72 00 LS 1 $100,000.00 $100,000.00 44 9999.0012 Oncor Electric Delivery Company Allowance 00 72 00 LS 1 $20,000.00 $20,000.00 Total Bid $120,000.00 END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised 9/19/2025 00 4100 Bid Proposal Workbook CPN 104490-1 Bonds Ranch Lift Station A Addendum No. 2 Attachment A This document is provided as a supplement to the Bonds Ranch Lift Station A Contract Documents. Below are responses to questions for clarification that may require additional information and/or are not addressed directly within the contract documents. Q1-1: Can you verify the quantity of Bid Items #8 and #9? I believe the quantities are backwards 111-1: Quantities are revised and updated bid proposal workbook is provided as part of this addendum. Q 1-2: Is the 12" and 16" DIP Sewer in Bid Items #1 and #2 for the piping inside of the Valve Vault and Wet Well? If not, what is this piping for? R1-2: Bid items #1 and #2 will be removed since they are included in Bid item #36. Refer to revised workbook. Q1-3: Cana bid item be added for the 6" Gate Valve at the Fire Hydrant? R1-3: A bid item has been added. Refer to revised workbook. Q1-4: Can a bid item be added for the Tee, 12" Gate Valve, and 12" Quick Connect called for on both the 16" Force Main lines? R1-4: A bid item has been added. Refer to revised workbook. Q1-5: Can a detail be provided for the Tee, 12" Gate Valve, and 12" Quick Connect shown on the 16" Force Main lines? R1-5: A detail will be provided in a Addendum 3. Q1-6: Since addendum 1 removed the SBE requirements, will the associated bonfire file upload sections be removed as well? R1-6: No. Conformed documents will be provided after award, during or after pre -con, that will addresses changes via addendum. Refer to Addendum to #1 for updated Instruction to Bidders, and supplementary conditions among other things. Q 1-7: Is Armorock polymer concrete an approved alternate for the manholes calling for corrosion protection? R1-7: This will be reviewed and answered with Addendum 3. Q1-8: What are the anticipated award and NTP dates? R1-8: Award by February, NTP early March - dates are not yet finalized.. Q1-9: As this bid is an online submission, will the bid opening be broadcast via webcast or teleconference? R1-9: No, refer to ITB for time and location of bid opening. Q1-10: Please include specifications for the pressure devices (gauges, transmitters, seals) as shown in the drawings. R1-10: Specification to be provided in Addendum 3. Q1-11: Plan sheet S-6. Notes on this sheet call out flowable fill and flexbase to be used as backfill. What are the limits for this backfill? If the contractor excavates a ramp to aid in constructing the lift station, will they be required to backfill the ramp as noted or will native material be allowed for ramp backfill. CPN 104490-1 Bonds Ranch Lift Station A Addendum No. 2 Attachment A R1-11: Excavations within 20 ft of the lift station or under pavement or other structures shall follow the S-6 plan notes with flowable fill up to top of rock and compacted flexbase over the flowable fill. Where excavation will not be under pavement or any other structures and is at least 20ft away from the lift station, compacted onsite material maybe used as backfill. Q1-12: Could the plan holders section of bonfire be shown for more sub/vendor outreach? R1-12: Plan holders list as of 01-07-2026 is provided under public files. Q1-13: Will precast 5x3 box culverts be allowed in place of cast in place? R1-13: Yes, precast culverts will be allowed. CPN 104490-1 Bonds Ranch Lift Station A Addendum No. 2 Attachment A This document is provided as a supplement to the Bonds Ranch Lift Station A Contract Documents. Below are responses to questions for clarification that may require additional information and/or are not addressed directly within the contract documents. Q1-1: Can you verify the quantity of Bid Items #8 and #9? I believe the quantities are backwards 111-1: Quantities are revised and updated bid proposal workbook is provided as part of this addendum. Q 1-2: Is the 12" and 16" DIP Sewer in Bid Items #1 and #2 for the piping inside of the Valve Vault and Wet Well? If not, what is this piping for? R1-2: Bid items #1 and #2 will be removed since they are included in Bid item #36. Refer to revised workbook. Q1-3: Cana bid item be added for the 6" Gate Valve at the Fire Hydrant? R1-3: A bid item has been added. Refer to revised workbook. Q1-4: Can a bid item be added for the Tee, 12" Gate Valve, and 12" Quick Connect called for on both the 16" Force Main lines? R1-4: A bid item has been added. Refer to revised workbook. Q1-5: Can a detail be provided for the Tee, 12" Gate Valve, and 12" Quick Connect shown on the 16" Force Main lines? R1-5: A detail will be provided in a Addendum 3. Q1-6: Since addendum 1 removed the SBE requirements, will the associated bonfire file upload sections be removed as well? R1-6: No. Conformed documents will be provided after award, during or after pre -con, that will addresses changes via addendum. Refer to Addendum to #1 for updated Instruction to Bidders, and supplementary conditions among other things. Q 1-7: Is Armorock polymer concrete an approved alternate for the manholes calling for corrosion protection? R1-7: This will be reviewed and answered with Addendum 3. Q1-8: What are the anticipated award and NTP dates? R1-8: Award by February, NTP early March - dates are not yet finalized.. Q1-9: As this bid is an online submission, will the bid opening be broadcast via webcast or teleconference? R1-9: No, refer to ITB for time and location of bid opening. Q1-10: Please include specifications for the pressure devices (gauges, transmitters, seals) as shown in the drawings. R1-10: Specification to be provided in Addendum 3. Q1-11: Plan sheet S-6. Notes on this sheet call out flowable fill and flexbase to be used as backfill. What are the limits for this backfill? If the contractor excavates a ramp to aid in constructing the lift station, will they be required to backfill the ramp as noted or will native material be allowed for ramp backfill. CPN 104490-1 Bonds Ranch Lift Station A Addendum No. 2 Attachment A R1-11: Excavations within 20 ft of the lift station or under pavement or other structures shall follow the S-6 plan notes with flowable fill up to top of rock and compacted flexbase over the flowable fill. Where excavation will not be under pavement or any other structures and is at least 20ft away from the lift station, compacted onsite material maybe used as backfill. Q1-12: Could the plan holders section of bonfire be shown for more sub/vendor outreach? R1-12: Plan holders list as of 01-07-2026 is provided under public files. Q1-13: Will precast 5x3 box culverts be allowed in place of cast in place? R1-13: Yes, precast culverts will be allowed. FORT WORTH, ADDENDUM TO INVITATION TO BID NO. 26-0063 BONDS RANCH LIFT STATION A WATER DEPARTMENT ADDENDUM NO. 3 INVITATION TO BID (ITB): 26-0063 BID OPENING DATE: January 15, 2026 DATE ISSUED: January 12, 2026 ITB No. 26-0063 issued December 10, 2025, is hereby amended as follows: 1. Responses to questions are attached to this addendum as Attachment A. 2. The pre -bid meeting presentation is attached to this addendum as Attachment B. 3. CONTRACT MANUAL a. Replace the following sections: Replace Specification With Specification 00 41 00 Bid Form 00 41 00 Bid Form 00 42 43 Proposal Form 00 42 43 Proposal Form 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions 4. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS a. Replace the following sections: Replace Specification With Specification 33 39 20 Precast Concrete Manholes 33 39 20 Precast Concrete Manholes 40 61 00 — Process Control System General Provisions 40 61 00 — Process Control System General Provisions 40 68 60 — Application Services 40 68 60 — Application Services b. Add the following sections: Add Specification 26 05 36 — Cable Tray 26 29 86 — Mechanical Equipment Manufacturer's Provided Control Panels 40 73 00 — Pressure Measurement Devices ITB 26-0063 Bonds Ranch Lift Station A Addendum No. 3, Page 1 of 4 c. All Specifications i. References all Specification 40 61 21 references ii. Modification: Update all references to read 40 61 00 and 40 68 60. d. Specification 26 24 13 i. Reference Paragraph 2.3.K.8 ii. Modification: Change 85,000 amperes to 65,000 amperes. 5. DRAWINGS a. Replace the following sheets: Replace Sheet With Sheet DT-9 — Misc Pipe Details DT-9 — Misc Pipe Details E-4 — Overall Site Plan E-4 — Overall Site Plan E-5 — Enlarged Site Plan E-5 — Enlarged Site Plan E-6 — Ductbank Sections I E-6 — Ductbank Sections I E-7 — Ductbank Sections II E-7 — Ductbank Sections II E-8 — Switchboard One -Line Diagram E-8 — Switchboard One -Line Diagram E-9 — Switchboard Elevation and Details E-9 — Switchboard Elevation and Details E-11 — Building Lighting and Receptacle Plan E-11 — Building Lighting and Receptacle Plan E-12 — Building Cable Tray Plan E-12 — Building Cable Tray Plan E-13 —Lift Station Floor Plan E-13 — Lift Station Floor Plan E-15 —Lift Station Riser Diagram E-15 —Lift Station Riser Diagram E-17 — Flow Meter Plan E-17 — Flow Meter Plan E-18 — Flow Meter Diagram E-18 — Flow Meter Diagram E-21 — HVAC Plan E-21 — HVAC Plan E-22 — Interface Diagram E-22 — Interface Diagram E-24 — Schematics II E-24 — Schematics II N-03 — P&ID I N-03 — P&ID I N-04 — P&ID II N-04 — P&ID II N-05 — P&ID III N-05 — P&ID III N-06 — System Architecture N-06 — System Architecture b. Drawing E-4 — Overall Electrical Site Plan i. Reference: Note by Symbol 2 ii. Modification: Change 24" to 60". All other terms and conditions remain unchanged. ITB 26-0063 Bonds Ranch Lift Station A Addendum No. 3, Page 2 of 4 TON SHOLOLA, P.E. ASSISTANT DIRECTOR, WATER DEPARTMENT i■■■■r■■■■o■rrrWrr■r■��■R■■r■■r■�■■rr■■■■■■■■■sr■■■wr■e.owW■■■�■■r■■r■■M■sw■s■"rr■t By the signature affixed below, Addendum No. 3 is hereby incorporated into and made part of the above referenced Invitation to Bid. COMPANY NAME: W W e LLC ' SIGNATURE: R_ David Caldwell, President NOTE: Company rjaMe and signature ust be the same as on the original bid documents. Failure to return this form with yo& sealed bid may co stitute grounds for rejection of your offer. ITB 26-0063 Bonds Ranch Lift Station A Addendum No. 3, Page 3 of 4 OF TFo111 *l00 .. / LAUREN NOBLES of .I.I..<F...•...,............. ��P<0: AV 0� 156924 : O.. �/O•,v�.—CEN S N ,GIIS�L0NA. / of/12/zone i ni��OF�TF�iS,, . 9 go % ee�4ieeeeeee•eeeeee•eeee�see / PUNEET GUPTA / eeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeesee / // o:e 115692CENS e �% �� F`SS •eeee••• �G � \\AL 01-12-2026 End of Addendum No. 3 ITB 26-0063 Bonds Ranch Lift Station A Addendum No. 3, Page 3 of 3 0041 00 BID PROPOSAL Page I of 6 TO: The Purchasing Manager c/o: The Purchasing Division 200 Texas Street City of Fort Worth, Texas 76102 SECTION 00 41 00,& BID FORM 3 FOR: Bonds Ranch Lift Station A City Project No.: CPN104490-1 Units/Sections: Unit 1 - Lift Station 1. Enter Into Agreement The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement with City in the form included in the Bidding Documents to perform and furnish all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the Bid Price and within the Contract Time indicated in this Bid and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 2. BIDDER Acknowledgements and Certification 2.1. In submitting this Bid, Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the INVITATION TO BIDDERS and INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, including without limitation those dealing with the disposition of Bid Bond. 2.2. Bidder is aware of all costs to provide the required insurance, will do so pending contract award, and will provide a valid insurance certificate meeting all requirements within 14 days of notification of award. 2.3. Bidder certifies that this Bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed individual or entity and is not submitted in conformity with any collusive agreement or rules of any group, association, organization, or corporation. 2.4. Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to submit a false or sham Bid. 2.5. Bidder has not solicited or induced any individual or entity to refrain from bidding. 2.6. Bidder has not engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, or coercive practices in competing for the Contract. For the purposes of this Paragraph: a. "corrupt practice" means the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting of any thing of value likely to influence the action of a public official in the bidding process. b. "fraudulent practice" means an intentional misrepresentation of facts made (a) to influence the bidding process to the detriment of City (b) to establish Bid prices at artificial non-competitive levels, or (c) to deprive City of the benefits of free and open competition. c. 'collusive practice" means a scheme or arrangement between two or more Bidders, with or without the knowledge of City, a purpose of which is to establish Bid prices at artificial, non- competitive levels. d. "coercive practice" means harming or threatening to harm, directly or indirectly, persons or their property to influence their participation in the bidding process or affect the execution of the Contract. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised WI9/2025 00 4100 Bid Proposal Workbook 00 41 00 BID PROPOSAL Page 2 of 6 3. Prequalification The Bidder acknowledges that the following work types must be performed only by prequalified contractors and subcontractors: a. Facility Construction of Lift Station b. Sanitary Sewer Manhole/Structure Interior Lining - Warren Coating c. Sanitary Sewer Manhole/Structure Interior Lining - Chesterton Coating d. - 4. Time of Completion 4.1. The Work will be complete for Final Acceptance within 912 days after the date when the the Contract Time commences to run as provided in Paragraph 2.03 of the General Conditions. 4.2. Bidder accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages in the event of failure to complete the Work (and/or achievement of Milestones) within the times specified in the Agreement. 5. Attached to this Bid The following documents are attached to and made a part of this Bid: a. This Bid Form, Section 00 41 00 b. Required Bid Bond, Section 00 43 13 issued by a surety meeting the requirements of Paragraph 5.01 of the General Conditions. c. Proposal Form, Section 00 42 43 d. Vendor Compliance to State Law Non Resident Bidder, Section 00 43 37 e. Small Business Forms (required at time of bid) f. Prequalification Statement, Section 00 45 12 g. Conflict of Interest Affidavit, Section 00 35 13 *If necessary, CIO or CIS forms are to be provided directly to City Secretary h. Any additional documents that may be required by Section 12 of the Instructions to Bidders 6. Total Bid Amount 6.1. Bidder will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for the following bid amount. In the space provided below, please enter the total bid amount for this project. Only this figure will be read publicly by the City at the bid opening. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised 9/19/2025 00 4100 Bid Proposal Workbook 00 41 00 BID PROPOSAL Page 3 of 6 6.2. It is understood and agreed by the Bidder in signing this proposal that the total bid amount entered below is subject to verification and/or modification by multiplying the unit bid prices for each pay item by the respective estimated quantities shown in this proposal and then totaling all of the extended amounts. 6.3. Evaluation of Alternate Bid Items Total Base Bid Total Bid 7. Bid Submittal This Bid is submitted on January 15, 2026 Respectfu submitted, By: ) (/ (S nature David Caldwell (Printed Name) Title: President Company: CLW Water Group, LLC by the entity named below. Receipt is acknowledged of the following Addenda: Initial Addendum No. 1: 12-22-2025 Addendum No. 2: 01-07-2026 Addendum No. 3: 01-12-2026 Addendum No. 4: Corporate Seal: Address: 4350 Alpha Road Ste 100 Farmers Branch, TX 75244 State of Incorporation: N/A LLC Email: davidc@clw-water.com Phone: 469-556-3809 END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised 9/ 19/2025 0041 00 Bid Proposal Workbook 00 42 43 BID PROPOSAL Pagel of 3 SECTION 00 42 43 PROPOSALFORM UNIT PRICE BID Bidder's Application Project Item Information Bidder's Proposal Unit 1 - Lift Station Bidlist Item No. Description Specification Section No. Unit of Measure Bid Quantity Unit Price Bid Value 1 3331.4405 30" DIP Sewer with Protector 401 Lining 33 11 10 LF 8 $2,200.00 $17,600.00 2 3331.4221 16" Sewer Force. Main 33 11 10, 33 11 12, 33 31 15 LF 224 $250.00 $56,000.00 3 3331.4401 30" Sewer Pipe 33 11 10, 3331 13, 33 31 21 LF 46 $700.00 $32,200.00 4 3305.1105/3006 16" Sewer Carrier Pipe inside 30" Casing, OTOC 33 05 24 LF 103 $1,900.00 $195,700.00 5 3311.0261 8" PVC Water Pipe 33 11 12 LF 472 $150.00 $70,800.00 6 3305.1003/2002 8" Water Carrier Pipe inside 20" Casing, Open Cut 33 05 24 LF 60 $450.00 $27,000.00 7 3305.1103/2002 8" Water Carrier Pipe inside 20" Casing, OTOC 33 05 22 LF 35 $2,300.00 $80,500.00 8 0241.1118 4"-12" Pressure Plug 0241 14 EA 1 $1,300.00 $1,300.00 9 3312.3003 8" Gate Valve 33 1220 EA 1 $3,200.00 $3,200.00 10 3312.3002 6" Gate Valve 33 12 10 EA 1 $2,600.00 $2,600.00 11 3305.0117 Concrete Collar for Valve 3305 17 EA 1 $1,200.00 $1,200.00 12 3312.0001 Fire Hydrant 33 1240 EA 1 $17,000.00 $17,000.00 13 3312.0106 Connection to Existing 16-Inch Water Main 33 1225 EA 1 $20,000.00 $20,000.00 14 3312.3006 16" Gate Valve w/ Vault 33 1220 EA 1 $40,000.00 $40,000.00 15 3311.0001 Ductile Iron Water Fittings w/ Restraint 33 11 11 TON 2 $15,000.00 $30,000.00 16 0171.0101 Construction Staking 01 71 23 LS 1 $20,000.00 $20,000.00 17 0171.0102 As -Built Survey 01 71 23 LS 1 $5,000.00 $5,000.00 18 0241.1106 16" Pressure Plug 0241 14 EA 2 $4,000.00 $8,000.00 19 3110.0102 6"-12" Tree Removal 31 1000 EA 2 $1,300.00 $2,600.00 20 3110.0103 12"-18" Tree Removal 31 1000 EA 8 $1,500.00 $12,000.00 21 3110.0104 18"-24" Tree Removal 31 1000 EA 2 $2,300.00 $4,600.00 22 3110.0105 24" and Larger Tree Removal 31 1000 EA 2 $2,500.00 $5,000.00 23 3301.0004 Final MH-CCTV Inspection 33 01 31 EA 2 $5,000.00 $10,000.00 24 3301.0101 Manhole Vacuum Testing 33 01 31 EA 2 $2,000.00 $4,000-00 25 3305.0103 Exploratory Excavation of Existing Utilities 33 05 30 EA 3 $5,000.00 $15,000.00 26 3305.0109 Trench Safety 3305 10 LF 896 $5.00 $4,480.00 27 3305.0110 Utility Markers 33 05 26 LS 1 $5,000.00 $5,000.00 28 3331.3401 Ductile Iron Sewer Fittings 33 11 11 TON 1 $23,000.00 $23,000.00 29a* 3339.0001 Epoxy Manhole Liner 33 39 60 VF 26 $540.00 $14,040.00 30a* 3339.1101 5' Manhole (Up to 6' Depth) 3339 10, 33 39 20 EA 2 $10,000.00 $20,000.00 30b* 9999.0013 5' Polymer Concrete Manhole (Up to 6' Depth) 3339 10, 33 39 20 EA 2 31a* 3339.1103 5' Extra Depth Manhole 3339 10, 33 39 20 VF 14 $1,000.00 $14,000.00 31 b* 9999.0014 5' Extra Depth Polymer Concrete Manhole 3339 10, 33 39 20 r__ VF 14 *Contractor to provide Unit Price/Bid Value for only one of the manhole alternatives (29a, 30a and 31 a OR 30b and 31 b) DO NOT PROVIDE UNIT BRICE / BID VALUE FOR EACH ALTERNATIVE 32 13305.0112 Concrete Collar for Manhole 1 3205 17 1 EA 1 2 $1,500.001 $3,000.00 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised 9/19/2025 00 41 00 Bid Proposal Workbook - Addendum No. 3 00 42 43 BID PROPOSAL Page 2 of 3 SECTION 00 42 43 PROPOSALFORM UNIT PRICE BID Bidder's Application Project Item Information Bidder's Proposal Unit 1 - Lift Station Bidlist Item Description Specification Unit of Bid Unit Price Bid Value No. Section No. Measure Quantity 33 9999.0001 Non -clog Submersible Sewage Pump and Motor 44 42 56.04 EA 3 $140,000.00 $420,000.00 34 9999.0002 Sewer 16" Gate Valve w/ Vault 33 1220 EA 2 $30,000.00 $60,000.00 9999.0003 Lift Station Wet Well and Valve Vault: Including, but not limited to cast -in -place wet well and valve vault, ductile iron discharge piping and fittings, pump base elbows, hatches, valves and appurtenances, wet well and valve vault lining Division 03 35 systems, grout, grating and grating supports, and any other Division 33 LS 1 improvements not specifically identified in the other lump sum Division 40 items, including all equipment, labor, materials, and services required in accordance with the Contract Documents, Drawings, and specifications for the completion of the Work. $3,247,180.00 $3,247,180.00 9999.0004 Site Improvements: Including, but not limited to site clearing, site grading, paving and pavement repair, fencing and gates, equipment pads, traffic control, erosion control and 36 preparation of SWPPP, revegetation of disturbed areas, and Division 02 LS 1 including all equipment, materials, labor and services required in accordance with the Contract Documents, Drawings and specifications for the completion of the Work. $700,000.00 $700,000.00 9999.0005 Carbon Odor Control System: Including, but not limited to activated carbon absorber vessel and system, odor 37 control duct, fans, and various appurtenances, and including all Division 41 LS 1 equipment, materials, labor and services required in accordance with the Contract Documents, Drawings, and specifications for the completion of the work. $600,000.00 $600,000.00 9999.0006 Electrical Building: Including, but not limited to building foundation, walls, roof, doors, roofing, roof drainage equipment, fire extinguishers, paint finishes, and heating and Division 06 ventilation system, distribution switchboard, variable frequency Division 07 38 drives, lighting panels and transformer, SCADA panels and Division 09 LS 1 instrumentation, lighting system, cable tray system, including Division 0 all equipment, materials, labor and services required in accordance with the Contract Documents, Drawings, and specifications for the completion of the work. $1,800,000.00 $1,800,000.00 9999.0007 Site Electrical, Instrumentation, and Controls: Including but not limited to procurement and installation of a 11 proposed electrical, instrumentation, and controls equipment including but not limited to: SCADA equipment, electromagnetic flow meter, level, pressure and temperature 39 instruments, underground concrete -encased conduit (ductbank), 2605 19 LS 1 above grade conduit, grounding and lightning protection, standby electric generator, load bank connection cabinet, connection to electric utility, and site lighting, including all equipment, materials, labor and services required in accordance with the Contract Documents, Drawings, and specifications for the completion of the Work. $4,600,000.00 $4,600,000.00 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised 9/19/2025 00 41 00 Bid Proposal Workbook - Addendum No. 3 00 42 43 BID PROPOSAL Page 3 of 3 SECTION 00 42 43 PROPOSALFORM UNIT PRICE BID Bidder's Application Project Item Information Bidder's Proposal Unit 1 - Lift Station Bidlist Item Description Specification Unit of Bid Unit Price Bid Value No. Section No. Measure Quantity 9999.0008 Flow Meter Vault: Including pre -cast concrete vault, Division 03 40 piping, sump pump, ventilation, and appurtenances. Division 33 Division 40 EA 2 $160,000.00 $320,000.00 9999.0009 Site Drainage: Including, but not limited to culvert crossing, TxDOT concrete wingwalls (FW-0) (HW=4 FT), 41 Sx3' cast -in -place reinforced concrete box, including all Division 33 LS 1 equipment, materials, labor and services required in accordance with the Contract Documents, Drawings, and specifications for the completion of the Work. $300,000.00 $300,000.00 9999.0010 16"x12" Tee, 12" Gate Valve, and 12" Quick Connect: Including, but not limited to, additional piping, 42 ductile iron fittings and all equipment, materials, labor, and Division 33 EA 2 services required in accordance with the Contract Documents, Drawings, and specifications for the completion of the work. $30,000.001 $60,000.00 43 9999.0011 Project Allowance 00 72 00 LS 1 $100,000.001 $100,000.00 44 9999.0012 Oncor Electric Delivery Company Allowance 1 00 72 00 1 LS 1 1 $20,000.001 $20,000.00 Total Bid $12 992 000.00 END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised 9/19/2025 00 41 00 Bid Proposal Workbook - Addendum No. 3 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS A 3 Supplementary Conditions SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 1 of 7 These Supplementary Conditions modify and supplement Section 00 72 00 - General Conditions, and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions of the General Conditions that are modified or supplemented remain in full force and effect as so modified or supplemented. All provisions of the General Conditions which are not so modified or supplemented remain in full force and effect. Defined Terms The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions which are defined in the General Conditions have the meaning assigned to them in the General Conditions, unless specifically noted herein. Modifications and Supplements The following are instructions that modify or supplement specific paragraphs in the General Conditions and other Contract Documents. SC-3.03B.2, "Resolving Discrepancies" Plans govern over Specifications. SC-4.01A Easement limits shown on the Drawing are approximate and were provided to establish a basis for bidding. Upon receiving the final easements descriptions, Contractor shall compare them to the lines shown on the Contract Drawings. SC-4.01A.1., "Availability of Lands" The following is a list of known outstanding right-of-way, and/or easements to be acquired, if any as of Deee bee- 5, 2025. January 12, 2026. Outstanding Right -Of -Way, and/or Easements to Be Acquired EASEMENT DESCRIPTION OWNER TARGET DATE OF POSSESSION Lift Station Facilities PMB Development Co. �' t�26 3/30/2026 Easement 30' Permanent Public Access Bonds Ranch Land LP t 2 t�6 3/30/2026 Easement 10' Permanent Water Bonds Ranch Land LP 1 �7�6 3/30/2026 Easement (PUE) CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised March 8, 2024 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 2 of 7 EASEMENT DESCRIPTION OWNER TARGET DATE OF POSSESSION Variable Width Permanent Bonds Ranch Land LP � M'�6 3/30/2026 Sewer Easement PUE Variable Width Permanent PMB Development Co. 1 �7'�26 3/30/2026 Sewer Easement PUE Water Line Encroachment Eagle r,rotip Pipeline (`.,m "'"�26 3/30/2026 aif a Enlink Midstream Sewer- Line Ener-oaehfnen4 Eagle Mountain Pipelifie-Company 44420M Sewer Line Encroachment Enlink Midstream ' Q "02-6 3/30/2026 Oncor Encroachment Old Oeean Fuel refnp nn Energy t i/ 026 3/30/2026 Transfer Company Oncor Encroachment Enlink Midstream ' � "z, 0M 3/30/2026 10' Oncor Easement PMB Development Co. ' � "�26 3/30/2026 50' Temporary Construction PMB Development Co. /"� 3/30/2026 Easement 20' Permanent Sewer PMB Development Co. � �-2'� 3/30/2026 Easement (PUE) The Contractor understands and agrees that the dates listed above are estimates only, are not guaranteed, and do not bind the City. If Contractor considers the final easements provided to differ materially from the representations on the Contract Drawings, Contractor shall within five (5) Business Days and before proceeding with the Work, notify City in writing associated with the differing easement line locations. SC-4.01A.2, "Availability of Lands" Utilities or obstructions to be removed, adjusted, and/or relocated The following is list of utilities and/or obstructions that have not been removed, adjusted, and/or relocated as of December 5, 2025. EXPECTED UTILITY AND LOCATION TARGET DATE OF OWNER ADJUSTMENT Enlink Midstream 12-Inch Gas Line along the northern and western site boundaries. None. Energy Transfer Co. 16-Inch Gas Line along the western site boundary. None. Fort Worth Water 16-Inch Northside IIl Water Line along Bonds None. Ranch Road. The Contractor understands and agrees that the dates listed above are estimates only, are not guaranteed, and do not bind the City. SC-4.02A., "Subsurface and Physical Conditions" The following are reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site of the Work: CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised March 8, 2024 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 3 of 7 A Geotechnical Memorandum dated June 18, 2025, prepared by Freese and Nichols, Inc a consultant of the City, providing additional information on the soil and groundwater conditions at the Bonds Ranch Lift Station — A site. Contractors and/or bidders may not exclusively rely on interpretations, opinions, or conclusions contained in this memorandum. Verification of the subsurface conditions for purposes of determining difficulty of excavation, trafficability, etc. is the responsibility of the contractors and/or bidders. The following are drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and subsurface structures (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site of the Work: Sheet C-1 — Horizontal Control SC-4.06A., "Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site" The following are reports and drawings of existing hazardous environmental conditions known to the City: None. SC-5.03A., "Certificates of Insurance" The entities listed below are "additional insureds as their interest may appear" including their respective officers, directors, agents and employees. (1) City (2) Consultant: Freese and Nichols, Inc., Gupta & Associates, Inc. (3) Other: None. SC-5.04A., "Contractor's Insurance" The limits of liability for the insurance required by Paragraph GC-5.04 shall provide the following coverages for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by laws and regulations: 5.04A. Workers' Compensation, under Paragraph GC-5.04A. Statutory limits Employer's liability $100,000 each accident/occurrence $100,000 Disease - each employee $500,000 Disease - policy limit SC-5.04B., "Contractor's Insurance" 5.04B. Commercial General Liability, under Paragraph GC-5.04B. Contractor's Liability Insurance under Paragraph GC-5.04B., which shall be on a per project basis covering the Contractor with minimum limits of $1,000,000 each occurrence $2,000,000 aggregate limit CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised March 8, 2024 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 4 of 7 The policy must have an endorsement (Amendment — Aggregate Limits of Insurance) making the General Aggregate Limits apply separately to each job site. The Commercial General Liability Insurance policies shall provide "X", "C", and "U" coverage's. Verification of such coverage must be shown in the Remarks Article of the Certificate of Insurance. SC 5.04C., "Contractor's Insurance" 5.04C. Automobile Liability, under Paragraph GC-5.04C. Contractor's Liability Insurance under Paragraph GC-5.04C., which shall be in an amount not less than the following amounts: (1) Automobile Liability - a commercial business policy shall provide coverage on "Any Auto", defined as autos owned, hired and non -owned. $1,000,000 each accident on a combined single limit basis. Split limits are acceptable if limits are at least: $250,000 Bodily Injury per person / $500,000 Bodily Injury per accident / $100,000 Property Damage SC-5.04D., "Contractor's Insurance" The Contractor's construction activities will require its employees, agents, subcontractors, equipment, and material deliveries to cross railroad properties and tracks: None. The Contractor shall conduct its operations on railroad properties in such a manner as not to interfere with, hinder, or obstruct the railroad company in any manner whatsoever in the use or operation of its/their trains or other property. Such operations on railroad properties may require that Contractor to execute a "Right of Entry Agreement" with the particular railroad company or companies involved, and to this end the Contractor should satisfy itself as to the requirements of each railroad company and be prepared to execute the right -of -entry (if any) required by a railroad company. The requirements specified herein likewise relate to the Contractor's use of private and/or construction access roads crossing said railroad company's properties. The Contractual Liability coverage required by Paragraph 5.04D of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts, issued by companies satisfactory to the City and to the Railroad Company for a term that continues for so long as the Contractor's operations and work cross, occupy, or touch railroad property: (1) General Aggregate: (2) Each Occurrence: Required for this Contract N/A N/A _X_ Not required for this Contract With respect to the above outlined insurance requirements, the following shall govern: CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 8, 2024 Bonds Ranch Lift Station A City Project Number: 104490-1 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 5 of 7 1. Where a single railroad company is involved, the Contractor shall provide one insurance policy in the name of the railroad company. However, if more than one grade separation or at -grade crossing is affected by the Project at entirely separate locations on the line or lines of the same railroad company, separate coverage may be required, each in the amount stated above. 2. Where more than one railroad company is operating on the same right-of-way or where several railroad companies are involved and operated on their own separate rights -of -way, the Contractor may be required to provide separate insurance policies in the name of each railroad company. 3. If, in addition to a grade separation or an at -grade crossing, other work or activity is proposed on a railroad company's right-of-way at a location entirely separate from the grade separation or at -grade crossing, insurance coverage for this work must be included in the policy covering the grade separation. 4. If no grade separation is involved but other work is proposed on a railroad company's right- of-way, all such other work may be covered in a single policy for that railroad, even though the work may be at two or more separate locations. No work or activities on a railroad company's property to be performed by the Contractor shall be commenced until the Contractor has furnished the City with an original policy or policies of the insurance for each railroad company named, as required above. All such insurance must be approved by the City and each affected Railroad Company prior to the Contractor's beginning work. The insurance specified above must be carried until all Work to be performed on the railroad right-of-way has been completed and the grade crossing, if any, is no longer used by the Contractor. In addition, insurance must be carried during all maintenance and/or repair work performed in the railroad right-of-way. Such insurance must name the railroad company as the insured, together with any tenant or lessee of the railroad company operating over tracks involved in the Project. SC-6.04., "Project Schedule" Project schedule shall be tier 3 for the project. SC-6.07 A., "Duty to pay Prevailing Wage Rates" The following is the prevailing wage rate table(s) applicable to this project and is provided in the Appendices: 2013 Prevailing Wage Rates for Heavy and Highway Construction Projects A copy of the table is also available by accessing the City's website at: https:Happs.fortworthtexas.2ov/Proi ectResources/ You can access the file by following the directory path: 02-Construction Documents/Specifications/Div00 — General Conditions CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised March 8, 2024 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 6 of 7 SC-6.09., "Permits and Utilities" SC-6.09A., "Contractor obtained permits and licenses" The following are known permits and/or licenses required by the Contract to be acquired by the Contractor: 1. Street Use Permit. 2. Oncor Green Card Permit for New Utility Connection 3. The City will apply for the building permits for this project and waive the associated building permit fees form the Contractor. The contractor shall coordinate with the Development Services Department prior to construction of the project. 4. The Contractor shall apply for all trade permits for this project and pay for the associated trade permit fees. Contractor shall coordinate with the Development Services Department prior to construction for the project. SC-6.09B. "City obtained permits and licenses" The following are known permits and/or licenses required by the Contract to be acquired by the City: 5. Building Dam+4 6.Generator- Pef it 7. Urban Forestry Permit 8 Eagle >\, etwtai Pipeline !`r.m..an Cias Line Energy Transfer Company Encroachment Permit Old Oeean Fuel Company Gas Line Enlink Encroachment Permit SC-6.09C. "Outstanding permits and licenses" The following is a list of known outstanding permits and/or licenses to be acquired, if any as of December 5-24January 12, 2025. Outstanding Permits and/or Licenses to Be Acquired OWNER PERMIT OR LICENSE AND LOCATION TARGET DATE OF POSSESSION City of Fort Worth Street Use Permit 2/28/2026 Oncor Electric Company Green Card Permit for New Utility Connection 2/28/2026 City of Fort Worth Building Permit 2/28/2026 City of Fort Worth Generator Permit 2/28/2026 City of Fort Worth Urban Forestry Permit 2/28/2026 Eagl01,,tetm4aif Pipeline Gas Line Encroachment Permit 2�'�4zrL8/2 3/31/2026 Enlink Midstream Old neean Fuel Co. Energy Transfer Company Gas Line Encroachment Permit 2i24�6 3/31/2026 SC-7.02., "Coordination" The individuals or entities listed below have contracts with the City for the performance of other work at the Site: CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised March 8, 2024 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 7 of 7 Vendor Scope of Work Coordination Authority Westwood Professional Services Force Main and Gravity Main Westwood Professional Services SC-8.01, "Communications to Contractor" Rio Claro development will begin breaking ground early 2026. Contractor to coordinate FM-1 connection as needed. SC-9.01., "City's Project Manager" The City's Project Manager for this Contract is Bijay Upreti, P.E. or his/her successor pursuant to written notification from the Director of Water. SC-13.03C., "Tests and Inspections" None. SC-16.01C.1, "Methods and Procedures" None. END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 1/22/2016 F. Griffin SC-9.01., "City's Project Representative" wording changed to City's Project Manager. 3/9/2020 D.V. Magana SC-6.07, Updated the link such that files can be accessed via the City's website. Michael SC-6.07, Allow affidavit regarding paying prevailing wages to 10/06/23 Owen be submitted on completion of job, as opposed to with each progress report 3/08/24 Michael Removed revisions related to affidavit, as those changes have Owen been made in General Conditions CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised March 8, 2024 3QSECTION 26 05 36 CABLE TRAY PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK 260536-1 CABLE TRAY Page I of 4 A. Furnish and install complete cable tray systems, with all accessories, fittings, supports, as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. Cable tray runs outline the general routing of raceways. Select actual routing in the field to follow Drawings as closely as possible and to avoid interfering with pipes, ducts, structural members, or other equipment. Deviations in routing from that shown on the Drawings must be approved by the Engineer, with no change in the Contract Price or Schedule allowed. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Refer to Division 26 00 00 and the Contract Drawings, for related work and electrical coordination requirements. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings 1. Submit to the Owner/Engineer, in accordance with Division 1, a complete tray layout and routing in a computer -aided format, fittings and hangers, with tray type, sizes, dimensions and support points. a. Submittal shall show tray routing, with elevations. b. Drawings shall show locations of tray hangers and/or concrete inserts where concrete inserts are to be used c. The use of the Engineer's Drawings as a base plan for the layout is not allowed. Calculations shall be provided for loading and deflections. Calculations shall be submitted in a format (Excel spread sheet and PDF on CD and or flash drive or acceptable equal) which will permit hand calculation verification by the Owner/Engineer. B. Product Data: Provide data for fittings and accessories. C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency specified under Regulatory Requirements. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation and installation of product. D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals Submit Operation and Maintenance Manuals containing installation and maintenance instructions for the cable tray and its components. 1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code, Article 392 Cable Trays. B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 1. NEMA VE-1— 2002 Metal Cable Tray Systems CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 260536-2 CABLE TRAY Page 2 of 4 2. NEMA VE-2 — 2001 Cable Tray Installation Guidelines C. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) D. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply. 1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to the requirements of NFPA 70. B. Furnish products listed and classified by UL as suitable for the purpose specified herein and as shown on the Drawings. 1.6 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Prior to jobsite delivery, complete all submittal requirements, and present to the Owner/Engineer prior to delivery of the equipment, an approved copy of all such submittals. Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment, or equipment which failed any factory tests, will not be permitted., B. Materials shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Materials shall not be stored exposed to sunlight. Such materials shall be completely covered. D. Materials showing signs of previous or jobsite exposure will be rejected. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Provide warranties, including the manufacturer's warrantee, for the equipment specified and the proper installation thereof, to be free from defects in material and workmanship for two years from date of final acceptance of the equipment and its installation. Within such period of warranty, all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating condition shall be provided. Any warranty work requiring shipping or transporting of the equipment shall be provided at no expense to the Owner. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. T.J. Cope Allied. 2. Cooper B-Line 3. Approved Equal B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. 2.2 LADDER -TYPE CABLE TRAY A. Description: NEMA VE 1, Class 20C (minimum 100 pounds per foot load rating) ladder type tray. B. Material: Aluminum C. Finish: N/A. D. Inside Width: As indicated on the Drawings. E. Inside Depth: Minimum five inches, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-2 260536-3 CABLE TRAY Page 3 of 4 F. Straight section Rung Spacing: nine inches on center. G. Each rung shall be capable of supporting a 200 pound concentrated load at the center of the cable tray span and width, over and above the specified cable load, with a safety factor of 1.5. H. Inside Radius of Fittings: Minimum 24 inches, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. I. Provide clamps, hangers, brackets, splice plates, reducer plates, blind ends, barrier strips, connectors, nuts, bolts, washers, lock washers, all thread and grounding straps, all of 316 stainless steel. J. Dividers: Dividers shall be supplied to isolate cables of different voltage ratings that occupy the same cable tray. 2.3 WARNING SIGNS A. Permanent warning label shall appear on all straight sections and fittings and shall have the following wording: WARNING! DO NOT USE CABLE TRAY AS A WALKWAY, LADDER OR SUPPORT. USE ONLY AS A MECHANICAL SUPPORT FOR X111.1 M] I�\1419M *,i Bra n 11410 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install metallic cable tray in accordance with NEMA VE 2 Cable Tray Installation Guidelines, and as specified herein. C. Conduits, containing wire or cables entering or leaving the cable tray shall be securely clamped to the cable tray, but the tray shall not act as the primary means of conduit support. Conduits or any other raceway containing conductors routed from or to the cable tray system shall be provided with their own independent supports. D. Provide supports at each connection point, at the end of each run, and at other points to maintain spacing between supports of 12 feet maximum. E. Use expansion connectors where required. Install bonding jumpers at each at each expansion splice plate. Bonding jumpers shall be rated for the cable tray ampacity. All tray systems shall have a continuous green insulated copper grounding conductor as specified herein. The bonding jumpers shall be provided in addition to the grounding conductor. F. Ground and bond cable tray under provisions of NEC Article 392. 1. Provide continuity between tray components. Install a bare #1/0 AWG bare tinned copper cable through entire length of each tray (both medium voltage power and low voltage power and control) and bond to each cable tray section and bond the tray ground to the electrical system grounding electrode grid at all ends. If tray system is configured in a loop, then bond the tray grounding conductor to the power system grounding electrode grid at two points minimum. The tray ground shall be routed along the outside of the tray to avoid damage to tray conductors from the ground clamps. Bond the tray grounding conductor to every enclosure to which any tray conductor is routed. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-3 260536-4 CABLE TRAY Page 4 of 4 Bond any metallic raceway which routes conductors to or from cable tray to the cable tray itself and to the cable tray grounding conductor. Route a bonding conductor from the tray grounding conductor through the raceway routing conductors to or from the tray system to the enclosure which the tray conductors are routed. Bond the grounding conductor to the enclosure ground bus. G. Use anti -oxidant compound to prepare aluminum contact surfaces before assembly. END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-4 262413-1 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S PROVIDED CONTROL PANELS (MEMS) Page 1 of 20 3Q SECTION 26 29 86 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S PROVIDED CONTROL PANELS (MEMs) PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish and install functional control panels to manually or automatically operate control systems as specified in the detailed requirements of this Section, and as described in the Process Equipment Division Specifications. B. All submittals for, process equipment panels specified under this Section, shall be submitted as a part of the Process Equipment manufacturer's submittal under the Process Equipment Division submittals. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Refer to Division 26 00 00 for related work and electrical coordination requirements. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Division 1, Process Equipment Division and as specified herein. B. Provide systems engineering to produce coordination curves, showing coordination between existing and breakers and/or fuses submitted, such that protective device coordination is accomplished. Such curves and settings shall be included as a part of these submittals. C. Submittals shall also contain information on related equipment to be furnished under this Specification but described in the related Sections listed in the Related Work paragraph above. Incomplete submittals not containing the required information on the related equipment will also be returned un-reviewed. D. All shop drawings shall be created by the mechanical equipment manufacturer, including all wiring diagrams. The shop drawings shall be created in the manufacturer's Engineering department. All equipment shop drawings shall bear the mechanical equipment manufacturer's logo, drawing file numbers, and shall be maintained on file in the mechanical equipment manufacturer's archive file system. E. Submit to the Owner/Engineer, shop drawings and product data, for the following: CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 262413-2 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S PROVIDED CONTROL PANELS (MEMS) Page 2 of 20 1. The mechanical equipment manufacturer shall use his control systems engineering department to produce custom unit elementary drawings. Drawings shall be on the mechanical equipment manufacturer's drawing sheets and shall include all schematics for control logic as described in the Process Equipment Specifications, and any associated control schematics shown on the Engineer's Drawings for this project. Show interwiring and interlocking between components and to remotely mounted devices. Include and identify all connecting equipment and remote devices on the schematics. The notation "Remote Device" will not be acceptable. Show wire and terminal numbers. Indicate special identifications for devices as required by the mechanical equipment manufacturer or as may be shown on the Drawings. Photocopies of the Engineer's ladder schematics are unacceptable as shop drawings. 2. Equipment outline drawings shall show elevation, plan and interior views, front panel arrangement, dimensions, weight, shipping splits, conduit entrances and anchor bolt pattern. Indicate all options, special features, ratings and deviations from this Section. 3. Provide power and control schematics which shall include all external connections. Show wire and terminal numbers and color -coding. 4. Provide instruction and replacement parts books, which shall include manufacturer's part numbers, selections of component ratings, and CT and PT ratios. 5. Provide as -built final drawings. 6. Provide documentation that the panel assembly facility is a UL-508 certified facility. 7. Provide a facsimile of the UL label that is to be applied to the completed panel. 8. Furnish complete Bill of Materials indicating manufacturer's name and part numbers. 9. Manufacturer's cut sheets for every component used in the panel assembly adequately marked to show the items being included. The manufacturer's name shall be clearly visible on each cut sheet submitted. Unmarked cut sheets will cause rejection of the submittal and its return for revision. 10. Assembly ratings shall be provided including: a. Short-circuit rating b. Voltage c. Continuous current 11. Major component ratings shall be provided including: a. Voltage b. Continuous current c. Interrupting ratings 12. Cable terminal sizes. 13. Instruction and renewal parts books. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-2 262413-3 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S PROVIDED CONTROL PANELS (MEMS) Page 3 of 20 F. Factory Tests: Submittals shall be made for factory tests specified herein. G. Field Test Reports: Submittals shall be made for field tests specified herein. H. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 1. Operation and Maintenance Manuals shall be provided which shall include the following information: a. Manufacturer's contact address and telephone number for parts and service. b. Instruction books and/or leaflets c. Recommended renewal parts list d. Record Documents for the information required by the Submittals paragraph above. I. Submit the manufacturer's training agenda for all training specified herein. Training agenda shall not be submitted until final approval of the Operation and Maintenance Manual. 1.4 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS A. All products and components shown on the Drawings and listed in this specification shall be designed and manufactured according to latest revision of the following standards (unless otherwise noted): 1. NEMA Standard ICS 2 — 2000 Industrial Control and Systems 2. NFPA 70 — National Electrical Code (NEC) 3. NFPA 70E — Standard For Electrical Safety in the Workplace 4. NFPA 79 — Electrical Standard for Industrial Machinery 5. UL 508/508A— Industrial Control Enclosures B. All equipment components and completed assemblies specified in this Section of the Specifications shall bear the appropriate label of Underwriters Laboratories. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturer of the control panels shall have produced similar equipment for a minimum period of five years. When requested by the Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement. B. The control panels shall be assembled in a UL-508 certified facility. A submittal of documentation certifying that the panel fabrication facility is a UL-508 certified facility, is required. A UL label shall be affixed to the inside of the external door by the panel fabrication assembly. Submit a facsimile of the UL label in the submittal information. C. All components and material shall be new and of the latest field proven design and in current production. Obsolete components or components scheduled for immediate discontinuation shall not be used. D. Control panels submitted shall fit within the space shown on the Drawings. Equipment which does not fit within the space is not acceptable. E. For the equipment specified herein, the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 2000 certified. 1.6 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-3 262413-4 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S PROVIDED CONTROL PANELS (MEMS) Page 4 of 20 A. Prior to jobsite delivery, complete all submittal requirements, and present to the Owner/Engineer upon delivery of the equipment, an approved copy of all such submittals. Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment, onsite factory work, or failed factory tests will not be permitted. B. Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Two copies of these instructions shall be included with the equipment at time of shipment and shall be made available to the Contractor and Owner/Engineer. C. Shipping groups shall be designed to be shipped by truck, rail, or ship. Indoor groups shall be bolted to skids. Breakers and accessories shall be packaged and shipped separately. D. Equipment shall be installed in its permanent finished location shown on the Drawings within seven calendar days of arriving onsite. If the equipment cannot be installed within seven calendar days, the equipment shall not be delivered to the site, but stored offsite, until such time that the site is ready for permanent installation of the equipment with no change in the Contract Price or Schedule. E. Where space heaters are provided in equipment, provide temporary electrical power and operate space heaters during storage, and after equipment is installed in permanent location, until equipment is placed in service. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Provide warrantees, including the manufacturer's warrantee, for the equipment specified and the proper installation thereof, to be free from defects in material and workmanship for two years from date of final acceptance of the equipment and its installation. Within such period of warranty, all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating condition shall be provided. Any warranty work requiring shipping or transporting of the equipment shall be provided at no expense to the Owner. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIAL MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following electrical material manufacturers are acceptable: iW. C 2. Eaton 3. Square D Co. 4. Allen Bradley 5. No equal B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Materials listed above are not relieved from meeting these Specifications in their entirety. C. Provide control panels supplied by the mechanical equipment manufacturer who shall be responsible for providing all required controls and apparatus as specified utilizing the specified components herein. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-4 262413-5 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S PROVIDED CONTROL PANELS (MEMS) Page 5 of 20 D. The acceptable electrical material manufactures listed above may not manufacture all materials required in the completed control panels. Other sections list acceptable material manufacturers, which produce those additional required components. Submittals shall include all components required. 2.2 RATINGS A. The service voltage shall be as specified and/or as shown on the Drawings. The overall short circuit withstand, and interrupting rating of the equipment and devices shall be not less than 22,000 amperes RMS symmetrical at 480Y/277 Volts, and equal to or greater than the overall short circuit withstand and interrupting rating of the feeder device immediately upstream of the Control Panel. This includes all circuit breakers and combination motor starters. Systems of motor controllers employing series connected ratings for main and feeder devices shall not be used and are not acceptable. Motor starter units shall be tested and UL 508A labeled for the specified short circuit duty in combination with the motor branch circuit protective device. B. There shall be selective device coordination between the Main Breaker, Feeder Breakers and control circuit protective devices. When using a circuit breaker or fuses as a main protective device, the instantaneous trip levels of the main protective device shall be higher than the available fault current to the control panel. If fuses are utilized in the control panel design, the protective devices for three-phase loads shall contain single phase protection of such equipment. If a fault occurs in the circuit of one load of a design with a backup load, the feeder protective device shall not remove both loads from the control system. C. Use ground fault sensing on grounded Wye systems. D. The complete control panel assembly shall be UL certified and carry a UL listing for "Industrial Control Panels". E. The control panel shall meet all applicable requirements of the National Electrical Code. F. The control panel enclosure shall be NEMA rated as specified herein. G. Motor controllers, including associated devices, shall be designed for continuous operation at rated current in a 40°C ambient temperature. H. For additional ratings and construction notes, refer to the mechanical equipment specifications and the Drawings. I. The Manufacturer shall produce and install on each panel, an Arc Flash Warning Label listing the various Flash Hazard Protection Boundaries, calculated from NFPA 70E, Annexes, as listed below: 1. Flash Hazard Protection Boundary. 2. Limited Approach Boundary. 3. Restricted Boundary. 4. Prohibited Boundary. 5. Incident Energy Level. 6. Required Personal Protective Equipment Class. 7. Type of Fire Rated Clothing. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-5 262413-6 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S PROVIDED CONTROL PANELS (MEMS) Page 6 of 20 �A]WOLIMP"A1161#010 A. General 1. Submit actual layout and location of equipment and components; current ratings of devices, bus bars, components; protective relays, voltage ratings of devices, components and assemblies; and other required details. NEMA ratings of all devices shall meet or exceed the rating of each panel. 2. Control units shall be arranged as shown on the Drawings. 3. Except for AFD components, where the equipment contains a programmable logic controller (PLC) or an uninterruptible power supply (UPS), the equipment manufacturer shall furnish factory installed, a dedicated Point of Utilization Device (SPD), as specified in Section 26 43 13, Individual Control Panel and Related Equipment Protection (Type 3). 4. Where Kirk -Key arrangements are used, the Kirk keyed interlocks shall be Kirk HD (Heavy Duty) 316 Series of 316 stainless steel, or approved equal. 5. Nameplates a. Exterior 1) Nameplates shall be engraved, laminated impact acrylic, matte finish, not less than 1/16-inch thick by 3/4-inch by 2-1/2-inch, Rowmark 322402. Nameplates shall be 316 SS screw mounted to all enclosures except for NEMA 4 and 4X. Nameplates for NEMA 4 and 4X enclosures shall be attached with double faced adhesive strips, TESA TUFF TAPE 4970, .009 X 1/2 inch, or equal. Prior to installing the adhesive nameplates, the metal surface shall be thoroughly cleaned with 70% alcohol until all residues have been removed. Epoxy adhesive or foam tape is not acceptable. 2) There shall be a master nameplate that indicates supply voltage equipment ratings, short circuit current rating, manufacturer's name, shop order number and general information. Cubicle nameplates shall be mounted on the front face, on the rear panel and inside the assembly, visible when the rear panel is removed. 3) Provide permanent warning signs as follows: a) "Danger- High Voltage- Keep Out" on all doors. b) "Warning- Hazard of Electric Shock - Disconnect Power Before Opening or Working on This Unit" on Main Power Disconnect or Disconnects. 6. The Contractor shall have no expectation of remote connectivity. Remote connections are not allowed. The first offence shall be a penalty of $5,000 and/or removal from District sites. All subsequent offences shall incur a penalty of $10,000 and removal from District sites." 7. No computer shall be connected to the District's SCADA system and the Internet simultaneously. This will be treated as an unauthorized remote connection. a. Internal 1) Provide the panel with a UL 508A label. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-6 262413-7 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S PROVIDED CONTROL PANELS (MEMS) Page 7 of 20 2) Control components mounted within the assembly, such as fuse blocks, relays, pushbuttons, switches, etc., shall be suitably marked for identification, corresponding to appropriate designations on manufacturer's wiring diagrams. b. Special 1) Identification nameplates shall be white with black letters, caution nameplates shall be yellow with black letters, and warning nameplates shall be red with white letters. 8. Control Devices and Indicators a. All operating control devices, indicators, and instruments shall be securely mounted on the panel door. All controls and indicators shall be 30mm, corrosion resistant, NEMA 4X/13, anodized aluminum or reinforced plastic. Booted control devices are not acceptable. Auxiliary contacts shall be provided for remote run indication and indication of each status and alarm condition. Additional controls shall be provided as specified herein and as required by the detailed mechanical and electrical equipment requirements. b. Indicator lamps shall be LED type. For all control applications, indicator lamps shall incorporate a push -to -test feature. Lens colors shall be as follows: 1) Red for ON, Valve OPEN, and Breaker CLOSED. 2) Green for OFF, Valve CLOSED and Breaker OPEN. 3) Amber for FAIL. 4) Blue for READY 5) White for POWER ON. c. Mode selector switches (HAND -OFF -AUTO, LOCAL -OFF -REMOTE, etc.) shall have the number of positions and contact arrangements, as required. Each switch shall have an extra dry contact for remote monitoring. d. Pushbuttons shall be as follows: 1) Red for STOP, Valve OPEN, Breaker CLOSE and mushroom Red for EMERGENCY STOP. 2) Green for START, Valve CLOSE and Breaker OPEN. 3) Black for RESET. e. Furnish nameplates for each device. All nameplates shall be laminated plastic, black lettering on a white background, attached with stainless steel screws. Device mounted nameplates are not acceptable. f. Original equipment or device nameplates shall not be removed, reused, altered, or replaced including equipment tags associated with equipment or components supplied by the manufacturer's suppliers and sub -suppliers. g. Control and Instrument Power Transformers 1) Control power transformers shall be provided. Transformer shall be sized for the entire load, including starter coils, relays coils, condensation control space heaters, air conditioners, cooling fans and all other required auxiliary loads, plus 25% spare capacity. In no case shall the control transformer be not less than 100VA. Provide a load calculation showing that the sizing of the control power transformer complies with this requirement. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-7 262413-8 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S PROVIDED CONTROL PANELS (MEMS) Page 8 of 20 2) Control power transformers shall be 120-volt grounded secondary. Primary side of the transformer shall be fused in both legs. One leg of the transformer secondary shall be solidly grounded, and the other leg shall be fused. 9. A failure alarm with horn and beacon light shall be provided when required or specified. Silence and Reset buttons shall be furnished. Alarm horn and beacon shall be by Federal Signal; Crouse -Hinds, or equal, NEMA 4X for all areas except for NEMA 7 areas, which shall be NEMA 7/4X cast aluminum. B. Enclosures 1. General a. Each enclosure shall incorporate a removable back panel, and side panels, on which control components shall be mounted. Back panel shall be secured to the enclosure with collar studs for wall mounted enclosures, and 316 SS hardware for free standing enclosures. b. All free-standing enclosures shall be provided with feet of the same construction as the enclosure. c. The enclosure door shall be interlocked with the main circuit breaker by a panel mounted cable driven operating mechanism. d. Back panel shall be tapped to accept all mounting screws. Self -tapping screws shall not be used to mount any components. e. All enclosure doors shall have bonding studs. The enclosure interior shall have a bonding stud. f. Each enclosure shall be provided with a documentation pocket on the inner door. g. Enclosures shall not have holes or knockouts. h. Provide manufacturer's window kits where shown on the Drawings. i. All panels installed outdoors shall have a factory applied, suitable primer and final coat of weatherproof white paint. j. All enclosures shall be pad lockable. 2. NEMA 7/4X a. Class 1, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, and D, or as defined in NFPA 70). Boxes shall be constructed as follows: 1) Copper free cast aluminum body and cover 2) Stainless steel hinges 3) Watertight neoprene gasket 4) Stainless steel cover bolts 5) All penetrations shall be factory drilled and tapped. b. Manufacturers 1) Cooper Crouse Hinds Type EJB, Style C 2) Appleton Electric Type AJBEW 3) Approved equal 3. NON-METALLIC a. Chemical Rooms. NEMA 4X constructed as follows: CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-8 262413-9 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S PROVIDED CONTROL PANELS (MEMS) Page 9 of 20 1) PVC or Fiberglass reinforced polyester body and door. 2) UV inhibitors 3) Luggage type quick release latches 4) Foam -in -place gasketed doors b. Manufacturers 1) Hoffman Polypro 2) Hubbell-Wiegmann Non -Metallic 3) Approved equal 4. ALUMINUM a. NEMA 4X Aluminum 1) Type 5052 aluminum, body and door 2) Stainless steel continuous hinge 3) Foam in -place gasket 4) Single point quarter turn latches (20"x24" and below). All others 3-point latch b. Manufacturers 1) Hoffinan Comline 2) EMF Company 3) NEMA Enclosures Company 4) Hammond Company 5) Approved equal 5. NEMA 12 a. NEMA 12 Aluminum 1) Type 5052 aluminum, body and door 2) Stainless steel continuous hinge 3) Foam in -place gasket 4) Single point quarter turn latches (20"x24" and below). All others three- point latch b. Manufacturers 1) Hoffinan Comline 2) EMF Company 3) NEMA Enclosures Company 4) Hammond Company 5) Approved equal 6. Otherwise Not Defined NEMA 4X Stainless Steel a. Where an enclosure is not otherwise defined or shown on the Drawing 1) NEMA4X 316 Stainless Steel 2) Type 316 stainless steel, body and door 3) Stainless steel continuous hinge 4) Foam in -place gasket 5) Single point quarter turn latches (20"x24" and below). All others 3-point latch b. Manufacturers CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-9 262413-10 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S PROVIDED CONTROL PANELS (MEMS) Page 10 of 20 1) Hoffman Comline Series 2) EMF Company 3) NEMA Enclosures Company 4) Hammond Company 5) Approved equal 7. NEMA 1 or NEMA lA boxes shall not be used. 8. Malleable iron boxes shall not be used. C. Environmental Conditioning 1. Condensation Control a. A self-contained enclosure condensation heater with thermostat and fan shall be mounted inside the control panel, if panel is mounted outdoors or in a non -air- conditioned space. 1) Enclosure heaters shall be energized from 120-volt, single-phase power supply and sized to prevent condensation within the enclosure. 2) Locate enclosure heaters to avoid overheating electronic hardware or producing large temperature fluctuations on the hardware. 3) Enclosure heaters shall have an internal fan for heat distribution and shall be controlled with adjustable thermostats. The thermostat shall have an adjustment range of 40°F to 90°F. Provide a circuit breaker or fused disconnect switch within the enclosure. 4) Enclosure heaters shall be Hoffman type DAH or equal. b. Strip heaters may be provided if they are 240-volt rated, powered at 120 volts AC and do not have a surface temperature higher than 60°C. Strip heaters and thermostats shall be as manufactured by Chromalox or equal. 1) Strip heaters shall be Chromalox, Type OT, 1.5-in wide, 240 Volts, single phase, 150 watts, energized at 120 volts, with rust resisting iron sheath, Catalog No. OT-715, Product Code No. 129314, or equal. Provide enough wattage in heaters to prevent condensation should the interior temperature of the enclosure drop below the dew point. 2) A control thermostat mounted inside the control Panel shall be Chromalox, Type WR, single stage, Catalog No. WR-80, Product Code No.263177, or equal. 3) The strip heater terminals shall be guarded by a protective terminal cover. 4) High temperature connecting lead wire shall be used between the thermostat and the heater terminals. Wire shall be No. 12 AWG stranded, nickel -plated copper with Teflon glass insulation and shall be the product of Chromalox, Catalog No. 6-CFI-12, Product Code No. 263783, or equal. c. Each panel shall have 1/2" stainless steel condensate drains, installed on a stainless -steel conduit hub, HGTZ Series, T&B or equal, in the bottom of the enclosure. Drain shall be O-Z Gedney DBB-50SS, or equal. 2. Corrosion Control CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-10 262413-11 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S PROVIDED CONTROL PANELS (MEMS) Page 11 of 20 a. Provide corrosion protection in each control panel with a corrosion -Inhibiting vapor capsule as manufactured by Northern Instruments; Model Zerust VC, or Hoffman Engineering; Model A-HCI, or equal. 3. Panel Interior Ambient Control a. The manufacturer shall provide ambient temperature control within the panel to maintain internal temperatures below the maximum operating temperatures of the panel components. an ambient temperature range of -20°C to 40°C. b. The manufacturer shall provide panel internal heat rise calculations to show that the panel internal temperatures will be maintained below the maximum operating temperatures of the panel components. c. The calculation shall show all the internal and external heat gain loads, the expected internal rise in temperature in degrees C above the specified ambient. Panels for which the calculated heat rise exceeds 40°C. shall have an air conditioning system, sized as required to reduce the heat rise to 40°C. or less, without violating the NEMA rating of the enclosure. d. The air conditioner, when required, shall have the following features: 1) Use CFC-free R134a refrigerant. 2) Have fully gasketed flanges on all four mounting edges for a watertight seal that maintains NEMA 4X rating of the panel. 3) Thermostatic low temperature control to provide energy efficient operation and prevents over -cooling. 4) EMI/RFI suppressor to minimize transient spikes during compressor on/off cycling. 5) Separated blower -driven evaporator and condenser air systems for closed loop cooling. 6) UL listed. 7) Stainless steel enclosure. 8) Internal corrosion resistant coating. 9) Low ambient kit. 10) Short cycle protector. 11) The air conditioning unit shall be Hoffman, Thermo Electric or approved equal. 4. Enclosure Fans a. Fans shall be furnished for soft start starters and AFDs, as required by the manufacturer, to provide air circulation and cooling. Fans shall be controlled by a temperature switch. The fan shall operate only when the drive is "ON" and for a cool -down period after the drive has stopped Otherwise the fan shall not run when the drive is "OFF". Louvers, if provided, shall have externally removable filters. The filter shall be metallic and washable. The NEMA rating of the enclosure shall not be violated in any case. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-11 262413-12 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S PROVIDED CONTROL PANELS (MEMS) Page 12 of 20 b. Fan motors shall be protected by an input circuit breaker. Metal squirrel cage ball bearing, three phase fan motors with 10-year design life shall be used in the drive design. Plastic muffin fans are not acceptable. Fan power shall be obtained from a tap on the main control power transformer. c. A "loss of cooling" fault shall be furnished. In the event of clogged filters or fan failure, the drive shall produce an alarm and then, in a predetermined time, be shut down safely without electronic component failure by the temperature switch. d. Redundant fans shall be provided in the drive design as backup in the event of fan failure. D. Internal Wiring 1. Power and control wiring shall be tinned stranded copper, minimum size No. 14 AWG, with 600 Volt, 90-degree C, flame retardant, Type MTW thermoplastic insulation. Line side power wiring shall be sized for the full rating or frame size of the connected device. 2. Analog signal wires shall be 600 Volt Class, insulated stranded tinned copper, twisted shielded #16 AWG pair. 3. All interconnecting wires between panel mounted equipment and external equipment shall be terminated at numbered terminal blocks. Field wiring shall not be terminated directly on any panel -mounted device. 4. All wiring shall be tagged and coded with an identification number as shown on the Drawings. Coding shall be typed on a heat shrinkable tube applied to each end showing origination and destination of each wire. The marking shall be permanent, non -smearing, solvent -resistant type like Raychem TMS-SCE, or equal. 5. All wiring shall be enclosed in PVC wire trough with slotted side openings and removable cover. Plan wire routing such that no low twisted shielded pair cable conducting analog 4-20 mA signals or low voltage analog signals are routed in the same wire trough as conductors carrying discrete signals or power. The following trough color code shall be used. a. Black: for all 480-volt AC circuits b. Grey: 24-volt DC circuit c. White: 120-volt AC circuits d. Blue: intrinsically safe circuits 6. All control panel wiring shall use the following color code. a. Black: AC power at line voltage b. Red: switched AC power c. Orange: May be energized while the main disconnect is in the off position d. White: AC neutral e. Orange/white stripe or white/orange stripe: separate derived neutral f. Red/white stripe or white/red stripe: switched neutral g. Green or green w/ yellow tracer: ground/earth ground h. Blue: Ungrounded DC power i. Blue/white stripe or white/blue stripe: DC grounded common CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-12 262413-13 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S PROVIDED CONTROL PANELS (MEMS) Page 13 of 20 j. Brown: 480V AC 3 phase - phase A k. Orange: 480V AC 3 phase - phase B 1. Yellow: 480V AC 3 Phase - phase C in. Purple: common for analog signal wiring n. Brown: positive leg of an analog signal E. Field Installed Internal Wiring 1. Field installed interior wiring shall be neatly grouped by circuit and bound by plastic tie wraps. Circuit groups shall be supported so that circuit terminations are not stressed. In addition, low signal wiring (millivolt and milliamp) shall be bundle separately from the rest of the control wiring. 2. All field wiring shall be tagged and coded with an identification number. Coding shall be typed on a heat shrinkable tube applied to each end of the wire. The marking shall be a permanent, non -smearing, solvent -resistant type like Raychem TMS-SCE, or equal 3. In general, all conduit entering or leaving equipment shall be stubbed up into the bottom of the enclosure directly below the area in which the conductors are to be terminated. Conduits shall not enter the side unless approved in writing by the Owner/Engineer. Top entry of conduits is prohibited unless approved by the Owner/Engineer on a case -by -case basis. F. Terminal Blocks Terminal blocks shall be DIN -rail -mounted one-piece molded plastic blocks with tubular -clamp -screw type and end barriers. Terminal blocks shall be rated for 600 volts except for control and instrumentation circuits, or 4-20 mA analog signal conductors. 2. Provide 600-volt rated terminal blocks for any conductor carrying any voltage over 120 volts to ground. 3. Provide 600-volt rated strap screw terminal blocks for any power conductors carrying over 20 amps, at any voltage. Terminals shall be double sided and supplied with removable covers to prevent accidental contact with live circuits. 4. Power conductors carrying over 20 amperes, at any voltage, shall be terminated to strap -screw type terminal blocks with crimp type, pre -insulated, ring -tongue lugs. Lugs shall be the appropriate size for the terminal block screws and for the number and size of the wires terminated. Do not terminate more than one conductor in any lug, and do not land more than two conductors under any strap -screw terminal point. 5. Terminals shall have permanent, legible identification, clearly visible with the protective cover removed. Each terminal block shall have 20% spare terminals, but not less than two spare terminals. 6. Use the manufacturer's provided bridge connectors to interconnect terminal blocks terminating common or ground conductors. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-13 262413-14 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S PROVIDED CONTROL PANELS (MEMS) Page 14 of 20 Twisted shielded pair or triad cables shall have each individual conductor and shield drain wire landed on individual terminal blocks. Use the manufacturer's provided bridge connectors to interconnect terminal blocks terminating the shield drain wire conductors. 8. Control circuits, 120-volts and below, and 4-20 mA analog signal conductors shall be terminated with manufacturer's recommended insulated connectors. Provide an AC ground bar bonded to the panel enclosure (if metal) with 20% spare terminals. 10. Provided ground terminal blocks for each twisted -shielded pair or triad cable drain wire. Double lugging of any twisted -shielded pair or triad cable conductor is prohibited. 2.4 SERVICE ENTRANCE DEVICE A. Control Panel which are rated or rated and used as a service entrance panel, shall be provided with factory installed dedicated Surge Protective Device (SPD), Type 2, permanently connected, on the load side of the service entrance device. Provided the SPD as specified in Section 26 43 13 Low Voltage AC Surge Protective Devices (SPDs). 2.5 MAIN CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE DEVICE A. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, the main circuit protective device shall be a molded case (MCCB), Three -Pole, 600-Volt, fixed type, manually operated with stored energy closing mechanism. Trip device shall be solid state with adjustable long time pickup, and delay; adjustable short time pickup and delay; short time i2t switch, adjustable ground fault pickup and delay, and ground fault delay and pickup trips for selective tripping. B. Provide a flange mounted main power disconnect operating handle with mechanical interlock that will allow the panel door to open only when the switch is in the OFF position. Where panels are shown or specified with inner and outer doors, disconnecting handles and controls shall be located on the inner door. 2.6 MOTOR CONTROLLERS A. General Provide the NEMA size starter, circuit breaker trip ratings, control power transformers and thermal overload heater element ratings matched to the motors and control equipment supplied, in compliance with the NEC and the manufacturer's heater selection tables. All variations necessary to accommodate the motors and controls as actually furnished shall be made without extra cost to the Owner. 2. All incoming power and control wiring leaving or entering the control panel shall be terminated with the lugs specified for the size and type of wire required. Furnish terminals appropriately sized to terminate the specified wire lugs. Allow adequate clearance for bending and terminating of wire and cables which are the size and type specified, shown or required. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-14 262413-15 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S PROVIDED CONTROL PANELS (MEMS) Page 15 of 20 3. A NEMA rated magnetic motor starter shall be furnished for each motor. Each motor starter shall be provided with a motor circuit protector, or circuit breaker, and equipped to provide undervoltage release and overload protection on all three phases. The short circuit protective device shall have an adjustable magnetic trip range up to 1400 percent of rated continuous current and a trip test feature. MCPs shall be labeled in accordance with UL489. NEMA starter sizes and breaker trip ratings shall be as required for the horsepower indicated but shall be in no case less than NEMA Size 1. If the manufacturer of the equipment utilizing the motor, supplies a motor horsepower larger than that shown on the Drawings, provide a motor starter sized to control the motor supplied. 4. A mechanical disconnect mechanism, with bypass, shall be installed on each motor circuit protector, capable of being locked in the "OFF" position to provide a means of disconnecting power to each motor. Disconnects mechanisms shall be located inside the enclosure such that the main circuit breaker handle is the only device interlocked with the panel door. 5. Each motor starter shall have a 120-volt operating coil unless otherwise noted. 6. Overload relays shall be standard Class 20, ambient compensated, manually reset by pushbutton located on front of the starter door. A normally closed contact shall be directly connected in series with the starter circuit to shut off the starter and a normally open contact from the overload relay shall be wired to a terminal block for an overload alarm. 7. All interfaces between control panel and remote devices shall be isolated via an interposing relay. Interposing relays shall have contacts rated for 250 VAC and 10 Amperes continuous. Relays shall be Control Relays as specified herein. B. Magnetic Motor Starters 1. Motor starters shall be two or three -pole, single or three-phase as required, 60 Hertz, 600-volt, magnetically operated, full voltage reversing or non -reversing as required by the mechanical process design. NEMA sizes shall be as required for the horsepower shown on the Drawings, but not less than NEMA 1. Each motor starter shall have a 120-volt operating coil, and control power transformer. Starters shall have motor overload protection in each phase. Auxiliary contacts shall be provided as shown on the Drawings. A minimum of one N.O. and one N.C. auxiliary contacts shall be provided in addition to the contacts required connected as specified above. 3. Overload relays shall be adjustable, ambient compensated and manually reset. 4. Built in control stations and indicating lights shall be furnished where shown on the Drawings. 5. All wires shall be terminated on terminal blocks and shall be tagged. 6. Provide as -built wiring diagrams mounted in a protective cover inside the panel. C. Contactors CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-15 262413-16 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S PROVIDED CONTROL PANELS (MEMS) Page 16 of 20 1. Contactors shall be a circuit breaker and contactor, 600-Volt, three -pole, 60 Hz, magnetically operated. NEMA size shall be as required for the kilowatt ratings required for the equipment provided but shall be not less than NEMA size 1. 2. Contactors shall have a 120-Volt operating coil and control power transformer. Furnish the control power transformer with extra capacity for the unit heater fan. D. Control Relays 1. Control relays shall be 300-volt, industrial rated, plug-in socket type, housed in a transparent polycarbonate dust cover, designed in accordance with UL Standard 508 for motor controller duty. Continuous contact rating shall be 10 amperes resistive, 1/4 HP at 120 VAC, operating temperature minus 10°C to plus 55°C. Provide spare N.O. & N.C. contacts. Relays shall be Potter & Brumfield KRP Series or equal with neon coil indicator light. Timing relays shall be 300-Volt, solid state type, with rotary switch to select the timing range. E. Elapsed Time Meter 1. A six -digit, non-resettable elapsed time meter shall be installed on the face of each motor starter. Meter shall be as specified in Section 26 27 13. 2.7 LOGIC DEVICES A. Programmable Logic Controller Where the control panel contains a programmable logic controller (PLC) for programming of the control logic, the manufacturer shall provide the address list, and an Ethernet interface to connect to the Owner's plant monitoring system for monitoring of the PLC's operation. 2. Provide a fully documented and scripted program file for each PLC. 3. PLCs shall meet the requirements of Section 40 63 00, no exceptions. B. Operator Interface Terminal 1. Where the control panel contains an Operation Interface Terminal for interfacing to the control logic, the manufacturer shall provide the address list, and an Ethernet and serial interface to connect to the related PLC for monitoring and control of the PLCs operation. 2. Provide a scripted application and fully documented setup for each OIT. 2.8 INSTRUMENTATION DEVICES A. Level Switches 1. Where Level Switches are specified or shown on the Drawings, refer to the Instrumentation Division for the required devices. B. Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs) 1. Where PLCs are specified herein or shown on the Drawings, refer to the Instrumentation Division for the required devices. C. Operator Interface Terminals (OITs) 1. Where OITs are specified herein or shown on the Drawings, refer to the Instrumentation Divisions for the required devices. 2.9 REMOTE MONITORING AND CONTROL INTERFACE CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-16 262413-17 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S PROVIDED CONTROL PANELS (MEMS) Page 17 of 20 A. General: All control and interconnection points from the equipment to the plant control and monitoring system shall be brought to a separate connection box. No field connections shall be made directly to the equipment control devices. Functions to be brought out shall be as specified in the Instrumentation Divisions. B. Discrete control or status functions shall be form C relays with contacts rated at 120 volts AC. Analog signals shall be isolated from each other. C. Equipment functions to be directly interfaced to the Plant Control and Monitoring System, shall be designed for operation with an Ethernet Connection. D. The equipment manufacturer shall factory enter the proper IP Address for such connection. Upon request by the Contractor, the Owner/Engineer will provide the proper Internet Protocol Address (W Address), to be configured by the equipment manufacturer. E. Refer to the Instrumentation Divisions for monitored parameters. F. Communication 1. For remote monitoring, one of the following communication capabilities shall be provided: a. One integral 10/10013aseT Ethernet port supporting Modbus TCP, Ethernet IP and SNMP protocols. b. One media protocol converter, interfacing the provided equipment to a 10/10013aseT Ethernet port supporting Modbus TCP, Ethernet IP and SNMP. c. Transfer of basic I/O data via User Datagram Protocol (UDP)-based implicit messaging d. Uploading and downloading of parameters, setpoints, programs and recipes via TCP (i.e., explicit messaging.) e. Polled, cyclic and change -of -state monitoring via UDP, such as RPI and COS in Allen Bradley's ControlLogix control systems. f. One-to-one (unicast), one -to -many (multicast), and one -to -all (broadcast) communication via TCP g. Use of well-known TCP port number 44818 for explicit messaging and UDP port number 2222 for implicit messaging. 2. The media protocol converter shall meet the following criteria: a. The converter shall support 10/10013ase-T Ethernet. The serial port speed (baud rate) shall support 230kbps. The protocol shall support Modbus TCP, Ethernet IP, DF1, and Modbus RTU/ASCII. Protocol shall be Web Browser configurable. b. Operating limits shall be 0-60°C, with humidity range minimum of 5-90%. Shock capability on the serial port shall be ESD +15 kV air GAP meeting IEC 1000-4-2. Power requirements shall be 9-30VDC at 0.5A minimum. c. The converter shall have LED status for serial, signals, power, and Ethernet. d. The converter housing shall be UL 1604, Class 1 Division 2, DIN Rail mountable. The converter shall have DB-9M port connection, with screw terminals, to the input. e. Converter shall be Digi One IAP, or approved equal. 2.10 FACTORY TESTING CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-17 262413-18 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S PROVIDED CONTROL PANELS (MEMS) Page 18 of 20 A. The entire control panel shall be completely assembled, wired, and adjusted at the factory and shall be given the manufacturer's routine shop tests and any other additional operational test to insure the workability and reliable operation of the equipment. B. Factory test equipment and test methods shall conform with the latest applicable requirements of ANSI, IEEE, UL, and NEMA standards. C. The operational test shall include the proper connection of supply and control voltage and, as far as practical, a mockup of simulated control signals and control devices shall be fed into the boards to check for proper operation. D. Factory test equipment and test methods shall conform to the latest applicable requirements of ANSI, IEEE, UL, and NEMA standards, and shall be subject to the Owner/Engineer's approval. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLER'S QUALIFICATIONS A. Provide an installer who shall be specialized in installing this type of equipment, with minimum 5 years documented experience. Experience documentation shall be submitted for approval prior to beginning work on this project. 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Examine installation area to assure there is enough clearance to install the equipment. B. Housekeeping pads shall be included for the floor mounted motor controllers as detailed on the Drawings except for motor controllers which are to be installed adjacent to an existing unit. Housekeeping pads for these (if used) should match the existing installation. C. Check concrete pads and baseplates for uniformity and level surface. D. Verify that the equipment is ready to install. E. Verify field measurements are as instructed by manufacturer. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install all equipment per the manufacturer's recommendations and Contract Drawings. B. Conduit hubs for use on raceway system pull and junction boxes shall be watertight, threaded aluminum, insulated throat, stainless steel grounding screw, as manufactured by T&B H150GRA Series, or equal. C. Conduits entering a Control Panel shall not enter the enclosure through the top. D. Install required safety labels. 3.4 RACEWAY SEALING A. Raceways entering junction boxes containing terminal blocks or control panels containing electrical or instrumentation equipment shall be sealed with 3M 1000NS Watertight Sealant or approved equal. B. This requirement applies to all raceways in the conduit system. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect installed equipment for anchoring, alignment, grounding and physical damage. B. Check tightness of all accessible electrical connections. Minimum acceptable values are specified in manufacturer's instructions. C. Provide one set of as -built panel drawings, laminated, in each panel pocket. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-18 26 24 13 - 19 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S PROVIDED CONTROL PANELS (MEMS) Page 19 of 20 UUM M-1 1 •11 18". 0!1 A. Adjust all circuit breakers, switches, access doors, operating handles for free mechanical and electrical operation as described in manufacturer's instructions. B. The Power Monitoring and Protective Relays shall be set in the field by a qualified representative of the manufacturer, in accordance with settings designated in a coordinated study of the system as required in Section 26 05 73 Power System Study. All such settings, including the application of arc flash labels, shall have been made and Approved by the Owner/Engineer, prior to energizing of the equipment. 3.7 FIELD TESTING A. Perform all electrical field tests recommended by the manufacturer. Disconnect all connections to solid-state equipment prior to testing. B. Megger and record phase to phase and phase to ground insulation resistance. Megger, for one minute, at minimum voltage of 1000 VDC. Measured Insulation resistance shall be at least 100 megohms. In no case shall the manufacturer's maximum test voltages be exceeded. C. Test each key interlock system for proper functioning. D. Test all control logic before energizing the motor or equipment. 3.8 CLEANING A. Remove all rubbish and debris from inside and around the motor controllers. Remove dirt, dust, or concrete spatter from the interior and exterior of the equipment using brushes, vacuum cleaner, or clean, lint free rags. Do not use compressed air. 3.9 EQUIPMENT PROTECTION AND RESTORATION A. Touch-up and restore damaged surfaces to factory finish, as approved by the manufacturer. If the damaged surface cannot be returned to factory specification, the surface shall be replaced. 3.10 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATION A. Provide a qualified factory -trained manufacturer's representative who shall certify in writing that the equipment has been installed, adjusted, including all settings designated in the Power System Study, and tested in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. B. Provide three copies of the manufacturer's representative's certification. 3.11 TRAINING A. Provide manufacturer's services for training of plant personnel in operation and maintenance of the soft start starters furnished under this Section. B. The training for each type of equipment shall be for a period of not less than one eight - hour day. C. The cost of training program to be conducted with Owner's personnel shall be included in the Contract Price. The training and instruction, insofar as practicable, shall be directly related to the system being supplied. D. Provide detailed O&M manuals to supplement the training course. The manuals shall include specific details of equipment supplied and operations specific to the project. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-19 26 24 13 - 20 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S PROVIDED CONTROL PANELS (MEMS) Page 20 of 20 E. The training session shall be conducted by a manufacturer's qualified representative. Training program shall include instructions on the assembly, motor starters, protective devices, metering, and other major components. F. The Owner reserves the right to videotape the training sessions for the Owner's use. END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-20 333920-1 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 1 of 10 SECTION 33 39 20 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE 3 PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Sanitary Sewer, Water Appurtenance, or Reclaimed Water Appurtenance Precast Concrete Manholes B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Added Paragraph 1.2.A.4. 2. Added Paragraph 1.2.A.5. 3. Modified Paragraph 1.3.11.2. 4. Modified Paragraph 1.9. 5. Added Paragraph 2.2.C. C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 3. Section 03 30 00 — Cast -in -Place Concrete 4. Section 03 80 00 — Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 5. Section 33 0130 — Sewer and Manhole Testing 6. Section 33 05 13 — Frame, Cover, and Grade Rings 7. Section 33 39 60 — Epoxy Liners for Sanitary Sewer Structures 8. Section 33 05 10 — Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A.Measurement and Payment 1. Manhole a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each concrete manhole installed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Manhole" installed for: a) Various sizes b) Various types c. The price bid will include: 1) Manhole structure complete in place 2) Excavation 3) Forms 4) Reinforcing steel (if required) CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CPN104490-1 Revised December 13, 2024 333920-2 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 2 of 10 S) Concrete 6) Backfill (except where imported CSS/CLSM is required around manhole in construction drawings) 7) Foundation 8) Drop pipe 9) Stubs 10)Frame I I)Cover 12)Grade rings 13)Pipe connections 14)Pavement removal 15)Hauling 16)Disposal of excess material 17)Placement and compaction of backfill 18)Clean-up 2. Extra Depth Manhole a. Measurement 1) Measurement for added depth beyond 6 feet will be per vertical foot, measured to the nearest 1/10 foot. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per vertical foot for "Extra Depth Manhole" specified for: a) Various sizes c. The price bid will include: 1) Manhole structure complete in place 2) Excavation 3) Forms 4) Reinforcing steel (if required) 5) Concrete 6) Backfill 7) Foundation 8) Drop pipe 9) Stubs 10)Frame 11)Cover 12)Grade rings 13)Pipe connections 14)Pavement removal 15)Hauling 16)Disposal of excess material 17)Placement and compaction of backfill 18)Clean-up Imported Embedment/Backfill - CSS/CLSM a. Measurement 1) Measured by the cubic yard as delivered to the site and recorded by truck ticket provided to the City CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CPN104490-1 Revised December 13, 2024 333920-3 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 3 of 10 b. Payment 1) Imported CSS/CLSM backfill around manholes/junction boxes shall be paid when the following conditions exist: a) When depths are 15 feet and greater/under existing or future pavement b) When working in redevelopment areas where work is required in constrained spaces c) When required in the Construction Drawings 2) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per cubic yard of "Imported Embedment/Backfill, CSS" or "Imported Embedment/Backfill, CLSM" for material placed in areas around manholes/junction boxes. 4. Polymer Concrete Manhole a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each polymer concrete manhole installed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Polymer Manhole" installed for: a) Various sizes b) Various types c. The price bid will include: 1) Manhole structure complete in place 2) Excavation 3) Forms 4) Reinforcing steel (if required) 5) Concrete 6) Backfill (except where imported CSS/CLSM is required around manhole in construction drawings) 7) Foundation 8) Drop pipe 9) Stubs 1O)Frame 11) Cover 12)Grade rings 13)Pipe connections 14)Pavement removal 15)Hauling 16)Disposal of excess material 17)Placement and compaction of backfill 18)Clean-up 5. Extra Depth Polymer Concrete Manhole a. Measurement 1) Measurement for added depth beyond 6 feet will be per vertical foot, measured to the nearest 1/10 foot. b. Payment CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CPN104490-1 Revised December 13, 2024 333920-4 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 4 of 10 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per vertical foot for "Extra Depth Manhole" specified for: a) Various sizes c. The price bid will include: 1) Manhole structure complete in place 2) Excavation 3) Forms 4) Reinforcing steel (if required) 5) Concrete 6) Backfill 7) Foundation 8) Drop pipe 9) Stubs 1O)Frame 11) Cover 12)Grade rings 13)Pipe connections 14)Pavement removal 15)Hauling 16)Disposal of excess material 17)Placement and compaction of backfill 18) Clean-up 1.3 REFERENCES A.Defmitions Manhole Type a. Standard Manhole (See City Standard Details) 1) Greater than 4 feet deep up to 6 feet deep b. Standard Drop Manhole (See City Standard Details) 1) Same as Standard Manhole with external drop connection(s) c. Type "A" Manhole (See City Standard Details) 1) Manhole set on a reinforced concrete block placed around 39-inch and larger sewer pipe. d. Shallow Manhole (See City Standard Details) 1) Less than four 4 deep with formed invert for sewer pipe diameters smaller than 39-inch 2. Manhole Size a. 4 foot diameter 1) Used with pipe ranging from 8-inch to 15-inch b. 5 foot diameter 1) Used with pipe ranging from 18-inch to 36-inch 2) See specific manhole design on Drawings for pipes larger than 36-inch. B.Reference Standards CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CPN104490-1 Revised December 13, 2024 333920-5 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 5 of 10 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. ASTM International (ASTM): a. C443, Standard Specification for Joint for Concrete Pipe and Manholes, Using Rubber Gaskets b. C478, Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections. c. C923, Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manholes Structures, Pipes, and Laterals. d. D 1187, Standard Specification for Asphalt -Base Emulsion for Use as Protective Coatings for Metal e. D1227, Standard Specification for Emulsified Asphalt Used as a Protective Coating for Roofing f. C267, Test Methods for Chemical Resistance of Mortars, Grouts, and Monolithic Surfacings and Polymer Concretes g. C579, Test Methods for Compressive Strength of Chemical -Resistant Mortars, Grouts, Monolithic Surfacings, and Polymer Concretes h. C857, Test Method for Flexural Strength and Modulus of Elasticity of Chemical -Resistant Mortars, Grouts, Monolithic Surfacings, and Polymer Concretes i. D6783, Specifications for Polymer Concrete Pipe 3. OSHA a. Occupational Safety and Health Administration CFR 29, Part 1926-Safety Regulations for Construction, Subpart P — Excavations 4. ACI a. 440-1R-15, Guide for the Design and Construction of Structural Concrete Reinforced with Fiber -Reinforced Polymer (FRP) Bars 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.Product Data 1. Precast Concrete Manhole 2. Drop connection materials 3. Pipe connections at manhole walls 4. Stubs and stub plugs 5. Admixtures 6. Concrete Mix Design B.Polymer Concrete Manholes: CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CPN104490-1 Revised December 13, 2024 333920-6 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 6 of 10 1. Certification from the manufacturer that polymer concrete manhole design meets or exceeds the load and strength requirements of ASTM C478 and ASTM C857, reinforced in accordance with ASTM C478 or ACI 440.111. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE !NOT- USED1 A. Polymer Concrete Manholes: B. Certification from manufacturer that polymer concrete manhole design meets or exceeds the load and strength requirements of ASTM C478 and ASTM C857, reinforced in accordance with ASTM C478 or ACI 440.1R. C. Proof of independent chemical resistance testing conducted in accordance with ASTM C267. D. Manufacturer must provide references of 10 previous polymer concrete projects including scope in the last 5 years performed with both the owner and contractor for reference and review. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY A.Manufacturer Warranty 1. Manufacturer's Warranty shall be in accordance with Division 1. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [oR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, AND MATERIALS A.Manufacturers 1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City's Standard Products List will be considered as shown in Section 01 60 00. a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00. B.Materials 1. Precast Reinforced Concrete Sections — Conform to ASTM C478. 2. Precast Joints a. Provide gasketed joints in accordance with ASTM C443. b. Minimize number of segments. c. Use long joints at the bottom and shorter joints toward the top. d. Include manufacturer's stamp on each section. 3. Lifting Devices CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CPN104490-1 Revised December 13, 2024 333920-7 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 7 of 10 a. Manhole sections and cones may be furnished with lift lugs or lift holes. 1) If lift lugs are provided, place 180 degrees apart. 2) If lift holes are provided, place 180 degrees apart and grout during manhole installation. 4. Frame and Cover — Conform to Section 33 05 13. Backfill — CSS/CLSM (when required in construction Drawings) — Conform to Section 33 05 10. 6. Grade Ring — Conform to Section 33 05 13 and ASTM C478. 7. Pipe Connections a. Utilize either an integrally cast embedded pipe connector or a boot -type connector installed in a circular block out opening conforming to ASTM C923. Steps a. No steps are allowed. 9. Interior Coating or Liner— Conform to Section 33 39 60. 10. Exterior Coating a. Coat with non-fibered asphaltic emulsion in accordance with ASTM DI 187 Type I and ASTM D 1227 Type III Class I. C.Polymer Concrete Manholes: 1. Riser Sections: a. Provide base riser section with monolithic floors, unless shown otherwise in the Drawings. b. Provide riser sections joined with bell and spigot/ship-lap design seamed with butyl mastic (ASTM C990) and or rubber gaskets (ASTM C443) so that on assembly, manhole base, riser and top section make a continuous and uniform manhole structure. Joints shall meet the testing requirements without the use of an external joint wrap. c. Construct riser sections for polymer concrete manholes from standard polymer concrete manhole sections of the diameter indicated in the Drawings. Use various lengths of polymer concrete manhole sections in combination to provide the correct height with the fewest joints. Lifting inserts shall not fully penetrate the wall. 2. Resin: The manufacturer must use only polyester or vinyl ester resin systems designed for use with this particular application. Resin additives such as curing agents, pigments, dyes, fillers and thixotropic agents, when used, must not be detrimental to the manhole. Minimum resin content shall not be less than 7 percent by weight. 3. Aggregate: All aggregate, sand and quartz powder must meet the requirement of ASTM C33, where applicable. Limestone aggregates shall not be used. 4. Polymer concrete must have a minimum compressive strength of 9000 psi when measured in accordance with ASTM C497. 5. Elastomeric Gaskets: Gaskets must be suitable for the service intended and must meet the requirements of ASTM C443. Assembled joints shall meet the CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CPN104490-1 Revised December 13, 2024 333920-8 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 8 of 10 testing requirements of ASTM C443 without the use of an external joint wrap. Pipe to manhole connections shall be accomplished with connectors meeting ASTM C923 for both materials and performance requirements. Proof of connector testing can be requested from connector manufacturer. 6. Marking and Identification: Each manhole must be marked with the manufacturer's name and production date. 7. Invert Channel: Construct invert channels to provide smooth flow transition with minimal disruption of flow at pipe to manhole connections. Polymer bench and channel are to be constructed with all polymer concrete material. Extended ballast slab for buoyancy concerns can be addressed with cementitious concrete material. 8. Manholes must be reinforced per ASTM C478 or ACI 440.1R and designed to withstand all live loads and dead loads as described in the Drawings. Manhole wall thickness must be designed to resist hydrostatic pressures with a minimum safety factor of 2.0 for full depth conditions from grade to invert. 9. Materials needed for grouting and patching must be a polyester mortar compound provided by the manufacturer or as approved by the manufacturer. 10. Approved Manufacturers: a. Armorock Polymer Concrete. b. U.S. Composite Pipe, Inc. (a division of Thompson Pipe Group). c. Approved equal. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION A.Evaluation and Assessment 1. Verify lines and grades are in accordance to the Drawings. 3.3 PREPARATION A.Foundation Preparation 1. Excavate 8 inches below manhole foundation. 2. Replace excavated soil with coarse aggregate; creating a stable base for manhole construction. a. If soil conditions or ground water prevent use of coarse aggregate base a 2-inch mud slab may be substituted. 3.4 INSTALLATION A.Manhole 1. Construct manhole to dimensions shown on Drawings. 2. Precast Sections CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CPN104490-1 Revised December 13, 2024 333920-9 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 9 of 10 a. Provide bell -and -spigot design incorporating a premolded joint sealing compound for wastewater use. b. Clean bell spigot and gaskets, lubricate and join. c. Minimize number of segments. d. Use long joints used at the bottom and shorter joints toward the top. B.Invert 1. Construct invert channels to provide a smooth waterway with no disruption of flow at pipe -manhole connections. 2. For direction changes of mains, construct channels tangent to mains with maximum possible radius of curvature. a. Provide curves for side inlets. 3. For all standard manholes provide full depth invert. 4. For example, if 8-inch pipe in connected to manhole construct the invert to full 8 inches in depth. C.Drop Manhole Connection 1. Install drop connection when sewer line enters manhole higher than 24 inches above the invert. D.Final Rim Elevation 1. Install concrete grade rings for height adjustment. a. Construct grade ring on load bearing shoulder of manhole. b. Use sealant between rings as shown on Drawings. 2. Set frame on top of manhole or grade rings using continuous water sealant. 3. Remove debris, stones and dirt to ensure a watertight seal. 4. Do not use steel shims, wood, stones or other unspecified material to obtain the final surface elevation of the manhole frame. E. Internal coating 1. Internal coating application will conform to Section 33 39 60, if required by Drawings. 2. Internal coating is not required for Polymer Concrete Manhole. F. External coating 1. Remove dirt, dust, oil and other contaminants that could interfere with adhesion of the coating. 2. Cure manhole for 3 days before backfilling around the structure. 3. Application will follow manufacturer's recommendation. G.Modifications and Pipe Penetrations 1. Conform to Section 03 80 00. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CPN104490-1 Revised December 13, 2024 333920-10 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 10 of 10 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Field Tests and Inspections 1. Perform vacuum test in accordance with Section 33 01 30. 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 1. LA.I — Modified to include precast manholes for water and reclaimed water applications 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.3.B.2 — Modified to include ASTM C443, D 1187 and D 1227 as references 2.2.B.1-3 — Modified in accordance with new ASTM references 2.2.B.10 — Modified in accordance with new ASTM references 1.1 C. — Referenced 33 05 10 1.2 A. Revised to add pay item when imported CSS/LSM is required in Construction Drawings 12/13/2024 M Owen 1.3 B. — Updated reference standards 2.2 B. — Referenced 33 05 10 for import CSS/CLSM material if required in Construction Drawings 3.3 A. 2. — Corrected typo - coarse CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CPN104490-1 Revised December 13, 2024 406100-1 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS GENERAL PROVISIONS Page 1 of 14 QSECTION 40 6100 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS GENERAL PROVISIONS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials and equipment required to provide, install, test and make operational, a Process Instrumentation and Control System as specified herein and related specifications, and as shown on the Drawings. B. The work shall include furnishing, installing and testing the equipment and materials detailed in each Section of Division 40 Process Control System Sections. C. Throughout the Process Control System Sections of Division 40, the term Contractor shall refer to the General Contractor. D. Equipment furnished as a part of other Divisions and shown on the Instrumentation and/or Electrical Drawings shall be integrated into the overall Instrumentation System under the Process Control System Sections of this Division. Instrumentation specified in other Divisions shall meet the Specification requirements of the Process Control System Sections of this Division. E. The Contractor shall provide the services of specialized personnel that meet all of the qualifications of a Process Control Systems Integrator (PCSI) who shall perform all work necessary to select, furnish, configure, customize, debug, install, connect, calibrate, and place into operation all process control system instrumentation hardware specified within this Division, except for application software programming, which is specified for Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs), as described in Section 40 68 60 Application Services Provider. The PCSI shall coordinate with the Owner/ Engineer and ASP, for all scheduling, installation, and startup services. The PCSI shall have qualifications as described herein. The personnel meeting these qualifications shall be submitted as part of the project plan submittal as described below. The personnel need not be direct employees of the contractor but, they shall be employed by a firm with a direct subcontract to the contractor. F. The Contractor shall provide the services of an Application Services Provider (ASP) for all work as specified in Section 40 68 60. The ASP shall have qualifications as described herein. G. The Contractor shall coordinate, and schedule all required testing with the General Contractor, Owner, Engineer, PCSI and ASP. H. The work shall include the following: l . Make connections, including field connections and interfacing between instrumentation, controllers, control devices, control panels and instrumentation furnished under other Divisions. The Contractor shall coordinate his construction schedule and instrumentation and control interface with the supplier of instrumentation and control equipment specified under other Divisions. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 406100-2 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS GENERAL PROVISIONS Page 2 of 14 2. Make wiring terminations for all field -mounted instruments furnished and mounted under other Divisions, including process instrumentation primary elements, transmitters, local indicators and control panels. Install vendors furnished cables specified under other Divisions. 3. Auxiliary and accessory devices necessary for system operation or performance to interface with existing equipment or equipment provided by other suppliers under other Sections of these specifications, shall be included whether they are shown on the Drawings. These devices include, but are not limited to, transducers, current isolators, and signal conditioners, interposing relays or protocol converters. 4. System design shall allow the removal of individual devices from service without disrupting other unrelated devices in service. 5. Equipment shall be fabricated, assembled, installed, and placed in proper operating condition in full conformity with detail drawings, specifications, engineering data, instructions, and recommendations by the equipment manufacturer as approved by the Engineer. 6. Actual installation of the system need not be performed by the Contractor's PCSI employees; however, the PCSI shall provide the on -site technical supervision of the installation. 7. The PCSI shall furnish equipment which is the product of one manufacturer to the maximum practical extent. Where this is not practical, all equipment of a given type shall be the product of one manufacturer. 8. All materials, equipment, labor, and services necessary to achieve the monitoring and control functions described herein shall be provided in a timely manner so that the monitoring and control functions are available when the equipment is ready to be placed into service. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Wherever references are made to Related Work in other Specification Sections of the Specifications, the Contractor is to provide such information or work as may be required in those references and include such information or work as may be specified. B. All Instrumentation work related to Process and Mechanical Divisions equipment that is shown on the Instrumentation Drawings shall be provided under Division 40 Process Control System Sections unless otherwise explicitly shown. C. All instrumentation Equipment and work provided under any Division of the Specifications shall fully comply with the requirements of Division 40 Process Control Systems Sections. D. No references are made to any other section which may contain work related to any other section. The Contract Documents shall be taken as a whole, with every section related to every other section as required to meet the requirements specified. The organization of the Contract Documents into specification divisions and sections is for organization of the documents themselves and does not relate to the division of suppliers or labor which the Contractor may choose to employ in the execution of the Contract. Where references are made to other Sections and other Divisions of the Specifications, the Contractor shall provide such information or additional work as may be required in those references and include such information or work as may be specified. E. Other Divisions CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-2 406100-3 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS GENERAL PROVISIONS Page 3 of 14 The Contractor shall be responsible for examining all Sections of the Specifications and Drawings and shall determine the power and wiring requirements and shall provide appurtenances, as required to provide a fully functioning process control system. If the equipment requires added options, due to different equipment being supplied, the Contractor shall furnish the additional appurtenances and/or wiring, with no change in the Contract Price, and with no increase in Contract Time. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submittal Process Submit Shop Drawings, in accordance with Division 1's requirements, for equipment, materials and all other equipment specified under each Instrumentation Section of Division 40, except where specifically stated otherwise. An individually packaged submittal shall be made for each Section and shall contain all the information required by that Section, unless specifically directed otherwise by the submittal requirements of that section. Partial submittals will not be accepted and will be returned un-reviewed. B. No submittals will be accepted for Section 40 6100, except for the qualifications of the Contractor's PCSI and the Contractor's ASP, as specified herein, and the Project Plan, Schedule and Deviation List Submittal. C. Each section submittal shall be complete, contain all the items listed in the Specification Section, and shall be clearly marked to indicate which items are applicable on each cut sheet page. The Submittal shall list any exceptions to the Specifications and Drawings, and the reason for such deviation. Shop drawings, not so checked and noted, will be returned un-reviewed. D. The Contractor shall check shop drawings for accuracy and Contract Requirements prior to submittal to the Engineer. Errors and omissions on approved shop drawings shall not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of providing materials and workmanship required by the Specifications and Drawings. Shop drawings shall be stamped with the date checked and a Statement indicating that the shop drawings conform to Specifications and Drawings. Only one Specification Section submittals will be allowed per transmittal unless sections are indicated for grouping in the individual sections. E. Material shall not be ordered or shipped until the shop drawings have been approved. No material shall be ordered, or shop work started if shop drawings are marked "APPROVED AS NOTED CONFIRM", "APPROVED AS NOTED RESUBMIT" or "NOT APPROVED". F. Shop Drawings, O&M Manuals, and other documentation shall be submitted as listed in each of the individual Instrumentation Specification Sections. 1. Submit operations and maintenance data for equipment furnished under this Division, in accordance with Division 1. The manuals shall be prepared specifically for this installation and shall include catalog data sheets, drawings, equipment lists, descriptions, parts lists and operating and maintenance instructions. 2. Manuals shall include the following as a minimum: a. A comprehensive index. b. A complete "As -Built" set of approved shop drawings. c. A complete list of the equipment supplied, including serial numbers, ranges and pertinent data. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-3 406100-4 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS GENERAL PROVISIONS Page 4 of 14 d. A table listing of the "as left" settings for all timing relays and alarm and trip setpoints. e. System schematic drawings "As -Built", illustrating all components, piping and electric connections of the systems supplied under this Division. f. Detailed service, maintenance and operation instructions for each item supplied. g. Special maintenance requirements particular to this system shall be clearly defined, along with special calibration and test procedures. h. The operating instructions shall also incorporate a functional description of the entire system, with references to the system's schematic drawings and instructions. i. Complete parts list with stock numbers, including spare parts. G. Record Drawings shall be promptly furnished when the equipment installation is complete. Payment will be withheld until Record Drawings have been furnished and approved. The PCSI shall provide markups on all Process and Instrumentation Contract Drawings. H. At the time of delivery of the equipment, the Contractor shall have an approved shop drawing in his possession for the Owner's Inspector and Owner's Engineer's verifications. I. Project Plan, Schedule and Deviation List Submittal Submit, as soon as possible following PCSI's receipt of Notice to Proceed, a Project Plan, Schedule and Deviation List Submittal. The Project Plan, Schedule and Deviation List Submittal shall be made and approved before any further submittals will be accepted and prior to scheduling of the first PCSI coordination meeting. The Project Plan, Schedule and Deviation List Submittal shall, as a minimum, contain the following: a. Overview of the Process Control System, clearly describing the PCSI's understanding of the project work and interfaces to other systems; and including a preliminary system architecture drawing and proposed project work schedule detailing all PCSI's work activities. Description of PCSI's understanding of the work shall be an original write-up authored by the PCSI. Copying of the Scope of Work included herein or utilizing contract drawings in any form shall not be acceptable. b. Approach to work clearly describing how the PCSI intends to execute the work, including detailed discussion of switchover, startup, replacement of existing equipment with new, and other tasks as required by these specifications as applicable. c. Preliminary HMI software, PLC software, and PLC hardware list submittal information shall be included solely for determining compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents prior to beginning development of application programming. Review and approval of software and hardware systems as part of this Project Plan stage shall not relieve the PCSI of meeting all the functional and performance requirements of the system as specified herein. Substitution of manufacturer or model of these systems after the submittal is approved shall not be permitted without prior Engineer approval. d. Details of personnel assigned to the project and organizational structure including the PCSI's project manager, project engineer, and lead project technicians. Include resumes of each key individual and specify in writing their commitment to this project. e. Preliminary coordination meeting agendas as specified herein. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-4 406100-5 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS GENERAL PROVISIONS Page 5 of 14 f. Preliminary training plan g. Samples of shop drawings to be submitted in conformance with the requirements of the Specifications shall be submitted. At a minimum include samples of panel fabrication drawings, loop, and UO wiring diagrams. 2. Exceptions to the Specifications or Drawings shall be clearly defined in a separate Deviation List. The Deviation List shall consist of a paragraph -by -paragraph review of the Specifications indicating acceptance or any proposed deviations, the reason for exception, the exact nature of the exception and the proposed substitution so that an evaluation may be made by the Engineer. The acceptability of any device or methodology submitted as an "equal' or "exception" to the specifications shall be at the sole discretion of the Engineer. If no exceptions are taken to the Specifications or Drawings, the PCSI shall make a statement indicating so. If there is no statement included by the PCSI, it shall be interpreted by the Engineer to mean that no exceptions are taken. 3. A Project Schedule shall be prepared and submitted using an ISO/IEC 26300:2006 formatted file. The schedule shall be prepared in Gantt chart format clearly showing task linkages for all tasks and identifying critical path elements. The PCSI's schedule shall be based on and coordinated with the Contractor's and ASP's schedules and must meet all field installation, testing, and startup milestones in those schedules. Updates to this schedule when approved shall be resubmitted for record before each construction milestone, or every month whichever is greater 4. The PCSI schedule shall illustrate all major project milestones including the following: a. Schedule for all subsequent project submittals: include in the time allotment, the time required for Contractor submittal preparation, Engineer's review, and a minimum of two complete review cycles. b. Proposed dates for all required project Coordination Meetings. c. Hardware purchasing, fabrication, and assembly (following approval of related submittals) d. Software purchasing and configuration (following approval of related submittals) e. Shipment of all instrumentation and control system equipment f. Installation of all instrumentation and control system equipment g. Duration and dates for all required testing activities. The test schedule shall include submitting test procedures a minimum of 30 days prior to commencement of testing. Schedule shall also include submittal of completed documentation of testing activities for review and approval by the Engineer prior to equipment shipment, startup, or subsequent project work. h. The PCSI shall arrange the schedule to accommodate the requirements of the ASP to develop, test, troubleshoot, and train the Owner's staff on the PLC and HMI application and systems. The riming of these coordination efforts shall be jointly determined by the ASP and PCSI; however, the PCSI shall include all necessary costs to accommodate the minimum time slots in their overall project schedule. All time allotments shall exclude any legal holidays, or days lost due to delays caused by the Contractor or PCSI. i. Include a schedule for system cutover, startup, and/or placing in service for each major system. At a minimum, include the schedule for each process controller and HMI server/workstation provided under this Contract. j. Schedule for all training including submittal and approval of O&M manuals, factory training, and field training CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-5 406100-6 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS GENERAL PROVISIONS Page 6 of 14 1.4 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS A. Instrumentation equipment, materials and installation shall comply with the National Electrical Code (NEC and with the latest edition of the following codes and standards: 1. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) 2. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 3. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 5. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 6. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ILEA) 7. The International Society of Automation (ISA) 8. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 9. UL 508, the Standard of Safety for Industrial Control Equipment 10. UL 508A, the Standard of Safety for Industrial Control Panels 11. UL 50, the Standard of Safety for Enclosures for Electrical Equipment. 12. NFPA 79, Electrical Standard for Industrial Machinery 13. Factory Mutual (FM) 14. All equipment and installations shall satisfy applicable Federal, State, and local codes. B. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply. C. All material and equipment, for which a UL standard exists, shall bear a UL label. No such material or equipment shall be brought onsite without the UL label affixed. D. If the issue of priority is due to a conflict or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and any referenced standard, or code of any technical society, organization or association, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence if they are more stringent or presumptively cause a higher level of performance. If there is any conflict or discrepancy between standard specifications, or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or between Laws and Regulations, the higher performance requirement shall be binding on the Contractor, unless otherwise directed by the Owner/Engineer. E. In accordance with the intent of the Contract Documents, the Contractor accepts the fact that compliance with the priority order specified shall not justify an increase in Contract Price or an extension in Contract Time nor limit in any way, the Contractor's responsibility to comply with all Laws and Regulations at all times F. All control panels shall be constructed, and the labeling shall be affixed in a UL 508 facility. 1.5 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR (PCSI) A. The Contractor shall provide the services of a City of Fort Worth pre -approved Process Control Systems Integrator (PCSI) for all work under the instrumentation sections of this and related Divisions, as described in this section and related sections. B. Were shown on the Bid Documents, the Contractor shall name the proposed PCSI. Only approved suppliers, as listed herein, will be accepted. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-6 406100-7 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS GENERAL PROVISIONS Page 7 of 14 C. Qualifications 1. The PCSI shall be a "systems house," regularly engaged in the design and installation of control and instrumentation systems and their associated subsystems as they apply to the municipal water or wastewater industry. For the purposes of this and other applicable Divisions, a "systems house" shall be interpreted to mean an organization that complies with all the following criteria: 2. Employs a registered professional Control Systems Engineer or Electrical Engineer in the state of Texas to supervise or perform the work required by this Specification Section. 3. Employs personnel on this project who have successfully completed a manufacturer's training course on the hardware configuration and implementation of the specific programmable controllers, computers, and software proposed for this project. 4. Has been in the water/wastewater industry performing the type of work specified in this specification section for a minimum of five (5) continuous years. 5. The PCSI shall maintain a fully equipped office/production facility with full-time employees capable of fabricating, configuring, installing, calibrating, troubleshooting, and testing the system specified herein. Qualified repair personnel shall be available and capable of reaching the facility within 24 hours. 6. PCSI shall have an Electrical Contractor's license in the State of Texas. D. The PCSI shall be one of the following: 1. Prime Controls 815 Office Park Circle Lewisville, Texas 75057 Attn: Brian Poarch Phone: 972.221.4849 2. Richardson Logic Control 8115 Hicks Hollow McKinney, Texas 75071 Attn: Michel Cunningham Phone: 972.542.7375 3. RED Group, LLC 9500 Ray White Rd, Ste 223 Fort Worth, TX 76244 Attn: Jake Mattix Phone: 682.394.4493 E. The listing of specific PCSI organizations above does not imply acceptance of their products and capabilities that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. PCSI's listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. 1.6 APPLICATION SERVICES PROVIDER (ASP) A. The Contractor shall provide an Application Services Provider (ASP) for application software programming for Programmable Logic Controllers (PLC) and Human Machine Interface (HMI) computers and other equipment as specified. The ASP may be drawn from within one of the listed PSCI's forces. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-7 406100-8 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS GENERAL PROVISIONS Page 8 of 14 B. All other programming, configuration, and integration, including but not limited to, loading software for process devices, Ethernet configuration and communications, shall be by the PCSI as specified in other Sections. C. Qualifications 1. The ASP shall perform all work necessary to configure, customize, debug, install, connect, and place into operation all HMI and PLC software specified within this Division and other related divisions. The ASP shall coordinate with the PCSI all scheduling, installation, and startup services. The personnel performing the duties of the ASP shall be in the employ of the PCSI for the purpose of performing the work as specified: 2. The ASP shall meet the following qualifications and/or submit the following documentation as specified: a. Shall secure an independent performance bond and provide documentation of same from a bonding agency. b. Shall present an adequate Certificate of Insurance. c. Shall submit resumes of team members with completed training and certifications. d. Shall submit a team organization chart. e. Shall have completed five projects of this size or larger in dollar value and shall provide project names, client name, and reference contacts of same. f. Shall demonstrate five years of experience working on projects in water or wastewater plant work. g. Shall provide project names, client names, time period of work and reference contacts h. Staff proposed shall have all certifications as provided from the manufactures of the equipment supplied. i. ASP shall have an electrical or control systems professional engineer, licensed in the State of Texas, on staff or under contract for this project. j. ASP shall provide 24-hour Service Contract for the length of the warranty period. The service contract requirements shall include telephone support as far as possible. If necessary, ASP shall provide on -site support for correction of any errors and/or omissions in order to fully meet all requirements of the Contract Documents. D. The ASP shall be one of the following: 1. Prime Controls 815 Office Park Circle Lewisville, Texas 75057 Attn: Brian Poarch Phone: 972.221.4849 2. Richardson Logic Control 8115 Hicks Hollow McKinney, Texas 75071 Attn: Michel Cunningham Phone: 972.542.7375 3. RED Group, LLC 9500 Ray White Rd, Ste 223 Fort Worth, TX 76244 Attn: Jake Mattix CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-8 406100-9 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS GENERAL PROVISIONS Page 9 of 14 Phone: 682.394.4493 1.7 HAZARDOUS AREAS A. Equipment, materials and installation in areas designated as hazardous on the Drawings shall comply with NEC Articles 500, 501, 502 and 503. B. Equipment and materials installed in hazardous areas shall be UL listed for the appropriate hazardous area classification. 1.8 CODES, INSPECTION AND FEES A. Equipment, materials and installation shall comply with the requirements of the local authority having jurisdiction. B. Obtain all necessary permits and pay all fees required for permits and inspections. 1.9 SIZE OF EQUIPMENT A. Investigate each space in the structure through which equipment must pass to reach its final location. Coordinate shipping splits with the manufacturer to permit safe handling and passage through restricted areas in the structure. B. The equipment shall always be kept upright during storage and handling. When equipment must be tilted for passage through restricted areas, brace the equipment to ensure that the tilting does not impair the functional integrity of the equipment. 1.10 RECORD DRAWINGS A. During the progress of the work, legibly record all field changes on a set of Project Contract Drawings, hereinafter called the "Record Drawings". The Record Drawings and Specifications shall be kept up to date throughout the project. B. Record Drawings shall accurately show the installed condition of the following items: 1. One -line Diagram(s). 2. Raceways and pull boxes. 3. Conductor sizes. 4. Panel Schedule(s). 5. Control Wiring Diagrams) including all wire tags. 6. Process Instrumentation Diagram(s) 7. Mounting Details C. Submit a typical example of a schedule of control wiring raceways and wire numbers, including the following information: 1. Circuit origin, destination and wire numbers. 2. Field wiring terminal strip names and numbers with field connection wire color. D. As an alternate, submit a typical example of point-to-point connection diagrams showing the same information, may be submitted in place of the schedule of control wiring raceways and wire numbers. E. Submit the record drawings and the schedule of control wiring raceways and wire numbers (or the point-to-point connection diagram) to the Owner/Engineer. F. The Contractor's retainage shall not be paid until the point-to-point connection diagrams have been furnished to the Owner/Engineer. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-9 40 61 00 - 10 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS GENERAL PROVISIONS Page 10 of 14 1.11 EQUIPMENT INTERCONNECTIONS A. Review the shop drawings of equipment furnished under other related Divisions and prepare coordinated wiring interconnection diagrams or wiring tables. Submit copies of wiring diagrams or tables with Record Drawings. B. Furnish and install all equipment interconnections. 1.12 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Materials and equipment shall be new, except where specifically indicated on the Drawings to be re -used. B. The Contractor shall not bring onsite, material or equipment from a manufacturer, not submitted and approved for this project. Use of any such material or equipment, will be rejected, removed and replaced by the Contractor, with the approved material and equipment, at his own expense. C. Material and equipment shall be UL listed where such listing exists. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for all material, product, equipment and workmanship being furnished by him for the duration of the project. He shall replace the equipment if it does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.13 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Two (2) copies of these instructions shall be included with the equipment at time of shipment and shall be made available to the Contractor and Owner. B. Shipping groups shall be designed to be shipped by truck, rail, or ship. Indoor groups shall be bolted to skids. Accessories shall be packaged and shipped separately. C. Equipment shall be equipped to be handled by crane. Where cranes are not available, equipment shall be suitable for skidding in place on rollers using jacks to raise and lower the groups. D. Equipment shall be installed in its permanent, finished location shown on the Drawings within seven (7) calendar days of arriving onsite. If the equipment cannot be installed within seven (7) calendar days, the equipment shall not be delivered to the site, but stored offsite, at the Contractor's expense, until such time that the site is ready for permanent installation of the equipment. E. Where space heaters are provided in equipment or control panels, provide temporary electrical power and operate space heaters during jobsite storage and after equipment is installed in permanent location, until equipment is placed in service. 1.14 WARRANTIES A. Manufacturer's warranties shall be as specified in each of the Specification Sections. 1.15 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION A. Identify equipment (control panels, control stations, instruments, etc) furnished under instrumentation sections of Division 40 with the name of the equipment it serves. Control panels, Instruments, meters junction or terminal boxes, etc, shall have nameplate designations as shown on the Drawings. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-10 40 61 00 - 11 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS GENERAL PROVISIONS Page 11 of 14 B. Nameplates shall be engraved, laminated impact acrylic, black lettering on a white background, matte finishes not less than 1/16-in thick by 3/4-in by 2-1/2-in, Rowmark 322402. Nameplates shall be 316 SS screw mounted to all enclosures except for NEMA 4 and 4X. Nameplates for NEMA 4 and 4X enclosures shall be attached with double faced adhesive strips, TESA TUFF TAPE 4970, .009 X 1/z", no equal. Prior to installing the nameplates, the metal surface shall be thoroughly cleaned, with a 70% alcohol solution, until the metal surface residue has been removed. Epoxy adhesive or foam tape is not acceptable. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 COORDINATION MEETINGS A. The PCSI shall schedule and administer a minimum of one mandatory Coordination Meetings. The PCSI shall make arrangements for meetings; prepare agendas and distribute copies to participants at least one (1) week before scheduled meetings. The meetings shall be held at the Contractor's field office at the site and shall include, as a minimum, attendance by the Owner, Engineer, Contractor's Project Engineer, ASP'S Project Engineer, PCSI's Project Engineer, and the Electrical Subcontractor. 1. The first coordination meeting shall be held in advance of the first PCSI shop drawing submittals (Project Plan and 1/0 List). The purpose of the first meeting shall be for PCSI to: a. Summarize their understanding of the project b. Discuss any proposed substitutions or alternatives c. Schedule testing and delivery milestone dates d. Provide a forum for the PCSI and Owner to coordinate hardware and software related issues e. Request any additional information required from the Owner and/or Engineer. f. The PCSI shall bring a draft version of shop drawings to the meeting to provide the basis for the Owner's and Engineer's input into their development. 3.2 INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS A. Raceways and conductors for instrumentation, communications and other miscellaneous low voltage power and signal systems as specified not shown on the Drawings shall be provided as required for a complete operating system. B. The PCSI shall terminate all conductors of instrumentation systems to RTU and/or PLC Termination Cabinets, where designated on the Drawings. The conduit and wire, as shown on the electrical interface drawings, may not necessarily be shown on the floor plan. C. Install conductors carrying low voltage signals (typically twisted shielded pair cables) in raceways totally separate from all other raceways containing power or 120-volt control conductors, Refer to NEC article 725. DC and AC control wiring shall be installed in separate raceways. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-11 40 61 00 - 12 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS GENERAL PROVISIONS Page 12 of 14 D. Redesign of electrical or mechanical work, which is required due to the Contractor's use of a pre -approved alternate instrumentation or control item, or arrangement of equipment and/or layout other than specified herein, shall be done by the Contractor at his/her own expense. Redesign and detailed plans shall be submitted to the Owner/Engineer for approval. No additional compensation will be provided for changes in the work, either on his/her own or others, caused by such a redesign. 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION EQUIPMENT PADS AND SUPPORTS A. Equipment pads and supports, of concrete or steel including structural reinforcing and foundations, are shown on the Structural Drawings. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Any work not installed according to the Drawings and this Section shall be subject to change as directed by the Owner/Engineer. No extra compensation will be allowed for making these changes. B. All dimensions shall be field verified at the job site and coordinated with the work of all other trades. C. Equipment shall always be protected against mechanical injury or damage by water. Equipment shall not be stored outdoors. Equipment shall be stored in dry permanent shelters as required by each Specification Section. Do not install equipment in its permanent location until the structures are weather -tight. If any apparatus has been subject to possible injury by water, Equipment shall be thoroughly dried out and tested as directed by the Owner/Engineer or shall be replaced at no additional cost at the Owner/Engineer's discretion. D. Equipment that has been damaged shall be replaced or repaired by the equipment manufacturer, at the Owner/Engineer's discretion. E. Repaint any damage to the factory applied paint finish using touch-up paint furnished by the equipment manufacturer. If the metallic portion of the panel or section is damaged, the entire panel or section shall be replaced, at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.5 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICE A. Provide manufacturer's services for testing and startup of the equipment as listed in each individual Specification Section. B. Testing and startup shall not be combined with training. Testing and start-up time shall not be used for manufacturer's warranty repairs. C. Check interlocking, control and instrument wiring for each system and/or part of a system to prove that the system will function properly as indicated by schematics, wiring diagrams and Control Descriptions. D. Testing shall be scheduled and coordinated with the Owner/Engineer at least two weeks in advance. Provide qualified test personnel, instruments and test equipment. E. Refer to the individual Instrumentation Equipment Sections for additional specific testing requirements. F. Make all adjustments to the systems and instruct the Owner's personnel in the proper operation of the systems. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-12 40 61 00 - 13 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS GENERAL PROVISIONS Page 13 of 14 3.6 TESTING A. Test systems and equipment as furnished under Division 40 Process Control System Sections and repair or replace all defective work. Make any adjustments to the systems and instruct the Owner's personnel in the proper operation of the systems. B. Make the tests and checks prior to energizing instrumentation equipment in accordance with Section 40 80 00, and the individual Specification sections. C. Testing shall be scheduled and coordinated with the Owner/Engineer at least two weeks in advance. Provide qualified test personnel, instruments and test equipment, including manufacturer's services, as specified in the individual Specification sections. D. Where test reports show unsatisfactory results, the Owner/Engineer will require the removal of all defective or suspected materials, equipment and/or apparatus, and their replacement with new items, all at no cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall bear all cost for any retesting. 3.7 TRAINING A. The Contractor shall provide training as specified in Section 40 6160. END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-13 40 61 00 - 14 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS GENERAL PROVISIONS Page 14 of 14 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-14 406860-1 APPLICATION SERVICES PROVIDER Page 1 of 8 3Q SECTION 40 68 60 APPLICATION SERVICES PROVIDER PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Contractor shall furnish the services of qualified personnel to perform the work as defined herein, in the Related Work Paragraph of this Section, and other Specification Sections as specified herein. The service personnel shall be referred to as the Application Services Programmer (ASP). B. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to obtain and provide any and all information required from other Divisions, as listed in the related work below, to complete the work under this Section. C. The Contractors ASP shall perform all the work necessary to configure, customize, debug, install, connect, and place into operation all HMI and PLC software specified within this Division and other related divisions. F. The Contractors ASP shall coordinate with the PCSI all scheduling, installation, and startup services. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. No references are made to any other section which may contain work related to any other section. The Contract Documents shall be taken as a whole with every section related to every other section as required to meet the requirements specified. The organization of the Contract Documents into specification divisions and sections is for organization of the documents themselves and does not relate to the division of suppliers or labor which the Contractor may choose to employ in the execution of the Contract. Where references are made to other Sections and other Divisions of the Specifications, the Contractor shall provide such information or additional work as may be required in those references and include such information or work as may be specified. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to any Pre -Submittal Conferences or Work Submittals as defined in section 40 61 00 Process Control Systems General Provisions, the Contractor shall submit the qualifications of the Application Service Provider. No Work Submittals will be accepted until the ASP has been approved by the owner. Submittals received prior to that Approval will be returned un-reviewed. B. Submittal Process 1. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Division 1, Section 40 6100, and as specified herein. 2. All electronic submittals shall be submitted in an ISOJEC 26300:2006 or Comma Separated Values (CSV) readable electronic file format on a CD-ROM and an 8 I/z- inch by 11-inch hard copy. PLC Programs shall be submitted in the native export format of the PLC as suggested by the manufacture and as a fully annotated PDF file. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 406860-2 APPLICATION SERVICES PROVIDER Page 2 of 8 C. Submittal Content Submittals shall contain the following: a. Programming Standards 1) Programming standards to be used for both process graphics and PLC logic conventions shall be submitted after the standards workshop. b. Programmable Logic Controller Programming 1) I/O List with register assignments. 2) Diagrams of the process control functions by each strategy. 3) Listing of inputs to the control function. 4) A short narrative of each control strategy. 5) Listing of all Operator inputs and outputs to and from the control function. Any special displays related to the function shall be illustrated. A description of the operation of any display shall be described as it relates to the control function. 6) Cross references of all I/O, showing to which 1/0 modules or software modules, they are in. 7) Failure contingencies shall be described in detail. 8) An annotated program submitted in both hard copy and electronic format. c. Operation Interface Terminal Programming 1) I/O List with register assignments. 2) Listing of all Operator displays with inputs and outputs to and from the control function. Displays shall be illustrated to show data presentation. 3) Cross references of all I/O, showing to which I/O modules or software modules, they are in. 4) Failure contingencies shall be described in detail. d. Human Machine Interface Programming 1) I/O List with register assignments. 2) Displays for each process area including all necessary pop ups. 3) Listing of data points on each display. 4) A short narrative of each control usage. 5) Listing of all Operator inputs and outputs to and from the control function. Any special displays related to the function shall be illustrated. A description of the operation of any display shall be described as it relates to the control function. 6) Cross references of all I/O, showing which software module at each point used. 7) Failure contingencies shall be described in detail. 8) A complete listing of all historical points. 9) Listing of all required configuration files for each SCADA client. 2. Submit a proposed Schedule of Work following the PCSI pre -submittal conference. 1.4 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS A. Instrumentation equipment and HMI programming shall comply with the following codes and standards: 1. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 2. NEMA ICS 1-101 Diagrams, Designations and Symbols 3. ANSI/ISA-5.06.01-2007 - Functional Requirements Documentation for Control Software Applications CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-2 406860-3 APPLICATION SERVICES PROVIDER Page 3 of 8 4. ISA-TR20.00.01-2001 - Specification Forms for Process Measurement and Control Instruments Part 1: General Considerations Updated with 27 New Specification Forms in 2004-2005. 5. ISA-5.4-1991 Instrument Loop Diagrams. 6. ISA-5.5-1985 Graphic Symbols for Process Displays. 7. ISA-5.1-1984 (R1992) Instrumentation Symbols and Identification. 8. ISA-5.3-1983 Graphic Symbols for Distributed Control/Shared Display Instrumentation, Logic, and Computer Systems. 9. ISA-20-1981 Specification Forms for Process Measurement and Control Instruments, Primary Elements, and Control Valves. 10. ISA-5.2-1976 (R1992) Binary Logic Diagrams for Process Operations. 11. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 12. The International Society of Automation (ISA) 13. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 14. NFPA 79, Electrical Standard for Industrial Machinery 15. Factory Mutual (FM) 16. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (NEC) 17. All equipment and installations shall conform to applicable Federal, State, and local codes. B. All work associated with PLC and HMI programming services shall comply with the requirements set forth within the contract documents and as agreed and approved from the standards submittal. All programming is to follow the Owners standards as developed at time of Bid. C. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The Contractor shall provide verifiable documentation supporting the ASP's qualifications and work history as defined in Section 140 6100 Process Control Systems General Provisions. 1.6 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Contractors ASP is responsible for providing all applications programming and configuration services to accomplish the control and monitoring functions as described in the contract specifications and drawings. The Contractors ASP shall provide all programming functions including, but not limited to, control strategies and communications for the Plant PCS PLCs and HMI. The Equipment manufacturer supplied PLC systems programming is the respective suppliers' responsibility. The Contractors ASP will obtain from the OWNER copies of all existing HMI and PLC configurations. The Contractors ASP shall also provide all applications programming and configuration services necessary to produce the HMI (graphic displays, reports, trends, historical archive, etc.) as described in the contract specifications and drawings. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Provide a programming logic warranty as defined in division 1. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-3 406860-4 APPLICATION SERVICES PROVIDER Page 4 of 8 1.8 SYSTEM FINAL DOCUMENTATION A. Prior to final acceptance of the system and owner training, operating and maintenance manuals covering instruction and maintenance on each type of equipment shall be furnished in accordance with Division 1 and Section 40 6100. B. The instructions shall be bound in three-ring binders with Drawings reduced or folded for inclusion. As a minimum, the following information shall be provided: 1. A comprehensive index. 2. A complete "As Constructed" set of approved shop Drawings. 3. A complete list of the programming furnished. 4. Detailed service, maintenance and operation instructions for each item supplied. 5. Operating instructions which incorporate a functional description of the entire system with references to the systems schematic Drawings and instructions. C. The final documentation shall be new documentation written specifically for this project but may include standard and modified standard documentation. Modifications to existing hardware or software manuals shall be made on the respective pages or inserted adjacent to the modified pages. All standard documentation furnished shall have all portions that apply clearly indicated. All portions that do not apply shall be lined out. D. The manuals shall contain all illustrations, detailed displays, and instructions necessary for installing, operating, and maintaining the equipment. The illustrated parts shall be numbered for identification. All information contained therein shall apply specifically to the furnished equipment and shall only include instructions that are applicable. All such illustrations shall be incorporated within the printing of the page to form a durable and permanent reference book. E. If the Contractors ASP transmits any documentation or other technical information which he considers proprietary, such information shall be designated. Documentation or technical information which is designated as being proprietary will be used only for the design, construction, operation, or maintenance of the System and, to the extent permitted by law, will not be published or otherwise disclosed. F. The requirements for the final documentation are as follows: 1. As built documentation shall include all previous submittals, as described in this Specification, updated to reflect the as -built system as well as any corrections or modifications to the System resulting from the Factory and/or Field Demonstration Tests. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-4 406860-5 APPLICATION SERVICES PROVIDER Page 5 of 8 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT WORKSHOPS AND COORDINATION MEETINGS A. The ASP shall schedule and administer a minimum of one Workshops and Coordination Meetings for the purpose of discussing progress of the work under this Section. The ASP shall fully coordinate with the PCSI and be present for coordination meetings as defined in Section 40 6100. B. The ASP shall make arrangements for workshops; prepare an agenda of discussion items. Notify participants at least one (1) week before scheduled meetings. The meetings shall be held at a location chosen by the owner and shall include, as a minimum, attendance by the Owner, Engineer, General Contractor's project engineer, ASP, and PCSI. 1. The first workshop shall be held in advance of the ASP programming standards Shop Drawing submittal. The purpose of the workshop shall be for the ASP to: a. Summarize their understanding of the project b. Discuss any proposed substitutions or alternatives c. Schedule testing and delivery milestone dates d. Provide a forum for the ASP and Owner to coordinate hardware and software related issues e. Request any additional information required from the Owner and/or Engineer. f. The ASP shall bring a draft version of proposed standards shop drawings to the meeting to provide the basis for the Owner/Engineer's input into their development. g. All aspects of the programming effort shall be discussed including but not limited to: 1) PLC and HMI Variable naming conventions 2) PLC memory map conventions 3) Any and all customized or user defined function blocks (DFB) and subroutines. 4) Displays naming for each process area including all necessary pop ups. 5) Display color conventions and overall owner expectations 3.2 TESTS -GENERAL Refer to Section 40 80 00. 3.3 OPERATIONAL READINESS TEST (ORT) Refer to Section 40 80 00. A. Each active Analog Subsystem element and each I/O module shall have a Component Calibration Sheet. These sheets shall have spaces for data entry, space for sign off by the Contractors ASP and the PCSI, and the following information: 1. Project Name 2. Loop Number 3. Component Tag Number of I/O Module Number 4. Component Code Number Analog System CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-5 406860-6 APPLICATION SERVICES PROVIDER Page 6 of 8 5. Manufacturer (for Analog system element) 6. Model Number/Serial Number (for Analog system) 7. Summary of Functional Requirements: a. Indicators and Recorders: Scale and chart ranges b. Transmitters/Converters: Scale and chart ranges c. Computing Elements: Function d. Controllers: Action (direct/reverse) control Modes (PID) e. Switching Elements: Unit range, differential (FIXED/ADJUSTABLE), Preset (AUTO/MANUAL) f. I/O Modules: Input or output Calibrations: a. Analog Devices: Required and actual inputs and outputs at 0, 10, 50, and 100 percent of span, rising and falling b. Discrete Devices: Required and actual trip points and reset points c. Controllers: Mode settings (PID) d. 1/0 Modules: Required and actual inputs or outputs for 0, 10, 50, and 100 percent of span, rising and falling 9. Space for comments 10. Space for signing off by the General Contractor 3.4 FUNCTIONAL DEMONSTRATION TEST (FDT) Refer to Section 40 80 00. 3.5 10-DAY SITE ACCEPTANCE TEST (SAT) Refer to Section 40 80 00. 3.6 TRAINING A. General 1. The cost of Owner training programs shall be included in the Contract price. The training and instruction, insofar as practicable, shall be directly related to the System being supplied. The training program shall represent a comprehensive program covering all aspects of the operation and maintenance of the system. 2. All instructors shall be intimately familiar with the operation and control of the Owner's facilities. B. Maintenance Training Refer to Section 40 80 00. 1. PLC/RTU Software a. The training and instruction, insofar as practicable, shall be directly related the System being supplied. The training shall include a field training program consisting of hands-on instruction utilizing the Owners System. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-6 406860-7 APPLICATION SERVICES PROVIDER Page 7 of 8 b. One 4-hour training session shall be provided for four (4) members of the Owner's personnel on software and hardware operation and maintenance at the Owner's facility. Software training shall provide classroom and hands-on instruction such that a student with experience in process instrumentation can configure the system with no guidance or with only minimal supervision when attempting complex problems. The training shall cover the following subjects as a minimum: 1) System overview covering the basic system design and purpose 2) System hardware covering the specific hardware elements and specific equipment arrangements provided are covered. 3) Equipment orientation in which the student becomes familiar with the operational procedures (e.g., tape load, clear, keyboard, start/stop, and disk load). 4) Specific application configuration instruction shall cover the overall design and implementation of the applications as provided under this Contract. The intent shall be to make the student fully knowledgeable in all aspects of the system provided, along with methods for making additions, modifications, and deletions to the process system. 5) Development of new control loops and strategies. 6) Complete system backup and reload procedures. c. These courses shall not be concurrent with those offered by the PCSI. The above listing is only a guide and is not intended to be complete. 3.7 CONTROL SYSTEM DIAGRAMS AND DETAILS Refer to Section 40 6196 and contract drawings. END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-7 406860-8 APPLICATION SERVICES PROVIDER Page 8 of 8 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-8 407300-1 PRESSURE INSTRUMENTS 3A SECTION 40 73 00 PRESSURE INSTRUMENTS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK Page 1 of 8 A. Furnish, install and test all pressure measurement, pressure control devices and appurtenances, as shown on the Drawings, specified in the Related Work Sections and Divisions, and as specified herein. B. Pressure equipment, specified in other Divisions, shall be manufactured in accordance with this Section, and submitted as a part of the equipment specified in other Divisions. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. No references are made to any other section which may contain work related to any other section. The Contract Documents shall be taken as a whole with every section related to every other section as required to meet the requirements specified. The organization of the Contract Documents into specification divisions and sections is for organization of the documents themselves and does not relate to the division of suppliers or labor which the Contractor may choose to employ in the execution of the Contract. Where references are made to other Sections and other Divisions of the Specifications, the Contractor shall provide such information or additional work as may be required in those references and include such information or work as may be specified. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit catalog data for all items supplied from this specification Section as applicable. Submittal shall include catalog data, functions, ratings, inputs, outputs, displays, etc., sufficient to confirm that the meter or relay provides every specified requirement. Any options or exceptions shall be clearly indicated. B. Submittals for equipment specified herein, for other Sections or Divisions, shall be made as a part of equipment submittals furnished under other Sections or Divisions. C. Installation experience documentation shall be submitted for approval with the Section Equipment Submittal D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals. Operation and Maintenance manuals shall be constructed in accordance with Division 1 and shall include the following information: a. Manufacturer's contact address and telephone number for parts and service. b. Instruction books and/or leaflets c. Recommended renewal parts list d. Record Documents for the information required by the Submittals above. 1.4 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS A. The equipment in this specification shall be designed and manufactured according to latest revision of the following standards (unless otherwise noted): 1. ANSI B40.1 Pressure Gauges CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 407300-2 PRESSURE INSTRUMENTS Page 2 of 8 2. ASME PTC 19.2 Pressure Measurement 3. ANSI B88.1 Pressure Transducers Calibration 4. ISA S37.6Strain Gage Transducers Potentiometric 5. ISA S37.3 5 Vacuum Gauges 6. Calibration AVS 6.2, 6.4, 6.5 Hazardous Areas 7. IEC 79-10 Intrinsically Safe Circuits S. EEC 79-3 9. 913 Electrical Instruments in Hazardous Atmospheres 10. ISA RP12.1, 4, 6, 10, 11 Weighing Scales 11. ASME PTC 19.5.1 B. All meters, relays and associated equipment shall comply with the requirements of the National Electric Code and Underwriters Laboratories (UL) where applicable. C. Each specified device shall also conform to the standards and codes listed in the individual device paragraphs. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar instrumentation equipment for a minimum period of five (5) years. When requested by the Owner/Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement. B. Equipment submitted shall fit within the space or location shown on the Drawings. Equipment which does not fit within the space or location is not acceptable. C. For the equipment specified herein, the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 2000 certified. 1.6 WARRANTY A. The Manufacturer shall warrant the equipment to be free from defects in material and workmanship for two years from date of acceptance of the equipment containing the items specified in this Section. Within such period of warranty, the Manufacturer shall promptly furnish all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating condition. Any warranty work requiring shipping or transporting of the equipment shall be performed by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Foxboro 2. Rosemount 3. Endress + Houser 4. Siemens 5. Approved equal CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-2 407300-3 PRESSURE INSTRUMENTS Page 3 of 8 B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. C. General 1. Provide surge protection for each instrument. D. Type 1. Microprocessor based intelligent type; diaphragm actuated. 2. The instrument shall measure gage pressure. E. Function/Performance 1. Accuracy: Plus, or minus 0.1 percent of calibrated span. 2. Over Range Protection: Provide positive over range protection to maximum process pressure. 3. RFI Protection: 0.1 percent error between 27 and 500 MHz at 20 v/m field intensity. 4. Output: 4-20 mA 5. Stability: Combined temperature effects shall be less than 0.2 percent of maximum span per 50 degrees F temperature change. F. Physical 1. Electrical Classification: Intrinsically safe or explosion proof for Class I and Class H, Division 1 locations. 2. Enclosure: Rated NEMA 4X. 3. Diaphragm Sensor Material: 316 Stainless Steel alloy or Hastelloy C. 4. Sensor Fill Fluid: Shall be suitable for process fluid being measured. When used for chemical metering service, the fill fluid shall be rated for the chemical being measured. G. Power Requirements 1. Loop powered two wire type H. Required Options/Accessories 1. If required to meet the range or suppression/elevation requirements, the Contractor shall supply a differential pressure transmitter. 2. Provide a shutoff valve and mounting bracket for each transmitter. 3. Provide an integral indicator scaled in engineering units. 2.2 MANIFOLDS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are acceptable: 1. D/A Manufacturing Model GP5TC 2. Parker H Series 3. Swagelok 4. Approved Equal CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-3 407300-4 PRESSURE INSTRUMENTS Page 4 of 8 B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. C. General 1. Provide fully machined surfaces. D. Type 1. Type as shown on Drawings or specified else ware. E. Functions/Performance 1. Five or three valve, as shown or specified else ware. F. Physical 1. Manifold shall be of 316 stainless steel. 2. Flanged or Trans -mount as shown on the Drawings. G. Power Requirements 1. None H. Required Options/Accessories 1. Provide one set of spare gaskets. 2.3 DIAPHRAGM SEALS - THREADED A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Red Valve Company, Inc. 2. Ashcroft. B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. C. General 1. Rating to match pipe rating. D. Type 1. Thread attached. 2. Welded Metal Diaphragm. 3. Exposed Surfaces - 316 stainless steel. E. Function/Performance 1. Purpose: To protect instruments or gauges from the process medium. 2. A flexible diaphragm shall separate the process medium from the instrument element. Space on the instrument side of the diaphragm shall be completely filled with a suitable silicone or instrument oil. The process pressure is transmitted by the liquid filled system to the instrument element. 3. Filling Screw: Include on all units. 4. Pressure Limits: 1,000 psi. 5. Flushing Connection: Include on all units. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-4 407300-5 PRESSURE INSTRUMENTS Page 5 of 8 6. Tubing as required to connect with related instrument. 1/a ID minimum size flexible stainless. F. Physical 1. Top Housing: Carbon Steel, Cadmium plated. 2. Diaphragm: 316 ELC Stainless Steel. 3. Exposed Surfaces: 316 stainless steel. 4. Bolts, Nuts and Plugs: 18-8 stainless steel or 316 stainless steel. G. Power Requirements 1. None H. Required Options/Accessories 1. Provide one set of spare gaskets. 2.4 PRESSURE GAUGES A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are acceptable 1. Ashcroft Model 1279 2. Ametek/U.S. Gauge Division 3. Wika B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. C. General 1. Ratings shall be equal to or exceed the piping. D. Type: 1. Bourdon tube actuated pressure gauge. E. Function/Performance: 1. Accuracy: Plus, or minus 1.0 percent of span or better. F. Physical: 1. Case: Phenolic shock resistant or 316 stainless steel for surface/stem mounting with a pressure relieving back. The case shall be vented for temperature/atmospheric compensation. Gauge shall be capable of being liquid filled in the field or at the factory. 2. Window: Clear acrylic or shatter proof glass. 3. Bourdon Tube: 316 stainless steel. 4. Connection: '/z-in NPT. 5. Gauge size: Minimum 4.0 inches viewable. 6. Pointer travel: Not less than 200 degrees nor more than 270-degree arc. 7. Range: As indicated in the instrument device schedule. G. Power Requirements 1. None H. Required Options/Accessories CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-5 407300-6 PRESSURE INSTRUMENTS Page 6 of 8 1. Shutoff valve: Each gauge shall have a process shutoff valve which can also be used as an adjustable pressure snubber. 2. Special scales: The Engineer reserves the right to require special scales and/or calibration if the manufacturer's standard is not suitable for the application. 3. Gauges listed as liquid filled in the Instrument Device Schedule shall be liquid filled at the Manufacturer's Factory. 2.5 PRESSURE SWITCHES A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Static-O-Ring (SOR) 2. United Electric 3. Ashcroft B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. C. General 1. Ratings shall be equal to or exceed the piping. D. Type: 1. Diaphragm actuated. E. Function/Performance: 1. Repeatability: Greater than 1.0 percent of pressure. 2. Setpoint: Field adjustable and set between 30 and 70 percent of the adjustable range. 3. Dead Band: Adjustable 4. Reset: Unit shall be of the automatic reset type unless noted otherwise on the Instrument Device Schedules. 5. Over Range Protection: Over range protection to maximum process line pressure. 6. Switch Rating: 250V AC at 10 amps; and 30V DC at 5 amps. F. Physical: 1. Housing: NEMA 4X. 2. Switching Arrangement: Single pole double throw (SPDT) unless double pole double throw (DPDT) switches are shown on the instrument device schedule. 3. Wetted Parts: 316 Stainless Steel Alloy, Hastelloy C or Monel diaphragm, viton seals, stainless steel connection port as confirmed compatible with the process fluid by the manufacture. 4. Connection Size: 1/z-in NPT. G. Power Requirements 1. None H. Required Options/Accessories 1. Shutoff Valve: Provide process shutoff valve which can be used as an adjustable pressure snubber. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-6 407300-7 PRESSURE INSTRUMENTS Page 7 of 8 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLER'S QUALIFICATIONS A. Installer shall be specialized in installing this type of equipment with minimum 5 years documented experience 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Examine installation area to assure there is enough clearance to install the equipment. B. Verify that the equipment is ready to install. C. Verify field measurements are as instructed by the manufacturer. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. The Contractor shall install all equipment per the manufacturer's recommendations and Contract Drawings. B. All process connections shall be 316 stainless steel tubing, 3/8" minimum, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. Fittings shall be of the compression type, 316 stainless steel. C. All conduit entries into the instruments shall use hubs of watertight, threaded aluminum, insulated throat, stainless steel grounding screw, as manufactured by T&B H150GRA Series, or equal. D. Install stainless steel instrument labels with instrument ID, secured with safety wire. 3.4 RACEWAY SEALING A. Where raceways enter instrumentation equipment, all entrances shall be sealed with 3M 1000NS Watertight Sealant or approved equal. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect installed equipment for anchoring, alignment, grounding and physical damage. B. Check tightness of all accessible electrical connections. Minimum acceptable values shall be specified in the manufacturer's instructions. 3.6 FIELD ADJUSTING A. Adjust all equipment for proper range and field conditions, as described in the manufacturer's instructions. B. Any field adjustments, required for proper system operation, shall be included in the Final O&M. 3.7 FIELD TESTING A. Perform all electrical field tests recommended by the manufacturer. 3.8 CLEANING A. Remove all rubbish and debris from inside and around the equipment. Remove dirt, dust, or concrete spatter from the interior and exterior of the equipment using brushes, vacuum cleaner, or clean, lint free rags. Do not use compressed air. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-7 407300-8 PRESSURE INSTRUMENTS Page 8 of 8 3.9 EQUIPMENT PROTECTION AND RESTORATION A. Touch-up and restore damaged surfaces to factory finish, as approved by the manufacturer. If the damaged surface cannot be returned to factory specification, the surface shall be replaced. END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-8 96L8Z-X d NOi1d1S 1,111 HDKV d SONC ? eSer N i ¢P G a 3 0 � oaw [il i- i,.; o¢�mo S yy�� OU W zz F o 0 0 moo p u A�.... • n"t Ito 3 YUWoz_ -Ff o 3 4444 ua �' a22"IFS?a 83 3w �sLL� 3 m O tn 0 tn r O�o H a m (SNMd 335) OVAol m m o - d W x lo o Lio> OLLx o F- eJ3W N3d \� C sImv ()3Atld • a �n �o � dNn NfI NI S31U,VA NIN „E W z o i o a \rho \�30 S31MVn i a_ �Qoo G an w ...� o ui 0 i o o 0 o \ a o LLa CL ./ Z z o m g o LL C m \ � O I 6 o oho Fd o w zaa ~'o a N Qot X T U 0 z sa ��oz src Z a % in H w z 5 �Fpo a w o >g�- 3o Xo' Q Z Li Li o NG6� �� J Z o Z H H yx O E � Q H 0N3o Z J _ J a o-- m aGmw F o a z a z o ,;ah Leh S�zC�j ss3i ao �5 \ g a- „i/S-OT a r'o 0 waa �3a fiGwrc - Iee�ePa�•s wa Psrt 9zozizt t:Pazesssn HmP'tO1134-W-1HdN\s8uimei0\fI1M\' N :aweualll 299EZMLi (4�a15W11 s7 52'latl OtlJtl 96LRZ X V NOUVIS 1,411 HONtlN SONOH 96LRZ X V NOUVIS 1,411 HONtlN SONOH ' ------a 6 m 4 N o 0 o lipa w xCa `s o V wC7 � z w_ 4444 t 8 06 a22 Ss ¢a yyz " `� n ' �' Z99FZMli'ON 1]3FOtld INi G:f 3 Q , a888 _�' � � � ~O as ° — ----rj�Ja a z dN °'�; ° a I 1 1 3 _ m 100 _ ------------- __ _______ _ 4-------- ---s ___-_______ Iz--I f ° II I I I ° O _ W O w 0 r w w o II 03 5 ° io° o I °w`y IF c 1 1 \ I I I ° �w3 <I O 96LRZ X V NOUVIS 1,411 HONtlN SONOH z U U w �E2 " m a3 ,Q^^ss u 3 Q ]LLB G= FQ s`wmg�w a� Gi p€wow G# CG w5 pQo�'d°y LLz. 444d o 8 �i5 a33 �F�a 83 8� Z99FZM11'ON 1]--d-d f 3 CD ° W W N �99 u� N F O z _ zo lip u a • Z Z w x L oo Z w 3 0 �.� Ou O O6 of i O ON 8 CO z r,,.(D, Q. O • (a O O 8 t 3 Q Q � $ 9 t LI-29 o� azi z� E 3- o of ° o rc' o8 O O.O.OFR�,P- �o ON 03 0 0�° 0 o E) ��aa ono bQ.oa o t� 4 99 o10 io o� Q Q Q Q Q F S �H . Zw 0 Zw N O O d. - Y ono b d.:o AU)° w a o o'o 61�/. O• V w t H � o � 'w �� F 8 t � d t 06 o� ��az 3_ oo R a� _ V o i �+ iy iN iy sy a �o Y o t g 0 3 E �o 00 0 C 96LRZ X V NOUVIS 1,411 HONtlN SONOH FOOHOO, ° y WU'� O•Q' om om om om oo z ME _z aG �F 4a °-° ¢_ U zz ool go �o 0o go o �y ° t 0o 0 - ' a� r o r 4 y s a3 r O CD H � QE O O F i rczo 3 c a a v g oy o lJ LJ. U O ��z 0 MI m :L o - < J ° 3 d 8 E o_ a= F- o z 8 P ° of Na „ ou O ° 8oao or U U)z - ow tId CD K 96LRZ X V NOUVIS 1,411 HJNtlN SONOH � z a6 z p�ry� �....��.�1 0' E �•V o ��4z a F �L � a y w � z � �"'°3a=E � ��= �a`�� o- W= �a`.� 4� x F" t•-' QUr"'.7i w MH ,Q^^LH u 3 Az x LL� g< 0 33"03 �p d - Cy d 444d 8 �6 a33oF< 83 8w csW� rn y=6 lip " `� n ' " Z99FZNdd'ON 1]9FOtld INi Gf 3 3 y oa yF9a oo 6 OC �z.a= o t o as wo�� z €6 N � ufmcO 3t w - paN W I } H a m i _ �o zm 3w a maLL 1N�"° i yo 06 GpW G E uo3 a a a I I " MO�e03nNI1Noo r-� I I , O.Z'44119 � 1 mlm I d'fd m r-� _ I lO mlm ry 'D016# 01V#EIZ O ri � 0.9'DOSE ti n c 5 G¢ - o L_Ja wti ax u _ laE 'DON#'Ol4#E)Z O dfa 0-ld � I I 0.4'DOL#b4pe �¢ O4.SS 0.,4`DOS U n a bLBS a .10 `IIWON� I� O O u I dLd LW Jn ji ��/�'�Ioe Q mQ a.,z'D9#'9#fl �Ig?�L� I I el-BS I Iwo_ O.Z'DS#'9pE D.Z'DZ#'E#b � a E-95 V-lNd a I aL _J I L J T M co aO� I zL-es LL Q p p I I om m W m Z n H J m 3:Z u) O W�N�� (�.4'DOOSp 4L-DS oIm � `O � 'lIW9N00S-EIb I � I ZW-95 I I O I n L_, � I N � J.Z.'D4L#'4LibZ w n UO �N3D a O Mo m W >ai Q I�L��I I ea � �w D�t wa I�iw I ( < < S5 of o l i°ads U S I I Lei v I u `; wed 3^�03nNUNOJ 96LRZ-X V NOUVIS 1,411 HONVN SUNOH �opP `� G lip �E2 m a3 Qass u 3 e� `° C yy� Z99FZM11'ON 1]--d-d f 3 CO 0 rL W N N 4 a Z � Q m W In W Fi emm9 « �^RA�RWRpARfWS7 m s�o RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR z ;�a S �g � 8$ � HER 96LRZ X V NOUVIS 1,411 HJNtlN SONOH «z� o d £ � m �eTs. CQ F� m a3 Qass u 3 (� e w's pao�y LLz 444d o 8 Z99FZM11'ON 1]--INi o =�� — m� w Cm a3? w 6,am w < O o4 Z I z I �tt 3�u 8 �i�Ji R.3 Q e Q W & 3 J � j = 3 3 3 3 N R X3'3 S� rc J - j arc F G oz'x° 6 a Z ? oo xV 96LRZ X V NOUVIS 1,411 HONtlN SONOH Wi z o Fs ••�� O E mpg ��*z U H� � aaRa=� W r 3 ,F � z W U a A aE2 9m a3 ,Q^^ss u 3 Q LLm �C o N!aoHHr Wp. d w's p��y LLz 4444 0 8 �i5 a3° zF�a 83 8� cMs� Va yyz Z99FZM11'ON 1]--INi f 3 g F- C) z �a w3a zs N K s Gz 3o ado N g N z Ii z z_ �z J Q m J ma U Kw H W LU UM o m :- Lu S I ' s} i I� 96LRZ X V NOUVIS.Ldi7 HONtlN SONOH x -z D -� 3W a�z� of y#ditm lipY - G� FF 3pw��oV Go G rc€pG£ F� oa His '.444 0 a33'aoF< 83 86 � 3 ff S 000=z G g F z m m s d> d i99FZMli'ON 1J9fOtltl INi �Z L 1 ��g J Q pp F � W o Z Z 0g m cr x ¢a o •- m 4 r Q O U) O H ¢ O J O N 96LRZ X V NOUVIS 1,411 HONtlN SONOH t; W_18 WsY a. o y¢ aVvW lip M V12 m..a3 Q,uo 'zJ F Q Q LLxm z G� FQ s�ww `¢mow a6 Gu a�wNw G# W GGGGI w's 2,.M 4444 0 8 �i5 a3° zF�lya 83 8ss� `n ' �' Z99FZMli'ON IJ3FOtltl INi f 3 O co ; O in t2 �1 I a I --- �II F -~ w _V (If z �m 0s J Co Z6 N ca - V1 i W r w z . z E 0 z N o ma's 0 G Z J � [C w Z �5 w 96LRZ X V NOUVIS 1,411 HONtlN SONOH ____R__ m— f+ WYs x �'�•• {x1 Go �@ - - o sue°-= - r � � � w � G� FQ `arcww `¢mow a6 Gi 6€WNi wo 'o, g 1 r z G# Z99FZM11I ON l]3FOtld INi l � f �y ICI I I Z Q J is 141 1Q I II.w III 96LRZ X V NOUVIS 1,411 HONtlN SONOH 18 IlL�'�� m u m a3 Qu o o > Q 3 2 ¢a a = F a' u 3 Pz o 3�H. w�woV oaf. 4444 o �� aWiP3< 83's `n ' �' Z99FZMli'ON 1]3FOtld INi f 3 0 f cr F,, � sg €� N_ oj O 5 soo Q z 8_ 2: J 0 } z Z am Sz 0 c t w Z I" a. I I zo cc 5�55 W� w Q LL u. of m� IS 0 96LRZ X V NOUVIS 1,411 HONtlN SONOH ____R__ lip m 3 w x U �� G= FQ s`wmg�w a� Gi p€wow G# CG z 8 �° w5 pQo�'d°y LLz. 444d o �i5 a33 �F�a 83 H.cis� Va yy Z99FZM11'ON 1]--INi f 3 J O � � m N 3 — vl - a}0 �n � O Z r u U j6 w ® f O U U � J L-,.4 U Q 0 �. 3 2 ❑ z o LL a rc 2$ ' -------- _---- . _____ _____f ---- _____ I I \ 1 O Q O Q I z �o Iz 0 O I 0 1 UZo Mi I a i I i e O O mm-X V NOUVIS 1,411 HONtlN SONOF 10 wyy�=• ��i L- WY_ oa �E�E� E ILA m �N••. � - � m 3 a 3 u i F, Qd n O Old a I --1 I O I I I I � 1 I 3 I I I a I �I I F I I I LI rT_7 I � S I I I I I I I I r1-lrl-irl-I - `s y I II � II y II r I � I II II II I � x x 4 r�33r33x33?3E Lti i i 3 o l H I n Z u LL qas J 4� o m t 00 oyo w� all o<. aiiu �z U� a i �� low P�� m� ma oY a 8 � n ald 00000000aaoa�o�o�a�o�osk sm I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ooaoo O 3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - LL I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I � k t N <j Q Q 96LRZ X V NOUVIS 1,411 HONtlN SONOH N � m— pF__ t; a= -tea w5 33 <3 �F<crHR w�ys�=• ��i L-SIM WY_ oa �E�E� E gL �N••. � - � m 3 a a d u i F Gk ¢wy, Z99FZMli'ON 1]3FOtld INi �.f o® m o® O OD S S a Of 0 a F z O U z zJ 2 c7 0 a , 96LRZ X V NOUVIS 1,411 HONtlN SONOH c __- Ea m- sf Q p_ & „i F. x z Q z 4141. 21 lip z �E2 m a3 Q�nss 3 z_ LL f W aka 33„�3r a �p a€p`yi wg &Qo�°y LLz. 8 4d4@ �i5 a3°'zF�a 83 8� cr°ss� `� n ' �' Z99FZMli'ON 1]3FOtld INi yy� 3 \----__ ____ J- am `�- o 3o 0 Co - m r - 'vU - O 0 zM a ---�- j E OmV I zw U2, T z U p- gw� LL z — w GN now Uwtn N o z� "= a` � 3 O z r d N — g Vz- w aa® m Of z� °� f �. N w o I In Al In g w I r o� I® _A w6- - _o w� - -------; �I �a„ � I eo _ y _4 a, , w I ®____ o Z 22N 307 m� ---- _ _____ F o` ---------------------- --------------------------------J it °z -wg- ---<---- ---- x F �w Il w� 9 LL 96LRZ X V NOI.LVJS.Ld17 HONtlN SONOE c F _-----n 5. 2 s f Ea m— z ------- ; o W_ & y XXQm F zj ply, `a z o w, LL �s_ O Q v 18 oD o 3p��uWi ��jrr W= WY.- 00 Sa.E E F o F y, F 5& ¢w 3 =e o «��2 � °t j g g_ �� lip a x U Goac 9 _Qi=� �� oax-c�N..... r`I.�,• ,,Jjj �fi3°gin zYm3 �� o p � H N�o a3 dui z �E2 m Qass 3 z r�g< oaf. c�a W�Woo�z� s�wm w c� ca Wg a6 p€w„a pQo�'d°y LLz. `� n ' �' Z99FZNJJ'ON 1]3FOtld INi ai"I ---____________________________________ O O K F 2 -T- 4--------------------------i� -- - K ----------------------- ---�--- I ICI HJ I I 0 JJ a dl I>-: I I I r I �rL_J I =L — — —---- °L �� - � II I "fir 0 air J L-__________J IMI II mi l I 1� r_Y_____ I I 17, I r sryy,��771 L- I I � II I w 0 rc LL ,- ---------------- I I I L I I I Uo I I I I I I I I I a a I, I Ij h II I, I, I -yr lta i ,rye i„Iry�� e 0 FO O W N 96LRZ X V NOUVIS 1,411 HONtlN SONOH c __- Ea m- Q sf p_ & „i ��' F. z z O z �i wFr� ��\\\ o E �o x �`�Z F � Q (•^ � W 4141. Rl o a= _� I V3°va dui F pc. N V s y� :a - �� g¢ "� "¢ m a3 Q�nss 3 z_ LL sG 3r a Rp a€p¢yi W o f w5 pQo�'d°y LLzW. Z99FZMli'ON ll3FOtld INi yz 3 JW /�� 1¢ 1 w^ arc i m 1� I o zow W �LL►a lmt _ J ___-�' __y YuU wwi In N 1 �no`5u �Ni p -__-__ p 1 pa m x3 I OED zz rc- ___---'__J w - - - - - - - - - V - ' - - ' ' ' ' ' ' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - > 2zw� rc www m ¢ u -_--�______ ------------ ____ o ---------------- — 9 --------J I I I I z - --__-- --_- h g�------------ p� rco mqa n I n - - -- - f8fl�- w F- /1 ----� - --{-C w F rc �3yED n e m I � - I I LL w I I m" __' oN------------ __.. _ w� t i 4 I w I I '4LL- 1 �____ _________________._______0-----_11 R _______ � 'f x Jo wow ¢ N ____ _________________ _________________ I ----�__-- ----__Cm) 5 _ ----— --- _ ______�)� o d8 96LRZ X V NOUVIS 1,411 HONtlN SONOH z______n� � z a6$ i✓ -_� 3w a z lip W� 3 a� ^l Wu �� m a3 Qass 3 z�LL ak a 3 r am �z a€.py6 8 f 4d4@ o6 a3-H 83 8� c�°�E yyz `� n ' �' Z99FZMli'ON 1]3FOtld INi 3 a0 O O LL u Q W O � 0 0 0 O \ ;1 a ° y M®®®000 o O o 0 0 0 z 0 O ci I 5 O 3 � � I � I o o o s oU I o I I s 3 I O O i I I O O 5 I I I I O s rc 0 I � I II Q O I II s II i a � I 5 a a a Em "s o Y x am I a m---------------------------- o 1 �I ° a o o I 1 _ w a a zr i 3 Lum—.u»�uvo—up—u+a �uaa—ua—u+?—Y�no * _� A I �� p zw� w� og l I I I I I I I I 1 I Q a _= H� v . 0 �+ 4i a Cl) o Q a� o 0 o ._ (.6 o J CY) _o (1) H � _0 ONco z a o � o a m a, m v a t U 4-1 t 0 a :-, U a z 0 U 0 V) 0 v a v 7 FM 0 0 �L L 0 2 0 ORRIS D1 L 0 L 0 LL m 3 Z (n m n—j W:1 �-+ U a) O L- L >+ U � � N U Q O C- 73 O Q C N ID p U) O L i Cfl O _0 m .� r m � O co LL J J O(-0 � � Q T N U U 0 6� Q p U) Q� E O (B L J c6 m N O O a- E Q p ca W LL L J( ` "' Q O C }J O I� I— M O .0 U � c � j N LLI m co c O A Lsk (1) A.— i m Q. �U U) U 75 n 0 0 N Li N O N 00 L C6 c6 I L O L 0 a� C6 U) U 75 n O O N LO N O N L L co I co L • 1� CO N O N cL G CD N N E r- O 4-0 L U N ^L I..L co N 0 N ca cm U 0 0 0 0 0 0 v y L. E O _� O (6 � N o `v E P1/ O O m Q 70 U a� k L T�� V .M� Co U W O 70 75 U O O W �+ 0 0 ()�- I-- co LL Q. N U cn o cn C: W !U) m -0 .0) 4 • LL /^�O 1 2 co 0 m • n `1 LLL Y 4-0 CU W O L. n c E N U L O L O O U o N4- � �WW W W cr E O O Qc� �.-� EEE wE 4-0 C U cn N t6 ca N N _U) JQWW mWL �wL (jL)�— O E L ^ L "' m W E .� O O O� E� p O E (�o- w ch EO E E v v q~mm�� ( a) c c w a W � >, O O W W -0mmmmomLom"� ��.� W c E E ECCG E 0 `E �w-w�-� O L L L C m ^ E L L L �m a_CLa_ nw0l-Ww L Ow O O N L O O Lf� L 0 0 0 0 L L. >M N N Oc'7�OJC-)�LoN OO OO>(n v) O O O O O 1� L. • ti E L 4) n � f E L n v '0' LJ r1 LJ 0 A--+ U U -j U) R� J N N o o 0 L L LL 7i7 A yJ N N 4- co c O U O- a� ^L LL I V, W W y U O O }' 4 0 U E m o U 06 in O C: - o � a� c N � O L !A � O � U pp o N O O E L� O m O (n � O}' Q O U- cn N '� C6 N N C N (a U � U � a a -2 m 4- O L a� � U U N O 4-1 m E O L� MI A� W n C O ^W ^ O L Q X M � N � IZ- O m � Q L L O 5cu U - N �cn '0 � L A Questions/Discussion 0011 13 INVITATION TO BIDDERS Page 1 of 3 SECTION 00 1113 INVITATION TO BIDDERS RECEIPT OF BIDS Electronic bids for the construction of Bonds Ranch Lift Station —A ("Project") will be received by the City of Fort Worth via the Procurement Portal https:Hfortworthtexas.bonfirehub.com/portal/?tab=openOpportunitiei, under the respective Project until 2:00 P.M. CST, Thursday, January 15, 2026. Bids will then be opened publicly and read aloud beginning at 2:00 PM in the New City Hall (NCH); Room MZ10_12,100 Fort Worth Trail, Fort Worth, TX 76102. Bidders shall also email the Small Business Utilization Form, and Small Business Certificate(s), (if applicable) to the city PM. Your submissions must be uploaded, finalized and submitted prior to the Project's posted due date. The City strongly recommends allowing sufficient time to complete this process (ideally a week prior to the deadline) to begin the uploading process and to finalize your submission. Uploading large documents may take time, depending on the size of the file(s) and your Internet connection speed. The Bonfire portal can be accessed using Microsoft Edge, Google Chrome, or Mozilla Firefox. JavaScript must be enabled. Browser cookies must be enabled. Electronic submission is subject to electronic interface latency, which can result in transmission delays. All bidders or proposers assume the risk of late transmission/ submission. The City shall not be held liable if an interested bidder or proposer is unable to submit a complete bid/response before the published deadline due to transmission delays or any other technical issues or obstructions. The City strongly recommends allowing sufficient time to complete the submission process (ideally a week before the deadline) to begin the uploading process and to finalize your submission to give adequate time in the event an issue arises. All submissions must be submitted electronically prior to the close date and time under the respective Project via the Procurement Portal: htips:Hfortworthtexas.bonfirehub.com/portal/?tab=openOpportunities Failure to submit all completed required information listed in the respective Solicitation will be grounds for rejection of a bid as non -responsive. No late bids/proposals shall be accepted. Bids delivered in any other manner than using the Bonfire Platform (Procurement Portal) will not be accepted or considered. If, upon being opened, a submission is unreadable to the degree that material conformance to the requirements of the procurement specifications cannot be ascertained, such submission will be rejected without liability to the City, unless such bidder provides clear and convincing evidence (a) of the content of the submission as originally submitted and (b) that the unreadable condition of the Electronic Bid was caused solely by error or malfunction of the Bonfire Platform (Procurement Portal). Failure to scan a clear or readable copy of a bid into the system does not constitute and shall not be considered an error or malfunction of the Bonfire Platform (Procurement Portal). Bidders are encouraged to fully review each page of every document within their submission prior to submitting to ensure all documents are clear, legible, and complete. SUPPORT CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised 2/08/24 0011 13 INVITATION TO BIDDERS Page 2 of 3 For technical questions, visit Bonfire's help forum at https://vendorsgpport.gobonfire.com/hc/en- us. Contact the Bonfire support team at Support@GoBonfire.com or by calling 1-800-354-8010. To get started with Bonfire, watch this five-minute training video: Vendor Registration and Submission [VIDEO] — Bonfire Vendor Support (gobonfire.com) GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF WORK The major work will consist of the (approximate) following: Construction of the Bonds Ranch Lift Station A wet well, site layout, yard piping, electrical building, backup generator, submersible pumps, motors, discharge piping & appurtenances. PREQUALIFICATION Certain improvements included in this project must be performed by a contractor or designated subcontractor who is pre -qualified by the City at the time of bid opening. The procedures for qualification and pre -qualification are outlined in the Section 3 of 00 21 13 — INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS. DOCUMENT EXAMINATION AND PROCUREMENTS The Bidding and Contract Documents may be examined or obtained via the Procurement Portal hitps:Hfortworthtexas.bonfirehub.com/portal/?tab=openOpportunities, under the respective Project. Contract Documents may be downloaded, viewed, and printed by interested contractors and/or suppliers. EXPRESSION OF INTEREST To ensure potential bidders are kept up to date of any new information pertinent to this project, all interested parties should indicate their intent to bid in the Procurement Portal by selecting "yes" under the Intent to Bid section. All Addenda will be posted in the Procurement Portal htips:Hfortworthtexas.bonfirehub.com/portal/?tab=openOpportunities, under the respective Project. PREBID CONFERENCE — Web Conference A prebid conference will be held as discussed in Section 00 21 13 - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS at the following date, and time via a web conferencing application: DATE: Thursday, January 8, 2026 TIME: 10:00 AM Invitations with links to the web conferencing application will be distributed directly to those who have submitted an Expression of Interest. If a prebid conference is held, the presentation and any questions and answers provided at the prebid conference will be issued as an Addendum to the call for bids. If a prebid conference is not being held, prospective bidders should direct all questions about the meaning and intent of the Bidding Documents electronically through the Vendors discussions section under the respective Project via the Procurement Portal. If necessary, Addenda will be issued pursuant to the Instructions to Bidders. CITY'S RIGHT TO ACCEPT OR REJECT BIDS City reserves the right to waive irregularities and to accept or reject any or all bids. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised 2/08/24 0011 13 INVITATION TO BIDDERS AWARD City will award a contract to the Bidder presenting the lowest price, qualifications and competencies considered. ADVERTISEMENT DATES Wednesday, December 10, 2025 Wednesday, December 17, 2025 END OF SECTION Page 3 of 3 CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised 2/08/24 0021 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTION 00 2113 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1.1 DEFINED TERMS Pagel of 8 A.Capitalized terms used in these INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS are defined in Section 00 72 00 - GENERAL CONDITIONS. B. Certain additional terms used in these INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS have the meanings indicated below which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. Bidder: Any person, firm, partnership, company, association, or corporation acting directly through a duly authorized representative, submitting a bid for performing the work contemplated under the Contract Documents. 2. Nonresident Bidder: Any person, firm, partnership, company, association, or corporation acting directly through a duly authorized representative, submitting a bid for performing the work contemplated under the Contract Documents whose principal place of business is not in the State of Texas. 3. Successful Bidder: The lowest responsible and responsive Bidder to whom City (on the basis of City's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. 1.2 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS A.Neither City nor Engineer shall assume any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the Bidders use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. B. City and Engineer in making electronic Bidding Documents available do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids for the Work and do not authorize or confer a license or grant for any other use. 1.3 PREQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS (PRIME CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS) A.Bidders or their designated subcontractors are required to be prequalified for the work types requiring prequalification as per Sections 00 45 11 BIDDERS PREQUALIFICATIONS and 00 45 12 PREQUALIFICATION STATEMENT. Firms seeking pre -qualification, must submit the documentation identified in Section 00 45 11 on Section 00 45 13 PREQUALIFICATION APPLICATION at least seven (7) calendar days prior to Bid opening for review and, if qualified, acceptance. The subcontractors listed by a Bidder on 00 45 12 must be prequalified for the appropriate work types. Subcontractors must follow the same timelines as Bidders for obtaining prequalification review. Bidders or Subcontractors who are not prequalified at the time bids are opened and reviewed may cause the bid to be rejected. Prequalification requirement work types and documentation are available by accessing all required files through the City's website at: hgps://www.fortworthtexas. ov/departments/tpw/development/cfw-departments-tpw- contractors under Division 00 - General Conditions and as follows: 1. Paving — Requirements document located at: CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number 104490-1 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 0021 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 2 of 8 https://app-us3.e- builder.net/public/publicLanding.aspx?QS=4d008O4b 133b408a85a69323548dda25 2. Roadway and Pedestrian Lighting — Requirements document located at: https://app-us3.e- builder.net/public/publicLanding.aspx?QS=e43c4239775f4b2583552cO29c6a 1 ed2 3. Water and Sanitary Sewer — Requirements document located at: https://app-us3.e- builder.net/public/publicLanding. aspx?QS=4fc66ff8c36c4cO29d542d4e5 5114e8d B.Each Bidder, unless currently prequalified, must submit to City at least seven (7) calendar days prior to Bid opening, the documentation identified in Section 00 45 11, BIDDERS PREQUALIFICATIONS. 1. Submission of and/or questions related to prequalification should be addressed to the City contact as provided in Paragraph 6.1. C. The City reserves the right to require any pre -qualified contractor who is the apparent low bidder for a project to submit such additional information as the City, in its sole discretion may require, including but not limited to manpower and equipment records, information about key personnel to be assigned to the project, and construction schedule to assist the City in evaluating and assessing the ability of the apparent low bidder to deliver a quality product and successfully complete projects for the amount bid within the stipulated time frame. Based upon the City's assessment of the submitted information, a recommendation regarding the award of a contract will be made to the City Council. Failure to submit the additional information, if requested, may be grounds for rejecting the apparent low bidder as non -responsive. Affected contractors will be notified in writing of a recommendation to the City Council. D.In addition to prequalification, additional requirements for qualification may be required within various sections of the Contract Documents. E. Special qualifications required for this project include the following: 1. Prospective bidder shall have completed at least two 10-MGD or larger lift stations in the past six years. 1.4 EXAMINATION OF BIDDING AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, OTHER RELATED DATA, AND SITE A.Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder: 1. Shall examine and carefully study the Contract Documents and other related data identified in the Bidding Documents (including "technical data" referred to in Paragraph 4.2. below). No information given by City or any representative of the City other than that contained in the Contract Documents and officially promulgated addenda thereto, shall be binding upon the City. 2. Should visit the site to become familiar with and satisfy Bidder as to the general, local and site conditions that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work. 3. Shall consider federal, state and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number 104490-1 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 0021 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 3 of 8 4. Shall study all: (i) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities) that have been identified in the Contract Documents as containing reliable "technical data" and (ii) reports and drawings of Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at the Site that have been identified in the Contract Documents as containing reliable "technical data." Is advised that the Contract Documents on file with the City shall constitute all of the information which the City will furnish. All additional information and data which the City will supply after promulgation of the formal Contract Documents shall be issued in the form of written addenda and shall become part of the Contract Documents just as though such addenda were actually written into the original Contract Documents. No information given by the City other than that contained in the Contract Documents and officially promulgated addenda thereto, shall be binding upon the City. Should perform independent research, investigations, tests, borings, and such other means as may be necessary to gain a complete knowledge of the conditions which will be encountered during the construction of the project. For projects with restricted access, upon request, City may provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder must fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former conditions upon completion of such explorations, investigations, tests and studies. 7. Shall determine the difficulties of the Work and all attending circumstances affecting the cost of doing the Work, time required for its completion, and obtain all information required to make a proposal. Bidders shall rely exclusively and solely upon their own estimates, investigation, research, tests, explorations, and other data which are necessary for full and complete information upon which the proposal is to be based. It is understood that the submission of a proposal or bid is prima -facie evidence that the Bidder has made the investigations, examinations and tests herein required. 8. Shall promptly notify City of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities or discrepancies in or between the Contract Documents and such other related documents. The Contractor shall not take advantage of any gross error or omission in the Contract Documents, and the City shall be permitted to make such corrections or interpretations as may be deemed necessary for fulfillment of the intent of the Contract Documents. 9. Indicate their intent to bid by selecting "yes" in the Procurement Portal under the Intent to Bid section. You must indicate your intent to bid to be able to submit a bid to the City. B. Reference is made to Section 00 73 00 — Supplementary Conditions for identification of- 1 . those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the site which have been utilized by City in preparation of the Contract Documents. The logs of Soil Borings, if any, on the plans are for general information only. Neither the City nor the Engineer guarantee that the data shown is representative of conditions which actually exist. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number 104490-1 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 0021 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 4 of 8 2. those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and subsurface structures (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site that have been utilized by City in preparation of the Contract Documents. copies of such reports and drawings will be made available by City to any Bidder on request. Those reports and drawings may not be part of the Contract Documents, but the "technical data" contained therein upon which Bidder is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 4.02. of the General Conditions has been identified and established in Paragraph SC 4.02 of the Supplementary Conditions. Bidder is responsible for any interpretation or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any other data, interpretations, opinions or information. 4. Standard insurance requirements, coverages and limits. C.The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder: (i) that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Paragraph 4, (ii) that without exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents and applying the specific means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (if any) that may be shown or indicated or expressly required by the Contract Documents, (iii) that Bidder has given City written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities and discrepancies in the Contract Documents and the written resolutions thereof by City are acceptable to Bidder, and when said conflicts, etc., have not been resolved through the interpretations by City as described in Paragraph 6., and (iv) that the Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performing and furnishing the Work. D.The provisions of this Paragraph 4, inclusive, do not apply to Asbestos, Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material covered by Paragraph 4.06. of the General Conditions, unless specifically identified in the Contract Documents. 1.5 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS FOR WORK, ETC. A.The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights -of -way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities, construction equipment or storage of materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work are to be obtained and paid for by Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities are to be obtained and paid for by City unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. B.Outstanding right-of-way, easements, and/or permits to be acquired by the City are listed in Paragraph SC 4.01 of the Supplementary Conditions. In the event the necessary right- of-way, easements, and/or permits are not obtained, the City reserves the right to cancel the award of contract at any time before the Bidder begins any construction work on the project. C. The Bidder shall be prepared to commence construction without all executed right-of- way, easements, and/or permits, and shall submit a schedule to the City of how construction will proceed in the other areas of the project that do not require permits and/or easements. 1.6 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number 104490-1 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 0021 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 5 of 8 A.All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be directed to City electrically through the Vendor Discussions section under the respective Project via the Procurement Portal https://fortworthtexas.bonfirehub.com/portal/?tab=openOpportunities on or before 2 p.m., the FRIDAY prior to the Bid opening. Questions received after this day may not be responded to. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by City in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. B.Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by City. C.Addenda or clarifications shall be posted under the respective Project via the Procurement Portal https:Hfortworthtexas.bonfirehub.com/portal/?tab=openOpportunities D. A prebid conference may be held at the time and place indicated in the Advertisement or INVITATION TO BIDDERS. Representatives of City will be present to discuss the Project. Bidders are encouraged to attend and participate in the conference. City will transmit to all prospective Bidders of record such Addenda as City considers necessary in response to questions arising at the conference. Oral statements may not be relied upon and will not be binding or legally effective. 1.7 BID SECURITY A.Each Bid must be accompanied by a Bid Bond made payable to City in an amount of five (5) percent of Bidder's maximum Bid price, on the form attached or equivalent, issued by a surety meeting the requirements of Paragraph 5.01 of the General Conditions. B. The Bid Bonds provided by a Bidder will be retained until the conditions of the Notice of Award have been satisfied. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and return the Contract Documents within 14 days after the Notice of Award conveying same, City may consider Bidder to be in default, rescind the Notice of Award and act on the Bid Bond. Such action shall be City's exclusive remedy in the event Bidder is deemed to have defaulted. 1.8 CONTRACT TIMES A.The number of days within which, or the dates by which, Milestones are to be achieved in accordance with the General Requirements and the Work is to be completed and ready for Final Acceptance is set forth in the Agreement or incorporated therein by reference to the attached Bid Form. 1.9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES A.Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Agreement. 1.10 SUBSTITUTE AND "OR -EQUAL" ITEMS A. The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of materials and equipment described in the Bidding Documents without consideration of possible substitute or "or -equal" items. Whenever it is indicated or specified in the Bidding Documents that a "substitute" or "or - equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by Contractor if CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number 104490-1 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 0021 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 6 of 8 acceptable to City, application for such acceptance will not be considered by City until after the Effective Date of the Agreement. The procedure for submission of any such application by Contractor and consideration by City is set forth in Paragraphs 6.05A., 6.05B. and 6.05C. of the General Conditions and is supplemented in Section 0125 00 of the General Requirements. 1.11 SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS 1 . Failure to eomply may r-ender- the Bidder- non B.No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, other person or organization against whom Contractor or City has reasonable objection. 1.12 BID FORM A.The Bid Form is included with the Bidding Documents. B.All blanks on the Bid Form must be completed and the Bid Form signed electronically or signed in ink and scan. A Bid price shall be indicated for each Bid item, alternative, and unit price item listed therein. In the case of optional alternatives, the words "No Bid," "No Change," or "Not Applicable" may be entered. Bidder shall state the prices for which the Bidder proposes to do the work contemplated or furnish materials required. C.Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice- president or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The corporate seal shall be affixed. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the signature. D.Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a partner, whose title must appear under the signature accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The official address of the partnership shall be shown below the signature. E. Bids by limited liability companies shall be executed in the name of the firm by a member and accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The state of formation of the firm and the official address of the firm shall be shown. F. Bids by individuals shall show the Bidder's name and official address. G.Bids by joint ventures shall be executed by each joint venture in the manner indicated on the Bid Form. The official address of the joint venture shall be shown. H.All names shall be typed or printed in ink below the signature. I. The Bid shall contain an acknowledgement of receipt of all Addenda, the numbers of which shall be filled in on the Bid Form. J. Postal and e-mail addresses and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid shall be shown. K.Evidence of authority to conduct business as a Nonresident Bidder in the state of Texas shall be provided in accordance with Section 00 43 37 — Vendor Compliance to State Law Non Resident Bidder. 1.13 SUBMISSION OF BIDS CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number 104490-1 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 0021 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 7 of 8 A.Bids shall be submitted electronically in the Procurement Portal on the prescribed Bid Form, provided with the Bidding Documents, prior to the time indicated in the Advertisement or INVITATION TO BIDDERS. 1.14 WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS A.Bids submitted electronically may be withdrawn prior to the time set for bid opening via the Procurement Portal https:Hfortworthtexas.bonfirehub.com/portal/?tab=openOpportunities. 1.15 OPENING OF BIDS A.Bids will be opened and read aloud publicly. An abstract of the amounts of the base Bids and major alternates (if any) will be made available to Bidders after the opening of Bids. 1.16 BIDS TO REMAIN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE A.All Bids will remain subject to acceptance for a minimum of 90 days or the time period specified for Notice of Award and execution and delivery of a complete Agreement by Successful Bidder. City may, at City's sole discretion, release any Bid and nullify the Bid security prior to that date. 1.17 EVALUATION OF BIDS AND AWARD OF CONTRACT A.City reserves the right to reject any or all Bids, including without limitation the rights to reject any or all nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced or conditional Bids and to reject the Bid of any Bidder if City believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder. City reserves the right to waive informalities not involving price, contract time or changes in the Work and award a contract to such Bidder. Discrepancies between the multiplication of units of Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of the words. Any or all bids will be rejected if City has reason to believe that collusion exists among the Bidders, Bidder is an interested party to any litigation against City, City or Bidder may have a claim against the other or be engaged in litigation, Bidder is in arrears on any existing contract or has defaulted on a previous contract, Bidder has performed a prior contract in an unsatisfactory manner, or Bidder has uncompleted work which in the judgment of the City will prevent or hinder the prompt completion of additional work if awarded. B.In addition to Bidder's relevant prequalification requirements, City may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of the Work where the identity of such Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations must be submitted as provided in the Contract Documents or upon the request of the City. City also may consider the operating costs, maintenance requirements, performance data and guarantees of major items of materials and equipment proposed for incorporation in the Work when such data is required to be submitted prior to the Notice of Award. C.City may conduct such investigations as City deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications, and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations to CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number 104490-1 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 0021 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 8 of 8 perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to City's satisfaction within the prescribed time. D.Contractor shall perform with his own organization, work of a value not less than 35% of the value embraced on the Contract, unless otherwise approved by the City. E. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to lowest responsible and responsive Bidder whose evaluation by City indicates that the award will be in the best interests of the City. F. Pursuant to Texas Government Code Chapter 2252.001, the City will not award contract to a Nonresident Bidder unless the Nonresident Bidder's bid is lower than the lowest bid submitted by a responsible Texas Bidder by the same amount that a Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a Nonresident Bidder to obtain a comparable contract in the state in which the nonresident's principal place of business is located. G.A contract is not awarded until formal City Council authorization. If the Contract is to be awarded, City will award the Contract within 90 days after the day of the Bid opening unless extended in writing. No other act of City or others will constitute acceptance of a Bid. Upon the contract award, a Notice of Award will be issued by the City. 1. The contractor is required to fill out and sign the Certificate of Interested Parties Form 1295 and the form must be submitted to the Project Manager before the contract will be presented to the City Council. The form can be obtained at https://www.ethics.state.tx.us/data/forms/1295/1295.pdf H.Failurc or refusal to comply with the requirements may result in rejection of Bid. 1.18 SIGNING OF AGREEMENT A.When City issues a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Project Manual. Within 14 days thereafter, Contractor shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Project Manual to City with the required Bonds, Certificates of Insurance, and all other required documentation. B. City shall thereafter deliver one fully signed counterpart to Contractor. END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number 104490-1 Revised/Updated September 1, 2025 SECTION 00 35 13 CONFLICT OF INTEREST STATEMENT Each bidder, offeror or respondent to a City of Fort Worth procurement is required to complete a Conflict of Interest Questionnaire or certify that one is current and on file with the City Secretary's Office pursuant to state law. If a member of the Fort Worth City Council, any one or more of the City Manager or Assistant City Managers, or an agent of the City who exercise discretion in the planning, recommending, selecting or contracting with a bidder, offeror or respondent is affiliated with your company, then a Local Government Officer Conflicts Disclosure Statement (CIS) may be required. You are urged to consult with counsel regarding the applicability of these forms and Local Government Code Chapter 176 to your company. The referenced forms may be downloaded from the links provided below. Form CIQ (Conflict of Interest Questionnaire) (state tx us) https:/Iwww.ethics.state.tx us/data/forms/conflict/CIS i)df IX CIQ Form does not apply ❑ CIQ Form is on file with City Secretary ❑ CIQ Form is being provided to the City Secretary X CIS Form does not apply ❑ CIS Form is on File with City Secretary ❑ CIS Form is being provided to the City Secretary BIDDER: CLW Water Group, LLC By-:. Dav�Cald;jl() Signature: Title: resident END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised 09/30/2021 0035 13 PREQUALIFICATION STATEMENT Page 1 of 1 00 41 00 - Bid Proposal Workbook 0041 00 BID PROPOSAL Page I of 6 TO: The Purchasing Manager c/o: The Purchasing Division 200 Texas Street City of Fort Worth, Texas 76102 SECTION 00 41 00,& BID FORM 3 FOR: Bonds Ranch Lift Station A City Project No.: CPN104490-1 Units/Sections: Unit 1 - Lift Station 1. Enter Into Agreement The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement with City in the form included in the Bidding Documents to perform and furnish all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the Bid Price and within the Contract Time indicated in this Bid and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 2. BIDDER Acknowledgements and Certification 2.1. In submitting this Bid, Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the INVITATION TO BIDDERS and INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, including without limitation those dealing with the disposition of Bid Bond. 2.2. Bidder is aware of all costs to provide the required insurance, will do so pending contract award, and will provide a valid insurance certificate meeting all requirements within 14 days of notification of award. 2.3. Bidder certifies that this Bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed individual or entity and is not submitted in conformity with any collusive agreement or rules of any group, association, organization, or corporation. 2.4. Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to submit a false or sham Bid. 2.5. Bidder has not solicited or induced any individual or entity to refrain from bidding. 2.6. Bidder has not engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, or coercive practices in competing for the Contract. For the purposes of this Paragraph: a. "corrupt practice" means the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting of any thing of value likely to influence the action of a public official in the bidding process. b. "fraudulent practice" means an intentional misrepresentation of facts made (a) to influence the bidding process to the detriment of City (b) to establish Bid prices at artificial non-competitive levels, or (c) to deprive City of the benefits of free and open competition. c. 'collusive practice" means a scheme or arrangement between two or more Bidders, with or without the knowledge of City, a purpose of which is to establish Bid prices at artificial, non- competitive levels. d. "coercive practice" means harming or threatening to harm, directly or indirectly, persons or their property to influence their participation in the bidding process or affect the execution of the Contract. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised WI9/2025 00 4100 Bid Proposal Workbook 00 41 00 BID PROPOSAL Page 2 of 6 3. Prequalification The Bidder acknowledges that the following work types must be performed only by prequalified contractors and subcontractors: a. Facility Construction of Lift Station b. Sanitary Sewer Manhole/Structure Interior Lining - Warren Coating c. Sanitary Sewer Manhole/Structure Interior Lining - Chesterton Coating d. - 4. Time of Completion 4.1. The Work will be complete for Final Acceptance within 912 days after the date when the the Contract Time commences to run as provided in Paragraph 2.03 of the General Conditions. 4.2. Bidder accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages in the event of failure to complete the Work (and/or achievement of Milestones) within the times specified in the Agreement. 5. Attached to this Bid The following documents are attached to and made a part of this Bid: a. This Bid Form, Section 00 41 00 b. Required Bid Bond, Section 00 43 13 issued by a surety meeting the requirements of Paragraph 5.01 of the General Conditions. c. Proposal Form, Section 00 42 43 d. Vendor Compliance to State Law Non Resident Bidder, Section 00 43 37 e. Small Business Forms (required at time of bid) f. Prequalification Statement, Section 00 45 12 g. Conflict of Interest Affidavit, Section 00 35 13 *If necessary, CIO or CIS forms are to be provided directly to City Secretary h. Any additional documents that may be required by Section 12 of the Instructions to Bidders 6. Total Bid Amount 6.1. Bidder will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for the following bid amount. In the space provided below, please enter the total bid amount for this project. Only this figure will be read publicly by the City at the bid opening. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised 9/19/2025 00 4100 Bid Proposal Workbook 0041 00 BID PROPOSAL Page 3 of 6 6.2. It is understood and agreed by the Bidder in signing this proposal that the total bid amount entered below is subject to verification and/or modification by multiplying the unit bid prices for each pay item by the respective estimated quantities shown in this proposal and then totaling all of the extended amounts. 6.3. Evaluation of Alternate Bid Items Total Base Bid Total Bid T. Bid Submittal This Bid is submitted on January 15, 2026 Respectfu submitted, By: (S nature David Caldwell (Printed Name) Title: President $ 12,992,000.00 by the entity named below. Receipt is acknowledged of the following Addenda: Initial Addendum No. 1: 12-22-2025 Addendum No. 2: 01-07-2026 Addendum No. 3: 01-12-2026 Addendum No. 4: Company: CLW Water Group, LLC Corporate Seal: Address: 4350 Alpha Road Ste 100 Farmers Branch, TX 75244 State of Incorporation: N/A LLC Email: davidc@clw-water.com Phone: 469-556-3809 END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised 9/19/2025 00 4100 Bid Proposal Workbook 00 42 43 BID PROPOSAL Pagel of 3 SECTION 00 42 43 f PROPOSALFORM r UNIT PRICE BID Bidder's Application Project Item Information Bidder's Proposal Unit 1 - Lift Station Bidlist Item No. Description Specification Section No. Unit of Measure Bid Quantity Unit Price Bid Value 1 3331.4405 30" DIP Sewer with Protector 401 Lining 33 11 10 LF 8 $2,200.00 $17,600.00 2 3331.4221 16" Sewer Force. Main 33 11 10, 33 11 12, 33 31 15 LF 224 $250.00 $56,000.00 3 3331.4401 30" Sewer Pipe 33 11 10, 3331 13, 33 31 21 LF 46 $700.00 $32,200.00 4 3305.1105/3006 16" Sewer Carrier Pipe inside 30" Casing, OTOC 33 05 24 LF 103 $1,900.00 $195,700.00 5 3311.0261 8" PVC Water Pipe 33 11 12 LF 472 $150.00 $70,800.00 6 3305.1003/2002 8" Water Carrier Pipe inside 20" Casing, Open Cut 33 05 24 LF 60 $450.00 $27,000.00 7 3305.1103/2002 8" Water Carrier Pipe inside 20" Casing, OTOC 33 05 22 LF 35 $2,300.00 $80,500.00 8 0241.1118 4"-12" Pressure Plug 0241 14 EA 1 $1,300.00 $1,300.00 9 3312.3003 8" Gate Valve 33 1220 EA 1 $3,200.00 $3,200.00 10 3312.3002 6" Gate Valve 33 12 10 EA 1 $2,600.00 $2,600.00 11 3305.0117 Concrete Collar for Valve 3305 17 EA 1 $1,200.00 $1,200.00 12 3312.0001 Fire Hydrant 33 1240 EA 1 $17,000.00 $17,000.00 13 3312.0106 Connection to Existing 16-Inch Water Main 33 1225 EA 1 $20,000.00 $20,000.00 14 3312.3006 16" Gate Valve w/ Vault 33 1220 EA 1 $40,000.00 $40,000.00 15 3311.0001 Ductile Iron Water Fittings w/ Restraint 33 11 11 TON 2 $15,000.00 $30,000.00 16 0171.0101 Construction Staking 01 71 23 LS 1 $20,000.00 $20,000.00 17 0171.0102 As -Built Survey 01 71 23 LS 1 $5,000.00 $5,000.00 18 0241.1106 16" Pressure Plug 0241 14 EA 2 $4,000.00 $8,000.00 19 3110.0102 6"-12" Tree Removal 31 1000 EA 2 $1,300.00 $2,600.00 20 3110.0103 12"-18" Tree Removal 31 1000 EA 8 $1,500.00 $12,000.00 21 3110.0104 18"-24" Tree Removal 31 1000 EA 2 $2,300.00 $4,600.00 22 3110.0105 24" and Larger Tree Removal 31 1000 EA 2 $2,500.00 $5,000.00 23 3301.0004 Final MH-CCTV Inspection 33 01 31 EA 2 $5,000.00 $10,000.00 24 3301.0101 Manhole Vacuum Testing 33 01 31 EA 2 $2,000.00 $4,000-00 25 3305.0103 Exploratory Excavation of Existing Utilities 33 05 30 EA 3 $5,000.00 $15,000.00 26 3305.0109 Trench Safety 3305 10 LF 896 $5.00 $4,480.00 27 3305.0110 Utility Markers 33 05 26 LS 1 $5,000.00 $5,000.00 28 3331.3401 Ductile Iron Sewer Fittings 33 11 11 TON 1 $23,000.00 $23,000.00 29a* 3339.0001 Epoxy Manhole Liner 33 39 60 VF 26 $540.00 $14,040.00 30a* 3339.1101 5' Manhole (Up to 6' Depth) 3339 10, 33 39 20 EA 2 $10,000.00 $20,000.00 30b* 9999.0013 5' Polymer Concrete Manhole (Up to 6' Depth) 3339 10, 33 39 20 EA 2 31a* 3339.1103 5' Extra Depth Manhole 3339 10, 33 39 20 VF 14 $1,000.00 $14,000.00 31 b* 9999.0014 5' Extra Depth Polymer Concrete Manhole 3339 10, 33 39 20 r__ VF 14 *Contractor to provide Unit Price/Bid Value for only one of the manhole alternatives (29a, 30a and 31 a OR 30b and 31 b) DO NOT PROVIDE UNIT BRICE / BID VALUE FOR EACH ALTERNATIVE 32 13305.0112 Concrete Collar for Manhole 1 3205 17 1 EA 1 2 $1,500.001 $3,000.00 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised 9/19/2025 00 41 00 Bid Proposal Workbook - Addendum No. 3 00 42 43 BID PROPOSAL Page 2 of 3 SECTION 00 42 43 PROPOSALFORM UNIT PRICE BID Bidder's Application Project Item Information Bidder's Proposal Unit 1 - Lift Station Bidlist Item Description Specification Unit of Bid Unit Price Bid Value No. Section No. Measure Quantity 33 9999.0001 Non -clog Submersible Sewage Pump and Motor 44 42 56.04 EA 3 $140,000.00 $420,000.00 34 9999.0002 Sewer 16" Gate Valve w/ Vault 33 1220 EA 2 $30,000.00 $60,000.00 9999.0003 Lift Station Wet Well and Valve Vault: Including, but not limited to cast -in -place wet well and valve vault, ductile iron discharge piping and fittings, pump base elbows, hatches, valves and appurtenances, wet well and valve vault lining Division 03 35 systems, grout, grating and grating supports, and any other Division 33 LS 1 improvements not specifically identified in the other lump sum Division 40 items, including all equipment, labor, materials, and services required in accordance with the Contract Documents, Drawings, and specifications for the completion of the Work. $3,247,180.00 $3,247,180.00 9999.0004 Site Improvements: Including, but not limited to site clearing, site grading, paving and pavement repair, fencing and gates, equipment pads, traffic control, erosion control and 36 preparation of SWPPP, revegetation of disturbed areas, and Division 02 LS 1 including all equipment, materials, labor and services required in accordance with the Contract Documents, Drawings and specifications for the completion of the Work. $700,000.00 $700,000.00 9999.0005 Carbon Odor Control System: Including, but not limited to activated carbon absorber vessel and system, odor 37 control duct, fans, and various appurtenances, and including all Division 41 LS 1 equipment, materials, labor and services required in accordance with the Contract Documents, Drawings, and specifications for the completion of the work. $600,000.00 $600,000.00 9999.0006 Electrical Building: Including, but not limited to building foundation, walls, roof, doors, roofing, roof drainage equipment, fire extinguishers, paint finishes, and heating and Division 06 ventilation system, distribution switchboard, variable frequency Division 07 38 drives, lighting panels and transformer, SCADA panels and Division 09 LS 1 instrumentation, lighting system, cable tray system, including Division 0 all equipment, materials, labor and services required in accordance with the Contract Documents, Drawings, and specifications for the completion of the work. $1,800,000.00 $1,800,000.00 9999.0007 Site Electrical, Instrumentation, and Controls: Including but not limited to procurement and installation of a 11 proposed electrical, instrumentation, and controls equipment including but not limited to: SCADA equipment, electromagnetic flow meter, level, pressure and temperature 39 instruments, underground concrete -encased conduit (ductbank), 2605 19 LS 1 above grade conduit, grounding and lightning protection, standby electric generator, load bank connection cabinet, connection to electric utility, and site lighting, including all equipment, materials, labor and services required in accordance with the Contract Documents, Drawings, and specifications for the completion of the Work. $4,600,000.00 $4,600,000.00 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised 9/19/2025 00 41 00 Bid Proposal Workbook - Addendum No. 3 00 42 43 BID PROPOSAL Page 3 of 3 SECTION 00 42 43 PROPOSALFORM UNIT PRICE BID Bidder's Application Project Item Information Bidder's Proposal Unit 1 - Lift Station Bidlist Item Description Specification Unit of Bid Unit Price Bid Value No. Section No. Measure Quantity 9999.0008 Flow Meter Vault: Including pre -cast concrete vault, Division 03 40 piping, sump pump, ventilation, and appurtenances. Division 33 Division 40 EA 2 $160,000.00 $320,000.00 9999.0009 Site Drainage: Including, but not limited to culvert crossing, TxDOT concrete wingwalls (FW-0) (HW=4 FT), 41 Sx3' cast -in -place reinforced concrete box, including all Division 33 LS 1 equipment, materials, labor and services required in accordance with the Contract Documents, Drawings, and specifications for the completion of the Work. $300,000.00 $300,000.00 9999.0010 16"x12" Tee, 12" Gate Valve, and 12" Quick Connect: Including, but not limited to, additional piping, 42 ductile iron fittings and all equipment, materials, labor, and Division 33 EA 2 services required in accordance with the Contract Documents, Drawings, and specifications for the completion of the work. $30,000.001 $60,000.00 43 9999.0011 Project Allowance 00 72 00 LS 1 $100,000.001 $100,000.00 44 9999.0012 Oncor Electric Delivery Company Allowance 1 00 72 00 1 LS 1 1 $20,000.001 $20,000.00 Total Bid $12 992 000.00 END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised 9/19/2025 00 41 00 Bid Proposal Workbook - Addendum No. 3 SECTION 00 43 13 BID BOND KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: 00 43 13 PREQUALIFIcATION STATEMENT Page 1 Of 2 That we, CLW Water Group, LLC , known as "Bidder" herein and Travelers Casualty and Surety company of America a corporate surety duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as "Surety" herein, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of Texas, known as "City" herein, in the penal sum of five percent (5%) of Bidder's maximum bid price, in lawful money of the United Stites, to be paid in Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, We bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents, WHEREAS, the. Principal has submitted a bid or proposal to perform Work for the following project designated as Bonds Ranch Lift Station A NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if the City shall award the Contract for the foregoing project to the Principal, and the Principal shall satisfy all requirements and conditions required for the execution of the Contract and shall enter into the Contract in writing with the City in accordance With the terms of such same, then this obligation shall be and become null and void. If, however, the Principal fails to execute such Contract in accordance With the terms of same or falls to satisfy all requirements and conditions required for the execution of the Contract, this bond shall become the property of the City, without recourse of the Principal and/or Surety, not to exceed the penalty hereof, and shall be used to compensate City for the difference between PrJncipal's total bid amount and the next selected bidders total bid amount. PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond, venue shall lie in Tarrant County, Texas or the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas, Fort Worth Division, IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have SIGNED and SEALED this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the 6th day :of January 2026 ATTEST; - �r, I Witness as to P !pal Douglas Wasik, Vice President CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS ReViOd OM012021 PRINCIPAL: !LW -Water Group, LL BY: wri Sig DavidCaldwell, President Name and Title 00 4100 - Bid Proposal Workbook Witness as surety Attach Power of Attorney (Surety) for Attorney -in -Fact OD 43 13 PREQUAUFICATION STATEMENT Page 2 of 2 Address: 4350 Alpha Road, ,Suits 100, Farmers Branch, TX.US 44 SURETY. Travelers -Casual and Surety Company of America 13y: SignatUlr—Uj Sean J McCauley Jr., ttorne -in- act Name and Title Address: One Tower 8quare, ,.Hartford., CT 0618.1 Telephone Number: -.(860) 277-0111 *Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract from the by laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If Surety's physical address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided. The date of the bond shelf not be prior to the date the Contract Is awarded. END OF SECTION CITY OF PORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised 0910012021 0041 00 - aid Proposal Workbook Travelers Casualty and Surety company of America t Travelers Casualty and Surety Company St, Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and St, Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut (herein collectively called the "Companies"), and that the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint SEAN J MC+CAULEY JR DAtLAS of , Texas their true and lawful Atterney(s)-in Fact to sign, execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, recognizances, conditional undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed, and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed, this 21st day of April, 2021, ` ��ayktrAkmpa t State of Connecticut City of Hartford ss. By: Robert L. Rane , enior Vice President On this the 21st day of April, 2021, before me personally appeared Robert L. Raney, who acknowledged himself to be the Senior Vice President of each of the Companies, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of said Companies by himself as a duly authorized officer. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, l hereunto set my hand and official seal.pp% s + My Commission expires the 30th day of June. 2020 a� ttiOMM Anna P, Nowik, Notary Public ..sr This Power of Attorney is granted' under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of each of the Companies, which resolutions are now in full force and effect, reading as follows: RESOLVED, that the Chairman,, the. President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer; the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attorneys -in -Fact and Agents to act for and an behalf of the Company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign with the Company's name and seal with the Company's seal bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking, and any of said officers or the Board of Directors at any time may remove any such appointee and revoke the power given him or her; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President may delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to one or more officers or employees of this Company, provided that each such delegation is in writing and a copy thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that any bond, recognizance, contract of indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Company when (a) signed by the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the Company's seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary; or (b) duly executed (under seal, if required) by one or more Attorneys -in -Fat and Agents pursuant to the power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or by one or more Company officers pursuant to awritten delegation of authority; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of each of the following officers-, President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys -in - Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding on the Company in the future with respect to any bond or understanding to which it is attached. t, Kevin E. Hughes, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of each of the Companies, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing Is a true and correct copy of the Rower of Attorney executed by said Companies, which remains in full force and effect. Dated this 6th day of January , 2026 Kevin E. Hughes, Assistant Secretary To rierffythe authenticity of this Power of Atiforney, please call rrs at 1-1foo-421-3880, Please refer to the above -named Aiilorney(s)-in-fact and the details of the bond to which d7is Power ofA omey is attached, t Teus Department of JOSUrance C-Or0--=NO. COmpwny No. 09-005217 HARTFORD, CONRCTICUT wmpUed with 010 13W4 of ft Stm of Tcxas applicattk MCI= 04 Is W=bY auto to =A= ft bashua of .Vire.- Allied Coveraqews; fiaij-4 rowjAgCrOp$ only; Fain; Inland Marijaw Ocean Marinep- Aircraft—Lia-bilitSr Physical Damage; wor)cars, Pompensation I& Employers, Liab�lity; Ernployersi, Liability; Automobilo--Liabity PhYSiCal Damagew Liability other than AUtOZObil*; Fidelity 6j surety; Glaas; Burglary & Thott; Forgery; 'Boiler & Machinery; Credit; LivestocX and RelAsurance on all, lines iwumnm to as the Stitt or Tepx� Tws Cenificaz of Auftifty shaU be in 1411 fame and We= urail It is ftv'Oked, canr4im or sqspmdw wMftg to law. 00 43 37 PREQUALIFICATION STATEMENT Page 1 of 1 SECTION 00 43 37 VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW NON RESIDENT BIDDER Texas Government Code Chapter 2252 was adopted for the award of contracts to nonresident bidders. This law provides that, in order to be awarded a contract as low bidder, nonresident bidders (out-of-state contractors whose corporate offices or principal place of business are outside the State of Texas) bid projects for construction, improvements, supplies or services in Texas at an amount lower than the lowest Texas resident bidder by the same amount that a Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a nonresident bidder in order to obtain a comparable contract in the State which the nonresident's principal place of business is located. The appropriate blanks in Section A must be filled out by all nonresident bidders in order for your bid to meet specifications. The failure of nonresident bidders to do so will automatically disqualify that bidder. Resident bidders must check the box in Section B. A. Nonresident bidders in the State of , our principal place of business, are required to be percent lower than resident bidders by State Law. A copy of the statute is attached. Nonresident bidders in the State of our principal place of business, are not required to underbid resident bidders. B. The principal place of business of our company or our parent company or majority owner is in the State of Texas. )(J BIDDER: CLW Water Group, LLC Ysy:Dvid Caldw (Signatu Title: President Date: 01-15-2026 END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised 09/30/2021 00 41 00 - Bid Proposal Workbook SECTION 00 4511 BIDDERS PREQUALIFICATIONS f HEL11051►I K-1 "I 004511-1 BIDDERS PREQUALIFICATIONS Pagel of3 A. Bidder or their designated subcontractors are required to be prequalified or have applied for prequalification by the City for the work types requiring prequalification prior to submitting bids. To be considered for award of contract the Bidder must submit Section 00 45 12, PREQUALIFICATION STATEMENT for the work type(s) listed with their Bid. Any contractor or subcontractor who is not prequalified for the work type(s) listed must submit Section 00 45 13, PREQUALIFICATION APPLICATION in accordance with the requirements below. The information must be submitted seven (7) days prior to the date of the opening of bids. Subcontractors must follow the same timelines as contractors for obtaining prequalification review. Bidders or Subcontractors who are not prequalified at the time bids are opened and reviewed may cause the bid to be rejected. B. The prequalification process will establish a bid limit based on a technical evaluation and financial analysis of the contractor. For example, a contractor wishing to submit bids on projects to be opened on the 7th of April must file the information by the 31 st day of March in order to eligible to work on these projects. In order to facilitate the approval of a Bidder's Prequalification Application, the following must accompany the submission. 1. A complete set of audited or reviewed financial statements. a. Classified Balance Sheet b. Income Statement c. Statement of Cash Flows d. Statement of Retained Earnings e. Notes to the Financial Statements, if any 2. A certified copy of the firm's organizational documents (Corporate Charter, Articles of Incorporation, Articles of Organization, Certificate of Formation, LLC Regulations, and Certificate of Limited Partnership Agreement). 3. A completed Bidder Prequalification Application. a. The firm's Texas Taxpayer Identification Number as issued by the Texas Comptroller of Public Accounts. To obtain a Texas Taxpayer Identification number visit the Texas Comptroller of Public Accounts online at the following web address www.window.state.tx.us/taxpennit/ and fill out the application to apply for your Texas tax ID. b. The firm's e-mail address and fax number. c. The firm's DUNS number as issued by Dun & Bradstreet. This number is used by the City for required reporting on Federal Aid projects. The DUNS number may be obtained at www.dnb.com. 4. Resumes reflecting the construction experience of the principles of the firm for firms submitting their initial prequalification. These resumes should include the size and scope of the work performed. 5. Other information as requested by the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Bonds Ranch Lift Station A Revised August 13, 2021 City Project Number: 104490-1 00 45 11 -2 BIDDERS PREQUALIFICATIONS Page 2 of 3 1.2 PREQUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS A. Financial Statements. Financial statement submission must be provided in accordance with the following: 1. The City requires that the original Financial Statement or a certified copy be submitted for consideration. 2. To be satisfactory, the financial statements must be audited or reviewed by an independent, certified public accounting firm registered and in good standing in any state. Current Texas statues also require that accounting firms performing audits or reviews on business entities within the State of Texas be properly licensed or registered with the Texas State Board of Public Accountancy. 3. The accounting firm should state in the audit report or review whether the contractor is an individual, corporation, or limited liability company. 4. Financial Statements must be presented in U.S. dollars at the current rate of exchange of the Balance Sheet date. 5. The City will not recognize any certified public accountant as independent who is not, in fact, independent. 6. The accountant's opinion on the financial statements of the contracting company should state that the audit or review has been conducted in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. This must be stated in the accounting firm's opinion. a. It should: (1) express an unqualified opinion, or (2) express a qualified opinion on the statements taken as a whole. 7. The City reserves the right to require a new statement at any time. 8. The financial statement must be prepared as of the last day of any month, not more than one year old and must be on file with the City 16 months thereafter, in accordance with Paragraph 1. 9. The City will determine a contractor's bidding capacity for the purposes of awarding contracts. Bidding capacity is determined by multiplying the positive net working capital (working capital = current assets — current liabilities) by a factor of 10.Only those statements reflecting a positive net working capital position will be considered satisfactory for prequalification purposes. 10. In the case that a bidding date falls within the time a new financial statement is being prepared, the previous statement shall be updated with proper verification. B. Bidder Prequalification Application. A Bidder Prequalification Application must be submitted along with audited or reviewed financial statements by firms wishing to be eligible to bid on all classes of construction and maintenance projects. Incomplete Applications will be rejected. 1. In those schedules where there is nothing to report, the notation of "None" or "N/A" should be inserted. 2. A minimum of five (5) references of related work must be provided. 3. Submission of an equipment schedule which indicates equipment under the control of the Contractor and which is related to the type of work for which the Contactor is seeking prequalification. The schedule must include the manufacturer, model and CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Bonds Ranch Lift Station A Revised August 13, 2021 City Project Number: 104490-1 00 45 11 - 3 BIDDERS PREQUALIFICATIONS Page 3 of general common description of each piece of equipment. Abbreviations or means of describing equipment other than provided above will not be accepted. 1.3 ELIGIBILITY FOR AWARD OF CONTRACT A. The City shall be the sole judge as to a contractor's prequalification. B. The City may reject, suspend, or modify any prequalification for failure by the contractor to demonstrate acceptable fmancial ability or performance. C. The City will issue a letter as to the status of the prequalification approval. D. If a contractor has a valid prequalification letter, the contractor will be eligible to perform the prequalified work types until the expiration date stated in the letter. END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Bonds Ranch Lift Station A Revised August 13, 2021 City Project Number: 104490-1 00 45 12 PREQUALIFICATION STATEMENT Page 1 of 1 SECTION 00 4512 PREQUALIFICATION STATEMENT Each Bidder for a City procurement is required to complete the information below by identifying the prequalified contractors and/or subcontractors whom they intend to utilize for the major work type(s) listed. Major Work Type Contractor/Subcontractor Company Name Prequalification Expiration Date Facility Construction of Lift Station CLW Water Group 1 /31 /2027 Sanitary Sewer Manhole/Structure Interior Lining - Warren Coating Madero Engineers, Architects & Constructors 4/30/2026 Sanitary Sewer Manhole/Structure Interior Lining - Chesterton Coating H&H Restoration The undersigned hereby certifies that the contractors and/or subcontractors described in the table above are currently prequalified for the work types listed. BIDDER: CLW Water Group, LLC By: 0 Title:0 President Date: 01-15-2026 END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised 09/30/2021 00 41 00 - Bid Proposal Workbook FORT WORTH.. January 15, 2026 Mr. David Caldwell CLW Water Group, LLC 9540 Garland Road Ste 381-146 Dallas, TX 75218 PREQUALIFICATION TO BID CITY OF FORT WORTH WATER DEPARTMENT PROJECTS Dear Mr. Caldwell: Thank you for your submittal of information and data toward prequalification to perform our work. We are pleased to advise that your prequalification has been finalized. A bid limit $28,298,280.00 has been established for your organization based on the financial data submitted. Your firm is prequalified to perform the following work: -- Facility work in Lift Stations -- Miscellaneous work restricted to 54-in and under water main, on -site yard piping, and concrete paving construction/reconstruction (1,100 square yards and greater) for hand place driveway with no curb for Sendera GST City Proj. No. 105781;Bond Ranch Lift Station City Proj. No. 104490-1 The prequalification and bid limit established above will remain current through 1/31/2027 This date was established to be sixteen (16) months from the date of the most recent financial statement received, unless rescinded for cause. Should you desire prequalification in the future beyond the aforementioned, submittal of updated financials, work experience, and equipment list will be necessary for this department to establish a new bid limit. Please be advised that the plans and documents for the work to be performed must be submitted to and approved by the City of Fort Worth Water Department. We appreciate your interest in our work and should you have some question in this or other matters within our purview, please do not hesitate to contact Mr. John Kasavich at (817)392-8480 or Norma Sauceda at (817)392- 6055. Yours very truly, MAIL TO: John Kasavich, P.E. �- Fort Worth Water Department //aS n o1")4 Engineering & Regulatory Services Chris Harder, P.E. 200 Texas Street Water Director Fort Worth, TX 76102 Fort Worth Water Engineering Capital Delivery City of Fort Worth • 100 Fort Worth Trail, Fort Worth, TX 76102 817-392-2752 • or • 817-392-6055 FORTWORTH. April 29, 2025 Mr. Frank Madero, P.E. Madero Engineers, Architects & Constructors, LLC 11712 Roaring Fork Trail Aubrey, TX 76227 PREQUALIFICATION TO BID CITY OF FORT WORTH WATER DEPARTMENT PROJECTS Dear Mr. Madero: Thank you for your submittal of information and data toward prequalification to perform our work. We are pleased to advise that your prequalification has been finalized. A bid limit $1,920,969.30 has been established for your organization based on the financial data submitted. Your firm is prequalified to perform the following work: -- Miscellaneous work restricted to Rehabilitation of sanitary sewer manholes and junction structures with Warren Environmental System, CCTV Inspection The prequalification and bid limit established above will remain current through 4/30/2026 This date was established to be sixteen (16) months from the date of the most recent financial statement received, unless rescinded for cause. Should you desire prequalification in the future beyond the aforementioned, submittal of updated financials, work experience, and equipment list will be necessary for this department to establish a new bid limit. Please be advised that the plans and documents for the work to be performed must be submitted to and approved by the City of Fort Worth Water Department. We appreciate your interest in our work and should you have some question in this or other matters within our purview, please do not hesitate to contact Mr. John Kasavich at (817)392-8480 or Norma Sauceda at (817)392- 6055. Yours very ttruly, 0A. S �'>Lu A Chris Harder, P.E. Water Director Fort Worth A a Wcscnr IIIII., 1964 • 1993. 2011 MAIL TO: John Kasavich, P.E. Fort Worth Water Department Engineering & Regulatory Services 200 Texas Street Fort Worth, TX 76102 WATER DEPARTMENT CAPITAL DELIVERY THE CITY OF FORT WORTH * 100 Fort Worth Trail * FORT WORTH, TEXAS 76102 817-392-8362 *FAx 817-392-8195 L« Printed on recycled paper FORT WORTH. SECTION 00 4513 PREQUALIFICATION APPLICATION Date of Balance Sheet Name under which you wish to qualify Post Office Box City Mark only one: Individual Limited Partnership General Partnership Corporation riLimited Liability Company State Zip Code Street Address (required) City State Telephone Fax Email Texas Taxpayer Identification No. Federal Employers Identification No. DUNS No. (if applicable) Zip Code Email/mail this questionnaire along with financial statements to the appropriate group below. A separate submittal is required for water/sewer, paving, and lighting: Work Category— Water Dept - Water/sewer Work Category— TPW Paving Work Category— TPW Ped/Rdwy Lighting john.kasavich@FortWorthTexas.gov TPW_Prequalification@fortworthtexas.gov clint.hoover@fortworthtexas.gov Fort Worth Water Department Engineering and City of Fort Worth Transportation and Public City of Fort Worth TPW Transportation Fiscal Services Division 200 Texas St. Fort Works Dept. 3741 SW Loop 820, Fort Worth, Management Attn: Clint Hoover, P.E. 5001 Worth, TX 76102 TX 76133 Attn: Alicia Garcia James Ave. Fort Worth, TX 76115 *Financial Statements must be mailed. Mark the envelope: "Bidder Prequalification Application" 004513-2 BIDDER PREQUALIFICATION APPLICATION Page 2 of 8 BUSINESS CLASSIFICATION The following should be completed in order that we may properly classify your firm: (Check the block(s) which are applicable — Block 3 is to be left blank if Block 1 and/or Block 2 is checked) ❑ Has fewer than 100 employees and/or ❑ Has less than $6,000,000.00 in annual gross receipts OR ❑ Does not meet the criteria for being designated a small business as provided in Section 2006.001 of the Texas Government Code. The classification of your firm as a small or large business is not a factor in determining eligibility to become prequalified. Select major work categories for which you would like to be prequalified (City may deem you are not qualified for selected category or may approve you at a lesser size/length and maximum size may not be listed specifically under a major work category): MAJOR WORK CATEGORIES Water Department Augur Boring - 24-inch diameter casing and less Augur Boring - Greater than 24-inch diameter casing and greater Tunneling — 36-Inches — 60 —inches, and 350 LF or less Tunneling - 36-Inches — 60 —inches, and greater than 350 LF Tunneling — 66" and greater, 350 LF and greater Tunneling — 66" and greater, 350 LF or Less Cathodic Protection Water Distribution, Development, 8-inch diameter and smaller Water Distribution, Urban and Renewal, 8-inch diameter and smaller Water Distribution, Development, 12-inch diameter and smaller Water Distribution, Urban and Renewal, 12-inch diameter and smaller Water Transmission, Development, 24-inches and smaller Water Transmission, Urban/Renewal, 24-inches and smaller Water Transmission, Development, 42-inches and smaller Water Transmission, Urban/Renewal, 42-inches and smaller Water Transmission, Development, All Sizes Water Transmission, Urban/Renewal, All Sizes Sewer Bypass Pumping, 18-inches and smaller Sewer Bypass Pumping, 18-inches — 36-inches Sewer Bypass Pumping 42-inches and larger CCTV, 8-inches and smaller CCTV, 12-inches and smaller CCTV, 18-inches and smaller CCTV, 24-inches and smaller CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised August 13, 2021 004513-3 BIDDER PREQUALIFICATION APPLICATION Page 3 of 8 MAJOR WORK CATEGORIES, CONTINUED CCTV, 42-inches and smaller CCTV, 48-inches and smaller Sanitary Sewer Manhole/Structure Interior Lining — Warren Coating Sanitary Sewer Manhole/Structure Interior Lining — Chesterton Coating Sewer CIPP, 12-inches and smaller Sewer CIPP, 24-inches and smaller Sewer CIPP, 42-inches and smaller Sewer CIPP, All Sizes Sewer Collection System, Development, 8-inches and smaller Sewer Collection System, Urban/Renewal, 8-inches and smaller Sewer Collection System, Development, 12-inches and smaller Sewer Collection System, Urban/Renewal, 12-inches and smaller Sewer Interceptors, Development, 24-inches and smaller Sewer Interceptors, Urban/Renewal, 24-inches and smaller Sewer Interceptors, Development, 42-inches and smaller Sewer Interceptors, Urban/Renewal, 42-inches and smaller Sewer Interceptors, Development, 48-inches and smaller Sewer Interceptors, Urban/Renewal, 48-inches and smaller Sewer Pipe Enlargement 12-inches and smaller Sewer Pipe Enlargement 24-inches and smaller Sewer Pipe Enlargement, All Sizes Sewer Cleaning, 24-inches and smaller Sewer Cleaning, 42-inches and smaller Sewer Cleaning, All Sizes Sewer Cleaning, 8-inches and smaller Sewer Cleaning, 12-inches and smaller Sewer Siphons 12-inches or less Sewer Siphons 24-inches or less Sewer Siphons 42-inches or less Sewer Siphons All Sizes Facility Construction of Lift Stations Transportation Public Works Asphalt Paving Construction/Reconstruction (LESS THAN 15,000 square yards) Asphalt Paving Construction/Reconstruction (15,000 square yards and GREATER) Asphalt Paving Heavy Maintenance (UNDER $1,000,000) Asphalt Paving Heavy Maintenance ($1,000,000 and OVER) Concrete Paving Construction/Reconstruction (LESS THAN 15,000 square yards)* Concrete Paving Construction/Reconstruction (15,000 square yards and GREATER)* Roadway and Pedestrian Lighting NOTE *There is not a prequalification requirement for installation of concrete sidewalk, curb & gutter, driveways, and panel replacement, only on concrete street / ROW paving CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised August 13, 2021 004513-4 BIDDER PREQUALIFICATION APPLICATION Page 4 of 1. List equipment you do not own but which is available by renting DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT I NAME AND DETAILED ADDRESS OF OWNER 2. How many years has your organization been in business as a general contractor under your present name? List previous business names: 3. How many years of experience in had: (a) As a General Contractor: construction work has your organization (b) As a Sub -Contractor: 4. *What projects has your organization completed in Texas and elsewhere? CONTRACT AMOUNT CLASS OF WORK DATE COMPLETED LOCATION CITY -COUNTY- STATE NAME AND DETAILED ADDRESS OF OFFICIAL TO WHOM YOU REFER *If requalifying only show work performed since last statement. 5. Have you ever failed to complete any work awarded to you? If so, where and why? 6. Has any officer or owner of your organization ever been an officer of another organization that failed to complete a contract? If so, state the name of the individual, other organization and reason. 7. Has any officer or owner of your organization ever failed to complete a contract executed in his/her name? If so, state the name of the individual, name of owner and CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised August 13, 2021 004513-5 BIDDER PREQUALIFICATION APPLICATION Page 5 of In what other lines of business are you financially interested? 9. Have you ever performed any work for the City?. If so, when and to whom do you refer? 10. State names and detailed addresses of all producers from whom you have purchased principal materials during the last three years. NAME OF FIRM OR COMPANY I DETAILED ADDRESS 11. Give the names of any affiliates or relatives currently debarred by the City. Indicate your relationship to this person or firm. 12. What is the construction experience of the principal individuals in your organization? NAME PRESENT POSITION OR OFFICE YEARS OF EXPERIENCE MAGNITUDE AND TYPE OF WORK IN WHAT CAPACITY 13. If any owner, officer, director, or stockholder of your firm is an employee of the City, or shares the same household with a City employee, please list the name of the City employee and the relationship. In addition, list any City employee who is the spouse, child, or parent of an owner, officer, stockholder, or director who does not live in the same household but who receives care and assistance from that person as a direct result of a documented medical condition. This includes foster children or those related by adoption or marriage. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised August 13, 2021 004513-6 BIDDER PREQUALIFICATION APPLICATION Page 6 of 8 CORPORATION BLOCK PARTNERSHIP BLOCK If a corporation: Date of Incorporation Charter/File No. President Vice Presidents If a partnership: State of Organization Date of organization Is partnership general, limited, or registered limited liability partnership? File No. (if Limited Partnership) General Partners/Officers Secretary Treasurer Limited Partners (if applicable) LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY BLOCK If a corporation: State of Incorporation Date of organization File No. Officers or Managers (with titles, if any) Individuals authorized to sign for Partnership Except for limited partners, the individuals listed in the blocks above are presumed to have full signature authority for your firm unless otherwise advised. Should you wish to grant signature authority for additional individuals, please attach a certified copy of the corporate resolution, corporate minutes, partnership agreement, power of attorney or other legal documentation which grants this authority. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised August 13, 2021 14. Equipment 004513-7 BIDDER PREQUALIFICATION APPLICATION Page 7 of 8 TOTAL Similar types of equipment may be lumped together. If your firm has more than 30 types of equipment, you may show these 30 types and show the remainder as 'various". The City, by allowing you to show only 30 types of equipment, reserves the right to request a complete, detailed list of all your equipment. The equipment list is a representation of equipment under the control of the firm and which is related to the type of work for which the firm is seeking qualification. In the description include, the manufacturer, model, and general common description of each. ITEM QUANTITY ITEM DESCRIPTION BALANCESHEET VALUE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 Various - TOTAL CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised August 13, 2021 004513-8 BIDDER PREQUALIFICATION APPLICATION Page 8 of 8 BIDDER PREQUALIFICATION AFFIDAVIT STATE OF 14191"Mmoll The undersigned hereby declares that the foregoing is a true statement of the financial condition of the entity herein first named, as of the date herein first given; that this statement is for the express purpose of inducing the party to whom it is submitted to award the submitter a contract; and that the accountant who prepared the balance sheet accompanying this report as well as any depository, vendor or any other agency herein named is hereby authorized to supply each party with any information, while this statement is in force, necessary to verify said statement. , being duly sworn, deposes and says that he/she is the of , the entity described in and which executed the foregoing statement that he/she is familiar with the books of the said entity showing its financial condition; that the foregoing financial statement taken from the books of the said entity as of the date thereof and that the answers to the questions of the foregoing Bidder Prequalification Application are correct and true as of the date of this affidavit. Firm Name: Signature: Sworn to before me this day of , Notary Public Notary Public must not be an officer, director, or stockholder or relative thereof. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised August 13, 2021 00 45 26 - 1 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW Page I of I SECTION 00 45 26 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW Pursuant to Texas Labor Code Section 406.096(a), as amended, Contractor certifies that it provides worker's compensation insurance coverage for all of its employees employed on City Project No. 104490. Contractor further certifies that, pursuant to Texas Labor Code, Section 406.096(b), as amended, it will provide to City its subcontractor's certificates of compliance with worker's compensation coverage. CONTRACTOR: CLW Water Group, LLC Company 4350 Alpha Road Ste 100 Address Farmers Branch, TX 75244 City/State/Zip THE STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF TARRANT & David Caldwell (P,Jb,ase Print Signature: J Title: President (Please Print) BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared David Caldwell , known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same as the act and deed of President of CLW Water Group, LLC for the purposes and consideration therein expressed and in the capacity therein stated. GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE this 31st day of March 20 26 NOTARY PUBLIC IN AND FOR THE STATE OF TEXAS LISA HILL = Notary Public, State of Tex as Comm. Expires 02/21/2030 END OF SECTION e, rotary ID 124129399 CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised July 1, 2011 00 45 41 - 1 SMALL BUSINESS ENTERPRISE GOAL Page 1 of 1 SECTION 00 45 41 SMALL BUSINESS GOAL APPLICATION OF POLICY If the total dollar value of the contract is $100,000 or more, the Small Business goal is applicable. POLICY STATEMENT It is the policy of the City of Fort Worth to foster competition, expand the supplier base, and promote and encourage the participation of small business firms in the City's contracting opportunities. SMALL BUSINESS GOAL The City's Small Business goal is 30% of the amount bid (if bid alternates are requested, the goal shall be applied to the total bid amount inclusive of any selected alternates). COMPLIANCE Bidders shall comply with the Small Business Goal by meeting or exceeding the small business goal through self -performance and/or Small Business subcontracting participation. Small businesses are based on SBA definitions and must be located within the five Fort Worth counties: Tarrant, Denton, Wise, Parker and Johnson. Small businesses shall be certified via one of the following certifying agencies: • North Central Texas Regional Certifying Agency (NCTRCA) • Dallas/Fort Worth Minority Supplier Development Council (DFW MSDC) • Women's Business Council — Southwest (WBCS) • Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) SUBMITTAL OF REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION The following documents must be submitted with the bid documents at the time of bidding: • Completed Small Business Utilization form • Certificates identifying themselves or subcontractors as Small Businesses FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THE CITY'S SMALL BUSINESS ORDINANCE WILL RESULT IN THE BID BEING CONSIDERED NON -RESPONSIVE. END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number 104490-1 Revised September 1, 2025 E 0 O \ 0 O x � EI O i (D A m � a O a •c A H m o y U W o ci c� F•, � PLO ca a cn m GT, U Q C ❑ A O 7qW J Cot a U cn O ca r- N � s O o N —'� O O a O a co Z m CD U m O E-� z O W W W Q O LL Z Z Q U O 0 1� Z f- ui a y O A cc a W W W W Q V -w ac O m cccc s o E a (L a a m U Q d co i 0 U V 0 -b w ai o w o � ❑ y V O E: M .� Pa z c s a (U .v n 4'� D C3 sue. e� m •Q � C L v. O G O G O w v C on ci a un ElGn E c U y � U G) A ❑ A ❑ o w � w aLn aw, Cf) a o 0 U a w x ° 5 ❑ F�40 W W a 0 H O p 0 0 w w A Acl �o c d Ca � z ` d _ "C3 o s o d A � c o c z as QU a w U 4 ca QU w w U v LO N ca 0 N Ln U A A A A ❑ q ❑ A ❑ C3 1 cz � Qr � ❑ ❑' � > ❑' rta O U O14.4A O U U U a W W W x a a O p 0 U a � F a'. � Z O w w w con d,o en A A AA ° E A 0 Ln �•• W C i C C cz w '_' U cc �•• •� d C c .� CUC Q 7 "•IIC o .C�^. o d "�C o o C ^d p c C a LO N CD 0 H} bA bA E/9 b°n U c 0 U m 'CS 3 o � U � � � � L � V � W O C O s o U O O C ri p FQ cl U wo Z 0 0 0 �q o o Q Q Q a cd CIS as O aeqLw ca wl O 4-r O C O t a C O W, Ow U �i C�Or L may+ •'t' O 4r v � C�3 F+ `) V s. C. C 0 c.°.� b C 3� 3 � weC W, ^�O C y � ^,� � sue. •�' w �a sa a c s. ow ptzC q 0 ^o o an 3 w � r U s. O. CC a c o o L � ad Q caw •� aai G •� � r. e�C y�,� �p- 'k e'e 0 o d v CD d 0 *' U L 'a N � L. N Y G: 65 i cu to m M Z E U 3 N Co U a C6 0 Z Q N LO 0 �_ LO C C O 0 > r p a U � m -0 _� w o C N N a 0 0 Z a C ca a 0 U O O U) cv 0 ct cv t Q O LO co Irlt y a� •a Q 14, N LO rl— c ca m N LL Al LO N 0 a m co .5 m 00 52 43 - 1 Agreement Page 1 of 6 SECTION 00 52 43 AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT, authorized on March 10,2026, is made by and between the City of Fort Worth, a Texas home rule municipality, acting by and through its duly authorized City Manager, ("City"), and CLW Water Group, LLC, authorized to do business in Texas, acting by and through its duly authorized representative, ("Contractor"). City and Contractor may jointly be referred to as Parties. City and Contractor, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: Article 1. WORK Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the Project identified herein. Article 2. PROJECT The project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is generally described as follows: Bonds Ranch Lift Station A City Project Number 104490-1 Article 3. CONTRACT PRICE City agrees to pay Contractor for performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents an amount, in current funds, of Twelve Million Nine Hundred and Ninety- Two Thousand Dollars ($12,992, 000. 00). Contract price may be adjusted by change orders duly authorized by the Parties. Article 4. CONTRACT TIME 4.1 Final Acceptance. The Work shall be complete for Final Acceptance within 912 days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run, as provided in Paragraph 2.02 of the General Conditions, plus any extension thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions. 4.2 Liquidated Damages Contractor recognizes that time is of the essence for completion of Milestones, if any, and to achieve Final Acceptance of the Work and City and the public will suffer from loss of use if the Work is not completed within the time(s) specified in Paragraph 4.1 above. The Contractor also recognizes the delays, expense and difficulties involved in proving in a legal proceeding, the actual loss suffered by the City if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Contractor agrees that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty), Contractor shall pay City One Thousand Dollars and No cents Dollars ($I 000.00 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 4.1 for Final Acceptance until the City issues the Final Letter of Acceptance. Article 5. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 5.1 CONTENTS: A.The Contract Documents which comprise the entire agreement between City and Contractor concerning the Work consist of the following: CITY OF FORT WORTH OFFICIAL RECORD Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY SECRETARY CPN 104490-1 Revised September 19, 2025 (effective September 1, 2025) FT. WORTH, Tx 00 52 43 - 2 Agreement Page 2 of 6 1. This Agreement. Attachments to this Agreement: a. Bid Form 1) Proposal Form 2) Vendor Compliance to State Law Non -Resident Bidder 3) Prequalification Statement 4) State and Federal documents (project specific) b. Current Prevailing Wage Rate Table c. Insurance Certification Form (ACORD or equivalent) d. Payment Bond e. Performance Bond f. Maintenance Bond g. Power of Attorney for the Bonds h. Worker's Compensation Affidavit i. Small Business Utilization Form 3. General Conditions. 4. Supplementary Conditions. 5. Specifications specifically made a part of the Contract Documents by attachment or, if not attached, as incorporated by reference and described in the Table of Contents of the Project's Contract Documents. b. Drawings. 7. Addenda. 8. Documentation submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award. The following which may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the Agreement and, if issued, become an incorporated part of the Contract Documents: a. Notice to Proceed. b. Field Orders. c. Change Orders. d. Letter of Final Acceptance. I WI M 10310lu lei 101 Kr I 6.1 Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own expense, the city, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all claims arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed by the contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licenses or invitees under this contract. This indemnification provision is specifically intended to operate and be effective even if it is alleged or proven that all or some of the damages being sought were caused, in whole or in part, by any act, omission or negligence of the city. This indemnity provision is intended to include, without limitation, indemnity for costs, expenses and legal fees incurred by the city in defending against such claims and causes of actions. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CPN 104490-1 Revised September 19, 2025 (effective September 1, 2025) 005243-3 Agreement Page 3 of 6 6.2 Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, at its own expense, the city, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all loss, damage or destruction of property of the city, arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed by the contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licensees or invitees under this contract. This indemnification provision is specifically intended to operate and be effective even if it is alleged or proven that all or some of the damages being sought were caused, in whole or in part, by any act, omission or negligence of the city. Article 7. MISCELLANEOUS 7.1 Terms. Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article 1 of the General Conditions will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. 7.2 Assignment of Contract. This Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents may not be assigned by the Contractor without the advanced express written consent of the City. 7.3 Successors and Assigns. City and Contractor each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, in respect to all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. 7.4 Severability/Non-Waiver of Claims. Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be unconstitutional, void or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction shall be deemed stricken, and all remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon City and Contractor. The failure of City or Contractor to insist upon the performance of any term or provision of this Agreement or to exercise any right granted herein shall not constitute a waiver of City's or Contractor's respective right to insist upon appropriate performance or to assert any such right on any future occasion. 7.5 Governing Law and Venue. This Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents is performable in the State of Texas. Venue shall be Tarrant County, Texas, or the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas, Fort Worth Division. 7.6 Authority to Sign. Contractor shall attach evidence of authority to sign Agreement if signed by someone other than the duly authorized signatory of the Contractor. 7.7 Non -appropriation of Funds. In the event no funds or insufficient funds are appropriated by City in any fiscal period for any payments due hereunder, City will notify Vendor of such occurrence and this Agreement shall terminate on the last day of the fiscal period for which appropriations were received without penalty or expense to City of any kind whatsoever, except as to the portions of the payments herein agreed upon for which funds have been appropriated. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CPN 104490-1 Revised September 19, 2025 (effective September 1, 2025) 00 52 43 - 4 Agreement Page 4 of 6 7.8 Prohibition On Contracts With Companies Boycotting Israel. Contractor, unless a sole proprietor, acknowledges that in accordance with Chapter 2271 of the Texas Government Code, if Contractor has 10 or more full time -employees and the contract value is $100,000 or more, the City is prohibited from entering into a contract with a company for goods or services unless the contract contains a written verification from the company that it: (1) does not boycott Israel; and (2) will not boycott Israel during the term of the contract. The terms "boycott Israel" and "company" shall have the meanings ascribed to those terms in Section 808.001 of the Texas Government Code. By signing this contract, Contractor certifies that Contractor's signature provides written verification to the City that if Chapter 2271, Texas Government Code applies, Contractor: (1) does not boycott Israel; and (2) will not boycott Israel during the term of the contract. 7.9 Prohibition on Boycotting Energy Companies. Contractor acknowledges that in accordance with Chapter 2276 of the Texas Government Code, the City is prohibited from entering into a contract for goods or services that has a value of $100,000 or more, which will be paid wholly or partly from public funds of the City, with a company (with 10 or more full-time employees) unless the contract contains a written verification from the company that it: (1) does not boycott energy companies; and (2) will not boycott energy companies during the term of the contract. The terms "boycott energy company" and "company" have the meaning ascribed to those terms by Chapter 2276 of the Texas Government Code. To the extent that Chapter 2276 of the Government Code is applicable to this Agreement, by signing this Agreement, Contractor certifies that Contractor's signature provides written verification to the City that Contractor: (1) does not boycott energy companies; and (2) will not boycott energy companies during the term of this Agreement. 7.10 Prohibition on Discrimination Against Firearm and Ammunition Industries. Contractor acknowledges that except as otherwise provided by Chapter 2274 of the Texas Government Code, the City is prohibited from entering into a contract for goods or services that has a value of $100,000 or more which will be paid wholly or partly from public funds of the City, with a company (with 10 or more full-time employees) unless the contract contains a written verification from the company that it: (1) does not have a practice, policy, guidance, or directive that discriminates against a firearm entity or firearm trade association; and (2) will not discriminate during the term of the contract against a firearm entity or firearm trade association. The terms "discriminate," "firearm entityand "firearm trade association" have the meaning ascribed to those terms by Chapter 2274 of the Texas Government Code. To the extent that Chapter 2274 of the Government Code is applicable to this Agreement, by signing this Agreement, Contractor certifies that Contractor's signature provides written verification to the City that Contractor: (1) does not have a practice, policy, guidance, or directive that discriminates against a firearm entity or firearm trade association; and (2) will not discriminate against a firearm entity or firearm trade association during the term of this Agreement. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CPN 104490-1 Revised September 19, 2025 (effective September 1, 2025) 005243-5 Agreement Page 5 of 6 7.11 Immigration Nationality Act. Contractor shall verify the identity and employment eligibility of its employees who perform work under this Agreement, including completing the Employment Eligibility Verification Form (I-9). Upon request by City, Contractor shall provide City with copies of all I-9 forms and supporting eligibility documentation for each employee who performs work under this Agreement. Contractor shall adhere to all Federal and State laws as well as establish appropriate procedures and controls so that no services will be performed by any Contractor employee who is not legally eligible to perform such services. CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY CITY AND HOLD CITY HARMLESS FROM ANY PENALTIES, LIABILITIES, OR LOSSES DUE TO VIOLATIONS OF THIS PARAGRAPH BY CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR'S EMPLOYEES, SUBCONTRACTORS, AGENTS, OR LICENSEES. City, upon written notice to Contractor, shall have the right to immediately terminate this Agreement for violations of this provision by Contractor. 7.12 No Third -Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement gives no rights or benefits to anyone other than the City and the Contractor and there are no third -party beneficiaries. 7.13 No Cause of Action Against Engineer. Contractor, its subcontractors and equipment and materials suppliers on the PROJECT or their sureties, shall maintain no direct action against the Engineer, its officers, employees, and subcontractors, for any claim arising out of, in connection with, or resulting from the engineering services performed. Only the City will be the beneficiary of any undertaking by the Engineer. The presence or duties of the Engineer's personnel at a construction site, whether as on -site representatives or otherwise, do not make the Engineer or its personnel in any way responsible for those duties that belong to the City and/or the City's construction contractors or other entities, and do not relieve the construction contractors or any other entity of their obligations, duties, and responsibilities, including, but not limited to, all construction methods, means, techniques, sequences, and procedures necessary for coordinating and completing all portions of the construction work in accordance with the Contract Documents and any health or safety precautions required by such construction work. The Engineer and its personnel have no authority to exercise any control over any construction contractor or other entity or their employees in connection with their work or any health or safety precautions. 7.14 Small Business Utilization. Contractor shall not make any unjustified changes to its small business utilization as presented on the Small Business Utilization Form. Contractor's failure to abide by the commitments presented on the form or intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of material facts regarding small business utilization shall be disallowed from bidding on future City of Fort Worth public works contracts for a period of time of not less than one year. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CPN 104490-1 Revised September 19, 2025 (effective September 1, 2025) 005243-7 AGREEMENT Page 6 of 6 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, City and Contractor have each executed this Agreement to be effective as of the date subscribed by the City's designated Assistant City Manager ("Effective Date"). CLW Water Group, LLC By; 4 Si afore David Caldwell (Printed Name) President Title 4350 Alpha Road, Suite 100 Address Farmers Branch, Texas 75244 City/State/Zip 10yp Date OFFICIAL RECORD CITY SECRETARY FT. WORTH, TX CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 19, 2025 City of Fort Worth By: 7esica Mc acnernn Assistant City Manager 04/08/2026 Date: 4FORT Bad p f,00 ,o aR,p9p0 Attest: o� oo sp �' °da,in�z9 s4a Jannnnette Goodall, City Secretary (Seal) M&C: 26-0183 Date: 03/10/26 Contract Compliance Manager: By signing. I acknowledge that I ann the person responsible for the monitoring and adininistrationn of this contract, including ensuring all performance and reporting requirements. _Bijay UProfl Bijay -F, .Mar31, 202613:0205CDT) Bijay Upreti, P.E. Project Manager Approved as to Fomi and Legality: . —gl- Black ((1p12. 2— 16. 5'.15 COT) Douglas W. Black Sr. Assistant City Attorney APPROVAL fGJRECOMMNT EDED: Chrismpl�er 14, (Mer 31. 202815. 22. 30 CDT) Chris Harder, P.E. Director. Fort Worth Water Department Bonds Ranch L ft Station A City Project Number I04490-1 006113-1 PERFORMANCE: BONI) Page I of 2 ao,xa No. 10$313S(PS SECTION 00 61 13 PERFORMANCE BOND THE STATE OF TEXAS § § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF TARRANT § That we, CLW Water Group, LLC, known as "Principal' herein and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, a corporate surety (sureties, if more than one) duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as "Surety" herein (whether one or more), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of Texas, known as "City" herein, in the penal sum of, Twelve Million Nine Hundred Ninety -Two Thousand Dollars ($12,992,000.00), lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the City awarded the wF day of mQY(iV1 , 2026, which Contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all materials, equipment labor and other accessories defined by law, in the prosecution of the Work, including any Change Orders, as provided for in said Contract designated as Bonds Ranch Lift Station — A, City Project Number 104490. NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform it obligations under the Contract and shall in all respects duly and faithfully perform the Work, including Change Orders, under the Contract, according to the plans, specifications, and contract documents therein referred to, and as well during any period of extension of the Contract that may be granted on the part of the City, then this obligation shall be and become null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond, venue shall lie in Tarrant County, Texas or the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas, Fort Worth Division. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised December 8, 2023 0061 13 - 2 PERFORMANCE; BOND Page 2 of 2 This bond is made and executed in compliance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said statue. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have SIGNED and SEALED this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the ��a�h day of VAwGh , 2026. AT EST: 1 (Principal) S retar " las Ltim--4ViGc (��cs�ol ly� Witness as to Principal L► 5a 44 01 Witness as to Surety PRINCIPAL.�_CLW Water Group, David Caldwell, President Name and Title Address: 4350 Alpha Road, Suite 100 Farmers Branch, Texas 75244 SURETY: Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America BY: Signa ure Sean J. McCauley Jr. Attorney -in -Fact Name and Title Address: One Tower Square Hartford, Connecticut 06183 Telephone Number: 860-277-0111 Email Address: hook a *Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If Surety's physical address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided. The date of the bond shall not be prior to the date the Contract is awarded. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT Revised December 8, 2023 Bonds Ranch Lift Station A City Project Number: 104490-1 0061 14 - 1 PAYMENT BOND Page 1 of 2 Qo�a No. W%373666 SECTION 00 61 14 PAYMENT BOND THE STATE OF TEXAS § § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF TARRANT § That we, CLW Water Group, LLC, known as "Principal" herein and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, a corporate surety (sureties, if more than one) duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as "Surety" herein (whether one or more), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of Texas, known as "City" herein, in the penal sum of, Twelve Million Nine Hundred Ninety -Two Thousand Dollars ($12,992,000.00), lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas, for the payment of which sum well and truly be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents: WHEREAS, Principal has entered into a certain written Contract with City, awarded the M('% day of %01(0A , 2026, which Contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all materials, equipment, labor and other accessories as defined by law, in the prosecution of the Work as provided for in said Contract and designated as Bonds Ranch Lift Station — A, City Project Number 104490. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that if Principal shall pay all monies owing to any (and all) payment bond beneficiary (as defined in Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended) in the prosecution of the Work under the Contract, then this obligation shall be and become null and void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. This bond is made and executed in compliance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said statute. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A S rANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Re% iced December 8, 2023 0061 id-2 PAYMENT BOND Page 2 of IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have each SIGNED and SEALED this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the i �l- day of tAmab^ 12026. ATTEST: (Princi al) Secretqr Witness as to Principal L1 Sk W I I PRINCIPAL: CLW Water Group, LLC BY: ignature David Caldwell, President Name and Title Address: 4350 Alpha Road, Suite 100 Farmers Branch, Texas 75244 SURETY: Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America BY: Signature Sean J. McCauley Jr., Attorney -in -Fact Name and Title Address: One Tower Square Hartford Connecticut 06183 Witness as to Surety Cak 1411.0 Telephone Number: 860-277-0111 Email Address: �Of105 W% ttt4 p 6,jt.(0VI+ Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety, there must be on file a certified extract from the bylaws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If Surety's physical address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised December 8, 2023 0061 19 - 1 MAINTENANCE BOND Pagel of3 %orn a 00. 10g3� 35tv5 SECTION 00 61 19 MAINTENANCE BOND THE STATE OF TEXAS § § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF TARRANT § That we, CLW Water Group, LLC, known as "Principal" herein and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, a corporate surety (sureties, if more than one) duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as "Surety" herein (whether one or more), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of Texas, known as "City" herein, in the penal sum of, Twelve Million Nine Hundred Ninety -Two Thousand Dollars ($12,992,000.00), lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas, for payment of which sum well and truly be made unto the City and its successors, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the AnPrincipal has entered into a certain written contract with the City awarded the bV� day of IVIATG1n , 2026, which Contract is hereby referred to and a made part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all materials, equipment labor and other accessories as defined by law, in the prosecution of the Work, including any Work resulting from a duly authorized Change Order (collectively herein, the "Work") as provided for in said contract and designated as Bonds Ranch Lift Station —A, City Project Number 104490. WHEREAS, Principal binds itself to use such materials and to so construct the Work in accordance with the plans, specifications and Contract Documents that the Work is and will remain free from defects in materials or workmanship for and during the period of two (2) years after the date of Final Acceptance of the Work by the City ("Maintenance Period"); and WHEREAS, Principal binds itself to repair or reconstruct the Work in whole or in part upon receiving notice from the City of the need therefor at any time within the Maintenance Period. NOW THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if Principal shall remedy any defective Work, for which timely notice was provided by City, to a completion satisfactory to the City, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised December 8, 2023 0061 19-2 MAINTENANCE- BOND Page 2 of 3 PROVIDED, HOWEVER, if Principal shall fail so to repair or reconstruct any timely noticed defective Work, it is agreed that the City may cause any and all such defective Work to be repaired and/or reconstructed with all associated costs thereof being borne by the Principal and the Surety under this Maintenance bond; and PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond, venue shall lie in Tarrant County, Texas or the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas, Fort Worth Division; and PROVIDED FURTHER, that this obligation shall be continuous in nature and successive recoveries may be had hereon for successive breaches. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised December 8, 2023 0061 19-3 MAINTENANCE BOND Page 3 oF3 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have each SIGNED and SEALED this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the 1 �day of Mwrt,v1 .2026. ATTEST: ,'1 I (Principal) secretary T�iaL4,�JOL ,5 ct a�i1�, V/ CA . Witness as to Principal Le ',A e Witness as to Surety CA& 011;e PRINCIPAL: CLW Water Group, LL BY: ignature David Caldwell, President Name and Title Address: 4350 Alpha Road, Suite 100 Farmers Branch, Texas 75244 SURETY: Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America Signature Sean J. McCauley Jr., Attorney -in -Fact Name and Title Address: One Tower Square Hartford, Connecticut 06183 Telephone Number: 860-277-0111 Email Address: boAAS 0 MGGau(00A *Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If Surety's physical address is different fi•om its mailing address, both must be provided. The date of the bond shall not be prior to the date the Contract is awarded. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT Revised December 8, 2023 Bonds Ranch Lift Station A City Project Number: 104490-1 Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America ASW Travelers Casualty and Surety Company TRAVELERS J St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut (herein collectively called the "Companies"), and that the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint SEAN J MCCAULEY JR of DALLAS , Texas , their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact to sign, execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, recognizances, conditional undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed, and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed, this 21st day of April, 2021. oYA,yD00 �u1> CONK. !O VA State of Connecticut By: City of Hartford ss. Robert L. Rane , enior Vice President On this the 21st day of April, 2021, before me personally appeared Robert L. Raney, who acknowledged himself to be the Senior Vice President of each of the Companies, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of said Companies by himself as a duly authorized officer. 1P P 1V�1�.'•.. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand and official seal.'" q NOTARY � My Commission expires the 30th day of June, 2026 t* 0 "j rue.i� Anna P. Nowik, Notary Public This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of each of the Companies, which resolutions are now in full force and effect, reading as follows: RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attorneys -in -Fact and Agents to act for and on behalf of the Company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign with the Company's name and seal with the Company's seal bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking, and any of said officers or the Board of Directors at any time may remove any such appointee and revoke the power given him or her; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President may delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to one or more officers or employees of this Company, provided that each such delegation is in writing and a copy thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that any bond, recognizance, contract of indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Company when (a) signed by the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the Company's seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary; or (b) duly executed (under seal, if required) by one or more Attorneys -in -Fact and Agents pursuant to the power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or by one or more Company officers pursuant to a written delegation of authority; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of each of the following officers: President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys -in - Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding on the Company in the future with respect to any bond or understanding to which it is attached. I, Kevin E. Hughes, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of each of the Companies, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, which remains in full force and effect. Dated this 16th day of March , 2026 ,IY AMp CG COWL e j ODN W ( . Kevin E. Hughes, Assi tant Secretary To verify the authenticity of this Power ofAttorney, please call us at 1-800-421-3880. Please refer to the above -named Attorneys) -in -Fact and the details of the bond to which this Power ofAttorney is attached. Texas Department of Insurance Certificate No. 11562 Certificate of Authority i-mTS it Td Ci�kTIFY THAT Company No. 0 8— 0 0 5 217 TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF A1ERICA HARTFORD, CONNECTICUT has complied with the laws of the State of Texas applicable therein and is hereby authOdZCd to t =$X= The business of Vire; Allied Covera4es; Hail —growing crops only; Rain; Inland Marine; Ocean Marine; Aircraft --Liability & Physical Damage; Workers' Compensation & Employers' Liability; Employers' Liability; Automobile --Liability & Physical Damage; Liability other than Automobile; Fidelity & Surety; Glass; Burglary & Theft; Forgery; Boiler & Machinery Credit; Livestock and Reinsurance on all lines authorized to be written on a direct basis i=ur,zncr, within the state of Texas_ This Certificate of Authority shall be in full force and cflfect until it is revoked, canceled or suspended according to law. IN TESTIMONY WI48OF, witness my hand and seal of office at Austin, Texas, this let day of Ju1Y A.D. _ 1997 ELTON BOWER coMM1SSIONER OF INSURANCE I r BY 4t hjth A. tilcox Director losuror Service IMPORTANT NOTICE To obtain information or make a complaint: You may call Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America and its affiliates' toll -free telephone number for information or to make a complaint at: 1-800-328-2189 You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights or complaints at: 1-800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance: P. O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 Fax: (512) 475-1771 Web: http://www.tdi.state.tx.us E-mail: Con sumerProtection cDtdi.state.tx.us PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or about a claim you should contact your Agent or Travelers first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR BOND: This notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached document and is given to comply with Texas legal and regulatory requirements. (PN-042-B) Ed.10.18.07 00 61 25 - 1 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE Page I of 1 SECTION 00 6125 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-I Revised July 1, 2011 STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Article 1 — Definitions and Terminology.......................................................................................................... I 1.01 Defined Terms...............................................................................................................................1 1.02 Terminology..................................................................................................................................6 Article2 — Preliminary Matters......................................................................................................................... 7 2.01 Copies of Documents....................................................................................................................7 2.02 Commencement of Contract Time; Notice to Proceed................................................................ 7 2.03 Starting the Work.......................................................................................................................... 8 2.04 Before Starting Construction........................................................................................................ 8 2.05 Preconstruction Conference.......................................................................................................... 8 2.06 Public Meeting.............................................................................................................................. 8 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules.................................................................................................... 8 Article 3 — Contract Documents: Intent, Amending, Reuse............................................................................ 8 3.01 Intent.............................................................................................................................................. 8 3.02 Reference Standards......................................................................................................................9 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies.......................................................................................9 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents.................................................................10 3.05 Reuse of Documents...................................................................................................................10 3.06 Electronic Data............................................................................................................................ I I Article 4 — Availability of Lands; Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Hazardous Environmental Conditions; Reference Points...........................................................................................................11 4.01 Availability of Lands..................................................................................................................11 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions..........................................................................................12 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions.............................................................................12 4.04 Underground Facilities...............................................................................................................13 4.05 Reference Points.........................................................................................................................14 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site..............................................................................14 Article 5 — Bonds and Insurance.....................................................................................................................16 5.01 Licensed Sureties and Insurers...................................................................................................16 5.02 Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds.......................................................................16 5.03 Certificates of Insurance.............................................................................................................16 5.04 Contractor's Insurance................................................................................................................18 5.05 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace...........................................................19 Article 6 — Contractor's Responsibilities........................................................................................................19 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence...............................................................................................19 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 6.02 Labor; Working Hours................................................................................................................20 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment........................................................................................... 20 6.04 Project Schedule..........................................................................................................................21 6.05 Substitutes and "Or-Equals"....................................................................................................... 21 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others....................................................................24 6.07 Wage Rates..................................................................................................................................25 6.08 Patent Fees and Royalties........................................................................................................... 26 6.09 Permits and Utilities....................................................................................................................27 6.10 Laws and Regulations................................................................................................................. 27 6.11 Taxes...........................................................................................................................................28 6.12 Use of Site and Other Areas....................................................................................................... 28 6.13 Record Documents......................................................................................................................29 6.14 Safety and Protection..................................................................................................................29 6.15 Safety Representative.................................................................................................................. 30 6.16 Hazard Communication Programs............................................................................................. 30 6.17 Emergencies and/or Rectification............................................................................................... 30 6.18 Submittals....................................................................................................................................31 6.19 Continuing the Work................................................................................................................... 32 6.20 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee..........................................................................32 6.21 Indemnification......................................................................................................................... 33 6.22 Delegation of Professional Design Services..............................................................................34 6.23 Right to Audit.. : ... * ............... .............. * ............. .............. ... ..... 34 6.24 Nondiscrimination.......................................................................................................................35 Article 7 - Other Work at the Site................................................................................................................... 35 7.01 Related Work at Site................................................................................................................... 35 7.02 Coordination................................................................................................................................36 Article 8 - City's Responsibilities...................................................................................................................36 8.01 Communications to Contractor...................................................................................................36 8.02 Furnish Data................................................................................................................................36 8.03 Pay When Due............................................................................................................................ 36 8.04 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests...................................................................................36 8.05 Change Orders.............................................................................................................................36 8.06 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals.............................................................................................. 36 8.07 Limitations on City's Responsibilities....................................................................................... 37 8.08 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition....................................................................37 8.09 Compliance with Safety Program............................................................................................... 37 Article 9 - City's Observation Status During Construction...........................................................................37 9.01 City's Project Manager............................................................................................................37 9.02 Visits to Site................................................................................................................................ 37 9.03 Authorized Variations in Work.................................................................................................. 38 9.04 Rejecting Defective Work.......................................................................................................... 38 9.05 Determinations for Work Performed..........................................................................................38 9.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work ..................... 38 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 Article 10 - Changes in the Work; Claims; Extra Work................................................................................38 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work............................................................................................... 38 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work........................................................................................... 39 10.03 Execution of Change Orders....................................................................................................... 39 10.04 Extra Work..................................................................................................................................39 10.05 Notification to Surety.................................................................................................................. 39 10.06 Contract Claims Process.............................................................................................................40 Article 11 - Cost of the Work; Allowances; Unit Price Work; Plans Quantity Measurement ......................41 11.01 Cost ofthe Work.........................................................................................................................41 11.02 Allowances..................................................................................................................................43 11.03 Unit Price Work.......................................................................................................................... 44 11.04 Plans Quantity Measurement......................................................................................................45 Article 12 - Change of Contract Price; Change of Contract Time.................................................................46 12.01 Change of Contract Price............................................................................................................46 12.02 Change of Contract Time............................................................................................................47 12.03 Delays..........................................................................................................................................47 Article 13 - Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal or Acceptance of Defective Work ...................... 48 13.01 Notice of Defects........................................................................................................................ 48 13.02 Access to Work........................................................................................................................... 48 13.03 Tests and Inspections.................................................................................................................. 48 13.04 Uncovering Work........................................................................................................................49 13.05 City May Stop the Work............................................................................................................. 49 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work................................................................................ 50 13.07 Correction Period........................................................................................................................ 50 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work................................................................................................... 51 13.09 City May Correct Defective Work............................................................................................. 51 Article 14 - Payments to Contractor and Completion....................................................................................52 14.01 Schedule of Values...................................................................................................................... 52 14.02 Progress Payments...................................................................................................................... 52 14.03 Contractor's Warranty of Title................................................................................................... 54 14.04 Partial Utilization........................................................................................................................55 14.05 Final Inspection...........................................................................................................................55 14.06 Final Acceptance......................................................................................................................... 55 14.07 Final Payment..............................................................................................................................56 14.08 Final Completion Delayed and Partial Retainage Release........................................................ 56 14.09 Waiver of Claims........................................................................................................................ 57 Article 15 - Suspension of Work and Termination........................................................................................ 57 15.01 City May Suspend Work............................................................................................................. 57 15.02 City May Terminate for Cause................................................................................................... 58 15.03 City May Terminate For Convenience....................................................................................... 60 Article 16 - Dispute Resolution...................................................................................................................... 61 16.01 Methods and Procedures.............................................................................................................61 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 Article 17 — Miscellaneous ............... 17.01 Giving Notice ............... 17.02 Computation of Times, 17.03 Cumulative Remedies., 17.04 Survival of Obligations 17.05 Headings ....................... CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 ................................. 62 ................................. 62 ................................. 62 ................................. 62 ................................. 63 ................................. 63 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Pagel of 63 ARTICLE 1— DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. Wherever used in these General Conditions or in other Contract Documents, the terms listed below have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof, and words denoting gender shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter. Said terms are generally capitalized or written in italics, but not always. When used in a context consistent with the definition of a listed -defined term, the term shall have a meaning as defined below whether capitalized or italicized or otherwise. In addition to terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1. Addenda Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents. 2. Agreement —The written instrument which is evidence of the agreement between City and Contractor covering the Work. 3. Application for Payment —The form acceptable to City which is to be used by Contractor during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 4. Asbestos —Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. 5. Award — Authorization by the City Council for the City to enter into an Agreement. 6. Bid —The offer or proposal of a Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. 7. Bidder —The individual or entity who submits a Bid directly to City. 8. Bidding Documents —The Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda). 9. Bidding Requirements —The advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Bid security of acceptable form, if any, and the Bid Form with any supplements. 10. Business Day — A business day is defined as a day that the City conducts normal business, generally Monday through Friday, except for federal or state holidays observed by the City. 11. Calendar Day — A day consisting of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 2 of 63 12. Change Order —A document, which is prepared and approved by the City, which is signed by Contractor and City and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 13. City— The City of Fort Worth, Texas, a home -rule municipal corporation, authorized and chartered under the Texas State Statutes, acting by its governing body through its City Manager, his designee, or agents authorized under his behalf, each of which is required by Charter to perform specific duties with responsibility for final enforcement of the contracts involving the City of Fort Worth is by Charter vested in the City Manager and is the entity with whom Contractor has entered into the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be performed. 14. City Attorney — The officially appointed City Attorney of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly authorized representative. 15. City Council - The duly elected and qualified governing body of the City of Fort Worth, Texas. 16. City Manager — The officially appointed and authorized City Manager of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly authorized representative. 17. Contract Claim —A demand or assertion by City or Contractor seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Time, or both, or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. A demand for money or services by a third party is not a Contract Claim, 18. Contract —The entire and integrated written document between the City and Contractor concerning the Work. The Contract contains the Agreement and all Contract Documents and supersedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, whether written or oral. 19. Contract Documents —Those items so designated in the Agreement. All items listed in the Agreement are Contract Documents. Approved Submittals, other Contractor submittals, and the reports and drawings of subsurface and physical conditions are not Contract Documents. 20. Contract Price —The moneys payable by City to Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11.03 in the case of Unit Price Work). 21. Contract Time —The number of days or the dates stated in the Agreement to: (i) achieve Milestones, if any and (ii) complete the Work so that it is ready for Final Acceptance. 22. Contractor —The individual or entity with whom City has entered into the Agreement. 23. Cost of the Work —See Paragraph 11.01 of these General Conditions for defmition. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 3 of 63 24. Damage Claims — A demand for money or services arising from the Project or Site from a third party, City or Contractor exclusive of a Contract Claim. 25. Day or day — A day, unless otherwise defined, shall mean a Calendar Day. 26. Director of Aviation — The officially appointed Director of the Aviation Department of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly appointed representative, assistant, or agents. 27. Director of Parks and Community Services — The officially appointed Director of the Parks and Community Services Department of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly appointed representative, assistant, or agents. 28. Director of Planning and Development — The officially appointed Director of the Planning and Development Department of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly appointed representative, assistant, or agents. 29. Director of Transportation Public Works — The officially appointed Director of the Transportation Public Works Department of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly appointed representative, assistant, or agents. 30. Director of Water Department — The officially appointed Director of the Water Department of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly appointed representative, assistant, or agents. 31. Drawings —That part of the Contract Documents prepared or approved by Engineer which graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by Contractor. Submittals are not Drawings as so defined. 32. Effective Date of the Agreement —The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated, it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver. 33. Engineer —The licensed professional engineer or engineering firm registered in the State of Texas performing professional services for the City. 34. Extra Work — Additional work made necessary by changes or alterations of the Contract Documents or of quantities or for other reasons for which no prices are provided in the Contract Documents. Extra work shall be part of the Work. 35. Field Order — A written order issued by City which requires changes in the Work but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price, Contract Time, or the intent of the Engineer. Field Orders are paid from Field Order Allowances incorporated into the Contract by funded work type at the time of award. 36. Final Acceptance — The written notice given by the City to the Contractor that the Work specified in the Contract Documents has been completed to the satisfaction of the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 007200-I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 4 of 63 37. Final Inspection — Inspection carried out by the City to verify that the Contractor has completed the Work, and each and every part or appurtenance thereof, fully, entirely, and in conformance with the Contract Documents. 38. General Requirements —Sections of Division 1 of the Contract Documents. 39. Hazardous Environmental Condition —The presence at the Site of Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste, Radioactive Material, or other materials in such quantities or circumstances that may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto. 40. Hazardous Waste —Hazardous waste is defined as any solid waste listed as hazardous or possesses one or more hazardous characteristics as defined in the federal waste regulations, as amended from time to time. 41. Laws and Regulations Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction. 42. Liens —Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Project funds, real property, or personal property. 43. Major Item — An Item of work included in the Contract Documents that has a total cost equal to or greater than 5% of the original Contract Price or $25,000 whichever is less. 44. Milestone —A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate Contract Time prior to Final Acceptance of the Work. 45. Notice of Award —The written notice by City to the Successful Bidder stating that upon timely compliance by the Successful Bidder with the conditions precedent listed therein, City will sign and deliver the Agreement. 46. Notice to Proceed —A written notice given by City to Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform the Work specified in Contract Documents. 47. PCBs —Polychlorinated biphenyls. 48. Petroleum —Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene, and oil mixed with other non -Hazardous Waste and crude oils. 49. Plans — See definition of Drawings. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 007200-I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 5 of 63 50. Project Schedule —A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, in accordance with the General Requirements, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor's plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Time. 51. Project —The Work to be performed under the Contract Documents. 52. Project Manager —The authorized representative of the City who will be assigned to the Site. 53. Public Meeting — An announced meeting conducted by the City to facilitate public participation and to assist the public in gaining an informed view of the Project. 54. Radioactive Material —Source, special nuclear, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from time to time. 55. Regular Working Hours — Hours beginning at 7:00 a.m. and ending at 6:00 p.m., Monday thru Friday (excluding legal holidays). 56. Samples —Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. 57. Schedule of Submittals —A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, of required submittals and the time requirements to support scheduled performance of related construction activities. 58. Schedule of Values —A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment. 59. Site —Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by City upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights -of -way, permits, and easements for access thereto, and such other lands furnished by City which are designated for the use of Contractor. 60. Specifications —That part of the Contract Documents consisting of written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable thereto. Specifications may be specifically made a part of the Contract Documents by attachment or, if not attached, may be incorporated by reference as indicated in the Table of Contents (Division 00 00 00) of each Project. 61. Subcontractor —An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the Site. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 6 of 63 62. Submittals —All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. 63. Substantial Completion — The stage in the progress of the Project when the Work is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents for Final Inspection. 64. Successful Bidder —The Bidder submitting the lowest and most responsive Bid to whom City makes an Award. 65. Superintendent — The representative of the Contractor who is available at all times and able to receive instructions from the City and to act for the Contractor. 66. Supplementary Conditions That part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Conditions. 67. Supplier —A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by Contractor or Subcontractor. 68. Underground Facilities All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities, including but not limited to, those that convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 69 Unit Price Work —See Paragraph 11.03 of these General Conditions for definition. 70. Weekend Working Hours — Hours beginning at 9:00 a.m, and ending at 5:00 p.m., Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, as approved in advance by the City. 71. Work —The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction including any Change Order or Field Order, and furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and equipment into such construction, all as required by the Contract Documents. 72. Working Day — A working day is defined as a day, not including Saturdays, Sundays, or legal holidays authorized by the City for contract purposes, in which weather or other conditions not under the control of the Contractor will permit the performance of the principal unit of work underway for a continuous period of not less than 7 hours between 7 a.m. and 6 p.m. 1.02 Terminology A. The words and terms discussed in Paragraph 1.02.13 through E are not defined but, when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning. B. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives: CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 7 of 63 1. The Contract Documents include the terms "as allowed," "as approved," "as ordered," "as directed" or terms of like effect or import to authorize an exercise of judgment by City. In addition, the adjectives "reasonable," "suitable," "acceptable," "proper," "satisfactory," or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an action or determination of City as to the Work. It is intended that such exercise of professional judgment, action, or determination will be solely to evaluate, in general, the Work for compliance with the information in the Contract Documents and with the design concept of the Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). C. Defective: 1. The word "defective," when modifying the word "Work," refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it: a. does not conform to the Contract Documents; or b. does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents; or c. has been damaged prior to City's written acceptance. D. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide: 1. The word "Furnish" or the word "Install" or the word "Perform" or the word "Provide" or the word "Supply," or any combination or similar directive or usage thereof, shall mean furnishing and incorporating in the Work including all necessary labor, materials, equipment, and everything necessary to perform the Work indicated, unless specifically limited in the context used. E. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, words or phrases that have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meaning. ARTICLE 2 — PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Copies of Documents City shall furnish to Contractor one (1) original executed copy and one (1) electronic copy of the Contract Documents, and four (4) additional copies of the Drawings. Additional copies will be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction. 2.02 Commencement of Contract Time; Notice to Proceed The Contract Time will commence to run on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given no earlier than 14 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement, unless agreed to by both parties in writing. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 007200-I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 8 of 63 2.03 Starting the Work Contractor shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Time commences to run. No Work shall be done at the Site prior to the date on which the Contract Time commences to run. 2.04 Before Starting Construction Baseline Schedules: Submit in accordance with the Contract Documents, and prior to starting the Work. 2.05 Preconstruction Conference Before any Work at the Site is started, the Contractor shall attend a Preconstruction Conference as specified in the Contract Documents. 2.06 Public Meeting Contractor may not mobilize any equipment, materials or resources to the Site prior to the Public Meeting if scheduled by the City. 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules No progress payment shall be made to Contractor until acceptable schedules are submitted to City i11 accordance with the Schedule Specification as provided in the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 3 — CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE 3.01 Intent A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is required by one is as binding as if required by all. B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that reasonably may be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the indicated result will be provided whether or not specifically called for, at no additional cost to City. C. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by City. D. The Specifications may vary in form, format and style. Some Specification sections may be written in varying degrees of streamlined or declarative style and some sections may be relatively narrative by comparison. Omission of such words and phrases as "the Contractor shall," "in conformity with," "as shown," or "as specified" are intentional in streamlined sections. Omitted words and phrases shall be supplied by inference. Similar types of provisions may appear in various parts of a section or articles within a part depending on the format of the CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 9 of 63 section. The Contractor shall not take advantage of any variation of form, format or style in making Contract Claims. E. The cross referencing of specification sections under the subparagraph heading "Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to:" and elsewhere within each Specification section is provided as an aid and convenience to the Contractor. The Contractor shall not rely on the cross referencing provided and shall be responsible to coordinate the entire Work under the Contract Documents and provide a complete Project whether or not the cross referencing is provided in each section or whether or not the cross referencing is complete. 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws, and Regulations 1. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the standard, specification, manual, code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 2. No provision of any such standard, specification, manual, or code, or any instruction of a Supplier, shall be effective to change the duties or responsibilities of City, Contractor, or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees, from those set forth in the Contract Documents. No such provision or instruction shall be effective to assign to City, or any of its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract Documents. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies: 1. Contractor's Review of Contract Documents Before Starting Work: Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures therein against all applicable field measurements and conditions. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to City any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy which Contractor discovers, or has actual knowledge of, and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from City before proceeding with any Work affected thereby. 2. Contractor's Review of Contract Documents During Performance of Work: If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents, or between the Contract Documents and (a) any applicable Law or Regulation, (b) any standard, specification, manual, or code, or (c) any instruction of any Supplier, then Contractor shall promptly report it to City in writing. Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 10 of 63 6.17.A) until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in Paragraph 3.04. 3. Contractor shall not be liable to City for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof. B. Resolving Discrepancies: 1. Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and the provisions of any standard, specification, manual, or the instruction of any Supplier (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents). 2. In case of discrepancies, figured dimensions shall govern over scaled dimensions, Plans shall govern over Specifications, Supplementary Conditions shall govern over General Conditions and Specifications, and quantities shown on the Plans shall govern over those shown in the proposal. 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof by a Change Order. B. The requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work not involving a change in Contract Price or Contract Time, may be authorized, by one or more of the following ways: 1. A Field Order; 2. City's review of a Submittal (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 6.18.C); or 3. City's written interpretation or clarification. 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. Contractor and any Subcontractor or Supplier shall not: 1. have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of Engineer, including electronic media editions; or 2. reuse any such Drawings, Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of City and specific written verification or adaptation by Engineer. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 11 of 63 B. The prohibitions of this Paragraph 3.05 will survive final payment, or termination of the Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude Contractor from retaining copies of the Contract Documents for record purposes. 3.06 Electronic Data A. Unless otherwise stated in the Supplementary Conditions, the data furnished by City or Engineer to Contractor, or by Contractor to City or Engineer, that may be relied upon are limited to the printed copies included in the Contract Documents (also known as hard copies) and other Specifications referenced and located on the City's on-line electronic document management and collaboration system site. Files in electronic media format of text, data, graphics, or other types are furnished only for the convenience of the receiving party. Any conclusion or information obtained or derived from such electronic files will be at the user's sole risk. If there is a discrepancy between the electronic files and the hard copies, the hard copies govern. B. When transferring documents in electronic media format, the transferring party makes no representations as to long term compatibility, usability, or readability of documents resulting from the use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware differing from those used by the data's creator. ARTICLE 4 — AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.01 Availability of Lands A. City shall furnish the Site. City shall notify Contractor of any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing the Work. City will obtain in a timely manner and pay for easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities. 1. The City has obtained or anticipates acquisition of and/or access to right-of-way, and/or easements. Any outstanding right-of-way and/or easements are anticipated to be acquired in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. The Project Schedule submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents must consider any outstanding right-of-way, and/or easements. 2. The City has or anticipates removing and/or relocating utilities, and obstructions to the Site. Any outstanding removal or relocation of utilities or obstructions is anticipated in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. The Project Schedule submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents must consider any outstanding utilities or obstructions to be removed, adjusted, and/or relocated by others. B. Upon reasonable written request, City shall furnish Contractor with a current statement of record legal title and legal description of the lands upon which the Work is to be performed. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 12 of 63 C. Contractor shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. those reports known to City of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site; and 2. those drawings known to City of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities). B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Contractor may not make any Contract Claim against City, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A. Notice: If Contractor believes that any subsurface or physical condition that is uncovered or revealed either: 1. is of such a nature as to establish that any "technical data" on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 4.02 is materially inaccurate; or 2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents; or 3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or 4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents; CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 13 of 63 then Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.17.A), notify City in writing about such condition. B. Possible Price and Time Adjustments Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time if: 1. Contractor knew of the existence of such conditions at the time Contractor made a final commitment to City with respect to Contract Price and Contract Time by the submission of a Bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract; or 2. the existence of such condition could reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a result of the examination of the Contract Documents or the Site; or 3. Contractor failed to give the written notice as required by Paragraph 4.03.A. 4.04 Underground Facilities A. Shown or Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based on information and data furnished to City or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities, including City, or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. City and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data provided by others; and 2. the cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price, and Contractor shall have full responsibility for: a. reviewing and checking all such information and data; b. locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; c. coordination and adjustment of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities, including City, during construction; and d. the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. B. Not Shown or Indicated: 1. If an Underground Facility which conflicts with the Work is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the Site which was not shown or indicated, or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 14 of 63 Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.17.A), identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give notice to that owner and to City. City will review the discovered Underground Facility and determine the extent, if any, to which a change may be required in the Contract Documents to reflect and document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility. Contractor shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such discovered Underground Facility. 2. If City concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Change Order may be issued to reflect and document such consequences. 3. Verification of existing utilities, structures, and service lines shall include notification of all utility companies a minimum of 48 hours in advance of construction including exploratory excavation if necessary. 4.05 Reference Points A. City shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction, which in City's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. City will provide construction stakes or other customary method of marking to establish line and grades for roadway and utility construction, centerlines and benchmarks for bridgework. Contractor shall protect and preserve the established reference points and property monuments, and shall make no changes or relocations. Contractor shall report to City whenever any reference point or property monument is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations. The City shall be responsible for the replacement or relocation of reference points or property monuments not carelessly or willfully destroyed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall notify City in advance and with sufficient time to avoid delays. B. Whenever, in the opinion of the City, any reference point or monument has been carelessly or willfully destroyed, disturbed, or removed by the Contractor or any of his employees, the full cost for replacing such points plus 25% will be charged against the Contractor, and the full amount will be deducted from payment due the Contractor. 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify those reports and drawings known to City relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at the Site. B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Contractor may not make any Contract Claim against City, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 15 of 63 construction to be employed by Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, interpretations, opinions or information. C. Contractor shall not be responsible for any Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for a Hazardous Environmental Condition created with any materials brought to the Site by Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or anyone else for whom Contractor is responsible. D. If Contractor encounters a Hazardous Environmental Condition or if Contractor or anyone for whom Contractor is responsible creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, Contractor shall immediately: (i) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (ii) stop all Work in connection with such condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.17.A); and (iii) notify City (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing). City may consider the necessity to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if any. E. Contractor shall not be required to resume Work in connection with such condition or in any affected area until after City has obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered written notice to Contractor: (i) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered suitable for the resumption of Work; or (ii) specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed. F. If after receipt of such written notice Contractor does not agree to resume such Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions, then City may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by such condition to be deleted from the Work. City may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by City's own forces or others. G. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City, from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 4.06. G shall obligate Contractor to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual's or entity's own negligence. H. The provisions of Paragraphs 4.02, 4.03, and 4.04 do not apply to a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 16 of 63 ARTICLE 5 — BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.01 Licensed Sureties and Insurers All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by Contractor shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the State of Texas to issue bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 5.02 Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds A. Contractor shall furnish performance and payment bonds, in accordance with Texas Government Code Chapter 2253 or successor statute, each in an amount equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all of Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. B. Contractor shall furnish maintenance bonds in an amount equal to the Contract Price as security to protect the City against any defects in any portion of the Work described in the Contract Documents. Maintenance bonds shall remain in effect for two (2) years after the date of Final Acceptance by the City. C. All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. All bonds signed by an agent or attorney -in -fact must be accompanied by a sealed and dated power of attorney which shall show that it is effective on the date the agent or attorney -in -fact signed each bond. D. If the surety on any bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in the State of Texas or it ceases to meet the requirements of Paragraph 5.02.C, Contractor shall promptly notify City and shall, within 30 days after the event giving rise to such notification, provide another bond and surety, both of which shall comply with the requirements of Paragraphs 5.01 and 5.02.C. 5.03 Certificates of Insurance Contractor shall deliver to City, with copies to each additional insured and loss payee identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (other evidence of insurance requested by City or any other additional insured) in at least the minimum amount as specified in the Supplementary Conditions which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain. The certificate of insurance shall document the City, and all identified entities named in the Supplementary Conditions as "Additional Insured" on all liability policies. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 17 of 63 2. The Contractor's general liability insurance shall include a, "per project" or "per location", endorsement, which shall be identified in the certificate of insurance provided to the City. 3. The certificate shall be signed by an agent authorized to bind coverage on behalf of the insured, be complete in its entirety, and show complete insurance carrier names as listed in the current A.M. Best Property & Casualty Guide 4. The insurers for all policies must be licensed and/or approved to do business in the State of Texas. Except for workers' compensation, all insurers must have a minimum rating of A-: VII in the current A. M. Best Key Rating Guide or have reasonably equivalent financial strength and solvency to the satisfaction of Risk Management. If the rating is below that required, written approval of City is required. 5. All applicable policies shall include a Waiver of Subrogation (Rights of Recovery) in favor of the City. In addition, the Contractor agrees to waive all rights of subrogation against the Engineer (if applicable), and each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions 6. Failure of the City to demand such certificates or other evidence of full compliance with the insurance requirements or failure of the City to identify a deficiency from evidence that is provided shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor's obligation to maintain such lines of insurance coverage. 7. If insurance policies are not written for specified coverage limits, an Umbrella or Excess Liability insurance for any differences is required. Excess Liability shall follow form of the primary coverage. 8. Unless otherwise stated, all required insurance shall be written on the "occurrence basis". If coverage is underwritten on a claims -made basis, the retroactive date shall be coincident with or prior to the date of the effective date of the agreement and the certificate of insurance shall state that the coverage is claims -made and the retroactive date. The insurance coverage shall be maintained for the duration of the Contract and for three (3) years following Final Acceptance provided under the Contract Documents or for the warranty period, whichever is longer. An annual certificate of insurance submitted to the City shall evidence such insurance coverage. 9. Policies shall have no exclusions by endorsements, which, neither nullify or amend, the required lines of coverage, nor decrease the limits of said coverage unless such endorsements are approved in writing by the City. In the event a Contract has been bid or executed and the exclusions are determined to be unacceptable or the City desires additional insurance coverage, and the City desires the contractor/engineer to obtain such coverage, the contract price shall be adjusted by the cost of the premium for such additional coverage plus 10%. 10. Any self -insured retention (SIR), in excess of $25,000.00, affecting required insurance coverage shall be approved by the City in regards to asset value and stockholders' equity. In CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 18 of 63 lieu of traditional insurance, alternative coverage maintained through insurance pools or risk retention groups, must also be approved by City. 11. Any deductible in excess of $5,000.00, for any policy that does not provide coverage on a first -dollar basis, must be acceptable to and approved by the City. 12. City, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to review the insurance requirements and to make reasonable adjustments to insurance coverage's and their limits when deemed necessary and prudent by the City based upon changes in statutory law, court decision or the claims history of the industry as well as of the contracting party to the City. The City shall be required to provide prior notice of 90 days, and the insurance adjustments shall be incorporated into the Work by Change Order. 13. City shall be entitled, upon written request and without expense, to receive copies of policies and endorsements thereto and may make any reasonable requests for deletion or revision or modifications of particular policy terms, conditions, limitations, or exclusions necessary to conform the policy and endorsements to the requirements of the Contract. Deletions, revisions, or modifications shall not be required where policy provisions are established by law or regulations binding upon either party or the underwriter on any such policies. 14. City shall not be responsible for the direct payment of insurance premium costs for Contractor's insurance. 5.04 Contractor's Insurance A. Workers Compensation and Employers' Liability. Contractor shall purchase and maintain such insurance coverage with limits consistent with statutory benefits outlined in the Texas Workers' Compensation Act (Texas Labor Code, Ch. 406, as amended), and minimum limits for Employers' Liability as is appropriate for the Work being performed and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 1. claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts; 2. claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees. B. Commercial General Liability. Coverage shall include but not be limited to covering liability (bodily injury or property damage) arising from: premises/operations, independent contractors, products/completed operations, personal injury, and liability under an insured contract. Insurance shall be provided on an occurrence basis, and as comprehensive as the current Insurance Services Office (ISO) policy. This insurance shall apply as primary insurance with respect to any other CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 19 of 63 insurance or self-insurance programs afforded to the City. The Commercial General Liability policy, shall have no exclusions by endorsements that would alter of nullify premises/operations, products/completed operations, contractual, personal injury, or advertising injury, which are normally contained with the policy, unless the City approves such exclusions in writing. For construction projects that present a substantial completed operation exposure, the City may require the contractor to maintain completed operations coverage for a minimum of no less than three (3) years following the completion of the project (if identified in the Supplementary Conditions). C. Automobile Liability. A commercial business auto policy shall provide coverage on "any auto defined as autos owned, hired and non -owned and provide indemnity for claims for damages because bodily injury or death of any person and or property damage arising out of the work, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle by the Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. D. Railroad Protective Liability. If any of the work or any warranty work is within the limits of railroad right-of-way, the Contractor shall comply with the requirements identified in the Supplementary Conditions. E. Notification of Policy Cancellation: Contractor shall immediately notify City upon cancellation or other loss of insurance coverage. Contractor shall stop work until replacement insurance has been procured. There shall be no time credit for days not worked pursuant to this section. 5.05 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace If City has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the bonds or insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the Contractor in accordance with Article 5 on the basis of non-conformance with the Contract Documents, the City shall so notify the Contractor in writing within 10 Business Days after receipt of the certificates (or other evidence requested). Contractor shall provide to the City such additional information in respect of insurance provided as the City may reasonably request. If Contractor does not purchase or maintain all of the bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents, the City shall notify the Contractor in writing of such failure prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. ARTICLE 6 — CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence A. Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 20 of 63 B. At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor shall assign a competent, English- speaking, Superintendent who shall not be replaced without written notice to City. The Superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the Site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communication given to or received from the Superintendent shall be binding on Contractor. C. Contractor shall notify the City 24 hours prior to moving areas during the sequence of construction. 6.02 Labor; Working Hours A. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be performed during Regular Working Hours. Contractor will not permit the performance of Work beyond Regular Working Hours or for Weekend Working Hours without City's written consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld). Written request (by letter or electronic communication) to perform Work: for beyond Regular Working Hours request must be made by noon at least two (2) Business Days prior 2. for Weekend Working Hours request must be made by noon of the preceding Thursday 3. for legal holidays request must be made by noon two Business Days prior to the legal holiday. 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall provide and assume full responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, Contractor required testing, start-up, and completion of the Work. B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be as specified or, if not specified, shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All special warranties and guarantees required by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of City. If required by City, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 21 of 63 C. All materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work shall be stored, applied, installed, connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents. D. All items of standard equipment to be incorporated into the Work shall be the latest model at the time of bid, unless otherwise specified. 6.04 Project Schedule A. Contractor shall adhere to the Project Schedule established in accordance with Paragraph 2.07 and the General Requirements as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below. 1. Contractor shall submit to City for acceptance (to the extent indicated in Paragraph 2.07 and the General Requirements) proposed adjustments in the Project Schedule that will not result in changing the Contract Time. Such adjustments will comply with any provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto. 2. Contractor shall submit to City a monthly Project Schedule with a monthly progress payment for the duration of the Contract in accordance with the schedule specification 0132 16. 3. Proposed adjustments in the Project Schedule that will change the Contract Time shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 12. Adjustments in Contract Time may only be made by a Change Order. 6.05 Substitutes and "Or -Equals " A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or "or -equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment of other Suppliers may be submitted to City for review under the circumstances described below. 1. "Or -Equal" Items: If in City's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by City as an "or -equal" item, in which case review and approval of the proposed item may, in City's sole discretion, be accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for approval of proposed substitute items. For the purposes of this Paragraph 6.05.A.1, a proposed item of material or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if: a. the City determines that: 1) it is at least equal in materials of construction, quality, durability, appearance, strength, and design characteristics; CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 22 of 63 2) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the results imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole; and 3) it has a proven record of performance and availability of responsive service; and b. Contractor certifies that, if approved and incorporated into the Work: 1) there will be no increase in cost to the City or increase in Contract Time; and 2) it will conform substantially to the detailed requirements of the item named in the Contract Documents. 2. Substitute Items: a. If in City's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or -equal" item under Paragraph 6.05.A.1, it may be submitted as a proposed substitute item. b. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow City to determine if the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. Requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment will not be accepted by City from anyone other than Contractor. c. Contractor shall make written application to City for review of a proposed substitute item of material or equipment that Contractor seeks to furnish or use. The application shall comply with Section 01 25 00 and: 1) shall certify that the proposed substitute item will: a) perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design; b) be similar in substance to that specified; c) be suited to the same use as that specified; and 2) will state: a) the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item will prejudice Contractor's achievement of final completion on time; b) whether use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with City for other work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute item; CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 23 of 63 c) whether incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty; and 3) will identify: a) all variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified; b) available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services; and 4) shall contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from use of such substitute item, including costs of redesign and Damage Claims of other contractors affected by any resulting change. B. Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is expressly required by the Contract Documents, Contractor may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction approved by City. Contractor shall submit sufficient information to allow City, in City's sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall make written application to City for review in the same manner as those provided in Paragraph 6.05.A.2. C. City's Evaluation: City will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to Paragraphs 6.05.A and 6.05.13. City may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute. City will be the sole judge of acceptability. No "or -equal" or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized until City's review is complete, which will be evidenced by a Change Order in the case of a substitute and an accepted Submittal for an "or -equal." City will advise Contractor in writing of its determination. D. Special Guarantee: City may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor's expense a special performance guarantee, warranty, or other surety with respect to any substitute. Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City and anyone directly or indirectly employed by them from and against any and all claims, damages, losses and expenses (including attorneys fees) arising out of the use of substituted materials or equipment. E. City's Cost Reimbursement: City will record City's costs in evaluating a substitute proposed or submitted by Contractor pursuant to Paragraphs 6.05.A.2 and 6.05.13. Whether or not City approves a substitute so proposed or submitted by Contractor, Contractor may be required to reimburse City for evaluating each such proposed substitute. Contractor may also be required to reimburse City for the charges for making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with City) resulting from the acceptance of each proposed substitute. F. Contractor's Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute or "or -equal" at Contractor's expense. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 24 of 63 G. City Substitute Reimbursement: Costs (savings or charges) attributable to acceptance of a substitute shall be incorporated to the Contract by Change Order. H. Time Extensions: No additional time will be granted for substitutions. 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Contractor shall perform with his own organization, work of a value not less than 35% of the value embraced on the Contract, unless otherwise approved by the City. B. Contractor shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, whether initially or as a replacement, against whom City may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection (excluding those acceptable to City as indicated in Paragraph 6.06.C). C. The City may from time to time require the use of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities on the project, and will provide such requirements in the Supplementary Conditions. D. Minority and Women Business Enterprise Compliance: It is City policy to ensure the full and equitable participation by Minority and Women Business Enterprises (MWBE) in the procurement of goods and services on a contractual basis. If the Contract Documents provide for MWBE goal, Contractor is required to comply with the intent of the City's MWBE Business Enterprise Ordinance (as amended) by the following: 1. Contractor shall, upon request by City, provide complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by MWBE on the Contract and payment therefor. 2. Contractor will not make additions, deletions, or substitutions of accepted MWBE without written consent of the City. Any unjustified change or deletion shall be a material breach of Contract and may result in debarment in accordance with the procedures outlined in the Ordinance. 3. Contractor shall, upon request by City, allow an audit and/or examination of any books, records, or files in the possession of the Contractor that will substantiate the actual work performed by MWBE. Material misrepresentation of any nature will be grounds for termination of the Contract in accordance with Paragraph 15.02.A. Any such misrepresentation may be grounds for disqualification of Contractor to bid on future contracts with the City for a period of not less than three years. E. Contractor shall be fully responsible to City for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents: CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 25 of 63 1. shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity any contractual relationship between City and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other individual or entity; nor 2. shall create any obligation on the part of City to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. F. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. G. All Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work shall communicate with City through Contractor. H. All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of City. 6.07 Wage Rates A. Duty to pay Prevailing Wage Rates. The Contractor shall comply with all requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code (as amended), including the payment of not less than the rates determined by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth to be the prevailing wage rates in accordance with Chapter 2258. Such prevailing wage rates are included in these Contract Documents. B. Penalty for Violation. A Contractor or any Subcontractor who does not pay the prevailing wage shall, upon demand made by the City, pay to the City $60 for each worker employed for each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the prevailing wage rates stipulated in these contract documents. This penalty shall be retained by the City to offset its administrative costs, pursuant to Texas Government Code 2258.023. C. Complaints of Violations and City Determination of Good Cause. On receipt of information, including a complaint by a worker, concerning an alleged violation of 2258.023, Texas Government Code, by a Contractor or Subcontractor, the City shall make an initial determination, before the 31 st day after the date the City receives the information, as to whether good cause exists to believe that the violation occurred. The City shall notify in writing the Contractor or Subcontractor and any affected worker of its initial determination. Upon the City's determination that there is good cause to believe the Contractor or Subcontractor has violated Chapter 2258, the City shall retain the full amounts claimed by the claimant or claimants as the difference between wages paid and wages due under the prevailing wage rates, such amounts being subtracted from successive progress payments pending a final determination of the violation. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 26 of 63 D. Arbitration Required if Violation Not Resolved. An issue relating to an alleged violation of Section 2258.023, Texas Government Code, including a penalty owed to the City or an affected worker, shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the Texas General Arbitration Act (Article 224 et seq., Revised Statutes) if the Contractor or Subcontractor and any affected worker does not resolve the issue by agreement before the 15th day after the date the City makes its initial determination pursuant to Paragraph C above. If the persons required to arbitrate under this section do not agree on an arbitrator before the 1 lth day after the date that arbitration is required, a district court shall appoint an arbitrator on the petition of any of the persons. The City is not a party in the arbitration. The decision and award of the arbitrator is final and binding on all parties and may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction. E. Records to be Maintained. The Contractor and each Subcontractor shall, for a period of three (3) years following the date of acceptance of the work, maintain records that show (i) the name and occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor in the construction of the Work provided for in this Contract; and (ii) the actual per diem wages paid to each worker. The records shall be open at all reasonable hours for inspection by the City. The provisions of Paragraph 6.23, Right to Audit, shall pertain to this inspection. F. Affadavit. Contractor shall submit an affidavit stating that the Contractor has complied with the requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code related to paying prevailing wage rates on completion of the project. G. Posting of Wage Rates. The Contractor shall post prevailing wage rates in a conspicuous place at all times. H. Subcontractor Compliance. The Contractor shall include in its subcontracts and/or shall otherwise require all of its Subcontractors to comply with Paragraphs A through G above. 6.08 Patent Fees and Royalties A. Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product, or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if, to the actual knowledge of City, its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by City in the Contract Documents. Failure of the City to disclose such information does not relieve the Contractor from its obligations to pay for the use of said fees or royalties to others. B. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City, from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 27 of 63 the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents. 6.09 Permits and Utilities A. Contractor obtained permits and licenses. Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses except those provided for in the Supplementary Conditions or Contract Documents. City shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the Effective Date of the Agreement, except for permits provided by the City as specified in 6.09.13. City shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections for providing permanent service to the Work. B. City obtained permits and licenses. City will obtain and pay for all permits and licenses as provided for in the Supplementary Conditions or Contract Documents. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to carry out the provisions of the permit. If the Contractor initiates changes to the Contract and the City approves the changes, the Contractor is responsible for obtaining clearances and coordinating with the appropriate regulatory agency. The City will not reimburse the Contractor for any cost associated with these requirements of any City acquired permit. The following are permits the City will obtain if required: 1. Texas Department of Transportation Permits 2. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Permits 3. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Permits 4. Railroad Company Permits C. Outstanding permits and licenses. The City anticipates acquisition of and/or access to permits and licenses. Any outstanding permits and licenses are anticipated to be acquired in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. The Project Schedule submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents must consider any outstanding permits and licenses. 6.10 Laws and Regulations A. Contractor shall give all notices required by and shall comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, the City shall not be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. B. If Contractor performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 28 of 63 court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work. However, it shall not be Contractor's responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.02. C. Changes in Laws or Regulations not known at the time of opening of Bids having an effect on the cost or time of performance of the Work may be the subject of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time. 6.11 Taxes A. On a contract awarded by the City, an organization which qualifies for exemption pursuant to Texas Tax Code, Subchapter H, Sections 151.301-335 (as amended), the Contractor may purchase, rent or lease all materials, supplies and equipment used or consumed in the performance of this contract by issuing to his supplier an exemption certificate in lieu of the tax, said exemption certificate to comply with State Comptroller's Ruling .007. Any such exemption certificate issued to the Contractor in lieu of the tax shall be subject to and shall comply with the provision of State Comptroller's Ruling .011, and any other applicable rulings pertaining to the Texas Tax Code, Subchapter H. B. Texas Tax permits and information may be obtained from: https://comptroller.texas.gov/taxes/Termit 6.12 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas: 1. Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site and other areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof, or of any adjacent land or areas resulting from the performance of the Work. 2. At any time when, in the judgment of the City, the Contractor has obstructed or closed or is carrying on operations in a portion of a street, right-of-way, or easement greater than is necessary for proper execution of the Work, the City may require the Contractor to finish the section on which operations are in progress before work is commenced on any additional area of the Site. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 29 of 63 3. Should any Damage Claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly attempt to resolve the Damage Claim. 4. Pursuant to Paragraph 6.21, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City, from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against City. B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of the Work Contractor shall keep the Site and other areas free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Site Maintenance Cleaning: 24 hours after written notice is given to the Contractor that the clean-up on the job site is proceeding in a manner unsatisfactory to the City, if the Contractor fails to correct the unsatisfactory procedure, the City may take such direct action as the City deems appropriate to correct the clean-up deficiencies cited to the Contractor in the written notice (by letter or electronic communication), and the costs of such direct action, plus 25 % of such costs, shall be deducted from the monies due or to become due to the Contractor. D. Final Site Cleaning: Prior to Final Acceptance of the Work Contractor shall clean the Site and the Work and make it ready for utilization by City or adjacent property owner. At the completion of the Work Contractor shall remove from the Site all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition or better all property disturbed by the Work. E. Loading Structures: Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. 6.13 Record Documents A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site or in a place designated by the Contractor and approved by the City, one (1) record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Field Orders, and written interpretations and clarifications in good order and annotated to show changes made during construction. These record documents together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of all accepted Submittals will be available to City for reference. Upon completion of the Work, these record documents, any operation and maintenance manuals, and Submittals will be delivered to City prior to Final Inspection. Contractor shall include accurate locations for buried and imbedded items. 6.14 Safety and Protection A. Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Such responsibility does not relieve Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. Contractor shall CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 30 of 63 take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work; 2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site; and 3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. B. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and other utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property. C. Contractor shall comply with the applicable requirements of City's safety programs, if any. D. Contractor shall inform City of the specific requirements of Contractor's safety program, if any, with which City's employees and representatives must comply while at the Site. E. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in Paragraph 6.14.A.2 or 6.14.A.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor. F. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and City has accepted the Work. 6.15 Safety Representative Contractor shall inform City in writing of Contractor's designated safety representative at the Site. 6.16 Hazard Communication Programs Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 6.17 Emergencies and/or Rectification A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, Contractor is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. Contractor shall give City prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 31 of 63 changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby or are required as a result thereof. If City determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Change Order may be issued. B. Should the Contractor fail to respond to a request from the City to rectify any discrepancies, omissions, or correction necessary to conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the City shall give the Contractor written notice that such work or changes are to be performed. The written notice shall direct attention to the discrepant condition and request the Contractor to take remedial action to correct the condition. In the event the Contractor does not take positive steps to fulfill this written request, or does not show just cause for not taking the proper action, within 24 hours, the City may take such remedial action with City forces or by contract. The City shall deduct an amount equal to the entire costs for such remedial action, plus 25%, from any funds due or become due the Contractor on the Project. 6.18 Submittals A. Contractor shall submit required Submittals to City for review and acceptance in accordance with the accepted Schedule of Submittals (as required by Paragraph 2.07). Each submittal will be identified as City may require. 1. Submit number of copies specified in the General Requirements. 2. Data shown on the Submittals will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to show City the services, materials, and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable City to review the information for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.18.C. 3. Submittals submitted as herein provided by Contractor and reviewed by City for conformance with the design concept shall be executed in conformity with the Contract Documents unless otherwise required by City. 4. When Submittals are submitted for the purpose of showing the installation in greater detail, their review shall not excuse Contractor from requirements shown on the Drawings and Specifications. 5. For -Information -Only submittals upon which the City is not expected to conduct review or take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. 6. Submit required number of Samples specified in the Specifications. 7. Clearly identify each Sample as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, the use for which intended and other data as City may require to enable City to review the submittal for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.18.C. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 32 of 63 B. Where a Submittal is required by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of Submittals, any related Work performed prior to City's review and acceptance of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of Contractor. C. City's Review: 1. City will provide timely review of required Submittals in accordance with the Schedule of Submittals acceptable to City. City's review and acceptance will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. 2. City's review and acceptance will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and acceptance of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. 3. City's review and acceptance shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has complied with the requirements of Section 01 33 00 and City has given written acceptance of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Submittal. City's review and acceptance shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 6.19 Continuing the Work Except as otherwise provided, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Project Schedule during all disputes or disagreements with City. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as City and Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. 6.20 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to City that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. City and its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors shall be entitled to rely on representation of Contractor's warranty and guarantee. B. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom Contractor is responsible; or CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 33 of 63 2. normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. observations by City; 2. recommendation or payment by City of any progress or final payment; 3. the issuance of a certificate of Final Acceptance by City or any payment related thereto by City; 4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by City; 5. any review and acceptance of a Submittal by City; 6. any inspection, test, or approval by others; or 7. any correction of defective Work by City. D. The Contractor shall remedy any defects or damages in the Work and pay for any damage to other work or property resulting therefrom which shall appear within a period of two (2) years from the date of Final Acceptance of the Work unless a longer period is specified and shall furnish a good and sufficient maintenance bond, complying with the requirements of Article 5.02.13. The City will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. 6.21 Indemnification A. Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own expense, the City, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all claims arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed by the Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licenses or invitees under this Contract. THIS INDEMNIFICATION PROVISION IS SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO OPERATE AND BE EFFECTIVE EVEN IF IT IS ALLEGED OR PROVEN THAT ALL OR SOME OF THE DAMAGES BEING SOUGHT WERE CAUSED. IN WHOLE OR IN PART, BY ANY ACT. OMISSION OR NEGLIGENCE OF THE CITY. This indemnity provision is intended to include, without limitation, indemnity for costs, expenses and legal fees incurred by the City in defending against such claims and causes of actions. B. Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, at its own expense, the City, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all loss, damage or destruction of property of the City, arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed by the Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licensees or invitees under this Contract. THIS INDEMNIFICATION PROVISION IS CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 007200-I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 34 of 63 SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO OPERATE AND BE EFFECTIVE EVEN IF IT IS ALLEGED OR PROVEN THAT ALL OR SOME OF THE DAMAGES BEING SOUGHT WERE CAUSED. IN WHOLE OR IN PART, BY ANY ACT. OMISSION OR NEGLIGENCE OF THE CITY. 6.22 Delegation of Professional Design Services A. Contractor will not be required to provide professional design services unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless such services are required to carry out Contractor's responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. B. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials or equipment are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, City will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, and Submittals prepared by such professional. Submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional's written approval when submitted to City. C. City shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the services, certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided City has specified to Contractor performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 6.22, City's review and acceptance of design calculations and design drawings will be only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with performance and design criteria given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. City's review and acceptance of Submittals (except design calculations and design drawings) will be only for the purpose stated in Paragraph 6.18.C. 6.23 Right to Audit A. The Contractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final payment under this Contract, have access to and the right to examine and photocopy any directly pertinent books, documents, papers, and records of the Contractor involving transactions relating to this Contract. Contractor agrees that the City shall have access during Regular Working Hours to all necessary Contractor facilities and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space in order to conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this Paragraph. The City shall give Contractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits. B. Contractor further agrees to include in all its subcontracts hereunder a provision to the effect that the subcontractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final payment under this Contract, have access to and the right to examine and photocopy any directly pertinent books, documents, papers, and records of such Subcontractor, involving transactions to the subcontract, and further, that City shall have access during Regular Working Hours to all CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 35 of 63 Subcontractor facilities, and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space in order to conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this Paragraph. The City shall give Subcontractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits. C. Contractor and Subcontractor agree to photocopy such documents as may be requested by the City. The City agrees to reimburse Contractor for the cost of the copies as follows at the rate published in the Texas Administrative Code in effect as of the time copying is performed. 6.24 Nondiscrimination A. The City is responsible for operating Public Transportation Programs and implementing transit - related projects, which are funded in part with Federal financial assistance awarded by the U.S. Department of Transportation and the Federal Transit Administration (FTA), without discriminating against any person in the United States on the basis of race, color, or national origin. B. Title VI, Civil Rights Act of 1964 as amended: Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the Act and the Regulations as further defined in the Supplementary Conditions for any project receiving Federal assistance. ARTICLE 7 — OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 7.01 Related Work at Site A. City may perform other work related to the Project at the Site with City's employees, or other City contractors, or through other direct contracts therefor, or have other work performed by utility owners. If such other work is not noted in the Contract Documents, then written notice thereof will be given to Contractor prior to starting any such other work; and B. Contractor shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract, each utility owner, and City, if City is performing other work with City's employees or other City contractors, proper and safe access to the Site, provide a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work, and properly coordinate the Work with theirs. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and properly integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering such work; provided, however, that Contractor may cut or alter others' work with the written consent of City and the others whose work will be affected. C. If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor's Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to City in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor's Work. Contractor's failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor's Work except for latent defects in the work provided by others. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 36 of 63 7.02 Coordination A. If City intends to contract with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the Site, the following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions: 1. the individual or entity who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various contractors will be identified; 2. the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and 3. the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, City shall have authority for such coordination. ARTICLE 8 — CITY'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.01 Communications to Contractor Except as otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, City shall issue all communications to Contractor. 8.02 Furnish Data City shall timely furnish the data required under the Contract Documents. 8.03 Pay When Due City shall make payments to Contractor in accordance with Article 14. 8.04 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests City's duties with respect to providing lands and easements and providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in Paragraphs 4.01 and 4.05. Paragraph 4.02 refers to City's identifying and making available to Contractor copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site that have been utilized by City in preparing the Contract Documents. 8.05 Change Orders City shall execute Change Orders in accordance with Paragraph 10.03. 8.06 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals City's responsibility with respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in Paragraph 13.03. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 37 of 63 8.07 Limitations on City's Responsibilities A. The City shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. City will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. City will notify the Contractor of applicable safety plans pursuant to Paragraph 6.14. 8.08 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition City's responsibility with respect to an undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth in Paragraph 4.06. 8.09 Compliance with Safety Program While at the Site, City's employees and representatives shall comply with the specific applicable requirements of Contractor's safety programs of which City has been informed pursuant to Paragraph 6.14. ARTICLE 9 — CITY'S OBSERVATION STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.01 City's Project Manager City will provide one or more Project Manager(s) during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of City's Project Manager during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents. The City's Project Manager for this Contract is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. 9.02 Visits to Site A. City's Project Manager will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as City deems necessary in order to observe the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of Contractor's executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, City's Project Manager will determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. City's Project Manager will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. City's Project Manager's efforts will be directed toward providing City a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. B. City's Project Manager's visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on authority and responsibility in the Contract Documents including those set forth in Paragraph 8.07. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 38 of 63 9.03 Authorized Variations in Work City's Project Manager may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on City and also on Contractor, who shall perform the Work involved promptly. 9.04 Rejecting Defective Work City will have authority to reject Work which City's Project Manager believes to be defective, or will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. City will have authority to conduct special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in Article 13, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. 9.05 Determinations for Work Performed Contractor will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Work performed. City's Project Manager will review with Contractor the preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written recommendation. City's written decision will be final (except as modified to reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data). 9.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of ' Work A. City will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. B. City will render a written decision on any issue referred. C. City's written decision on the issue referred will be final and building on the Contractor, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10.06. ARTICLE 10 — CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS; EXTRA WORK 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work A. Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, City may, at any time or from time to time, order Extra Work. Upon notice of such Extra Work, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided). Extra Work shall be memorialized by a Change Order which may or may not precede an order of Extra work. B. For minor changes of Work not requiring changes to Contract Time or Contract Price, a Field Order may be issued by the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 39 of 63 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Paragraph 3.04, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 6.17. 10.03 Execution of Change Orders A. City and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders covering: 1. changes in the Work which are: (i) ordered by City pursuant to Paragraph 10.01.A, (ii) required because of acceptance of defective Work under Paragraph 13.08 or City's correction of defective Work under Paragraph 13.09, or (iii) agreed to by the parties; 2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties, including any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed. 10.04 Extra Work A. Should a difference arise as to what does or does not constitute Extra Work, or as to the payment thereof, and the City insists upon its performance, the Contractor shall proceed with the work after making written request for written orders and shall keep accurate account of the actual reasonable cost thereof. Contract Claims regarding Extra Work shall be made pursuant to Paragraph 10.06. B. The Contractor shall furnish the City such installation records of all deviations from the original Contract Documents as may be necessary to enable the City to prepare for permanent record a corrected set of plans showing the actual installation. C. The compensation agreed upon for Extra Work whether or not initiated by a Change Order shall be a full, complete and final payment for all costs Contractor incurs as a result or relating to the change or Extra Work, whether said costs are known, unknown, foreseen or unforeseen at that time, including without limitation, any costs for delay, extended overhead, ripple or impact cost, or any other effect on changed or unchanged work as a result of the change or Extra Work. 10.05 Notification to Surety If the provisions of any bond require notice to be given to a surety of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time), the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility. The amount of each applicable bond will be adjusted by the Contractor to reflect the effect of any such change. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 40 of 63 10.06 Contract Claims Process A. City's Decision Required: All Contract Claims, except those waived pursuant to Paragraph 14.09, shall be referred to the City for decision. A decision by City shall be required as a condition precedent to any exercise by Contractor of any rights or remedies he may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws and Regulations in respect of such Contract Claims. B. Notice: 1. Written notice stating the general nature of each Contract Claim shall be delivered by the Contractor to City no later than 15 days after the start of the event giving rise thereto. The responsibility to substantiate a Contract Claim shall rest with the party making the Contract Claim. 2. Notice of the amount or extent of the Contract Claim, with supporting data shall be delivered to the City on or before 45 days from the start of the event giving rise thereto (unless the City allows additional time for Contractor to submit additional or more accurate data in support of such Contract Claim). 3. A Contract Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 12.01. 4. A Contract Claim for an adjustment in Contract Time shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 12.02. 5. Each Contract Claim shall be accompanied by Contractor's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the Contractor believes it is entitled as a result of said event. 6. The City shall submit any response to the Contractor within 30 days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal (unless Contract allows additional time). C. City's Action: City will review each Contract Claim and, within 30 days after receipt of the last submittal of the Contractor, if any, take one of the following actions in writing: 1. deny the Contract Claim in whole or in part; 2. approve the Contract Claim; or 3. notify the Contractor that the City is unable to resolve the Contract Claim if, in the City's sole discretion, it would be inappropriate for the City to do so. For purposes of further resolution of the Contract Claim, such notice shall be deemed a denial. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 41 of 63 D. City's written action under Paragraph 10.06.0 will be final and binding, unless City or Contractor invoke the dispute resolution procedure set forth in Article 16 within 30 days of such action or denial. E. No Contract Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this Paragraph 10.06. ARTICLE 11 — COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK; PLANS QUANTITY MEASUREMENT 11.01 Cost of the Work A. Costs Included: The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs, except those excluded in Paragraph 11.01.B, necessarily incurred and paid by Contractor in the proper performance of the Work. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order, the costs to be reimbursed to Contractor will be only those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work. Such costs shall not include any of the costs itemized in Paragraph 11.01.13, and shall include but not be limited to the following items: 1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of Contractor in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by City and Contractor. Such employees shall include, without limitation, superintendents, foremen, and other personnel employed full time on the Work. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include; a. salaries with a 55% markup, or b. salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits, which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise, and payroll taxes, workers' compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. The expenses of performing Work outside of Regular Working Hours, Weekend Working Hours, or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by City. 2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field services required in connection therewith. 3. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, and the parts thereof whether rented from Contractor or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by City, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 42 of 63 4. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If required by City, Contractor shall obtain competitive bids from subcontractors acceptable to City and Contractor and shall deliver such bids to City, who will then determine, which bids, if any, will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as Contractor's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 11.01. 5. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work. 6. Supplemental costs including the following: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. b. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site, and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost, less market value, of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of Contractor. c. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and for which Contractor is liable not covered under Paragraph 6.11, as imposed by Laws and Regulations. d. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. e. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work, provided such losses and damages have resulted from causes other than the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of City. No such losses, damages, and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining Contractor's fee. £ The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site. g. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone and communication services at the Site, express and courier services, and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 43 of 63 h. The costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance Contractor is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain. B. Costs Excluded: The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor's officers, executives, principals (of partnerships and sole proprietorships), general managers, safety managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel employed by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor's principal or branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 11.01.A.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 11.0LAA, all of which are to be considered administrative costs covered by the Contractor's fee. 2. Expenses of Contractor's principal and branch offices other than Contractor's office at the Site. 3. Any part of Contractor's capital expenses, including interest on Contractor's capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to property. 5. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind. C. Contractor's Fee: When all the Work is performed on the basis of cost-plus, Contractor's fee shall be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, Contractor's fee shall be determined as set forth in Paragraph 12.01.C. D. Documentation: Whenever the Cost of the Work for any purpose is to be determined pursuant to Paragraphs I1.01.A and 11.01.13, Contractor will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in a form acceptable to City an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data. 11.02 Allowances A. Specified Allowance: It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be performed for such sums and by such persons or entities as may be acceptable to City. B. Pre -bid Allowances: 1. Contractor agrees that: CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 007200-I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 44 of 63 a. the pre -bid allowances include the cost to Contractor of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and b. Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the pre -bid allowances have been included in the allowances, and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. C. Contingency Allowance: Contractor agrees that a contingency allowance, if any, is for the sole use of City. D. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.03 UnitPrice Work A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by City subject to the provisions of Paragraph 9.05. C. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. Work described in the Contract Documents, or reasonably inferred as required for a functionally complete installation, but not identified in the listing of unit price items shall be considered incidental to unit price work listed and the cost of incidental work included as part of the unit price. D. City may make an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Paragraph 12.01 i£ 1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; and 2. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work. E. Increased or Decreased Quantities: The City reserves the right to order Extra Work in accordance with Paragraph 10.01. 1. If the changes in quantities or the alterations do not significantly change the character of work under the Contract Documents, the altered work will be paid for at the Contract unit price. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 45 of 63 2. If the changes in quantities or alterations significantly change the character of work, the Contract will be amended by a Change Order. 3. If no unit prices exist, this will be considered Extra Work and the Contract will be amended by a Change Order in accordance with Article 12. 4. A significant change in the character of work occurs when: a. the character of work for any Item as altered differs materially in kind or nature from that in the Contract or b. a Major Item of work varies by more than 25% from the original Contract quantity. 5. When the quantity of work to be done under any Major Item of the Contract is more than 125% of the original quantity stated in the Contract, then either party to the Contract may request an adjustment to the unit price on the portion of the work that is above 125%. 6. When the quantity of work to be done under any Major Item of the Contract is less than 75% of the original quantity stated in the Contract, then either party to the Contract may request an adjustment to the unit price. 11.04 Plans Quantity Measurement A. Plans quantities may or may not represent the exact quantity of work performed or material moved, handled, or placed during the execution of the Contract. The estimated bid quantities are designated as final payment quantities, unless revised by the governing Section or this Article. B. If the quantity measured as outlined under "Price and Payment Procedures" varies by more than 25% (or as stipulated under "Price and Payment Procedures" for specific Items) from the total estimated quantity for an individual Item originally shown in the Contract Documents, an adjustment may be made to the quantity of authorized work done for payment purposes. The party to the Contract requesting the adjustment will provide field measurements and calculations showing the final quantity for which payment will be made. Payment for revised quantity will be made at the unit price bid for that Item, except as provided for in Article 10. C. When quantities are revised by a change in design approved by the City, by Change Order, or to correct an error, or to correct an error on the plans, the plans quantity will be increased or decreased by the amount involved in the change, and the 25% variance will apply to the new plans quantity. D. If the total Contract quantity multiplied by the unit price bid for an individual Item is less than $250 and the Item is not originally a plans quantity Item, then the Item may be paid as a plans quantity Item if the City and Contractor agree in writing to fix the final quantity as a plans quantity. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 46 of 63 E. For callout work or non -site specific Contracts, the plans quantity measurement requirements are not applicable. ARTICLE 12 — CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME 12.01 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order. B. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order will be determined as follows: 1. where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11.03); or 2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum or unit price (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with Paragraph 12.0l.C.2), and shall include the cost of any secondary impacts that are foreseeable at the time of pricing the cost of Extra Work; or 3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement to a lump sum or unit price is not reached under Paragraph 12.0l.B.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in Paragraph 11.01) plus a Contractor's fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in Paragraph 12.01.C). C. Contractor's Fee: The Contractor's additional fee for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: 1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. for costs incurred under Paragraphs 11.0l.A.1, 11.0l.A.2. and 11.0l.A.3, the Contractor's additional fee shall be 15 percent except for: 1) rental fees for Contractor's own equipment using standard rental rates; 2) bonds and insurance; b. for costs incurred under Paragraph 11.0l.A.4 and 11.0l.A.5, the Contractor's fee shall be five percent (5%); 1) where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of Paragraphs 12.0l.C.2.a and 12.0l.C.2.b is that the Subcontractor who actually performs the Work, at whatever CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 47 of 63 tier, will be paid a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred by such Subcontractor under Paragraphs 11.0l.A.1 and 11.0l.A.2 and that any higher tier Subcontractor and Contractor will each be paid a fee of five percent (5%) of the amount paid to the next lower tier Subcontractor, however in no case shall the cumulative total of fees paid be in excess of 25%; c. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraphs 11.0l.A.6, and 11.01.13; d. the amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to City for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in Contractor's fee by an amount equal to five percent (5%) of such net decrease. 12.02 Change of Contract Time A. The Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order. B. No extension of the Contract Time will be allowed for Extra Work or for claimed delay unless the Extra Work contemplated or claimed delay is shown to be on the critical path of the Project Schedule or Contractor can show by Critical Path Method analysis how the Extra Work or claimed delay adversely affects the critical path. 12.03 Delays A. Where Contractor is reasonably delayed in the performance or completion of any part of the Work within the Contract Time due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time may be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a Contract Claim is made therefor. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts or neglect by City, acts or neglect of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, or acts of God. Such an adjustment shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for the delays described in this Paragraph. B. If Contractor is delayed, City shall not be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. C. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time for delays within the control of Contractor. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor. D. The Contractor shall receive no compensation for delays or hindrances to the Work, except when direct and unavoidable extra cost to the Contractor is caused by the failure of the City to provide information or material, if any, which is to be furnished by the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 48 of 63 ARTICLE 13 — TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.01 Notice of Defects Notice of all defective Work of which City has actual knowledge will be given to Contractor. Defective Work may be rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in this Article 13. 13.02 Access to Work City, independent testing laboratories, and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspection, and testing. Contractor shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of Contractor's safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. 13.03 Tests and Inspections A. Contractor shall give City timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. B. If Contract Documents, Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any of the Work (or part thereof) to be inspected, tested, or approved, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such independent inspections, tests, retests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish City the required certificates of inspection or approval; excepting, however, those fees specifically identified in the Supplementary Conditions or any Texas Department of Licensure and Regulation (TDLR) inspections, which shall be paid as described in the Supplementary Conditions. C. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests, re -tests, or approvals required for City's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; or acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. Such inspections, tests, re -tests, or approvals shall be performed by organizations acceptable to City. D. City may arrange for the services of an independent testing laboratory ("Testing Lab") to perform any inspections or tests ("Testing") for any part of the Work, as determined solely by City. 1. City will coordinate such Testing to the extent possible, with Contractor; 2. Should any Testing under this Section 13.03 D result in a "fail", "did not pass" or other similar negative result, the Contractor shall be responsible for paying for any and all retests. Contractor's cancellation without cause of City initiated Testing shall be deemed a negative result and require a retest. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 49 of 63 3. Any amounts owed for any retest under this Section 13.03 D shall be paid directly to the Testing Lab by Contractor. City will forward all invoices for retests to Contractor. 4. If Contractor fails to pay the Testing Lab, City will not issue Final Payment until the Testing Lab is paid. E. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of City, Contractor shall, if requested by City, uncover such Work for observation. F. Uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 13.03.E shall be at Contractor's expense. G. Contractor shall have the right to make a Contract Claim regarding any retest or invoice issued under Section 13.03 D. 13.04 Uncovering Work A. If any Work is covered contrary to the Contract Documents or specific instructions by the City, it must, if requested by City, be uncovered for City's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense. B. If City considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by City or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at City's request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for observation, inspection, or testing as City may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material, and equipment. 1. If it is found that the uncovered Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); or City shall be entitled to accept defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.08 in which case Contractor shall still be responsible for all costs associated with exposing, observing, and testing the defective Work. 2. If the uncovered Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement, and reconstruction. 13.05 City May Stop the Work If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, City may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of City to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of City to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor, any CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 50 of 63 Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of any of them. 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work A. Promptly after receipt of written notice, Contractor shall correct all defective Work pursuant to an acceptable schedule, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by City, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, additional testing, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). Failure to require the removal of any defective Work shall not constitute acceptance of such Work. B. When correcting defective Work under the terms of this Paragraph 13.06 or Paragraph 13.07, Contractor shall take no action that would void or otherwise impair City's special warranty and guarantee, if any, on said Work. 13.07 Correction Period A. If within two (2) years after the date of Final Acceptance (or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents), any Work is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the land or areas made available for Contractor's use by City or permitted by Laws and Regulations as contemplated in Paragraph 6.10.A is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to City and in accordance with City's written instructions: 1. repair such defective land or areas; or 2. correct such defective Work; or 3. if the defective Work has been rejected by City, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective, and 4. satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work of others or other land or areas resulting therefrom. B. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of City's written instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, City may have the defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work removed and replaced. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 51 of 63 C. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Final Acceptance of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Contract Documents. D. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected or removed and replaced under this Paragraph 13.07, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work may be required to be extended for an additional period of one year after the end of the initial correction period. City shall provide 30 days written notice to Contractor should such additional warranty coverage be required. Contractor may dispute this requirement by filing a Contract Claim, pursuant to Paragraph 10.06. E. Contractor's obligations under this Paragraph 13.07 are in addition to any other obligation or warranty. The provisions of this Paragraph 13.07 shall not be construed as a substitute for, or a waiver of, the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose. 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, City prefers to accept it, City may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs) attributable to City's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work and for the diminished value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by Contractor. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Final Acceptance, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and City shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the diminished value of Work so accepted. 13.09 City May Correct Defective Work A. If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from City to correct defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by City in accordance with Paragraph 13.06.A, or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, City may, after seven (7) days written notice to Contractor, correct, or remedy any such deficiency. B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09, City shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective or remedial action, City may exclude Contractor from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment incorporated in the Work, stored at the Site or for which City has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow City, City's representatives, agents, consultants, employees, and City's other contractors, access to the Site to enable City to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph. C. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 52 of 63 costs) incurred or sustained by City in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09 will be charged against Contractor, and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and City shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. D. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise of City's rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09. ARTICLE 14 — PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 14.01 Schedule of Values The Schedule of Values for lump sum contracts established as provided in Paragraph 2.07 will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment acceptable to City. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 14.02 Progress Payments A. Applications for Payments: 1. Contractor is responsible for providing all information as required to become a vendor of the City. 2. At least 20 days before the date established in the General Requirements for each progress payment, Contractor shall submit to City for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 3. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that City has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate insurance or other arrangements to protect City's interest therein, all of which must be satisfactory to City. 4. Beginning with the second Application for Payment, each Application shall include an affidavit of Contractor stating that previous progress payments received on account of the Work have been applied on account to discharge Contractor's legitimate obligations associated with prior Applications for Payment. 5. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as described in subsection C. unless otherwise stipulated in the Contract Documents. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 53 of 63 B. Review of Applications: 1. City will, after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment or return the Application to Contractor indicating reasons for refusing payment. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. 2. City's processing of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will be based on City's observations of the executed Work, and on City's review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of City's knowledge: a. the Work has progressed to the point indicated; b. the quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Final Acceptance, the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, a final determination of quantities and classifications for Work performed under Paragraph 9.05, and any other qualifications stated in the recommendation). 3. Processing any such payment will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: a. inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to City in the Contract Documents; or b. there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to be paid additionally by City or entitle City to withhold payment to Contractor; or c. Contractor has complied with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor's performance of the Work. 4. City may refuse to process the whole or any part of any payment because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, and revise or revoke any such payment previously made, to such extent as may be necessary to protect City from loss because: a. the Work is defective or completed Work has been damaged by the Contractor or subcontractors requiring correction or replacement; b. discrepancies in quantities contained in previous applications for payment; c. the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; d. City has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.09; or CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 54 of 63 e. City has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in Paragraph 15.02.A. C. Retainage: 1. For contracts less than $400,000 at the time of execution, retainage shall be ten percent (10%). 2. For contracts greater than $400,000 at the time of execution, retainage shall be five percent (5%). D. Liquidated Damages. For each calendar day that any work shall remain uncompleted after the time specified in the Contract Documents, the sum per day specified in the Agreement will be assessed against the monies due the Contractor, not as a penalty, but as damages suffered by the City. E. Payment: Contractor will be paid pursuant to the requirements of this Article 14 and payment will become due in accordance with the Contract Documents. F. Reduction in Payment: 1. City may refuse to make payment of the amount requested because: a. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific bond satisfactory to City to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens; b. there are other items entitling City to a set-off against the amount recommended; or c. City has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in Paragraphs 14.02.B.4.a through 14.02.B.4.e or Paragraph 15.02.A. 2. If City refuses to make payment of the amount requested, City will give Contractor written notice stating the reasons for such action and pay Contractor any amount remaining after deduction of the amount so withheld. City shall pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by City and Contractor, when Contractor remedies the reasons for such action. 14.03 Contractor's Warranty of Title Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to City no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 55 of 63 14.04 Partial Utilization A. Prior to Final Acceptance of all the Work, City may use or occupy any part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which City determines constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work. City at any time may notify Contractor in writing to permit City to use or occupy any such part of the Work which City determines to be ready for its intended use, subject to the following conditions: 1. Contractor at any time may notify City in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use. 2. Within a reasonable time after notification as enumerated in Paragraph 14.05.A.1, City and Contractor shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If City does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, City will notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. 3. Partial Utilization will not constitute Final Acceptance by City. 14.05 Final -Inspection A. Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work is Substantially Complete in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. Within 10 days, City will schedule a Final Inspection with Contractor. 2. City will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective ("Punch List Items"). Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. B. No time charge will be made against the Contractor between said date of notification to the City of Substantial Completion and the date of Final Inspection. 1. Should the City determine that the Work is not ready for Final Inspection, City will notify the Contractor in writing of the reasons and Contract Time will resume. 2. Should the City concur that Substantial Completion has been achieved with the exception of any Punch List Items, Contract Time will resume for the duration it takes for Contractor to achieve Final Acceptance. 14.06 Final Acceptance Upon completion by Contractor to City's satisfaction, of any additional Work identified in the Final Inspection, City will issue to Contractor a letter of Final Acceptance. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 56 of 63 14.07 Final Payment A. Application for Payment: 1. Upon Final Acceptance, and in the opinion of City, Contractor may make an application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: a. all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by Paragraph 5.03; b. consent of the surety, if any, to final payment; c. a list of all pending or released Damage Claims against City that Contractor believes are unsettled; and d. affidavits of payments for employees, subcontractors, and suppliers; and complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to City) of all Lien rights arising out of or Liens filed in connection with the Work. B. Payment Becomes Due: 1. After City's acceptance of the Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, requested by Contractor, less previous payments made and any sum City is entitled, including but not limited to liquidated damages, will become due and payable. 2. After all Damage Claims have been resolved: a. directly by the Contractor or; b. Contractor provides evidence that the Damage Claim has been reported to Contractor's insurance provider for resolution. 3. The making of the final payment by the City shall not relieve the Contractor of any guarantees or other requirements of the Contract Documents which specifically continue thereafter. 14.08 Final Completion Delayed and Partial Retainage Release A. If final completion of the Work is significantly delayed, and if City so confirms, City may, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for Payment, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by City for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in Paragraph 14.02.C, and if bonds have been furnished as required in Paragraph 5.02, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 57 of 63 portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to City with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Contract Claims. B. Partial Retainage Release. For a Contract that provides for a separate vegetative establishment and maintenance, and test and performance periods following the completion of all other construction in the Contract Documents for all Work locations, the City may release a portion of the amount retained provided that all other work is completed as determined by the City. Before the release, all submittals and final quantities must be completed and accepted for all other work. An amount sufficient to ensure Contract compliance will be retained. 14.09 Waiver of Claims The acceptance of final payment will constitute a release of the City from all claims or liabilities under the Contract for anything done or furnished or relating to the work under the Contract Documents or any act or neglect of City related to or connected with the Contract. ARTICLE 15 — SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.01 City May Suspend Work A. At any time and without cause, City may suspend the Work or any portion thereof by written notice to Contractor and which may fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. During temporary suspension of the Work covered by these Contract Documents, for any reason, the City will make no extra payment for stand-by time of construction equipment and/or construction crews. B. Should the Contractor not be able to complete a portion of the Project due to causes beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, and should it be determined by mutual consent of the Contractor and City that a solution to allow construction to proceed is not available within a reasonable period of time, Contractor may request an extension in Contract Time, directly attributable to any such suspension. C. If it should become necessary to suspend the Work for an indefinite period, the Contractor shall store all materials in such a manner that they will not obstruct or impede the public unnecessarily nor become damaged in any way, and he shall take every precaution to prevent damage or deterioration of the work performed; he shall provide suitable drainage about the work, and erect temporary structures where necessary. D. Contractor may be reimbursed for the cost of moving his equipment off the job and returning the necessary equipment to the job when it is determined by the City that construction may be resumed. Such reimbursement shall be based on actual cost to the Contractor of moving the equipment and no profit will be allowed. Reimbursement may not be allowed if the equipment is moved to another construction project for the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 58 of 63 15.02 City May Terminate for Cause A. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events by way of example, but not of limitation, may justify termination for cause: 1. Contractor's persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, failure to adhere to the Project Schedule established under Paragraph 2.07 as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Paragraph 6.04, or failure to adhere to the City's Business Diversity Enterprise Ordinance #20020-12-2011established under Paragraph 6.06.D); 2. Contractor's disregard of Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; 3. Contractor's repeated disregard of the authority of City; or 4. Contractor's violation in any substantial way of any provisions of the Contract Documents; or 5. Contractor's failure to promptly make good any defect in materials or workmanship, or defects of any nature, the correction of which has been directed in writing by the City; or 6. Substantial indication that the Contractor has made an unauthorized assignment of the Contract or any funds due therefrom for the benefit of any creditor or for any other purpose; or 7. Substantial evidence that the Contractor has become insolvent or bankrupt, or otherwise financially unable to carry on the Work satisfactorily; or 8. Contractor commences legal action in a court of competent jurisdiction against the City. B. If one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 15.02A. occur, City will provide written notice to Contractor and Surety to arrange a conference with Contractor and Surety to address Contractor's failure to perform the Work. Conference shall be held not later than 15 days, after receipt of notice. 1. If the City, the Contractor, and the Surety do not agree to allow the Contractor to proceed to perform the construction Contract, the City may, to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, declare a Contractor default and formally terminate the Contractor's right to complete the Contract. Contractor default shall not be declared earlier than 20 days after the Contractor and Surety have received notice of conference to address Contractor's failure to perform the Work. 2. If Contractor's services are terminated, Surety shall be obligated to take over and perform the Work. If Surety does not commence performance thereof within 15 consecutive calendar days after date of an additional written notice demanding Surety's performance of its CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 59 of 63 obligations, then City, without process or action at law, may take over any portion of the Work and complete it as described below. a. If City completes the Work, City may exclude Contractor and Surety from the site and take possession of the Work, and all materials and equipment incorporated into the Work stored at the Site or for which City has paid Contractor or Surety but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as City may deem expedient. 3. Whether City or Surety completes the Work, Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by City arising out of or resulting from completing the Work, such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to City. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by City will be incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this Paragraph, City shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. 4. Neither City, nor any of its respective consultants, agents, officers, directors or employees shall be in any way liable or accountable to Contractor or Surety for the method by which the completion of the said Work, or any portion thereof, may be accomplished or for the price paid therefor. 5. City, notwithstanding the method used in completing the Contract, shall not forfeit the right to recover damages from Contractor or Surety for Contractor's failure to timely complete the entire Contract. Contractor shall not be entitled to any claim on account of the method used by City in completing the Contract. 6. Maintenance of the Work shall continue to be Contractor's and Surety's responsibilities as provided for in the bond requirements of the Contract Documents or any special guarantees provided for under the Contract Documents or any other obligations otherwise prescribed by law. C. Notwithstanding Paragraphs 15.02.13, Contractor's services will not be terminated if Contractor begins within seven days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate to correct its failure to perform and proceeds diligently to cure such failure within no more than 30 days of receipt of said notice. D. Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by City, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of City against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by City will not release Contractor from liability. E. If and to the extent that Contractor has provided a performance bond under the provisions of Paragraph 5.02, the termination procedures of that bond shall not supersede the provisions of this Article. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 60 of 63 15.03 City May Terminate For Convenience A. City may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of City, terminate the Contract. Any termination shall be effected by mailing a notice of the termination to the Contractor specifying the extent to which performance of Work under the contract is terminated, and the date upon which such termination becomes effective. Receipt of the notice shall be deemed conclusively presumed and established when the letter is placed in the United States Postal Service Mail by the City. Further, it shall be deemed conclusively presumed and established that such termination is made with just cause as therein stated; and no proof in any claim, demand or suit shall be required of the City regarding such discretionary action. B. After receipt of a notice of termination, and except as otherwise directed by the City, the Contractor shall: 1. Stop work under the Contract on the date and to the extent specified in the notice of termination; 2. place no further orders or subcontracts for materials, services or facilities except as may be necessary for completion of such portion of the Work under the Contract as is not terminated; 3. terminate all orders and subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the performance of the Work terminated by notice of termination; 4. transfer title to the City and deliver in the manner, at the times, and to the extent, if any, directed by the City: a. the fabricated or unfabricated parts, Work in progress, completed Work, supplies and other material produced as a part of, or acquired in connection with the performance of, the Work terminated by the notice of the termination; and b. the completed, or partially completed plans, drawings, information and other property which, if the Contract had been completed, would have been required to be furnished to the City. 5. complete performance of such Work as shall not have been tcrininated by the notice of termination; and 6. take such action as may be necessary, or as the City may direct, for the protection and preservation of the property related to its contract which is in the possession of the Contractor and in which the owner has or may acquire the rest. C. At a time not later than 30 days after the termination date specified in the notice of termination, the Contractor may submit to the City a list, certified as to quantity and quality, of any or all items of termination inventory not previously disposed of, exclusive of items the disposition of which has been directed or authorized by City. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 61 of 63 D. Not later than 15 days thereafter, the City shall accept title to such items provided, that the list submitted shall be subject to verification by the City upon removal of the items or, if the items are stored, within 45 days from the date of submission of the list, and any necessary adjustments to correct the list as submitted, shall be made prior to final settlement. E. Not later than 60 days after the notice of termination, the Contractor shall submit his termination claim to the City in the form and with the certification prescribed by the City. Unless an extension is made in writing within such 60 day period by the Contractor, and granted by the City, any and all such claims shall be conclusively deemed waived. F. In such case, Contractor shall be paid for (without duplication of any items): 1. completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; 2. expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; and 3. reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. G. In the event of the failure of the Contractor and City to agree upon the whole amount to be paid to the Contractor by reason of the termination of the Work, the City shall determine, on the basis of information available to it, the amount, if any, due to the Contractor by reason of the termination and shall pay to the Contractor the amounts determined. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. ARTICLE 16 — DISPUTE RESOLUTION 16.01 Methods and Procedures A. Either City or Contractor may request mediation of any Contract Claim submitted for a decision under Paragraph 10.06 before such decision becomes final and binding. The request for mediation shall be submitted to the other party to the Contract. Timely submission of the request shall stay the effect of Paragraph 10.06.E. B. City and Contractor shall participate in the mediation process in good faith. The process shall be commenced within 60 days of filing of the request. C. If the Contract Claim is not resolved by mediation, City's action under Paragraph 10.06.0 or a denial pursuant to Paragraphs 10.06.C.3 or 10.06.D shall become final and binding 30 days after termination of the mediation unless, within that time period, City or Contractor: CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 62 of 63 1. elects in writing to invoke any other dispute resolution process provided for in the Supplementary Conditions; or 2. agrees with the other party to submit the Contract Claim to another dispute resolution process; or 3. gives written notice to the other party of the intent to submit the Contract Claim to a court of competent jurisdiction. ARTICLE 17 — MISCELLANEOUS 17.01 Giving Notice A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if: 1. delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended; or 2. delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. B. Business address changes must be promptly made in writing to the other party. C. Whenever the Contract Documents specifies giving notice by electronic means such electronic notice shall be deemed sufficient upon confirmation of receipt by the receiving party. 17.02 Computation of Times When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday the next Working Day shall become the last day of the period. 17.03 Cumulative Remedies The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract Documents. The provisions of this Paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 72 00 - I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 63 of 63 17.04 Survival of Obligations All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or termination or completion of the Contract or termination of the services of Contractor. 17.05 Headings Article and paragraph headings are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute parts of these General Conditions. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision: 3/08/2024 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS A 3 Supplementary Conditions SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 1 of 7 These Supplementary Conditions modify and supplement Section 00 72 00 - General Conditions, and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions of the General Conditions that are modified or supplemented remain in full force and effect as so modified or supplemented. All provisions of the General Conditions which are not so modified or supplemented remain in full force and effect. Defined Terms The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions which are defined in the General Conditions have the meaning assigned to them in the General Conditions, unless specifically noted herein. Modifications and Supplements The following are instructions that modify or supplement specific paragraphs in the General Conditions and other Contract Documents. SC-3.03B.2, "Resolving Discrepancies" Plans govern over Specifications. SC-4.01A Easement limits shown on the Drawing are approximate and were provided to establish a basis for bidding. Upon receiving the final easements descriptions, Contractor shall compare them to the lines shown on the Contract Drawings. SC-4.01A.1., "Availability of Lands" The following is a list of known outstanding right-of-way, and/or easements to be acquired, if any as of Deee bee- 5, 2025. January 12, 2026. Outstanding Right -Of -Way, and/or Easements to Be Acquired EASEMENT DESCRIPTION OWNER TARGET DATE OF POSSESSION Lift Station Facilities PMB Development Co. �' t�26 3/30/2026 Easement 30' Permanent Public Access Bonds Ranch Land LP t 2 t�6 3/30/2026 Easement 10' Permanent Water Bonds Ranch Land LP 1 �7�6 3/30/2026 Easement (PUE) CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised March 8, 2024 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 2 of 7 EASEMENT DESCRIPTION OWNER TARGET DATE OF POSSESSION Variable Width Permanent Bonds Ranch Land LP � M'�6 3/30/2026 Sewer Easement PUE Variable Width Permanent PMB Development Co. 1 �7'�26 3/30/2026 Sewer Easement PUE Water Line Encroachment Eagle r,rotip Pipeline (`.,m "'"�26 3/30/2026 aif a Enlink Midstream Sewer- Line Ener-oaehfnen4 Eagle Mountain Pipelifie-Company 44420M Sewer Line Encroachment Enlink Midstream ' Q "02-6 3/30/2026 Oncor Encroachment Old Oeean Fuel refnp nn Energy t i/ 026 3/30/2026 Transfer Company Oncor Encroachment Enlink Midstream ' � "z, 0M 3/30/2026 10' Oncor Easement PMB Development Co. ' � "�26 3/30/2026 50' Temporary Construction PMB Development Co. /"� 3/30/2026 Easement 20' Permanent Sewer PMB Development Co. � �-2'� 3/30/2026 Easement (PUE) The Contractor understands and agrees that the dates listed above are estimates only, are not guaranteed, and do not bind the City. If Contractor considers the final easements provided to differ materially from the representations on the Contract Drawings, Contractor shall within five (5) Business Days and before proceeding with the Work, notify City in writing associated with the differing easement line locations. SC-4.01A.2, "Availability of Lands" Utilities or obstructions to be removed, adjusted, and/or relocated The following is list of utilities and/or obstructions that have not been removed, adjusted, and/or relocated as of December 5, 2025. EXPECTED UTILITY AND LOCATION TARGET DATE OF OWNER ADJUSTMENT Enlink Midstream 12-Inch Gas Line along the northern and western site boundaries. None. Energy Transfer Co. 16-Inch Gas Line along the western site boundary. None. Fort Worth Water 16-Inch Northside IIl Water Line along Bonds None. Ranch Road. The Contractor understands and agrees that the dates listed above are estimates only, are not guaranteed, and do not bind the City. SC-4.02A., "Subsurface and Physical Conditions" The following are reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site of the Work: CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised March 8, 2024 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 3 of 7 A Geotechnical Memorandum dated June 18, 2025, prepared by Freese and Nichols, Inc a consultant of the City, providing additional information on the soil and groundwater conditions at the Bonds Ranch Lift Station — A site. Contractors and/or bidders may not exclusively rely on interpretations, opinions, or conclusions contained in this memorandum. Verification of the subsurface conditions for purposes of determining difficulty of excavation, trafficability, etc. is the responsibility of the contractors and/or bidders. The following are drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and subsurface structures (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site of the Work: Sheet C-1 — Horizontal Control SC-4.06A., "Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site" The following are reports and drawings of existing hazardous environmental conditions known to the City: None. SC-5.03A., "Certificates of Insurance" The entities listed below are "additional insureds as their interest may appear" including their respective officers, directors, agents and employees. (1) City (2) Consultant: Freese and Nichols, Inc., Gupta & Associates, Inc. (3) Other: None. SC-5.04A., "Contractor's Insurance" The limits of liability for the insurance required by Paragraph GC-5.04 shall provide the following coverages for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by laws and regulations: 5.04A. Workers' Compensation, under Paragraph GC-5.04A. Statutory limits Employer's liability $100,000 each accident/occurrence $100,000 Disease - each employee $500,000 Disease - policy limit SC-5.04B., "Contractor's Insurance" 5.04B. Commercial General Liability, under Paragraph GC-5.04B. Contractor's Liability Insurance under Paragraph GC-5.04B., which shall be on a per project basis covering the Contractor with minimum limits of $1,000,000 each occurrence $2,000,000 aggregate limit CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised March 8, 2024 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 4 of 7 The policy must have an endorsement (Amendment — Aggregate Limits of Insurance) making the General Aggregate Limits apply separately to each job site. The Commercial General Liability Insurance policies shall provide "X", "C", and "U" coverage's. Verification of such coverage must be shown in the Remarks Article of the Certificate of Insurance. SC 5.04C., "Contractor's Insurance" 5.04C. Automobile Liability, under Paragraph GC-5.04C. Contractor's Liability Insurance under Paragraph GC-5.04C., which shall be in an amount not less than the following amounts: (1) Automobile Liability - a commercial business policy shall provide coverage on "Any Auto", defined as autos owned, hired and non -owned. $1,000,000 each accident on a combined single limit basis. Split limits are acceptable if limits are at least: $250,000 Bodily Injury per person / $500,000 Bodily Injury per accident / $100,000 Property Damage SC-5.04D., "Contractor's Insurance" The Contractor's construction activities will require its employees, agents, subcontractors, equipment, and material deliveries to cross railroad properties and tracks: None. The Contractor shall conduct its operations on railroad properties in such a manner as not to interfere with, hinder, or obstruct the railroad company in any manner whatsoever in the use or operation of its/their trains or other property. Such operations on railroad properties may require that Contractor to execute a "Right of Entry Agreement" with the particular railroad company or companies involved, and to this end the Contractor should satisfy itself as to the requirements of each railroad company and be prepared to execute the right -of -entry (if any) required by a railroad company. The requirements specified herein likewise relate to the Contractor's use of private and/or construction access roads crossing said railroad company's properties. The Contractual Liability coverage required by Paragraph 5.04D of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts, issued by companies satisfactory to the City and to the Railroad Company for a term that continues for so long as the Contractor's operations and work cross, occupy, or touch railroad property: (1) General Aggregate: (2) Each Occurrence: Required for this Contract N/A N/A _X_ Not required for this Contract With respect to the above outlined insurance requirements, the following shall govern: CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 8, 2024 Bonds Ranch Lift Station A City Project Number: 104490-1 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 5 of 7 1. Where a single railroad company is involved, the Contractor shall provide one insurance policy in the name of the railroad company. However, if more than one grade separation or at -grade crossing is affected by the Project at entirely separate locations on the line or lines of the same railroad company, separate coverage may be required, each in the amount stated above. 2. Where more than one railroad company is operating on the same right-of-way or where several railroad companies are involved and operated on their own separate rights -of -way, the Contractor may be required to provide separate insurance policies in the name of each railroad company. 3. If, in addition to a grade separation or an at -grade crossing, other work or activity is proposed on a railroad company's right-of-way at a location entirely separate from the grade separation or at -grade crossing, insurance coverage for this work must be included in the policy covering the grade separation. 4. If no grade separation is involved but other work is proposed on a railroad company's right- of-way, all such other work may be covered in a single policy for that railroad, even though the work may be at two or more separate locations. No work or activities on a railroad company's property to be performed by the Contractor shall be commenced until the Contractor has furnished the City with an original policy or policies of the insurance for each railroad company named, as required above. All such insurance must be approved by the City and each affected Railroad Company prior to the Contractor's beginning work. The insurance specified above must be carried until all Work to be performed on the railroad right-of-way has been completed and the grade crossing, if any, is no longer used by the Contractor. In addition, insurance must be carried during all maintenance and/or repair work performed in the railroad right-of-way. Such insurance must name the railroad company as the insured, together with any tenant or lessee of the railroad company operating over tracks involved in the Project. SC-6.04., "Project Schedule" Project schedule shall be tier 3 for the project. SC-6.07 A., "Duty to pay Prevailing Wage Rates" The following is the prevailing wage rate table(s) applicable to this project and is provided in the Appendices: 2013 Prevailing Wage Rates for Heavy and Highway Construction Projects A copy of the table is also available by accessing the City's website at: https:Happs.fortworthtexas.2ov/Proi ectResources/ You can access the file by following the directory path: 02-Construction Documents/Specifications/Div00 — General Conditions CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised March 8, 2024 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 6 of 7 SC-6.09., "Permits and Utilities" SC-6.09A., "Contractor obtained permits and licenses" The following are known permits and/or licenses required by the Contract to be acquired by the Contractor: 1. Street Use Permit. 2. Oncor Green Card Permit for New Utility Connection 3. The City will apply for the building permits for this project and waive the associated building permit fees form the Contractor. The contractor shall coordinate with the Development Services Department prior to construction of the project. 4. The Contractor shall apply for all trade permits for this project and pay for the associated trade permit fees. Contractor shall coordinate with the Development Services Department prior to construction for the project. SC-6.09B. "City obtained permits and licenses" The following are known permits and/or licenses required by the Contract to be acquired by the City: 5. Building Dam+4 6.Generator- Pef it 7. Urban Forestry Permit 8 Eagle >\, etwtai Pipeline !`r.m..an Cias Line Energy Transfer Company Encroachment Permit Old Oeean Fuel Company Gas Line Enlink Encroachment Permit SC-6.09C. "Outstanding permits and licenses" The following is a list of known outstanding permits and/or licenses to be acquired, if any as of December 5-24January 12, 2025. Outstanding Permits and/or Licenses to Be Acquired OWNER PERMIT OR LICENSE AND LOCATION TARGET DATE OF POSSESSION City of Fort Worth Street Use Permit 2/28/2026 Oncor Electric Company Green Card Permit for New Utility Connection 2/28/2026 City of Fort Worth Building Permit 2/28/2026 City of Fort Worth Generator Permit 2/28/2026 City of Fort Worth Urban Forestry Permit 2/28/2026 Eagl01,,tetm4aif Pipeline Gas Line Encroachment Permit 2�'�4zrL8/2 3/31/2026 Enlink Midstream Old neean Fuel Co. Energy Transfer Company Gas Line Encroachment Permit 2i24�6 3/31/2026 SC-7.02., "Coordination" The individuals or entities listed below have contracts with the City for the performance of other work at the Site: CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised March 8, 2024 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 7 of 7 Vendor Scope of Work Coordination Authority Westwood Professional Services Force Main and Gravity Main Westwood Professional Services SC-8.01, "Communications to Contractor" Rio Claro development will begin breaking ground early 2026. Contractor to coordinate FM-1 connection as needed. SC-9.01., "City's Project Manager" The City's Project Manager for this Contract is Bijay Upreti, P.E. or his/her successor pursuant to written notification from the Director of Water. SC-13.03C., "Tests and Inspections" None. SC-16.01C.1, "Methods and Procedures" None. END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 1/22/2016 F. Griffin SC-9.01., "City's Project Representative" wording changed to City's Project Manager. 3/9/2020 D.V. Magana SC-6.07, Updated the link such that files can be accessed via the City's website. Michael SC-6.07, Allow affidavit regarding paying prevailing wages to 10/06/23 Owen be submitted on completion of job, as opposed to with each progress report 3/08/24 Michael Removed revisions related to affidavit, as those changes have Owen been made in General Conditions CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised March 8, 2024 DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 011100-1 SUMMARY OF WORK Pagel of 3 1. Summary of Work to be performed in accordance with the Contract Documents B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 00 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 01 -General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Work Covered by Contract Documents 1. Work is to include furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment, and performing all Work necessary for this construction project as detailed in the Drawings and Specifications. B. Subsidiary Work Any and all Work specifically governed by documentary requirements for the project, such as conditions imposed by the Drawings or Contract Documents in which no specific item for bid has been provided for in the Proposal and the item is not a typical unit bid item included on the standard bid item list, then the item shall be considered as a subsidiary item of Work, the cost of which shall be included in the price bid in the Proposal for various bid items. C. Use of Premises 1. Coordinate uses of premises under direction of the City. 2. Assume full responsibility for protection and safekeeping of materials and equipment stored on the Site. Use and occupy only portions of the public streets and alleys, or other public places or other rights -of -way as provided for in the ordinances of the City, as shown in the Contract Documents, or as may be specifically authorized in writing by the City. a. A reasonable amount of tools, materials, and equipment for construction purposes may be stored in such space, but no more than is necessary to avoid delay in the construction operations. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised December 20, 2012 011100-2 SUMMARY OF WORK Page 2 of 3 b. Excavated and waste materials shall be stored in such a way as not to interfere with the use of spaces that may be designated to be left free and unobstructed and so as not to inconvenience occupants of adjacent property. c. If the street is occupied by railroad tracks, the Work shall be carried on in such manner as not to interfere with the operation of the railroad. 1) All Work shall be in accordance with railroad requirements set forth in Division 00 as well as the railroad permit. D. Work within Easements 1. Do not enter upon private property for any purpose without having previously obtained permission from the owner of such property. 2. Do not store equipment or material on private property unless and until the specified approval of the property owner has been secured in writing by the Contractor and a copy furnished to the City. 3. Unless specifically provided otherwise, clear all rights -of -way or easements of obstructions which must be removed to make possible proper prosecution of the Work as a part of the project construction operations. 4. Preserve and use every precaution to prevent damage to, all trees, shrubbery, plants, lawns, fences, culverts, curbing, and all other types of structures or improvements, to all water, sewer, and gas lines, to all conduits, overhead pole lines, or appurtenances thereof, including the construction of temporary fences and to all other public or private property adjacent to the Work. 5. Notify the proper representatives of the owners or occupants of the public or private lands of interest in lands which might be affected by the Work. a. Such notice shall be made at least 48 hours in advance of the beginning of the Work. b. Notices shall be applicable to both public and private utility companies and any corporation, company, individual, or other, either as owners or occupants, whose land or interest in land might be affected by the Work. c. Be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character resulting from any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the manner or method or execution of the Work, or at any time due to defective work, material, or equipment. 6. Fence a. Restore all fences encountered and removed during construction of the Project to the original or a better than original condition. b. Erect temporary fencing in place of the fencing removed whenever the Work is not in progress and when the site is vacated overnight, and/or at all times to provide site security. c. The cost for all fence work within easements, including removal, temporary closures and replacement, shall be subsidiary to the various items bid in the project proposal, unless a bid item is specifically provided in the proposal. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised December 20, 2012 011100-3 SUMMARY OF WORK Page 3 of 3 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised December 20, 2012 012500-1 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES SECTION 0125 00 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Page 1 of 4 The procedure for requesting the approval of substitution of a product that is not equivalent to a product which is specified by descriptive or performance criteria or defined by reference to 1 or more of the following: a. Name of manufacturer b. Name of vendor c. Trade name d. Catalog number 2. Substitutions are not "or -equals". B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 00 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 01— General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Request for Substitution - General 1. Within 30 days after award of Contract (unless noted otherwise), the City will consider formal requests from Contractor for substitution of products in place of those specified. 2. Certain types of equipment and kinds of material are described in Specifications by means of references to names of manufacturers and vendors, trade names, or catalog numbers. a. When this method of specifying is used, it is not intended to exclude from consideration other products bearing other manufacturer's or vendor's names, trade names, or catalog numbers, provided said products are "or -equals," as determined by City. 3. Other types of equipment and kinds of material may be acceptable substitutions under the following conditions: a. Or -equals are unavailable due to strike, discontinued production of products meeting specified requirements, or other factors beyond control of Contractor; or, CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised July 1, 2011 012500-2 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Page 2 of 4 b. Contractor proposes a cost and/or time reduction incentive to the City. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. See Request for Substitution Form (attached) B. Procedure for Requesting Substitution 1. Substitution shall be considered only: a. After award of Contract b. Under the conditions stated herein Submit 3 copies of each written request for substitution, including: a. Documentation 1) Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents 2) Data relating to changes in construction schedule, when a reduction is proposed 3) Data relating to changes in cost b. For products 1) Product identification a) Manufacturer's name b) Telephone number and representative contact name c) Specification Section or Drawing reference of originally specified product, including discrete name or tag number assigned to original product in the Contract Documents 2) Manufacturer's literature clearly marked to show compliance of proposed product with Contract Documents 3) Itemized comparison of original and proposed product addressing product characteristics including, but not necessarily limited to: a) Size b) Composition or materials of construction c) Weight d) Electrical or mechanical requirements 4) Product experience a) Location of past projects utilizing product b) Name and telephone number of persons associated with referenced projects knowledgeable concerning proposed product c) Available field data and reports associated with proposed product 5) Samples a) Provide at request of City. b) Samples become the property of the City. c. For construction methods: 1) Detailed description of proposed method 2) Illustration drawings C. Approval or Rejection 1. Written approval or rejection of substitution given by the City 2. City reserves the right to require proposed product to comply with color and pattern of specified product if necessary to secure design intent. 3. In the event the substitution is approved, the resulting cost and/or time reduction will be documented by Change Order in accordance with the General Conditions. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised July 1, 2011 012500-3 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Page 3 of 4 4. No additional contract time will be given for substitution. Substitution will be rejected if a. Submittal is not through the Contractor with his stamp of approval b. Request is not made in accordance with this Specification Section c. In the City's opinion, acceptance will require substantial revision of the original design d. In the City's opinion, substitution will not perform adequately the function consistent with the design intent 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. In making request for substitution or in using an approved product, the Contractor represents that the Contractor: 1. Has investigated proposed product, and has determined that it is adequate or superior in all respects to that specified, and that it will perform function for which it is intended 2. Will provide same guarantee for substitute item as for product specified 3. Will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into Work, to include building modifications if necessary, making such changes as may be required for Work to be complete in all respects 4. Waives all claims for additional costs related to substitution which subsequently arise 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised July 1, 2011 EXHIBIT A REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION FORM: TO: 012500-4 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Page 4 of 4 PROJECT: DATE: We hereby submit for your consideration the following product instead of the specified item for the above project: SECTION PARAGRAPH SPECIFIED ITEM Proposed Substitution: Reason for Substitution: Include complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications which proposed substitution will require for its proper installation. Fill in Blanks Below: A. Will the undersigned contractor pay for changes to the building design, including engineering and detailing costs caused by the requested substitution? B. What effect does substitution have on other trades? C. Differences between proposed substitution and specified item? D. Differences in product cost or product delivery time? E. Manufacturer's guarantees of the proposed and specified items are: Equal Better (explain on attachment) The undersigned states that the function, appearance and quality are equivalent or superior to the specified item. Submitted By: For Use by City Signature as noted Firm Address Date Telephone For Use by City: Approved City Recommended Not recommended By Date _ Remarks Rejected Date Recommended Received late CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised July 1, 2011 SECTION 013119 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 013119-1 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING Pagel of 3 1. Provisions for the preconstruction meeting to be held prior to the start of Work to clarify construction contract administration procedures B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 00 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 01— General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination 1. Attend preconstruction meeting. 2. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents. 3. Meeting administered by City may be tape recorded. a. If recorded, tapes will be used to prepare minutes and retained by City for future reference. B. Preconstruction Meeting 1. A preconstruction meeting will be held within 14 days after the execution of the Agreement and before Work is started. a. The meeting will be scheduled and administered by the City. 2. The Project Representative will preside at the meeting, prepare the notes of the meeting and distribute copies of same to all participants who so request by fully completing the attendance form to be circulated at the beginning of the meeting. 3. Attendance shall include: a. Project Representative b. Contractor's project manager c. Contractor's superintendent d. Any subcontractor or supplier representatives whom the Contractor may desire to invite or the City may request CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised August 17, 2012 01 31 19 - 2 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING Page 2 of 3 e. Other City representatives f. Others as appropriate 4. Construction Schedule a. Prepare baseline construction schedule in accordance with Section 0132 16 and provide at Preconstruction Meeting. b. City will notify Contractor of any schedule changes upon Notice of Preconstruction Meeting. 5. Preliminary Agenda may include: a. Introduction of Project Personnel b. General Description of Project c. Status of right-of-way, utility clearances, easements or other pertinent permits d. Contractor's work plan and schedule e. Contract Time f. Notice to Proceed g. Construction Staking h. Progress Payments i. Extra Work and Change Order Procedures j. Field Orders k. Disposal Site Letter for Waste Material 1. Insurance Renewals in. Payroll Certification n. Material Certifications and Quality Control Testing o. Public Safety and Convenience p. Documentation of Pre -Construction Conditions q. Weekend Work Notification r. Legal Holidays s. Trench Safety Plans t. Confined Space Entry Standards u. Coordination with the City's representative for operations of existing water systems v. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan w. Coordination with other Contractors x. Early Warning System y. Contractor Evaluation z. Special Conditions applicable to the project aa. Damages Claims bb. Submittal Procedures cc. Substitution Procedures dd. Correspondence Routing cc. Record Drawings ff. Temporary construction facilities gg. M/WBE or MBE/SBE procedures hh. Final Acceptance ii. Final Payment J. Questions or Comments CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised August 17, 2012 01 31 19 - 3 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING Page 3 of 3 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised August 17, 2012 SECTION 013120 PROJECT MEETINGS (MOD) PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 013120-1 PROJECT MEETINGS Page I of 3 1. Provisions for project meetings throughout the construction period to enable orderly review of the progress of the Work and to provide for systematic discussion of potential problems B. Deviations this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Modified 1.4.C.2.f. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 00 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 01— General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination 1. Schedule, attend and administer as specified, periodic progress meetings, and specially called meetings throughout progress of the Work. 2. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents. 3. Meetings administered by City may be tape recorded. a. If recorded, tapes will be used to prepare minutes and retained by City for future reference. 4. Meetings, in addition to those specified in this Section, may be held when requested by the City, Engineer or Contractor. B. Pre -Construction Neighborhood Meeting 1. After the execution of the Agreement, but before construction is allowed to begin, attend 1 Public Meeting with affected residents to: a. Present projected schedule, including construction start date b. Answer any construction related questions 2. Meeting Location a. Location of meeting to be determined by the City. 3. Attendees CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised July 1, 2011 013120-2 PROJECT MEETINGS Page 2 of 3 a. Contractor b. Project Representative c. Other City representatives 4. Meeting Schedule a. In general, the neighborhood meeting will occur within the 2 weeks following the pre -construction conference. b. In no case will construction be allowed to begin until this meeting is held. C. Progress Meetings 1. Formal project coordination meetings will be held periodically. Meetings will be scheduled and administered by Project Representative. 2. Additional progress meetings to discuss specific topics will be conducted on an as - needed basis. Such additional meetings shall include, but not be limited to: a. Coordinating shutdowns b. Installation of piping and equipment c. Coordination between other construction projects d. Resolution of construction issues e. Equipment approval f. Coatings applications. 3. The Project Representative will preside at progress meetings, prepare the notes of the meeting and distribute copies of the same to all participants who so request by fully completing the attendance form to be circulated at the beginning of each meeting. 4. Attendance shall include: a. Contractor's project manager b. Contractor's superintendent c. Any subcontractor or supplier representatives whom the Contractor may desire to invite or the City may request d. Engineer's representatives e. City's representatives f. Others, as requested by the Project Representative 5. Preliminary Agenda may include: a. Review of Work progress since previous meeting b. Field observations, problems, conflicts c. Items which impede construction schedule d. Review of off -site fabrication, delivery schedules e. Review of construction interfacing and sequencing requirements with other construction contracts f. Corrective measures and procedures to regain projected schedule g. Revisions to construction schedule h. Progress, schedule, during succeeding Work period i. Coordination of schedules j. Review submittal schedules k. Maintenance of quality standards 1. Pending changes and substitutions in. Review proposed changes for: 1) Effect on construction schedule and on completion date 2) Effect on other contracts of the Project n. Review Record Documents o. Review monthly pay request CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised July 1, 2011 013120-3 PROJECT MEETINGS Page 3 of 3 p. Review status of Requests for Information b. Meeting Schedule a. Progress meetings will be held periodically as determined by the Project Representative. 1) Additional meetings may be held at the request of the: a) City b) Engineer c) Contractor 7. Meeting Location a. The City will establish a meeting location. 1) To the extent practicable, meetings will be held at the Site. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised July 1, 2011 01 32 16 - 1 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE SECTION 013216 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Page 1 of 9 1. General requirements for the preparation, submittal, updating, status reporting and management of the Construction Progress Schedule 2. Specific requirements are presented in the City of Fort Worth Schedule Guidance Document B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 00 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 01— General Requirements D.Purpose The City of Fort Worth (City) is committed to delivering quality, cost-effective infrastructure to its citizens in a timely manner. A key tool to achieve this purpose is a properly structured schedule with accurate updates. This supports effective monitoring of progress and is input to critical decision making by the project manager throughout the life of the project. Data from the updated project schedule is utilized in status reporting to various levels of the City organization and the citizenry. This Document complements the City's Standard Agreement to guide the construction contractor (Contractor) in preparing and submitting acceptable schedules for use by the City in project delivery. The expectation is the performance of the work follows the accepted schedule and adhere to the contractual timeline. The Contractor will designate a qualified representative (Project Scheduler) responsible for developing and updating the schedule and preparing status reporting as required by the City. 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 2. Non-compliance with this specification is grounds for City to withhold payment of the Contractor's invoices until Contractor achieves said compliance. 1.3 REFERENCES A.Project Schedules Each project is represented by City's master project schedule that encompasses the entire scope of activities envisioned by the City to properly deliver the work. When the City contracts with a Contractor to perform construction of the Work, the Contractor will develop and maintain a schedule for their scope CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised October 6, 2023 01 32 16 - 2 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Page 2 of 9 of work in alignment with the City's standard schedule requirements as defined herein. The data and information of each such schedule will be leveraged and become integral in the master project schedule as deemed appropriate by the City's Project Control Specialist and approved by the City's Project Manager. 1. Master Project Schedule The master project schedule is a holistic representation of the scheduled activities and milestones for the total project and be Critical Path Method (CPM) based. The City's Project Manager is accountable for oversight of the development and maintaining a master project schedule for each project. When the City contracts for the design and/or construction of the project, the master project schedule will incorporate elements of the Design and Construction schedules as deemed appropriate by the City's Project Control Specialist. The assigned City Project Control Specialist creates and maintains the master project schedule in P6 (City's scheduling software). 2. Construction Schedule a. The Contractor is responsible for developing and maintaining a schedule for the scope of the Contractor's contractual requirements. The Contractor will issue an initial schedule for review and acceptance by the City's Project Control Specialist and the City's Project Manager as a baseline schedule for Contractor's scope of work. Contractor will issue current, accurate updates of their schedule (Progress Schedule) to the City at the end of each month throughout the life of their work. B. Schedule Tiers The City has a portfolio of projects that vary widely in size, complexity and content requiring different scheduling to effectively deliver each project. The City uses a "tiered" approach to align the proper schedule with the criteria for each project. The City's Project Manager determines the appropriate schedule tier for each project, and includes that designation and the associated requirements in the Contractor's scope of work. The following is a summary of the "tiers". 1. Tier 1: Small Size and Short Duration Project (design not required) a. The City develops and maintains a Master Project Schedule for the project. No schedule submittal is required from Contractor. City's Project Control Specialist acquires any necessary schedule status data or information through discussions with the respective party on an as -needed basis. 2. Tier 2: Small Size and Short to Medium Duration Project a. The City develops and maintains a Master Project Schedule for the project. The Contractor identifies "start" and "finish" milestone dates on key elements of their work as agreed with the City's Project Manager at the kickoff of their work effort. The Contractor issues to the City, updates to the "start" and "finish" dates for such milestones at the end of each month throughout the life of their work on the project. 3. Tier 3: Medium and Large Size and/or Complex Projects Regardless of Duration a. The City develops and maintains a Master Project Schedule for the project. The Contractor develops a Baseline Schedule and maintains the schedule of their respective scope of work on the project at a level of detail (generally Level 3) and in alignment with the WBS structure in Section 1.4.H as agreed by the Project Manager. The Contractor issues to the City, updates of their respective schedule (Progress Schedule) at the end of each month throughout the life of their work on the project. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised October 6, 2023 013216-3 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Page 3 of 9 C. Schedule Types Project delivery for the City utilizes two types of schedules as noted below. The City develops and maintains a Master Project Schedule as a "baseline" schedule and issue monthly updates to the City Project Manager (end of each month) as a "progress" schedule. The Contractor prepares and submits each schedule type to fulfill their contractual requirements. 1. Baseline Schedule a. The Contractor develops and submits to the City, an initial schedule for their scope of work in alignment with this specification. Once reviewed and accepted by the City, it becomes the "Baseline" schedule and is the basis against which all progress is measured. The baseline schedule will be updated when there is a change or addition to the scope of work impacting the duration of the work, and only after receipt of a duly authorized change order issued by the City. In the event progress is significantly behind schedule, the City's Project Manager may authorize an update to the baseline schedule to facilitate a more practical evaluation of progress. An example of a Baseline Schedule is provided in Specification 0132 16.1 Construction Project Schedule Baseline Example. 2. Progress Schedule a. The Contractor updates their schedule at the end of each month to represent the progress achieved in the work which includes any impact from authorized changes in the work. The updated schedule must accurately reflect the current status of the work at that point in time and is referred to as the "Progress Schedule". The City's Project Manager and Project Control Specialist reviews and accepts each progress schedule. In the event a progress schedule is deemed not acceptable, the unacceptable issues are identified by the City within 5 working days and the Contractor must provide an acceptable progress schedule within 5 working days after receipt of non -acceptance notification. An example of a Progress Schedule is provided in Specification 01 32 16.2 Construction Project Schedule Progress Example. D.City Standard Schedule requirements The following is an overview of the methodology for developing and maintaining a schedule for delivery of a project. 1. Schedule Framework - The schedule will be based on the defined scope of work and follow the (Critical Path Methodology) CPM method. The Contractor's schedule will align with the requirements of this specification and will be cost loaded to reflect their plan for execution. Compliance with cost loading can be provided with traditional cost loading of line items OR a projected cost per month for the project when the initial schedule is submitted, updated on a quarterly basis is significant change is anticipated. Overall schedule duration will align with the contractual requirements for the respective scope of work and be reflected in City's Master Project Schedule. The Project Number and Name of the Project is required on each schedule and must match the City's project data. E. Schedule File Name All schedules submitted to the City for a project will have a file name that begins with the City's project number followed by the name of the project followed by baseline (if a baseline schedule) or the year and month (if a progress schedule), as shown below. 1. Baseline Schedule File Name Format: City Project Number —Project Name —Baseline Example: 101376 North Montgomery Street E MAC Baseline CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised October 6, 2023 01 32 16 - 4 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Page 4 of 9 2. Progress Schedule File Name Format: City Project Number —Project Name_YYYY-MM Example: 101376 North Montgomery Street HMAC 2018_01 3. Project Schedule Progress Narrative File Name Format: City Project Number —Project Name_PN_YYYY-MM Example: 101376 North Montgomery Street HMAC PN_2018_01 F. The Contractor will utilize the relevant sections from the City's templates provided in the City's document management system as the basis for creating their respective project schedule. Specifically, the Contractor's schedule will align with the layout of the Construction section. The templates are identified by type of project as noted below. L Arterials 2. Aviation 3. Neighborhood Streets 4. Sidewalks (later) 5. Quiet Zones (later) 6. Street Lights (later) Schedule Templates 7. Intersection Improvements (later) 8. Parks 9. Storm water 10. Street Maintenance 11. Traffic 12. Water G. The City's standard calendar for schedule development purposes is based on a 5-day workweek and accounts for the City's nine standard holidays (New Years, Martin Luther King, Memorial, Juneteenth, Independence, Labor, Thanksgiving, day after Thanksgiving, and Christmas). The Contractor will establish a schedule calendar as part of the schedule development process and provide to the Project Control Specialist as part of the basis for their schedule. Variations between the City's calendar and the Contractor's calendar must be resolved prior to the City's acceptance of their Baseline project schedule. H.WBS & Milestone Standards for Schedule Development The scope of work to be accomplished by the Contractor is represented in the schedule in the form of a Work Breakdown Structure (WBS). The WBS is the basis for the development of the schedule activities and shall be imbedded and depicted in the schedule. The following is a summary of the standards to be followed in preparing and maintaining a schedule for project delivery. 1. Contractor is required to utilize the City's WBS structure and respective project type template for "Construction" as shown in Section 1.4.H below. Additional activities may be added to Levels 1 - 4 to accommodate the needs of the organization executing the work. Specifically, the Contractor will add activities under WBS XXXXXX.80.83 "Construction Execution" that delineates the activities associated with the various components of the work. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised October 6, 2023 013216-5 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Page 5 of 9 Contractor is required to adhere to the City's Standard Milestones as shown in Section 1.4.I below. Contractor will include additional milestones representing intermediate deliverables as required to accurately reflect their scope of work. I. Schedule Activities 1. Activities are the discrete elements of work that make up the schedule. They will be organized under the umbrella of the WBS. Activity descriptions should adequately describe the activity, and in some cases the extent of the activity. All activities are logically tied with a predecessor and a successor. The only exception to this rule is for "project start" and "project finish" milestones. 2. The activity duration is based on the physical amount of work to be performed for the stated activity, with a maximum duration of 20 working days OR a continuous activity in one location. If the work for any one activity exceeds 20 days, break that activity down incrementally to achieve this duration constraint. Any exception to this requires review and acceptance by the City's Project Control Specialist. J. Change Orders When a Change Order is issued by the City, the impact is incorporated into the previously accepted baseline schedule as an update, to clearly show impact to the project timeline. The Contractor submits this updated baseline schedule to the City for review and acceptance as described in Section 1.5 below. Updated baseline schedules adhere to the following: K. 1. Time extensions associated with approved contract modifications are limited to the actual amount of time the project activities are anticipated to be delayed, unless otherwise approved by the Program Manager. 2. The re-baselined schedule is submitted by the Contractor within ten workdays after the date of receipt of the approved Change Order. 3. The changes in logic or durations approved by the City are used to analyze the impact of the change and is included in the Change Order. The coding for a new activity(s) added to the schedule for the Change Order includes the Change Order number in the Activity ID. Use as many activities as needed to accurately show the work of the Change Order. Revisions to the baseline schedule are not effective until accepted by the City. City's Work Breakdown Structure WBS Code XXXXXX XXXXXX.30 XXXXXX.30.10 XXXXXX.30.20 XXXXXX.30.30 XXXXXX.30.40 XXXXXX.30.50 XXXXXX.30.60 XXXXXX.30.60.10 XXXXXX.30.60.20 XXXXXX.40 XXXXXXX.40.10 WBS Name Project Name Design Design Contractor Agreement Conceptual Design (30%) Preliminary Design (60%) Final Design Environmental Permits Permits - Identification Permits - Review/Approve ROW & Easements ROW Negotiations CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised October 6, 2023 XXY-=.40.20 XXXXXX.70 XXXXXX.70.10 XXXXXX.80 XXXXXX.80.81 XXXXXX.80.83 XXXXXX.80.85 XXXXXX.80.86 XXXXXX.90 XXXOO-X.90.10 XXX XX.90.40 L. City's Standard Milestones 013216-6 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Page 6 of 9 Condemnation Utility Relocation Utility Relocation Co-ordination Construction Bid and Award Construction Execution Inspection Landscaping Closeout Construction Contract Close-out Design Contract Closure The following milestone activities (i.e., important events on a project that mark critical points in time) are of particular interest to the City and must be reflected in the project schedule for all phases of work. Activity ID Activity Name Design 3020 Award Design Agreement 3040 Issue Notice to Proceed - Design Engineer 3100 Design Kick-off Meeting 3120 Submit Conceptual Plans to Utilities, ROW, Traffic, Parks, Storm Water, Water & Sewer 3150 Peer Review Meeting/Design Review meeting (technical) 3160 Conduct Design Public Meeting #1 (required) 3170 Conceptual Design Complete 3220 Submit Preliminary Plans and Specifications to Utilities, ROW, Traffic, Parks, Storm Water, Water & Sewer 3250 Conduct Design Public Meeting #2 (required) 3260 Preliminary Design Complete 3310 Submit Final Design to Utilities, ROW, Traffic, Parks, Storm Water, Water & Sewer 3330 Conduct Design Public Meeting #3 (if required) 3360 Final Design Complete ROW & Easements 4000 Right of Way Start 4230 Right of Way Complete Utility Relocation 7000 Utilities Start 7120 Utilities Cleared/Complete Construction Bid and Award 8110 Start Advertisement 8150 Conduct Bid Opening 8240 Award Construction Contract Construction Execution 8330 Conduct Construction Public Meeting #4 Pre -Construction 8350 Construction Start CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised October 6, 2023 013216-7 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Page 7 of 9 8370 Substantial Completion 8540 Construction Completion 9130 Notice of Completion/Green Sheet 9150 Construction Contract Closed 9420 Design Contract Closed 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Schedule Submittal & Review The City's Project Manager is responsible for reviews and acceptance of the Contractor's schedule. The City's Project Control Specialist is responsible for ensuring alignment of the Contractor's baseline and progress schedules with the Master Project Schedule as support to the City's Project Manager. The City reviews and accepts or rejects the schedule within ten workdays of Contractor's submittal. 1. Schedule Format a. The Contractor will submit each schedule in two electronic forms, one in native file format (.xer, .xml, .mpx) and the second in a pdf format, in the City's document management system in the location dedicated for this purpose and identified by the Project Manager. In the event the Contractor does not use Primavera P6 or MS Project for scheduling purposes, the schedule information must be submitted in .xls or .xlsx format in compliance with the sample layout (See Specification 0132 16.1 Construction Project Schedule Baseline Example), including activity predecessors, successors and total float. 2. Initial & Baseline Schedule a. The Contractor will develop their schedule for their scope of work and submit their initial schedule in electronic form (in the file formats noted above), in the City's document management system in the location dedicated for this purpose at least 5 working days prior to Pre Construction Meeting. b. The City's Project Manager and Project Control Specialist review this initial schedule to determine alignment with the City's Master Project Schedule, including format & WBS structure. Following the City's review, feedback is provided to the Contractor for their use in finalizing their initial schedule and issuing (within five workdays) their Baseline Schedule for final review and acceptance by the City. 3. Progress Schedule a. The Contractor will update and issue their project schedule (Progress Schedule) by the last day of each month throughout the life of their work on the project. The Progress Schedule is submitted in electronic form as noted above, in the City's document management system in the location dedicated for this purpose. b. The City's Project Control team reviews each Progress Schedule for data and information that support the assessment of the update to the schedule. In the event data or information is missing or incomplete, the Project Controls Specialist communicates directly with the Contractor's scheduler for providing same. The Contractor re -submits the corrected Progress Schedule within 5 workdays, following the submittal process noted above. The City's Project Manager and Project Control Specialist review the Contractor's progress schedule for acceptance and to monitor performance and progress. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised October 6, 2023 013216-8 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Page 8 of 9 The following list of items are required to ensure proper status information is contained in the Progress Schedule. Baseline Start date Baseline Finish Date % Complete Float Activity Logic (dependencies) Critical Path Activities added or deleted Expected Baseline Finish date Variance to the Baseline Finish Date B. Monthly Construction Status Report The Contractor submits a written status report (referred to as a progress narrative) at the monthly progress meeting (if monthly meetings are held) or at the end of each month to accompany the Progress Schedule submittal, using the standard format provided in Specification 0132 16.3 Construction Project Schedule Progress Narrative. The content of the Construction Project Schedule Progress Narrative should be concise and complete to include only changes, delays, and anticipated problems. C. Submittal Process Schedules and Monthly Construction Status Reports are submitted in in the City's document management system in the location dedicated for this purpose. Once the project has been completed and Final Acceptance has been issued by the City, no further progress schedules or construction status reports are required from the Contractor. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.The person preparing and revising the construction Progress Schedule shall be experienced in the preparation of schedules of similar complexity. B. Schedule and supporting documents addressed in this Specification shall be prepared, updated and revised to accurately reflect the performance of the construction. C. Contractor is responsible for the quality of all submittals in this section meeting the standard of care for the construction industry for similar projects. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.10 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.11 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 1.12 ATTACHMENTS CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised October 6, 2023 01 32 16 - 9 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE A. Spec 0132 16.1 Construction Project Schedule Baseline Example B.Spec 01 32 16.2 Construction Project Schedule Progress Example C. Spec 01 32 16.3 Construction Project Schedule Progress Narrative PART 2 - PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Page 9 of 9 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 8/13/2021 Michael Owen Revised to update specification requirements and eliminate duplicate schedule specifications. 10/06/2023 Michael Owen Added "Juneteenth" to list of City Holidays under 1.3 G. "Schedule Calendar" CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised October 6, 2023 0132 16.1 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE — BASELINE EXAMPLE Pagel of 5 SECTION 0132 16.1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE — BASELINE EXAMPLE PART1- GENERAL The following is an example of a Contractor's project schedule that illustrates the data and expectation for schedule content depicting the baseline for the project. This version of the schedule is referred to as a "baseline" schedule. This example is intended to provide guidance for the Contractor when developing and submitting a baseline schedule. See CFW Specification 0132 16 Construction Schedule for details and requirements regarding the Contractor's project schedule. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised August 13, 2021 0132 16.1 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE — BASELINE EXAMPLE Page 2 of 5 x 00 z r L O N c• C Q i • i ❑ ^I O a O � _ rFl m O Q U .a m 2 �2 ��2 m- mmm -m� J..� w w m m m m m m 0 , C J m 0 0 N a E d V V C(t5 c i a' N OL m P a ro 5 s t a wz d Q d a o O a: z fa m co a [� CJ cg r u] ❑ d r r in w M p Cn C as € g N c L E s°z U z° CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised August 13, 2021 0132 16.1 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE - BASELINE EXAMPLE Page 3 of 5 x F-� 00 z r L � a c C Q r - V �i a--� Q : w ❑e 0W O • , _r_ : C d �. 16� -- rz o 0 0 0 0 0 0 o c N o 0 0 0 0 0 0 � _ O O ��m ommo�� ono mmm mm�m�o m��c�i[siro ,� c m O U m m m m m m m m s V, z❑ i� o o m m m m❑ oo z o❑❑ i❑ m o o❑❑ Q a a i`3 J V '� to ,� d t3 U' t' 'd o a5' d -b b m m m Z, �. O O O 4 Q C cc z d d d w U, O 900 Z❑ (� (n N Z o ll ll J _VV L a E +� � a Q 0 o E V V (� 0) n a � O E c o G chi E E is. - E E E 2in — E 6 d U Yn � r � � u] in d � U Xr _ � c� O p� � o2 �mAXA 2 m o E I CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised August 13, 2021 0132 16.1 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE — BASELINE EXAMPLE Page 4 of 5 x H o 00 z x L C Q Fi l � O rrTT 4 ❑i,i Qi yV" O I� I O U :3 on ' Z ❑ .0 J m oo16 Is QOo8o L a +� � a Q o� a E V V o d cu UV s c� 4 t� z 1 c 0 Cg ff ECg -- E #� 'F ru t'j b m rn rn m o� or c > E rn U C) III z,� I CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised August 13, 2021 0132 16.1 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE — BASELINE EXAMPLE Page 5 of 5 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE July 20, 2018 M. Jarrell Initial Issue May 7, 2021 M Owen Revised name due to revising the schedule specification CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised August 13, 2021 0132 16.2 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE — PROGRESS EXAMPLE Pagel of 5 SECTION 0132 16.2 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE — PROGRESS EXAMPLE PART1- GENERAL The following is an example of a Contractor's project schedule that illustrates the data and expectation for schedule content depicting the progress for the project. This version of the schedule is referred to as a "progress schedule. This example is intended to provide guidance for the Contractor when developing and submitting a progress schedule. See CFW Specification 0132 16 Construction Schedule for details and requirements regarding the Contractor's project schedule. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised August 13, 2021 0132 16.2 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE - PROGRESS EXAMPLE Page 2 of 5 E-� , , Q ------------------- —____ ___________a______—� ---------- -- CO -------------- 94 Qo 0 0 o v co ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ m �2 m w m m w w �2 22 �2 �2. O � b� b� � d d � b� b� b• � d � G nh �S cn •A uS o �. — o 6 o 0 0 o o d �a o o Q 4 4 4 4 G 4 Q Oo m o O o 0 0 0 0 tv o o o ry �ti �� o o ry 0 0 0 o�� /�•�,1 F•�•I ^^� F•�•1 rl 1I�•Q•y�� a a a a i in in i s 8 i i Q a o a �n cn c� 0 22 ?o �o 2 �2 �D W C •O N i N o� 75 a 9 E a V U c cu ti E' 0) c ffi U o a= o `m E ro s o a o 5 o L ¢ ¢ M M z d r r d - n r m C a 6 g N� c L s`°z 1L LL V U z z° I I I CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised August 13, 2021 0132 16.2 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE — PROGRESS EXAMPLE Page 3 of 5 , a Q • �.. co girl: : •4 a ------------- Q- N N ry •u iti N •� ry ry N N cv ry iti ry ry iti iti cv c� n N N ry N cv N N .ti N r', Q 5 4. x � � � � � ��a� •G% � b O O Z d 4 G[ 0 G 0 0 0 Z E Q 0 0 0 O O z 3 2 lL 2 7 7 2? f� m ry �� ate` o� ry � o �� N� �ti �� o o � o � o o� //•��' w w c2 W m Le� z z 8 8 B 0 z B i 77� i 7 Q 7 I --I i� O o < O O < is 0 ,^ O ¢ d S UJ Ul O O O O z Ul [IJ UJ ry O z O 5 S Q d A t6 o N o N o N J..I o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 C 0] E J •O L a +� E¢a o ti 5 a E V V to 0) � — O Q% o c o Ed an d L Q� is ry 3 d m B a 3 d 3 ¢ v t3 O c C cru U d O t in d— U Yn r u] in d U — [g O p" m � i�� o E 0V� III I CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised August 13, 2021 0132 16.2 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE — PROGRESS EXAMPLE Page 4 of 5 TI i O Q CO ate-• a _,----- __---- , rrTT I••I••( - O O � � U� Z Z ❑ i.y C% od,�s�.soo`°GN—�r O Z o � c� g, � gu 4u �. cS i F+•1 f� -�3 O z z L IH i•y ai Q v C m •� O o 0 0 0 0 o o C M N L� C O N �{ C J•[ H V E V U L a O t c� IL 11 c E A ° yy a7 C �o Ro (U M m m m m 3 E V o m y cC LL C) f III 1 CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised August 13, 2021 0132 16.2 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE — PROGRESS EXAMPLE Page 5 of 5 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE July 20, 2018 M. Jarrell Initial Issue May 7, 2021 M Owen Revised name due to revising the schedule specification CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised August 13, 2021 0132 16.3 —PROGRESS NARRATIVE Page 1 of 1 SECTION 0132 16.3 CONSTRUCTION PROJECT SCHEDULE PROGRESS NARRATIVE Reporting Period: Date Issued: Project Name: Contractor Company Name: City Project No: Contractor Schedule Contact: City Project Manager: A. List oT activities cnangea in the reporting perioa. 1. (insert text here) 2. (insert text here) 3. (insert text here) 4. (insert text here) 5. (insert text here) 6. (insert text here) t$. List any potential aellays ana proviae mitigation actions 1. (insert text here) 2. (insert text here) 3. (insert text here) C. List any actual delays and provide recovery actions 1. (insert text here) 2. (insert text here) 3. (insert text here) City of Fort Worth, Texas Construction Project Schedule Narrative Report for CFW Projects Revised August 13, 2021 Page 1 of 1 013233-1 PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO Page 1 of 2 SECTION 0132 33 PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for: a. Preconstruction Videos B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 00 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 01— General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Preconstruction Video 1. Produce a preconstruction video of the site/alignment, including all areas in the vicinity of and to be affected by construction. a. Provide digital copy of video upon request by the City. 2. Retain a copy of the preconstruction video until the end of the maintenance surety period. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised July 1, 2011 01 32 33 - 2 PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO Page 2 of 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised July 1, 2011 SECTION 0133 00 SUBMITTALS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 013300-1 SUBMITTALS Pagel of 8 General methods and requirements of submissions applicable to the following Work -related submittals: a. Shop Drawings b. Product Data (including Standard Product List submittals) c. Samples d. Mock Ups B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 00 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 01—General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination 1. Notify the City in writing, at the time of submittal, of any deviations in the submittals from the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Coordination of Submittal Times a. Prepare, prioritize and transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performing the related Work or other applicable activities, or within the time specified in the individual Work Sections, of the Specifications. b. Contractor is responsible such that the installation will not be delayed by processing times including, but not limited to: a) Disapproval and resubmittal (if required) b) Coordination with other submittals c) Testing d) Purchasing e) Fabrication f) Delivery g) Similar sequenced activities c. No extension of time will be authorized because of the Contractor's failure to transmit submittals sufficiently in advance of the Work. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised December 20, 2012 013300-2 SUBMITTALS Page 2 of 8 d. Make submittals promptly in accordance with approved schedule, and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the work of any other contractor. B. Submittal Numbering When submitting shop drawings or samples, utilize a 9-character submittal cross- reference identification numbering system in the following manner: a. Use the first 6 digits of the applicable Specification Section Number. b. For the next 2 digits number use numbers 01-99 to sequentially number each initial separate item or drawing submitted under each specific Section number. c. Last use a letter, A-Z, indicating the resubmission of the same drawing (i.e. A=2nd submission, B=3rd submission, C=4th submission, etc.). A typical submittal number would be as follows: 03 30 00-08-B 1) 03 30 00 is the Specification Section for Concrete 2) 08 is the eighth initial submittal under this Specification Section 3) B is the third submission (second resubmission) of that particular shop drawing C. Contractor Certification Review shop drawings, product data and samples, including those by subcontractors, prior to submission to determine and verify the following: a. Field measurements b. Field construction criteria c. Catalog numbers and similar data d. Conformance with the Contract Documents Provide each shop drawing, sample and product data submitted by the Contractor with a Certification Statement affixed including: a. The Contractor's Company name b. Signature of submittal reviewer c. Certification Statement 1) `By this submittal, I hereby represent that I have determined and verified field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, dimensions, catalog numbers and similar data and I have checked and coordinated each item with other applicable approved shop drawings." D. Submittal Format 1. Fold shop drawings larger than 8 V2 inches x 11 inches to 8 %Z inches x 1 Iinches. 2. Bind shop drawings and product data sheets together. 3. Order a. Cover Sheet 1) Description of Packet 2) Contractor Certification b. List of items / Table of Contents c. Product Data /Shop Drawings/Samples /Calculations E. Submittal Content 1. The date of submission and the dates of any previous submissions CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised December 20, 2012 013300-3 SUBMITTALS Page 3 of 8 2. The Project title and number 3. Contractor identification 4. The names of a. Contractor b. Supplier c. Manufacturer 5. Identification of the product, with the Specification Section number, page and paragraph(s) 6. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such 7. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the Work or materials 8. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers 9. Identification by highlighting of deviations from Contract Documents 10. Identification by highlighting of revisions on resubmittals 11. An 8-inch x 3-inch blank space for Contractor and City stamps F. Shop Drawings As specified in individual Work Sections includes, but is not necessarily limited to: a. Custom -prepared data such as fabrication and erection/installation (working) drawings b. Scheduled information c. Setting diagrams d. Actual shopwork manufacturing instructions e. Custom templates f. Special wiring diagrams g. Coordination drawings h. Individual system or equipment inspection and test reports including: 1) Performance curves and certifications i. As applicable to the Work 2. Details a. Relation of the various parts to the main members and lines of the structure b. Where correct fabrication of the Work depends upon field measurements 1) Provide such measurements and note on the drawings prior to submitting for approval. G. Product Data 1. For submittals of product data for products included on the City's Standard Product List, clearly identify each item selected for use on the Project. 2. For submittals of product data for products not included on the City's Standard Product List, submittal data may include, but is not necessarily limited to: a. Standard prepared data for manufactured products (sometimes referred to as catalog data) 1) Such as the manufacturer's product specification and installation instructions 2) Availability of colors and patterns 3) Manufacturer's printed statements of compliances and applicability 4) Roughing -in diagrams and templates 5) Catalog cuts 6) Product photographs CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised December 20, 2012 01 33 00 - 4 SUBMITTALS Page 4 of 8 7) Standard wiring diagrams 8) Printed performance curves and operational -range diagrams 9) Production or quality control inspection and test reports and certifications 10) Mill reports 11) Product operating and maintenance instructions and recommended spare -parts listing and printed product warranties 12) As applicable to the Work H. Samples 1. As specified in individual Sections, include, but are not necessarily limited to: a. Physical examples of the Work such as: 1) Sections of manufactured or fabricated Work 2) Small cuts or containers of materials 3) Complete units of repetitively used products color/texture/pattern swatches and range sets 4) Specimens for coordination of visual effect 5) Graphic symbols and units of Work to be used by the City for independent inspection and testing, as applicable to the Work I. Do not start Work requiring a shop drawing, sample or product data nor any material to be fabricated or installed prior to the approval or qualified approval of such item. 1. Fabrication performed, materials purchased or on -site construction accomplished which does not conform to approved shop drawings and data is at the Contractor's risk. 2. The City will not be liable for any expense or delay due to corrections or remedies required to accomplish conformity. 3. Complete project Work, materials, fabrication, and installations in conformance with approved shop drawings, applicable samples, and product data. J. Submittal Distribution Electronic Distribution a. Confirm development of Project directory for electronic submittals to be uploaded to City's Buzzsaw site, or another external FTP site approved by the City. b. Shop Drawings 1) Upload submittal to designated project directory and notify appropriate City representatives via email of submittal posting. 2) Hard Copies a) 3 copies for all submittals b) If Contractor requires more than 1 hard copy of Shop Drawings returned, Contractor shall submit more than the number of copies listed above. c. Product Data 1) Upload submittal to designated project directory and notify appropriate City representatives via email of submittal posting. 2) Hard Copies a) 3 copies for all submittals d. Samples 1) Distributed to the Project Representative 2. Hard Copy Distribution (if required in lieu of electronic distribution) CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised December 20, 2012 013300-5 SUBMITTALS Page 5 of 8 a. Shop Drawings 1) Distributed to the City 2) Copies a) 8 copies for mechanical submittals b) 7 copies for all other submittals c) If Contractor requires more than 3 copies of Shop Drawings returned, Contractor shall submit more than the number of copies listed above. b. Product Data 1) Distributed to the City 2) Copies a) 4 copies c. Samples 1) Distributed to the Project Representative 2) Copies a) Submit the number stated in the respective Specification Sections. Distribute reproductions of approved shop drawings and copies of approved product data and samples, where required, to the job site file and elsewhere as directed by the City. a. Provide number of copies as directed by the City but not exceeding the number previously specified. K. Submittal Review 1. The review of shop drawings, data and samples will be for general conformance with the design concept and Contract Documents. This is not to be construed as: a. Permitting any departure from the Contract requirements b. Relieving the Contractor of responsibility for any errors, including details, dimensions, and materials c. Approving departures from details furnished by the City, except as otherwise provided herein 2. The review and approval of shop drawings, samples or product data by the City does not relieve the Contractor from his/her responsibility with regard to the fulfillment of the terms of the Contract. a. All risks of error and omission are assumed by the Contractor, and the City will have no responsibility therefore. 3. The Contractor remains responsible for details and accuracy, for coordinating the Work with all other associated work and trades, for selecting fabrication processes, for techniques of assembly and for performing Work in a safe manner. 4. If the shop drawings, data or samples as submitted describe variations and show a departure from the Contract requirements which City finds to be in the interest of the City and to be so minor as not to involve a change in Contract Price or time for performance, the City may return the reviewed drawings without noting an exception. 5. Submittals will be returned to the Contractor under 1 of the following codes: a. Code 1 1) "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN' is assigned when there are no notations or comments on the submittal. a) When returned under this code the Contractor may release the equipment and/or material for manufacture. b. Code 2 CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised December 20, 2012 013300-6 SUBMITTALS Page 6 of 8 1) "EXCEPTIONS NOTED". This code is assigned when a confirmation of the notations and comments IS NOT required by the Contractor. a) The Contractor may release the equipment or material for manufacture; however, all notations and comments must be incorporated into the final product. c. Code 3 1) "EXCEPTIONS NOTED/RESUBMIT". This combination of codes is assigned when notations and comments are extensive enough to require a resubmittal of the package. a) The Contractor may release the equipment or material for manufacture; however, all notations and comments must be incorporated into the final product. b) This resubmittal is to address all comments, omissions and non -conforming items that were noted. c) Resubmittal is to be received by the City within 15 Calendar Days of the date of the City's transmittal requiring the resubmittal. d. Code 4 1) "NOT APPROVED" is assigned when the submittal does not meet the intent of the Contract Documents. a) The Contractor must resubmit the entire package revised to bring the submittal into conformance. b) It may be necessary to resubmit using a different manufacturer/vendor to meet the Contract Documents. 6. Resubmittals a. Handled in the same manner as first submittals 1) Corrections other than requested by the City 2) Marked with revision triangle or other similar method a) At Contractor's risk if not marked b. Submittals for each item will be reviewed no more than twice at the City's expense. 1) All subsequent reviews will be performed at times convenient to the City and at the Contractor's expense, based on the City's or City Representative's then prevailing rates. 2) Provide Contractor reimbursement to the City within 30 Calendar Days for all such fees invoiced by the City. c. The need for more than I resubmission or any other delay in obtaining City's review of submittals, will not entitle the Contractor to an extension of Contract Time. 7. Partial Submittals a. City reserves the right to not review submittals deemed partial, at the City's discretion. b. Submittals deemed by the City to be not complete will be returned to the Contractor, and will be considered "Not Approved" until resubmitted. c. The City may at its option provide a list or mark the submittal directing the Contractor to the areas that are incomplete. 8. If the Contractor considers any correction indicated on the shop drawings to constitute a change to the Contract Documents, then written notice must be provided thereof to the City at least 7 Calendar Days prior to release for manufacture. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised December 20, 2012 013300-7 SUBMITTALS Page 7 of 8 9. When the shop drawings have been completed to the satisfaction of the City, the Contractor may carry out the construction in accordance therewith and no further changes therein except upon written instructions from the City. 10. Each submittal, appropriately coded, will be returned within 30 Calendar Days following receipt of submittal by the City. L. Mock ups 1. Mock Up units as specified in individual Sections, include, but are not necessarily limited to, complete units of the standard of acceptance for that type of Work to be used on the Project. Remove at the completion of the Work or when directed. M. Qualifications 1. If specifically required in other Sections of these Specifications, submit a P.E. Certification for each item required. N. Request for Information (RFI) Contractor Request for additional information a. Clarification or interpretation of the contract documents b. When the Contractor believes there is a conflict between Contract Documents c. When the Contractor believes there is a conflict between the Drawings and Specifications 1) Identify the conflict and request clarification 2. Use the Request for Information (RFI) form provided by the City. 3. Numbering of RFI a. Prefix with "RFI" followed by series number, "-xxx", beginning with "01" and increasing sequentially with each additional transmittal. 4. Sufficient information shall be attached to permit a written response without further information. 5. The City will log each request and will review the request. a. If review of the project information request indicates that a change to the Contract Documents is required, the City will issue a Field Order or Change Order, as appropriate. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised December 20, 2012 013300-8 SUBMITTALS Page 8 of 8 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.4.K.8. Working Days modified to Calendar Days CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised December 20, 2012 013513-1 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Pagel of 8 SECTION 0135 13 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES (MOD) PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: The procedures for special project circumstances that includes, but is not limited to: a. Coordination with the Texas Department of Transportation b. Work near High Voltage Lines c. Confined Space Entry Program d. Use of Explosives, Drop Weight, Etc. e. Water Department Notification f. Public Notification Prior to Beginning Construction g. Coordination with United States Army Corps of Engineers h. Coordination within Railroad permits areas i. Dust Control j. Employee Parking B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Modified 1.2.A.2. 2. Modified 1.4.1 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 00 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 01 — General Requirements 3. Section 33 12 25 — Connection to Existing Water Mains 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment Coordination within Railroad permit areas a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item will be by lump sum. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item will be paid for at the lump sum price bid for Railroad Coordination. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Mobilization 2) Inspection 3) Safety training 4) Additional Insurance 5) Insurance Certificates 6) Other requirements associated with general coordination with Railroad, including additional employees required to protect the right-of-way and property of the Railroad from damage arising out of and/or from the construction of the Project. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised March 11, 2022 013513-2 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 2 of 8 1) Meastifement for- this item will be per- wor-king da),. b. Payme 1) The . ofk peffofmed and ,v..,to. ials f;..-v.ishe,l ; aeeor-danee with this Tte will be paid f F eaeh .or —king day tl..,t Raikoad Flagmen . pr-ese„t .,t the SitL- 3. All other items a. Work associated with these Items is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. Health and Safety Code, Title 9. Safety, Subtitle A. Public Safety, Chapter 752. High Voltage Overhead Lines. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination with the Texas Department of Transportation When work in the right-of-way which is under the jurisdiction of the Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT): a. Notify the Texas Department of Transportation prior to commencing any work therein in accordance with the provisions of the permit b. All work performed in the TxDOT right-of-way shall be performed in compliance with and subject to approval from the Texas Department of Transportation B. Work near High Voltage Lines 1. Regulatory Requirements a. All Work near High Voltage Lines (more than 600 volts measured between conductors or between a conductor and the ground) shall be in accordance with Health and Safety Code, Title 9, Subtitle A, Chapter 752. 2. Warning sign a. Provide sign of sufficient size meeting all OSHA requirements. Equipment operating within 10 feet of high voltage lines will require the following safety features a. Insulating cage -type of guard about the boom or arm b. Insulator links on the lift hook connections for back hoes or dippers c. Equipment must meet the safety requirements as set forth by OSHA and the safety requirements of the owner of the high voltage lines 4. Work within 6 feet of high voltage electric lines a. Notification shall be given to: CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised March 11, 2022 013513-3 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 3 of 8 1) The power company (example: ONCOR) a) Maintain an accurate log of all such calls to power company and record action taken in each case. b. Coordination with power company 1) After notification coordinate with the power company to: a) Erect temporary mechanical barriers, de -energize the lines, or raise or lower the lines c. No personnel may work within 6 feet of a high voltage line before the above requirements have been met. C. Confined Space Entry Program 1. Provide and follow approved Confined Space Entry Program in accordance with OSHA requirements. 2. Confined Spaces include: a. Manholes b. All other confined spaces in accordance with OSHA's Permit Required for Confined Spaces D. TCEQ Air Permit 1. Obtain TCEQ Air Permit for construction activities per requirements of TCEQ. E. Use of Explosives, Drop Weight, Etc. 1. When Contract Documents permit on the project the following will apply: a. Public Notification 1) Submit notice to City and proof of adequate insurance coverage, 24 hours prior to commencing. 2) Minimum 24 hour public notification in accordance with Section 0131 13. F. Water Department Coordination 1. During the construction of this project, it will be necessary to deactivate, for a period of time, existing lines. The Contractor shall be required to coordinate with the Water Department to determine the best times for deactivating and activating those lines. 2. Coordinate any event that will require connecting to or the operation of an existing City water line system with the City's representative. a. Coordination shall be in accordance with Section 33 12 25. b. If needed, obtain a hydrant water meter from the Water Department for use during the life of named project. c. In the event that a water valve on an existing live system be turned off and on to accommodate the construction of the project is required, coordinate this activity through the appropriate City representative. 1) Do not operate water line valves of existing water system. a) Failure to comply will render the Contractor in violation of Texas Penal Code Title 7, Chapter 28.03 (Criminal Mischief) and the Contractor will be prosecuted to the full extent of the law. b) In addition, the Contractor will assume all liabilities and responsibilities as a result of these actions. G. Public Notification Prior to Beginning Construction CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised March 11, 2022 013513-4 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 4 of 8 Prior to beginning construction on any block in the project, on a block by block basis, prepare and deliver a notice or flyer of the pending construction to the front door of each residence or business that will be impacted by construction. The notice shall be prepared as follows: a. Post notice or flyer and City of Fort Worth Door Hangers, 7 days prior to beginning any construction activity on each block in the project area. 1) Prepare flyer on the Contractor's letterhead and include the following information: a) Name of Project b) City Project No (CPN) c) Scope of Project (i.e. type of construction activity) d) Actual construction duration within the block e) Name of the contractor's foreman and phone number f) Name of the City's inspector and phone number g) City's after-hours phone number 2) A sample of the `pre -construction notification' flyer is attached as Exhibit A. 3) City of Fort Worth Door Hangers will be provided to the Contractor for distribution with their notice. 4) Submit schedule showing the construction start and finish time for each block of the project to the inspector. 5) Deliver flyer to the City Inspector for review prior to distribution. b. No construction will be allowed to begin on any block until the flyer and door hangers are delivered to all residents of the block. H. Public Notification of Temporary Water Service Interruption during Construction 1. In the event it becomes necessary to temporarily shut down water service to residents or businesses during construction, prepare and deliver a notice or flyer of the pending interruption to the front door of each affected resident. 2. Prepared notice as follows: a. The notification or flyer shall be posted 24 hours prior to the temporary interruption. b. Prepare flyer on the contractor's letterhead and include the following information: 1) Name of the project 2) City Project Number 3) Date of the interruption of service 4) Period the interruption will take place 5) Name of the contractor's foreman and phone number 6) Name of the City's inspector and phone number c. A sample of the temporary water service interruption notification is attached as Exhibit B. d. Deliver a copy of the temporary interruption notification to the City inspector for review prior to being distributed. e. No interruption of water service can occur until the flyer has been delivered to all affected residents and businesses. f. Electronic versions of the sample flyers can be obtained from the Project Construction Inspector. I. Coordination with United States Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised March 11, 2022 013513-5 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 5 of 8 At locations in the Project where construction activities occur in areas where USACE permits are required, meet all requirements set forth in each designated permit. This ineludesbut is lifaited to, f railr-oad permit. not a. Flagmen b. Inspeetor-s e. c.fio tFainin d Additional insuf nee f Other- to pmvsiens the the employees required pr-oteet right of way and pr-epefty of with the pefmit guideline-s-7 2. Obtain infoFmation to the any supplemental needed meats. Submit to City fof eom* with days that railroad's flagmen a. r-eeeipts ver-ifieation were present on Site. of wer-king failfead K. Dust Control 1. Use acceptable measures to control dust at the Site. a. If water is used to control dust, capture and properly dispose of waste water. b. If wet saw cutting is performed, capture and properly dispose of slurry. L. Employee Parking 1. Provide parking for employees at locations approved by the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised March 11, 2022 013513-6 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 6 of 8 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE I A.B — Added requirement of compliance with Health and Safety Code, Title 9. 8/31/2012 D. Johnson Safety, Subtitle A. Public Safety, Chapter 752. High Voltage Overhead Lines. 1.4.E — Added Contractor responsibility for obtaining a TCEQ Air Permit Remove references to Air Pollution watch Days and NCTCOG Clean construction 3/11/2022 M Owen Specification requirements. Clarify need for Door Hangers under in addition to contractor notification of public. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised March 11, 2022 01 35 13 -7 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 7 of 8 EXHIBIT A (To be printed on Contractor's Letterhead) Date: CPN No.: Project Name: Mapsco Location: Limits of Construction: NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTION THIS IS TO INFORM YOU THAT UNDER A CONTRACT WITH THE CITY OF FORT WORTH, OUR COMPANY WILL WORK ON UTILITY LINES ON OR AROUND YOUR PROPERTY. CONSTRUCTION WILL BEGIN APPROXIMATELY SEVEN DAYS FROM THE DATE OF THIS NOTICE. IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS ABOUT ACCESS, SECURITY, SAFETY OR ANY OTHER ISSUE, PLEASE CALL: MC. <CONTRACTOR'S SUPERINTENDENT> AT <TELEPHONE NO.> OR MC. <CITY INSPECTOR> AT < TELEPHONE NO.> AFTER 4:30 PM OR ON WEEKENDS, PLEASE CALL (817) 392 8306 PLEASE KEEP THIS FLYER HANDY WHEN YOU CALL CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised March 11. 2022 0135 13 -8 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 8 of 8 EXHIBIT B FoRTWORTH. DOE NO. XXXX Project Hanw. NOTICE OF TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE INTERRUPTION DUE TO UTILITY IMPROVEMENTS IN YOUR NEIGHBORHOOD, YOUR WATER SERVICE WILL BE INTERRUPTED ON BETWEEN THE HOURS OF AND IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS ABOUT THIS SHUT -OUT, PLEASE CALL: MR. AT (CONTRACTORS SUPERINTENDENT) (TELEPHONE NUMBER) OR MR. AT (CITY INSPECTOR) (TELEPHONE NUMBER) THIS INCONVENIENCE WILL BE AS SHORT AS POSSIBLE. THANK YOU, CONTRACTOR CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised March 11. 2022 SECTION 0140 01 IBC SPECIAL INSPECTIONS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 OVERVIEW 01 40 01 - 1 IBC Special Inspections Page 1 of 9 A. The purpose of this Section is to provide the Owner and the Contractor with an understanding of what constitutes special inspections as defined by the International Building Code (IBC), Chapter 17, "Special Inspections and Tests," and the Contractor's requirements per IBC and role in enabling the Owner to perform the inspections and structural observations, and provide the Owner with a Statement of Special Inspection specific to this Project's Special Inspection requirements. B. IBC Special Inspections are not a substitute for other testing required elsewhere in the Contract Documents. C. IBC Special Inspections may not be performed by the Contractor, unless the Contractor and Owner are the same entity. 1.2 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Enable the OPT to conduct the required IBC Special Inspections as outlined below in "Special Inspection Activities by the Owner." 1. Set up pre -construction meeting and coordinate with OPT, prior to beginning construction, regarding the specific inspection needs and requirements that will be performed as part of these Special Inspections. 2. Provide complete access to the Site and make Contract Documents available at the Site. a. Provide and pay for all means necessary to enable inspection access at each location requiring inspection or structural observation. This includes ladders, scaffolding, trench boxes/shielding, fall protection, adequate lighting, adequate ventilation, and designated area(s) for storing inspector equipment and test Samples. All required access must be in accordance with OSHA- b. Protect Special Inspection test specimens of products and construction materials at the Site in accordance with recognized test procedures. c. Provide sample materials needed to perform tests. 3. Notify the Construction Manager a minimum of 2 working days in advance of when construction activities requiring testing will be performed or when construction activities will limit or prevent inspector(s) and/or structural observer from observing construction Work already performed. a. Provide adequate notice before proceeding with Work that would interfere with sampling, testing, or other required verification. b. Notify the Construction Manager prior to the time that sampling or testing is required. Lead time is to be adequate to allow arrangements to be made for testing. c. Do not proceed with any Work until tests indicate that the Work is acceptable. d. Notify the Construction Manager when schedules change as soon as a delay is expected. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 01 40 01 -2 IBC Special Inspections Page 2 of 9 4. Provide adequate quantities of representative product to be tested to the laboratory at the designated location. B. Submit the following documentation as Product Data in accordance with Section 0131 13 "Project Administration": 1. A schedule that establishes the approximate major and/or critical inspection Milestones. Provide a revised schedule for alterations to the schedule. 2. Contractor's test and inspection log described in Paragraph 3.01 at Substantial Completion. C. Special Inspection and structural observation activities are for the purpose of monitoring the results of the Contractor's Work to see that it complies the requirements of the Contract Documents. D. Special Inspection testing requirements mentioned in this Section do not release the Contractor from providing Contractor required testing specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 1. Provide all testing documentation required by the Contract Documents. 2. Pay for testing performed to verify Work performed to cure Defective Work complies with the Contract Documents. E. Special Inspection activities or non-performance of Special Inspection activities do not: 1. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility to perform Work and furnish materials and products and constructed Work conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for providing adequate quality control measures. 3. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for damage to or loss of the material, product, or Work before Owner's acceptance. 4. Constitute or imply Owner's acceptance. 5. Affect the continuing rights of the Owner after Owner's acceptance of the completed Work. F. All materials and products are subject to Owner's verification testing. Material or products which have been tested or observed by Owner at a supply source or staging area may be re -observed or re -tested by Owner at any time and rejected if they do not comply with the Contract Documents. 1.3 SPECIAL INSPECTION ACTIVITIES BY THE OWNER A. OPT will provide registered design professionals for special inspection to meet the requirements of 2021 IBC Chapter 17, Structural Tests and Special Inspections, adopted by the Fort Worth Building Official (Fort Worth, Tarrant, Texas). The registered design professional in responsible charge (RDPIRC) will coordinate and provide IBC special inspections and structural observations during construction on the types of work listed below. Additionally, the OPT will employ one or more approved agencies to perform structural observations, inspections and tests during construction on the types of work listed in the Statement of Special Inspection. B. The OPT will perform the following: 1. Permit: As required by the Building Official for permit issuance, submit the Statement of Special Inspection shown in Attachment A. 2. Preconstruction: Submit names and qualifications of each individual inspector scheduled to perform these inspections to the Building Official prior to the start of construction. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 01 40 01 - 3 IBC Special Inspections Page 3 of 9 Minimum requirements for inspectors must be as indicated in the Statement of Special Inspection. 3. Structural Observations: The RDPIRC will forward a copy of all structural observations to the Building Official. Deficiencies must be brought to the immediate attention of the Contractor and Construction Manager. 4. Inspections: The RDPIRC will forward a copy of all inspection and test reports to the Building Official. Discrepancies must be brought to the immediate attention of the Contractor and Construction Manager. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 TEST AND INSPECTION REGISTER A. Contractor Test and Inspection Register: Include the following: 1. Date Owner was notified of impending construction Work that requires testing and/or that would interfere with subsequent inspections. 2. Name of person notified and the means of notification. 3. Date construction Work in question was completed. 4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection. B. Maintain an up-to-date copy of the Contractor Test and Inspection Register at the Site and with Record Documents. Post changes and revisions as they occur. Provide access to the Contractor Test and Inspection Register for RDPIRC, OPT, and the Building Official's reference during normal working hours. 3.2 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. General: 1. On completion of inspections and tests, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. 2. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes. Restore patched areas and extend restoration in adjoining areas with durable seams that are invisible as possible. B. Protect construction exposed by or for special inspection activities. END OF SECTION FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 01 40 01 - 4 IBC Special Inspections Page 4 of 9 ATTACHMENT A STRUCTURAL STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS This Statement of Special Inspections has been prepared in accordance with International Building Code 2021 Chapter 17 by the Structural Engineer of Record for the following Project: Project Name: Location: Owner: Structural Engineer of Record: Design Professional in Responsible Charge: Special Inspector for Special Inspector for Special Inspector for Ahhrevi nti nn c Inspectors AWS-CWI: An American Welding Society/American Institute of Steel Construction certified welding inspector. AWS/AISC-SSI: An American Welding Society certified structural steel inspector. ACI: An American Concrete Institute certified technician, certified in the applicable construction type. EIT: An Engineer -In -Training, a graduate engineer who has passed the Fundamentals of Engineering exam and is under the direct supervision of a PE. NICET: A National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies certified technician, certified in the applicable construction type. PE: A licensed professional engineer and/or a structural engineer (SE) competent in the area of construction being inspected. Specifications ACI 318: American Concrete Institute Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. AISC 360: American Institute of Steel Construction, Specification for Structural Steel Buildings. ASTM: ASTM International. AWS: American Welding Society RCSC: RCSC Specification for Structural Joints Using High -Strength Bolts. Common Words C: Continuous observation of specified construction activity. P: Periodic observation of specified construction activity. CFSF: Cold formed steel framing. CD: Contract Documents and/or Shop Drawings (if item is performance specified). FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 014001-5 IBC Special Inspections Page 5 of 9 Special Inspector Qualifications Special Inspectors minimum qualifications are listed below for each area of competency. Minimum Applicable IBC Section Inspector Remarks Qualifications Inspection of a fabrication facility is not 1704.2.5 & 1705.11 Fabricated required if the fabricator is exempt per IBC. Items N/A Exemption typically requires a manufacturer be certified by an independent organization (e.g. AISC, IAS, SJI, or NPCA). 1. 1704.6 Structural Observations PE Structural Observations not required for Lift Station. AWS-CWI 1705.2 Steel Construction AWS/AISC-SSI, All welds must be inspected by an AWS-CWI. PE, or EIT ACI or NICET, 1705.3 Concrete Construction PE, or EIT All welds must be inspected by an AWS-CWI. AWS-CWI PE performing inspection must have 1705.3 Post -Installed Concrete PE knowledge of post -installed anchor installation Anchors requirements and experience in the design and s ecifyin ofpost-installed anchors. 1705.6 Soils ACI, NICET, PE, or EIT Structural Observations The structural observer shall visually observe representative locations of the structural systems, details, and load paths for general conformance to the approved CD. These observations are independent of the special inspection requirements for each construction material indicated. Frequency and extents of structural observations shall be as indicated below and as recommended by the structural observer. Observation Frequency Tasks C P Observe initial pre -installation and installation of components Structural Vertical & Lateral Systems X and members if construction work will result in hidden components (e.g., reinforcing, cast -in -place anchors, deep foundations, etc.). - X Observe completed installation of components and members. Details - X Observe connections and intersections of members. Diaphragms - X Observe roof and floor diaphragms and boundary elements. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 014001-6 IBC Special Inspections Page 6 of 9 Steel Construction Verification and Frequency Tasks C P Inspection Material & Tool X _ Verify deck, accessories, and mechanical fasteners compile Verification for Cold- with CD. Formed Steel Deck & _ X Verify deck and fastener manufacturers' installation Accessories instructions are available. Inspection Tasks Prior to - - Refer to AISC 360, Table N5.4-1 QA requirements. Welding Inspection Tasks During - - Refer to AISC 360, Table N5.4-2 QA requirements. Welding Inspection Tasks After - - Refer to AISC 360, Table N5.4-3 QA requirements. Welding Inspection Tasks Prior to - - Refer to AISC 360, N5.6 and Table N5.6-1 QA requirements. Bolting Inspection Tasks During - - Refer to AISC 360, N5.6 and Table N5.6-2QA requirements. Bolting Inspection Tasks After - Refer to AISC 360, N5.6 and Table N5.6-3 QA requirements. Bolting Prior to placement of concrete: verify anchor rods and other Steel Embedded in X _ embedments supporting structural steel. As a minimum, the Concrete diameter, grade, type and length of anchor rod or embedded item, and the extent/depth of embedment into concrete. Connections and Verify compliance with CD: including braces and stiffening Framing Details - X members, member locations, and application of joint details and applicable notes at each connection. Review independent organization certification letter to ensure Fabrication - X fabricator is in compliance with independent organization standards and compliance is current. Concrete Construction The inspection requirements for this type of construction include cast -in -place concrete and precast concrete. Verification and Inspection Frequency Tasks C P Verify formwork for shape, location and dimensions of the Formwork - X concrete member being formed are in conformance with CD. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 014001-7 IBC Special Inspections Page 7 of 9 Verification and Frequency Tasks C p Inspection Reinforcing Steel _ X Verify size of bars and/or stressing strands, ASTM standard, Material and Type and grade are in conformance with CD. Verify quantity and spacing of bars and/or stressing strands, Reinforcing Steel X concrete clear cover on all sides. Verify lap splice type, Position location, and size. Verify no welding of reinforcing except where specifically noted. Welding of Reinforcing Verify material being welded is ASTM A706 and per CD. Steel X - Verify personnel, equipment, materials, and welds per AWS 131.4. Provide 100% visual inspection of all welds. Cast -In -Place Anchors - X Verify size, type, position, and embedment prior to concrete placement. Verify position after concrete placement. Cast -In -Place Anchors X _ Verify placement and consolidation of concrete around anchors. Mix Design - X Verify batch plant tickets' mix number matches approved mix design for each mix design and application. At the same time fresh concrete is sampled to fabricate specimens for strength tests, perform slump and air content Fresh Concrete Samples X - tests, and determine the temperature of the concrete. Sample per ASTM C31, C143, C231 (or C.173), C1064. Refer to Section 03 33 00 "Cast -In -Place Concrete" At the time of concrete or shotcrete placement, verify that Placement Technique X - proper application techniques are being implemented per the CD and ACI 301. Curing Technique _ X Verify that approved means of curing and extreme weather rtection are implemented in accordance with the CD. Verify in -situ concrete strength prior to stressing. Refer to Prestressed Concrete X - CD requirements. Verify application of prestressing forces. Observe grouting of bonded tendons. Shore Removal _ X Verify in -situ concrete strength prior to stressing. Refer to CD requirements. Fabrication of Precast Review independent organization certification letter to Members X ensure fabricator complies with independent organization standards and compliance is current Verify conformance with the CD including welded Erection of Precast connections, grouting, and bolting. Where welded Members - X connections are specified, verify personnel, equipment, materials, and welds per AWS D1.1. Provide 100% visual inspection of all welds. Post -Installed Concrete Anchors The inspection requirements for this type of construction include adhesive and expansion type anchors installed in hardened concrete and masonry construction. For each construction personnel, anchor type, diameter, and embedment the inspection of initial anchors placed must be continuous based on the requirements below. With the exception of anchors that are FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 014001-8 IBC Special Inspections Page 8 of 9 upwardly inclined, continuously load in tension, after initial anchor placement inspections have been performed, then inspector may perform quality assurance on a periodic basis. Any change in personnel or anchor type must require an initial continuous inspection as indicated here. Verification and Inspection Frequency Tasks C P Verify all personnel are qualified to install anchors. X Installation of adhesive anchors horizontally or upwardly inclined must be performed by personnel certified by an acce table program. Verify Contractor has manufacturer's printed installation - X instructions (MPII) on -site and available for reference by construction personnel. If manufacturer does not have a representative on -site, then Inspection Tasks Prior to Anchor Hole Drilling - X special inspector must review MPII with Contractor ersonnelprior to beginning construction. Verify edge distance limitations indicated in CD's and - X existing reinforcing locations compared to proposed anchor hole locations. Verify drill bit diameter matches MPII for anchor diameter - X indicated in CD's. Special inspector does not need to be resent during actual drilling of holes. Verify every hole diameter is in accordance with MPII and X verify embedment is in accordance with CD's and hole depth is in accordance with MPII (hole depth may need to exceed embedment depth, refer to MPII). _ X Verify cleaning operations are in accordance with CD's and MPII. Inspection Tasks After - X Verify anchor type, material, diameter, and length. Drilling Prior to Anchor Placement Where adhesive anchors are specified: verify adhesive type- - X is per CD's, adhesive expiration date, and adhesive dis ensin equipment is per MPII. Verify that for horizontal and upwardly inclined adhesive X - anchors have all MPII required installation items (e.g., iston- lu Inspection Tasks During Anchor Placement _ X Verify that all anchors are installed in accordance with MPIL FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 01 40 01 - 9 IBC Special Inspections Page 9 of 9 Soils The inspection requirements for this type of construction include structural fill and compacted fill, shallow footings and slabs -on -grade. Verification and Frequency Tasks C P Inspection Verify that materials below shallow foundations are Subgrade for Shallow X adequate to achieve the design bearing capacity, excavations Footings are extended to the proper depth and have reached the proper material. Perform classification and testing of compacted fill Backfill Materials X materials. Test per ASTM D422, D 1140, and D698 as required to verify fill materials are in accordance with the CD. Subgrade Preparation _ X Verify the use of proper subgrade preparation per the CD, including but not limited to proof rolling and scarifying. Verify proper fill materials, densities, and lift thicknesses Compaction X - during placement and compaction of fill is in accordance with the CD. Test density of each lift per ASTM D698. END OF ATTACHMENT A FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 01 45 23 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES Page 1 of 2 SECTION 0145 23 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Testing and inspection services procedures and coordination B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 00 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 01—General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. a. Contractor is responsible for performing, coordinating, and payment of all Quality Control testing. b. City is responsible for performing and payment for first set of Quality Assurance testing. 1) If the first Quality Assurance test performed by the City fails, the Contractor is responsible for payment of subsequent Quality Assurance testing until a passing test occurs. a) Final acceptance will not be issued by City until all required payments for testing by Contractor have been paid in full. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Testing 1. Complete testing in accordance with the Contract Documents. Coordination a. When testing is required to be performed by the City, notify City, sufficiently in advance, when testing is needed. b. When testing is required to be completed by the Contractor, notify City, sufficiently in advance, that testing will be performed. 3. Distribution of Testing Reports a. Electronic Distribution 1) Confirm development of Project directory for electronic submittals to be uploaded to the City's document management system, or another external FTP site approved by the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised March 9, 2020 01 45 23 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES Page 2 of 2 2) Upload test reports to designated project directory and notify appropriate City representatives via email of submittal posting. 3) Hard Copies a) 1 copy for all submittals submitted to the Project Representative b. Hard Copy Distribution (if required in lieu of electronic distribution) 1) Tests performed by City a) Distribute 1 hard copy to the Contractor 2) Tests performed by the Contractor a) Distribute 3 hard copies to City's Project Representative 4. Provide City's Project Representative with trip tickets for each delivered load of Concrete or Lime material including the following information: a. Name of pit b. Date of delivery c. Material delivered B. Inspection 1. Inspection or lack of inspection does not relieve the Contractor from obligation to perform work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 3/9/2020 D.V. Magana Removed reference to Buzzsaw and noted that electronic submittals be uploaded through the City's document management system. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised March 9, 2020 01 50 00 - 1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Page 1 of 4 SECTION 0150 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Provide temporary facilities and controls needed for the Work including, but not necessarily limited to: a. Temporary utilities b. Sanitary facilities c. Storage Sheds and Buildings d. Dust control e. Temporary fencing of the construction site B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 00 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 01— General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Temporary Utilities 1. Obtaining Temporary Service a. Make arrangements with utility service companies for temporary services. b. Abide by rules and regulations of utility service companies or authorities having jurisdiction. c. Be responsible for utility service costs until Work is approved for Final Acceptance. 1) Included are fuel, power, light, heat and other utility services necessary for execution, completion, testing and initial operation of Work. 2. Water a. Contractor to provide water required for and in connection with Work to be performed and for specified tests of piping, equipment, devices or other use as required for the completion of the Work. b. Provide and maintain adequate supply of potable water for domestic consumption by Contractor personnel and City's Project Representatives. c. Coordination 1) Contact City 1 week before water for construction is desired CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised July 1, 2011 01 50 00 - 2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Page 2 of 4 d. Contractor Payment for Construction Water 1) Obtain construction water meter from City for payment as billed by City's established rates. 3. Electricity and Lighting a. Provide and pay for electric powered service as required for Work, including testing of Work. 1) Provide power for lighting, operation of equipment, or other use. b. Electric power service includes temporary power service or generator to maintain operations during scheduled shutdown. 4. Telephone a. Provide emergency telephone service at Site for use by Contractor personnel and others performing work or furnishing services at Site. 5. Temporary Heat and Ventilation a. Provide temporary heat as necessary for protection or completion of Work. b. Provide temporary heat and ventilation to assure safe working conditions. B. Sanitary Facilities 1. Provide and maintain sanitary facilities for persons on Site. a. Comply with regulations of State and local departments of health. 2. Enforce use of sanitary facilities by construction personnel at job site. a. Enclose and anchor sanitary facilities. b. No discharge will be allowed from these facilities. c. Collect and store sewage and waste so as not to cause nuisance or health problem. d. Haul sewage and waste off -site at no less than weekly intervals and properly dispose in accordance with applicable regulation. 3. Locate facilities near Work Site and keep clean and maintained throughout Project. 4. Remove facilities at completion of Project C. Storage Sheds and Buildings 1. Provide adequately ventilated, watertight, weatherproof storage facilities with floor above ground level for materials and equipment susceptible to weather damage. 2. Storage of materials not susceptible to weather damage may be on blocks off ground. 3. Store materials in a neat and orderly manner. a. Place materials and equipment to permit easy access for identification, inspection and inventory. 4. Equip building with lockable doors and lighting, and provide electrical service for equipment space heaters and heating or ventilation as necessary to provide storage environments acceptable to specified manufacturers. 5. Fill and grade site for temporary structures to provide drainage away from temporary and existing buildings. 6. Remove building from site prior to Final Acceptance. D. Temporary Fencing 1. Provide and maintain for the duration or construction when required in contract documents E. Dust Control CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised July 1, 2011 01 50 00 - 3 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Page 3 of 4 1. Contractor is responsible for maintaining dust control through the duration of the project. a. Contractor remains on -call at all times b. Must respond in a timely manner F. Temporary Protection of Construction 1. Contractor or subcontractors are responsible for protecting Work from damage due to weather. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Temporary Facilities 1. Maintain all temporary facilities for duration of construction activities as needed. 3.5 [REPAIR] / [RESTORATION] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES A. Temporary Facilities CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised July 1, 2011 01 50 00 - 4 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Page 4 of 4 1. Remove all temporary facilities and restore area after completion of the Work, to a condition equal to or better than prior to start of Work. 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised July 1, 2011 01 55 26 -1 STREET USE PERMIT AND MODIFICATIONS TO TRAFFIC CONTROL Page I of 3 SECTION 0155 26 STREET USE PERMIT AND MODIFICATIONS TO TRAFFIC CONTROL PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Administrative procedures for: a. Street Use Permit b. Modification of approved traffic control c. Removal of Street Signs B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 00 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 0 1 — General Requirements 3. Section 34 71 13 — Traffic Control 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD). 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Traffic Control 1. General a. Contractor shall minimize lane closures and impact to vehicular/pedestrian traffic. b. When traffic control plans are included in the Drawings, provide Traffic Control in accordance with Drawings and Section 34 71 13. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised March 22, 2021 01 5526 -2 STREET USE PERMIT AND MODIFICATIONS TO TRAFFIC CONTROL Page 2 of 3 c. When traffic control plans are not included in the Drawings, prepare traffic control plans in accordance with Section 34 7113 and submit to City for review. 1) Allow minimum 10 working days for review of proposed Traffic Control. 2) A traffic control "Typical" published by City of Fort Worth, the Texas Manual Unified Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD) or Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) can be used as an alternative to preparing project/site specific traffic control plan if the typical is applicable to the specific project/site. B. Street Use Permit 1. Prior to installation of Traffic Control, a City Street Use Permit is required. a. To obtain Street Use Permit, submit Traffic Control Plans to City Transportation and Public Works Department. 1) Allow a minimum of 5 working days for permit review. 2) It is the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate review of Traffic Control plans for Street Use Pennit, such that construction is not delayed. C. Modification to Approved Traffic Control 1. Prior to installation traffic control: a. Submit revised traffic control plans to City Department Transportation and Public Works Department. 1) Revise Traffic Control plans in accordance with Section 34 71 13. 2) Allow minimum 5 working days for review of revised Traffic Control. 3) It is the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate review of Traffic Control plans for Street Use Permit, such that construction is not delayed. D. Removal of Street Sign 1. If it is determined that a street sign must be removed for construction, then contact City Transportation and Public Works Department, Signs and Markings Division to remove the sign. E. Temporary Signage 1. In the case of regulatory signs, replace permanent sign with temporary sign meeting 1. requirements of the latest edition of the Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD). 2. Install temporary sign before the removal of permanent sign. 3. When construction is complete, to the extent that the permanent sign can be reinstalled, contact the City Transportation and Public Works Department, Signs and Markings Division, to reinstall the permanent sign. F. Traffic Control Standards 1. Traffic Control Standards can be found on the City's website. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] A. Submit all required documentation to City's Project Representative. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised March 22, 2021 01 55 26 - 3 STREET USE PERMIT AND MODIFICATIONS TO TRAFFIC CONTROL 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Page 3 of 3 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 1.4 A. Added language to emphasize minimizing of lane closures an impact to traffic. 1.4 A. 1. c. Added language to allow for use of published traffic control 3/22/2021 M Owen "Typicals" if applicable to specific project/site. 1.4 F. 1) Removed reference to Buzzsaw 1.5 Added language re: submittal of permit CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised March 22, 2021 01 57 13 - 1 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION Page I of 3 SECTION 015713 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Procedures for Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plans B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 00 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 01—General Requirements 3. Section 3125 00 — Erosion and Sediment Control 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Construction Activities resulting in less than 1 acre of disturbance a. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 2. Construction Activities resulting in greater than 1 acre of disturbance a. Measurement and Payment shall be in accordance with Section 3125 00. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 1. Notice of Intent: NOI 2. Notice of Termination: NOT 3. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan: SWPPP 4. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality: TCEQ 5. Notice of Change: NOC A. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. Integrated Storm Management (iSWM) Technical Manual for Construction Controls 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. General 1. Contractor is responsible for resolution and payment of any fines issued associated with compliance to Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised July 1, 2011 01 57 13 - 2 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION Page 2 of 3 B. Construction Activities resulting in: 1. Less than 1 acre of disturbance a. Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with Section 3125 00 and Drawings. 2. 1 to less than 5 acres of disturbance a. Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Construction Permit is required b. Complete SWPPP in accordance with TCEQ requirements 1) TCEQ Small Construction Site Notice Required under general permit TXR150000 a) Sign and post at job site b) Prior to Preconstruction Meeting, send 1 copy to City Department of Transportation and Public Works, Environmental Division, (817) 392- 6088. 2) Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with: a) Section 3125 00 b) The Drawings c) TXR150000 General Permit d) SWPPP e) TCEQ requirements 5 acres or more of Disturbance a. Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Construction Permit is required b. Complete SWPPP in accordance with TCEQ requirements 1) Prepare a TCEQ NOI form and submit to TCEQ along with required fee a) Sign and post at job site b) Send copy to City Department of Transportation and Public Works, Environmental Division, (817) 392-6088. 2) TCEQ Notice of Change required if making changes or updates to NOI 3) Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with: a) Section 3125 00 b) The Drawings c) TXR150000 General Permit d) SWPPP e) TCEQ requirements 4) Once the project has been completed and all the closeout requirements of TCEQ have been met a TCEQ Notice of Termination can be submitted. a) Send copy to City Department of Transportation and Public Works, Environmental Division, (817) 392-6088. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. SWPPP Submit in accordance with Section 0133 00, except as stated herein. a. Prior to the Preconstruction Meeting, submit a draft copy of SWPPP to the City as follows: 1) 1 copy to the City Project Manager a) City Project Manager will forward to the City Department of Transportation and Public Works, Environmental Division for review CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised July 1, 2011 01 57 13 - 3 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION Page 3 of 3 B. Modified SWPPP 1. If the SWPPP is revised during construction, resubmit modified SWPPP to the City in accordance with Section 0133 00. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised July 1, 2011 SECTION 015813 TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 015813-1 TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE Pagel of 3 A. Section Includes: 1. Temporary Project Signage Requirements B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, AND MATERIALS A. Design Criteria 1. Provide free standing Project Designation Sign in accordance with City's Standard Details for project signs. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised July 1, 2011 015813-2 TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE Page 2 of 3 B. Materials 1. Sign a. Constructed of 3/4-inch fir plywood, grade A-C (exterior) or better 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 INSTALLATION A. General 1. Provide vertical installation at extents of project. 2. Relocate sign as needed, upon request of the City. B. Mounting options a. Skids b. Posts c. Barricade 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE A. General 1. Maintenance will include painting and repairs as needed or directed by the City. 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised July 1, 2011 015813-3 TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE Page 3 of 3 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised July 1, 2011 SECTION 0160 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Page 1 of 2 1. References for Product Requirements and City Standard Products List B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 00 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 01— General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES [NOT USED] 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. A list of City approved products for use is available through the City's website at: https:Happs.fortworthtexas.gov/ProjectResources/ and following the directory path; 02 - Construction Documents/Standard Products List B. Only products specifically included on City's Standard Product List in these Contract Documents shall be allowed for use on the Project. 1. Any subsequently approved products will only be allowed for use upon specific approval by the City. C. Any specific product requirements in the Contract Documents supersede similar products included on the City's Standard Product List. 1. The City reserves the right to not allow products to be used for certain projects even though the product is listed on the City's Standard Product List. D. Although a specific product is included on City's Standard Product List, not all products from that manufacturer are approved for use, including but not limited to, that manufacturer's standard product. E. See Section 0133 00 for submittal requirements of Product Data included on City's Standard Product List. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised March 9, 2020 01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Page 2 of 2 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 10/12/12 D. Johnson Modified Location of City's Standard Product List 3/9/2020 D.V. Magaiia Removed reference to Buzzsaw and noted that the City approved products list is accessible through the City's website. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised March 9, 2020 01 66 00 - 1 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS Page 1 of 4 SECTION 0166 00 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Scheduling of product delivery 2. Packaging of products for delivery 3. Protection of products against damage from: a. Handling b. Exposure to elements or harsh environments B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 00 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 0 1 — General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY AND HANDLING A. Delivery Requirements 1. Schedule delivery of products or equipment as required to allow timely installation and to avoid prolonged storage. 2. Provide appropriate personnel and equipment to receive deliveries. 3. Delivery trucks will not be permitted to wait extended periods of time on the Site for personnel or equipment to receive the delivery. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised July 1, 2011 01 66 00 - 2 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS Page 2 of 4 4. Deliver products or equipment in manufacturer's original unbroken cartons or other containers designed and constructed to protect the contents from physical or environmental damage. 5. Clearly and fully mark and identify as to manufacturer, item and installation location. 6. Provide manufacturer's instructions for storage and handling. B. Handling Requirements 1. Handle products or equipment in accordance with these Contract Documents and manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. C. Storage Requirements 1. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and requirements of these Specifications. 2. Make necessary provisions for safe storage of materials and equipment. a. Place loose soil materials and materials to be incorporated into Work to prevent damage to any part of Work or existing facilities and to maintain free access at all times to all parts of Work and to utility service company installations in vicinity of Work. 3. Keep materials and equipment neatly and compactly stored in locations that will cause minimum inconvenience to other contractors, public travel, adjoining owners, tenants and occupants. a. Arrange storage to provide easy access for inspection. 4. Restrict storage to areas available on construction site for storage of material and equipment as shown on Drawings, or approved by City's Project Representative. 5. Provide off -site storage and protection when on -site storage is not adequate. a. Provide addresses of and access to off -site storage locations for inspection by City's Project Representative. 6. Do not use lawns, grass plots or other private property for storage purposes without written permission of owner or other person in possession or control of premises. 7. Store in manufacturers' unopened containers. 8. Neatly, safely and compactly stack materials delivered and stored along line of Work to avoid inconvenience and damage to property owners and general public and maintain at least 3 feet from fire hydrant. 9. Keep public and private driveways and street crossings open. 10. Repair or replace damaged lawns, sidewalks, streets or other improvements to satisfaction of City's Project Representative. a. Total length which materials may be distributed along route of construction at one time is 1,000 linear feet, unless otherwise approved in writing by City's Project Representative. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised July 1, 2011 01 66 00 - 3 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS Page 3 of 4 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 1 ZYWI[C� �1:4 DCK I N CW0 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 ERECTION [NOT USED] 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections 1. Inspect all products or equipment delivered to the site prior to unloading. B. Non -Conforming Work 1. Reject all products or equipment that are damaged, used or in any other way unsatisfactory for use on the project. 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION A. Protect all products or equipment in accordance with manufacturer's written directions. B. Store products or equipment in location to avoid physical damage to items while in storage. C. Protect equipment from exposure to elements and keep thoroughly dry if required by the manufacturer. 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised July 1, 2011 01 66 00 - 4 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS Page 4 of 4 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised July 1, 2011 01 70 00 - 1 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Page 1 of 6 SECTION 0170 00 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Mobilization and Demobilization a. Mobilization 1) Transportation of Contractor's personnel, equipment, and operating supplies to the Site 2) Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractor's operation at the Site 3) Premiums paid for performance and payment bonds 4) Transportation of Contractor's personnel, equipment, and operating supplies to another location within the designated Site 5) Relocation of necessary general facilities for the Contractor's operation from 1 location to another location on the Site. b. Demobilization 1) Transportation of Contractor's personnel, equipment, and operating supplies away from the Site including disassembly 2) Site Clean-up 3) Removal of all buildings and/or other facilities assembled at the Site for this Contract c. Mobilization and Demobilization do not include activities for specific items of work that are for which payment is provided elsewhere in the contract. 2. Remobilization a. Remobilization for Suspension of Work specifically required in the Contract Documents or as required by City includes: 1) Demobilization a) Transportation of Contractor's personnel, equipment, and operating supplies from the Site including disassembly or temporarily securing equipment, supplies, and other facilities as designated by the Contract Documents necessary to suspend the Work. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 22, 2016 017000-2 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Page 2 of 6 b) Site Clean-up as designated in the Contract Documents 2) Remobilization a) Transportation of Contractor's personnel, equipment, and operating supplies to the Site necessary to resume the Work. b) Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractor's operation at the Site necessary to resume the Work. 3) No Payments will be made for: a) Mobilization and Demobilization from one location to another on the Site in the normal progress of performing the Work. b) Stand-by or idle time c) Lost profits 3. Mobilizations and Demobilization for Miscellaneous Projects a. Mobilization and Demobilization 1) Mobilization shall consist of the activities and cost on a Work Order basis necessary for: a) Transportation of Contractor's personnel, equipment, and operating supplies to the Site for the issued Work Order. b) Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractor's operation at the Site for the issued Work Order 2) Demobilization shall consist of the activities and cost necessary for: a) Transportation of Contractor's personnel, equipment, and operating supplies from the Site including disassembly for each issued Work Order b) Site Clean-up for each issued Work Order c) Removal of all buildings or other facilities assembled at the Site for each Work Oder b. Mobilization and Demobilization do not include activities for specific items of work for which payment is provided elsewhere in the contract. 4. Emergency Mobilizations and Demobilization for Miscellaneous Projects a. A Mobilization for Miscellaneous Projects when directed by the City and the mobilization occurs within 24 hours of the issuance of the Work Order. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 22, 2016 017000-3 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Page 3 of 6 B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1— General Requirements A.Measurement and Payment 1. Mobilization and Demobilization a. Measure 1) This Item will be measured by the lump sum or each as the work progresses. Mobilization is calculated on the base bid only and will not be paid for separately on any additive alternate items added to the Contract. 2) Demobilization shall be considered subsidiary to the various bid items. b. Payment 1) For this Item, the adjusted Contract amount will be calculated as the total Contract amount less the lump sum for mobilization. Mobilization shall be made in partial payments as follows: a) When 1 % of the adjusted Contract amount for construction Items is earned, 50% of the mobilization lump sum bid or 2.5% of the total Contract amount, whichever is less, will be paid. b) When 5% of the adjusted Contract amount for construction Items is earned, 75% of the mobilization lump sum bid or 5% of the total Contract amount, whichever is less, will be paid. Previous payments under the Item will be deducted from this amount. c) When 10% of the adjusted Contract amount for construction Items is earned, 100% of the mobilization lump sum bid or 5% of the total Contract amount, whichever is less, will be paid. Previous payments under the Item will be deducted from this amount. d) A bid containing a total for "Mobilization" in excess of 5% of total contract shall be considered unbalanced and a cause for consideration of rejection. e) The Lump Sum bid for "Mobilization — Paving/Drainage" shall NOT include any cost or sum for mobilization items associated with CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 22, 2016 017000-4 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Page 4 of 6 water/sewer items. Those costs shall be included in the various water/sewer bid Items. Otherwise the bid Items shall be considered unbalanced and a cause for consideration of rejection. f) The Lump Sum bid for "Mobilization — Paving" shall NOT include any cost or sum for mobilization items associated with drainage items. Those costs shall be included in the "Mobilization — Drainage" Lump Sum bid Item. Otherwise the bid Items shall be considered unbalanced and a cause for consideration of rejection. g) The Lump Sum bid for "Mobilization — Drainage" shall NOT include any cost or sum for mobilization items associated with paving items. Those costs shall be included in the "Mobilization — Paving" Lump Sum bid Item. Otherwise the bid Items shall be considered unbalanced and a cause for consideration of rejection. 2) The work performed and materials furnished for demobilization in accordance with this Item are subsidiary to the various Items bid and no other compensation will be allowed. 2. Remobilization for suspension of Work as specifically required in the Contract Documents a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each remobilization performed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price per each "Specified Remobilization" in accordance with Contract Documents. c. The price shall include: 1) Demobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.2.a.1) 2) Remobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.2.a.2) d. No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated this Item. 3. Remobilization for suspension of Work as required by City a. Measurement and Payment CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 22, 2016 017000-5 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Page 5 of 6 1) This shall be submitted as a Contract Claim in accordance with Article 10 of Section 00 72 00. 2) No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated with this Item. 4. Mobilizations and Demobilizations for Miscellaneous Projects a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be for each Mobilization and Demobilization required by the Contract Documents b. Payment 1) The Work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement' will be paid for at the unit price per each "Work Order Mobilization" in accordance with Contract Documents. Demobilization shall be considered subsidiary to mobilization and shall not be paid for separately. c. The price shall include: 1) Mobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.3.a.1) 2) Demobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.3.a.2) d. No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated this Item. 5. Emergency Mobilizations and Demobilizations for Miscellaneous Projects a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be for each Mobilization and Demobilization required by the Contract Documents b. Payment 1) The Work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price per each "Work Order Emergency Mobilization" in accordance with Contract Documents. Demobilization shall be considered subsidiary to mobilization and shall not be paid for separately. c. The price shall include 1) Mobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.4.a) 2) Demobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.3.a.2) CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 22, 2016 017000-6 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Page 6 of 6 d. No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 11/22/16 Michael Owen 1.2 Price and Payment Procedures - Revised specification, including blue text, to make specification flexible for either subsidiary or paid bid item for Mobilization. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 22, 2016 017123-1 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 1 of 8 SECTION 01 71 23 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY ART1- GENERAL .1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Requirements for construction staking and construction survey B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 00 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 01— General Requirements .2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Construction Staking a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by lump sum. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for "Construction Staking". 2) Payment for "Construction Staking" shall be made in partial payments prorated by work completed compared to total work included in the lump sum item. c. The price bid shall include, but not be limited to the following: 1) Verification of control data provided by City. 2) Placement, maintenance and replacement of required stakes and markings in the field. 3) Preparation and submittal of construction staking documentation in the form of "cut sheets" using the City's standard template. Construction Survey a. Measurement 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item are subsidiary to the various Items bid and no other compensation will be allowed. As -Built Survey a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by lump sum. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for "As -Built Survey". CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised February 14, 2018 017123-2 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 2 of 8 2) Payment for "Construction Staking" shall be made in partial payments prorated by work completed compared to total work included in the lump sum item. c. The price bid shall include, but not be limited to the following:: 1) Field measurements and survey shots to identify location of completed facilities. 2) Documentation and submittal of as -built survey data onto contractor redline plans and digital survey files. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Definitions 1. Construction Survey - The survey measurements made prior to or while construction is in progress to control elevation, horizontal position, dimensions and configuration of structures/improvements included in the Project Drawings. 2. As -built Survey —The measurements made after the construction of the improvement features are complete to provide position coordinates for the features of a project. 3. Construction Staking — The placement of stakes and markings to provide offsets and elevations to cut and fill in order to locate on the ground the designed structures/improvements included in the Project Drawings. Construction staking shall include staking easements and/or right of way if indicated on the plans. 4. Survey "Field Checks" — Measurements made after construction staking is completed and before construction work begins to ensure that structures marked on the ground are accurately located per Project Drawings. B. Technical References 1. City of Fort Worth — Construction Staking Standards (available on City's Buzzsaw website) — 01 71 23.16.01— Attachment A Survey Staking Standards 2. City of Fort Worth - Standard Survey Data Collector Library (fxl) files (available on City's Buzzsaw website). 3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Survey Manual, latest revision 4. Texas Society of Professional Land Surveyors (TSPS), Manual of Practice for Land Surveying in the State of Texas, Category 5 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor's selection of a surveyor must comply with Texas Government Code 2254 (qualifications based selection) for this project. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals, if required, shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. B. All submittals shall be received and reviewed by the City prior to delivery of work. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field Quality Control Submittals CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised February 14, 2018 017123-3 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 3 of 8 1. Documentation verifying accuracy of field engineering work, including coordinate conversions if plans do not indicate grid or ground coordinates. 2. Submit "Cut -Sheets" conforming to the standard template provided by the City (refer to 01 71 23.16.01— Attachment A — Survey Staking Standards). 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS B. As -built Redline Drawing Submittal 1. Submit As -Built Survey Redline Drawings documenting the locations/elevations of constructed improvements signed and sealed by Registered Professional Land Surveyor (RPLS) responsible for the work (refer to 01 71 23.16.01 — Attachment A — Survey Staking Standards) . 2. Contractor shall submit the proposed as -built and completed redline drawing submittal one (1) week prior to scheduling the project final inspection for City review and comment. Revisions, if necessary, shall be made to the as -built redline drawings and resubmitted to the City prior to scheduling the construction final inspection. 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Construction Staking 1. Construction staking will be performed by the Contractor. 2. Coordination a. Contact City's Project Representative at least one week in advance notifying the City of when Construction Staking is scheduled. b. It is the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate staking such that construction activities are not delayed or negatively impacted. 3. General a. Contractor is responsible for preserving and maintaining stakes. If City surveyors are required to re -stake for any reason, the Contractor will be responsible for costs to perform staking. If in the opinion of the City, a sufficient number of stakes or markings have been lost, destroyed disturbed or omitted that the contracted Work cannot take place then the Contractor will be required to stake or re -stake the deficient areas. B. Construction Survey 1. Construction Survey will be performed by the Contractor. 2. Coordination a. Contractor to verify that horizontal and vertical control data established in the design survey and required for construction survey is available and in place. 3. General a. Construction survey will be performed in order to construct the work shown on the Construction Drawings and specified in the Contract Documents. b. For construction methods other than open cut, the Contractor shall perform construction survey and verify control data including, but not limited to, the following: 1) Verification that established benchmarks and control are accurate. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised February 14, 2018 017123-4 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 4 of 8 2) Use of Benchmarks to furnish and maintain all reference lines and grades for tunneling. 3) Use of line and grades to establish the location of the pipe. 4) Submit to the City copies of field notesused to establish all lines and grades, if requested, and allow the City to check guidance system setup prior to beginning each tunneling drive. 5) Provide access for the City, if requested, to verify the guidance system and the line and grade of the carrier pipe. 6) The Contractor remains fully responsible for the accuracy of the work and correction of it, as required. 7) Monitor line and grade continuously during construction. 8) Record deviation with respect to design line and grade once at each pipe joint and submit daily records to the City. 9) If the installation does not meet the specified tolerances (as outlined in Sections 33 05 23 and/or 33 05 24), immediately notify the City and correct the installation in accordance with the Contract Documents. C. As -Built Survey 1. Required As -Built Survey will be performed by the Contractor. Coordination a. Contractor is to coordinate with City to confirm which features require as - built surveying. b. It is the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate the as -built survey and required measurements for items that are to be buried such that construction activities are not delayed or negatively impacted. c. For sewer mains and water mains 12" and under in diameter, it is acceptable to physically measure depth and mark the location during the progress of construction and take as -built survey after the facility has been buried. The Contractor is responsible for the quality control needed to ensure accuracy. General a. The Contractor shall provide as -built survey including the elevation and location (and provide written documentation to the City) of construction features during the progress of the construction including the following: 1) Water Lines a) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates for waterlines at the following locations: (1) Minimum every 250 linear feet, including (2) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature, etc. (3) Fire line tee (4) Plugs, stub -outs, dead-end lines (5) Casing pipe (each end) and all buried fittings 2) Sanitary Sewer a) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates for force mains and siphon sanitary sewer lines (non -gravity facilities) at the following locations: (1) Minimum every 250 linear feet and any buried fittings (2) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature, etc. 3) Stormwater — Not Applicable CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised February 14, 2018 017123-5 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 5 of 8 b. The Contractor shall provide as -built survey including the elevation and location (and provide written documentation to the City) of construction features after the construction is completed including the following: 1) Manholes a) Rim and flowline elevations and coordinates for each manhole 2) Water Lines a) Cathodic protection test stations b) Sampling stations c) Meter boxes/vaults (All sizes) d) Fire hydrants e) Valves (gate, butterfly, etc.) f) Air Release valves (Manhole rim and vent pipe) g) Blow off valves (Manhole rim and valve lid) h) Pressure plane valves i) Underground Vaults (1) Rim and flowline elevations and coordinates for each Underground Vault. 3) Sanitary Sewer a) Cleanouts (1) Rim and flowline elevations and coordinates for each b) Manholes and Junction Structures (1) Rim and flowline elevations and coordinates for each manhole and junction structure. 4) Stormwater — Not Applicable 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY PART2- PRODUCTS A. A construction survey will produce, but will not be limited to: 1. Recovery of relevant control points, points of curvature and points of intersection. 2. Establish temporary horizontal and vertical control elevations (benchmarks) sufficiently permanent and located in a manner to be used throughout construction. 3. The location of planned facilities, easements and improvements. a. Establishing final line and grade stakes for piers, floors, grade beams, parking areas, utilities, streets, highways, tunnels, and other construction. b. A record of revisions or corrections noted in an orderly manner for reference. c. A drawing, when required by the client, indicating the horizontal and vertical location of facilities, easements and improvements, as built. 4. Cut sheets shall be provided to the City inspector and Survey Superintendent for all construction staking projects. These cut sheets shall be on the standard city template which can be obtained from the Survey Superintendent (817-392-7925). 5. Digital survey files in the following formats shall be acceptable: a. AutoCAD (.dwg) b. ESR1 Shapefile (.shp) CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised February 14, 2018 017123-6 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 6 of 8 CSV file (.csv), formatted with X and Y coordinates in separate columns (use standard templates, if available) 6. Survey files shall include vertical and horizontal data tied to original project control and benchmarks, and shall include feature descriptions PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS A. Tolerances: The staked location of any improvement or facility should be as accurate as practical and necessary. The degree of precision required is dependent on many factors all of which must remain judgmental. The tolerances listed hereafter are based on generalities and, under certain circumstances, shall yield to specific requirements. The surveyor shall assess any situation by review of the overall plans and through consultation with responsible parties as to the need for specific tolerances. a. Earthwork: Grades for earthwork or rough cut should not exceed 0.1 ft. vertical tolerance. Horizontal alignment for earthwork and rough cut should not exceed 1.0 ft. tolerance. b. Horizontal alignment on a structure shall be within .0.1 ft tolerance. c. Paving or concrete for streets, curbs, gutters, parking areas, drives, alleys and walkways shall be located within the confines of the site boundaries and, occasionally, along a boundary or any other restrictive line. Away from any restrictive line, these facilities should be staked with an accuracy producing no more than 0.05ft. tolerance from their specified locations. d. Underground and overhead utilities, such as sewers, gas, water, telephone and electric lines, shall be located horizontally within their prescribed areas or easements. Within assigned areas, these utilities should be staked with an accuracy producing no more than 0.1 ft tolerance from a specified location. e. The accuracy required for the vertical location of utilities varies widely. Many underground utilities require only a minimum cover and a tolerance of 0.1 ft. should be maintained. Underground and overhead utilities on planned profile, but not depending on gravity flow for performance, should not exceed 0.1 ft. tolerance. B. Surveying instruments shall be kept in close adjustment according to manufacturer's specifications or in compliance to standards. The City reserves the right to request a calibration report at any time and recommends regular maintenance schedule be performed by a certified technician every 6 months. 1. Field measurements of angles and distances shall be done in such fashion as to satisfy the closures and tolerances expressed in Part 3.1.A. 2. Vertical locations shall be established from a pre -established benchmark and checked by closing to a different bench mark on the same datum. 3. Construction survey field work shall correspond to the client's plans. Irregularities or conflicts found shall be reported promptly to the City. 4. Revisions, corrections and other pertinent data shall be logged for future reference. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised February 14, 2018 017123-7 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 7 of 8 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 APPLICATION 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION A. If the Contractor's work damages or destroys one or more of the control monuments/points set by the City, the monuments shall be adequately referenced for expedient restoration. 1. Notify City if any control data needs to be restored or replaced due to damage caused during construction operations. a. Contractor shall perform replacements and/or restorations. b. The City may require at anytime a survey "Field Check" of any monument or benchmarks that are set be verified by the City surveyors before further associated work can move forward. 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL A. It is the Contractor's responsibility to maintain all stakes and control data placed by the City in accordance with this Specification. This includes easements and right of way, if noted on the plans. B. Do not change or relocate stakes or control data without approval from the City. 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP A. Survey Checks 1. The City reserves the right to perfonn a Survey Check at any time deemed necessary. 2. Checks by City personnel or 3rd party contracted surveyor are not intended to relieve the contractor of his/her responsibility for accuracy. 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS SNOT USED] END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised February 14, 2018 017123-8 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 8 of 8 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 8/31/2012 D. Johnson Added instruction and modified measurement & payment under 1.2; added 8/31/2017 M. Owen definitions and references under 1.3; modified 1.6; added 1.7 closeout submittal requirements; modified 1.9 Quality Assurance; added PART 2 — PRODUCTS ; Added 3.1 Installers; added 3.5 Repair/Restoration; and added 3.8 System Startup. Removed "blue text"; revised measurement and payment sections for Construction Staking and As -Built Survey; added reference to selection compliance with TGC 2/14/2018 M Owen 2254; revised action and Closeout submittal requirements; added acceptable depth measurement criteria; revised list of items requiring as -built survey "during" and "after" construction; and revised acceptable digital survey file format CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised February 14, 2018 SECTION 0174 23 CLEANING PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 017423-1 CLEANING Pagel of 4 A. Section Includes: 1. Intermediate and final cleaning for Work not including special cleaning of closed systems specified elsewhere B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 00 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 01—General Requirements 3. Section 32 92 13 — Hydro -Mulching, Seeding and Sodding 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Scheduling 1. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants disturbed by cleaning process will not fall on newly painted surfaces. 2. Schedule final cleaning upon completion of Work and immediately prior to final inspection. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage and Handling Requirements 1. Store cleaning products and cleaning wastes in containers specifically designed for those materials. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised July 1, 2011 017423-2 CLEANING Page 2 of 4 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents 1. Compatible with surface being cleaned 2. New and uncontaminated 3. For manufactured surfaces a. Material recommended by manufacturer 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 APPLICATION [NOT USED] 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING A. General 1. Prevent accumulation of wastes that create hazardous conditions. 2. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with laws and safety orders of governing authorities. 3. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner in storm or sanitary drains or sewers. 4. Dispose of degradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site. 5. Dispose of nondegradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site or in an alternate manner approved by City and regulatory agencies. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised July 1, 2011 017423-3 CLEANING Page 3 of 4 b. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible. 7. Thoroughly clean, sweep, wash and polish all Work and equipment associated with this project. 8. Remove all signs of temporary construction and activities incidental to construction of required permanent Work. 9. If project is not cleaned to the satisfaction of the City, the City reserves the right to have the cleaning completed at the expense of the Contractor. 10. Do not burn on -site. B. Intermediate Cleaning during Construction 1. Keep Work areas clean so as not to hinder health, safety or convenience of personnel in existing facility operations. 2. At maximum weekly intervals, dispose of waste materials, debris and rubbish. 3. Confine construction debris daily in strategically located container(s): a. Cover to prevent blowing by wind b. Store debris away from construction or operational activities c. Haul from site at a minimum of once per week 4. Vacuum clean interior areas when ready to receive finish painting. a. Continue vacuum cleaning on an as -needed basis, until Final Acceptance. 5. Prior to storm events, thoroughly clean site of all loose or unsecured items, which may become airborne or transported by flowing water during the storm. C. Interior Final Cleaning 1. Remove grease, mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels and other foreign materials from sight -exposed surfaces. 2. Wipe all lighting fixture reflectors, lenses, lamps and trims clean. 3. Wash and shine glazing and mirrors. 4. Polish glossy surfaces to a clear shine. 5. Ventilating systems a. Clean permanent filters and replace disposable filters if units were operated during construction. b. Clean ducts, blowers and coils if units were operated without filters during construction. 6. Replace all burned out lamps. 7. Broom clean process area floors. 8. Mop office and control room floors. D. Exterior (Site or Right of Way) Final Cleaning Remove trash and debris containers from site. a. Re -seed areas disturbed by location of trash and debris containers in accordance with Section 32 92 13. 2. Sweep roadway to remove all rocks, pieces of asphalt, concrete or any other object that may hinder or disrupt the flow of traffic along the roadway. 3. Clean any interior areas including, but not limited to, vaults, manholes, structures, junction boxes and inlets. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised July 1, 2011 01 74 23 - 4 CLEANING Page 4 of 4 4. If no longer required for maintenance of erosion facilities, and upon approval by City, remove erosion control from site. 5. Clean signs, lights, signals, etc. 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised July 1, 2011 SECTION 0175 00 STARTING AND ADJUSTING PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 01 7500 STARTING AND ADJUSTING Pagel of 3 A. Provide step-by-step procedures for starting provided systems, including equipment, pumps, and processes. B. Provide pre -startup inspections by equipment manufacturers. C. Place each system in service and operate the system to prove performance and to provide for initial correction of defects in workmanship, calibration, and operation. D. Provide for initial maintenance and operation. E. Include costs for starting and adjusting provided by manufacturer's representative in the Cost of Work for the equipment package. F. Owner will provide chemicals, if any, required for continued operations. 1.2 STANDARDS A. Comply with the specified standards associated with the testing or startup of equipment. 1.3 DOCUMENTATION A. Provide the following documents in accordance with Section 0133 00 "Submittals": 1. A Plan of Action for testing, checking, and starting equipment as Product Data. 2. Equipment Installation Reports on the form provided by the Construction Manager certifying that the equipment and related appurtenances have been thoroughly examined and approved for startup and operation. 3. Operation and maintenance manuals per Section 0178 23 "Operation and Maintenance Data." Preliminary operation and maintenance data must be approved before installation, testing, and initial operation of equipment or providing any required training. 1.4 SPECIAL JOB CONDITIONS A. Do not start or test any equipment until the complete unit has been installed and thoroughly checked. B. Do not start or test any equipment without the Owner's designated representative(s) on site. C. Provide the services of a qualified representative of the manufacturer to attend the tests and startup procedures as required by this Section. D. Do not start or test any equipment until the preliminary operation and maintenance manual per Section 0178 23 "Operation and Maintenance Data" has been approved. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 01 7500 STARTING AND ADJUSTING Page 2 of 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 TESTING INSTRUMENTATION A. Provide new instrumentation and testing devices needed to conduct tests for maintenance and operation as recommended in the operation and maintenance manuals. This equipment is to become the property of the Owner and transferred in good working order as a spare part at Substantial Completion. This equipment is to be calibrated and ready for use during the startup procedure and for any required training. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SERVICES OF MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVES A. Provide the services of experienced and technically competent representatives of the manufacturer for inspections, tests, supervision of installation, training, and assistance with placing equipment in operation. B. Perform installation, adjustment, and testing of the equipment under the direct supervision of the manufacturer's representative where specified. Certify that the equipment and related appurtenances have been thoroughly examined and approved for startup and operation in the Equipment Installation Reports. C. Provide on -site services as necessary for proper and trouble free operation of the equipment. 3.2 INSPECTION AND STARTUP A. Inspect equipment prior to placing any equipment or system into operation. Make adjustments as necessary for proper operation. Do not start or test any apparatus until the complete unit has been installed and thoroughly checked. 1. Check for adequate and proper lubrication. 2. Determine that parts or components are free from undue stress from structural members, piping, or anchorage. 3. Adjust equipment for proper balance and operations. 4. Determine that vibrations are within acceptable limits. 5. Determine that equipment operates properly under full load conditions. 6. Determine that the equipment is in true alignment. 7. Ensure that the proper procedure is employed in startup of systems. 3.3 STARTING REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to the individual Specification Sections for specific startup procedures or other requirements. 3.4 INITIAL OPERATION A. Start, test, and place equipment and systems into operation for 30 days to allow the Owner's Project Team (OPT) to observe the operation and overall performance of the equipment and to determine that controls function as intended. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 01 7500 STARTING AND ADJUSTING Page 3 of 3 B.Operate equipment which is used on a limited or part-time basis in the presence of the OPT for a period long enough to demonstrate that controls function as specified. C.Perform acceptance test as specified in individual Specification Sections. Demonstrate that equipment and systems meet the specified performance criteria. D.Equipment and systems may be considered as substantially complete at the end of this initial operation period if the equipment is placed in continuous beneficial use by the Owner, unless specifically stated otherwise in the individual equipment Specifications. 3.5 INITIAL MAINTENANCE A.Maintain equipment in accordance with the operation and maintenance manuals until Project is substantially complete and provisions have been made by the Owner for accepting responsibility for equipment operation in accordance with the General Conditions. B. Service equipment in accordance with the operation and maintenance manuals immediately before releasing the equipment to the Owner. END OF SECTION FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 01 77 19 -1 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Page 1 of 3 SECTION 0177 19 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. The procedure for closing out a contract B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1— General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Guarantees, Bonds and Affidavits 1. No application for final payment will be accepted until all guarantees, bonds, certificates, licenses and affidavits required for Work or equipment as specified are satisfactorily filed with the City. B. Release of Liens or Claims 1. No application for final payment will be accepted until satisfactory evidence of release of liens has been submitted to the City. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit all required documentation to City's Project Representative. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised March 22, 2021 01 77 19 - 2 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Page 2 of 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAIVIINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURE A. Prior to requesting Final Inspection, submit: 1. Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 0178 39 2. Operation and Maintenance Data, if required, in accordance with Section 0178 23 B. Prior to requesting Final Inspection, perform final cleaning in accordance with Section 01 74 23. C. Final Inspection 1. After final cleaning, provide notice to the City Project Representative that the Work is completed. a. The City will make an initial Final Inspection with the Contractor present. b. Upon completion of this inspection, the City will notify the Contractor, in writing within 10 business days, of any particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is defective or incomplete. 2. Upon receiving written notice from the City, immediately undertake the Work required to remedy deficiencies and complete the Work to the satisfaction of the City. 3. The Right-of-way shall be cleared of all construction materials, barricades, and temporary signage. 4. Upon completion of Work associated with the items listed in the City's written notice, inform the City that the required Work has been completed. Upon receipt of this notice, the City, in the presence of the Contractor, will make a subsequent Final Inspection of the project. 5. Provide all special accessories required to place each item of equipment in full operation. These special accessory items include, but are not limited to: a. Specified spare parts b. Adequate oil and grease as required for the first lubrication of the equipment c. Initial fill up of all chemical tanks and fuel tanks d. Light bulbs e. Fuses f. Vault keys g. Handwheels h. Other expendable items as required for initial start-up and operation of all equipment D. Notice of Project Completion 1. Once the City Project Representative finds the Work subsequent to Final Inspection to be satisfactory, the City will issue a Notice of Project Completion (Green Sheet). E. Supporting Documentation CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised March 22, 2021 01 77 19 - 3 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Page 3 of 3 Coordinate with the City Project Representative to complete the following additional forms: a. Final Payment Request b. Statement of Contract Time c. Affidavit of Payment and Release of Liens d. Consent of Surety to Final Payment e. Pipe Report (if required) £ Contractor's Evaluation of City g. Performance Evaluation of Contractor F. Letter of Final Acceptance 1. Upon review and acceptance of Notice of Project Completion and Supporting Documentation, in accordance with General Conditions, City will issue Letter of Final Acceptance and release the Final Payment Request for payment. 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 3/22/2021 M Owen 3.4 C. Added language to clarify and emphasize requirement to "Clearing ROW" CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised March 22, 2021 017823-1 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Pagel of 5 SECTION 0178 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA (MOD) PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Product data and related information appropriate for City's maintenance and operation of products furnished under Contract 2. Such products may include, but are not limited to: a. Traffic Controllers b. Irrigation Controllers (to be operated by the City) c. Butterfly Valves d. Pumps e. Motors f. Flow Instruments g. Level Instruments h. Standby Generators i. Switchgear j. Variable Frequency Drives k. Motor Control Centers 1. Odor Control Equipment in. All Valves and Gates n. HVAC Units B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification Modified 1.1.A.2. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 00 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 01— General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Schedule 1. Submit manuals in final form to the City within 30 calendar days of product shipment to the project site. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00 . All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised December 20, 2012 017823-2 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Page 2 of 5 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Submittal Form 1. Prepare data in form of an instructional manual for use by City personnel. Format a. Size: 8 '/2 inches x 11 inches b. Paper 1) 40 pound minimum, white, for typed pages 2) Holes reinforced with plastic, cloth or metal c. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or neatly typewritten. d. Drawings 1) Provide reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with text 2) Reduce larger drawings and fold to size of text pages. e. Provide fly -leaf for each separate product, or each piece of operating equipment. 1) Provide typed description of product, and major component parts of equipment. 2) Provide indexed tabs. f. Cover 1) Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS". 2) List: a) Title of Project b) Identity of separate structure as applicable c) Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual 3. Binders a. Commercial quality 3-ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers b. When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent groupings. 4. If available, provide an electronic form of the O&M Manual. B. Manual Content Neatly typewritten table of contents for each volume, arranged in systematic order a. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number b. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the volume c. List, with each product: 1) The name, address and telephone number of the subcontractor or installer 2) A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the volume 3) Identify area of responsibility of each 4) Local source of supply for parts and replacement d. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set forth in Contract Documents. Product Data a. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product. b. Annotate each sheet to: 1) Clearly identify specific product or part installed 2) Clearly identify data applicable to installation 3) Delete references to inapplicable information 3. Drawings CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised December 20, 2012 017823-3 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Page 3 of 5 a. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate: 1) Relations of component parts of equipment and systems 2) Control and flow diagrams b. Coordinate drawings with information in Project Record Documents to assure correct illustration of completed installation. c. Do not use Project Record Drawings as maintenance drawings. 4. Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation: a. Organize in consistent format under separate headings for different procedures. b. Provide logical sequence of instructions of each procedure. 5. Copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued a. Provide information sheet for City personnel giving: 1) Proper procedures in event of failure 2) Instances which might affect validity of warranties or bonds C. Manual for Materials and Finishes 1. Submit 5 copies of complete manual in final form. Content, for architectural products, applied materials and finishes: a. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products 1) Catalog number, size, composition 2) Color and texture designations 3) Information required for reordering special manufactured products b. Instructions for care and maintenance 1) Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods 2) Cautions against cleaning agents and methods which are detrimental to product 3) Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance Content, for moisture protection and weather exposure products: a. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products 1) Applicable standards 2) Chemical composition 3) Details of installation b. Instructions for inspection, maintenance and repair D. Manual for Equipment and Systems 1. Submit 5 copies of complete manual in final form. Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate: a. Description of unit and component parts 1) Function, normal operating characteristics and limiting conditions 2) Performance curves, engineering data and tests 3) Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts b. Operating procedures 1) Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions 2) Regulation, control, stopping, shut -down and emergency instructions 3) Summer and winter operating instructions 4) Special operating instructions c. Maintenance procedures 1) Routine operations 2) Guide to "trouble shooting" 3) Disassembly, repair and reassembly 4) Alignment, adjusting and checking d. Servicing and lubrication schedule CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised December 20, 2012 01 78 23 - 4 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Page 4 of 5 1) List of lubricants required e. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions f. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer 1) Predicted life of parts subject to wear 2) Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts g. As installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer h. Each contractor's coordination drawings 1) As installed color coded piping diagrams i. Charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve j. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage k. Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications 3. Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate: a. Description of system and component parts 1) Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions 2) Performance curves, engineering data and tests 3) Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts b. Circuit directories of panelboards 1) Electrical service 2) Controls 3) Communications c. As installed color coded wiring diagrams d. Operating procedures 1) Routine and normal operating instructions 2) Sequences required 3) Special operating instructions e. Maintenance procedures 1) Routine operations 2) Guide to "trouble shooting" 3) Disassembly, repair and reassembly 4) Adjustment and checking f. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions g. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage h. Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications 4. Prepare and include additional data when the need for such data becomes apparent during instruction of City's personnel. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide operation and maintenance data by personnel with the following criteria: 1. Trained and experienced in maintenance and operation of described products 2. Skilled as technical writer to the extent required to communicate essential data 3. Skilled as draftsman competent to prepare required drawings CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised December 20, 2012 017823-5 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Page 5 of 5 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 8/31/2012 D. Johnson 1.5.A.1 — title of section removed CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised December 20, 2012 SECTION 0178 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 017839-1 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Pagel of 4 Work associated with the documenting the project and recording changes to project documents, including: a. Record Drawings b. Water Meter Service Reports c. Sanitary Sewer Service Reports d. Large Water Meter Reports B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 00 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 01—General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to submitting a request for Final Inspection, deliver Project Record Documents to City's Project Representative. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Accuracy of Records 1. Thoroughly coordinate changes within the Record Documents, making adequate and proper entries on each page of Specifications and each sheet of Drawings and other Documents where such entry is required to show the change properly. 2. Accuracy of records shall be such that future search for items shown in the Contract Documents may rely reasonably on information obtained from the approved Project Record Documents. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised July 1, 2011 017839-2 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 4 3. To facilitate accuracy of records, make entries within 24 hours after receipt of information that the change has occurred. 4. Provide factual information regarding all aspects of the Work, both concealed and visible, to enable future modification of the Work to proceed without lengthy and expensive site measurement, investigation and examination. 1.10 STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Storage and Handling Requirements 1. Maintain the job set of Record Documents completely protected from deterioration and from loss and damage until completion of the Work and transfer of all recorded data to the final Project Record Documents. 2. In the event of loss of recorded data, use means necessary to again secure the data to the City's approval. a. In such case, provide replacements to the standards originally required by the Contract Documents. 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Job set 1. Promptly following receipt of the Notice to Proceed, secure from the City, at no charge to the Contractor, 1 complete set of all Documents comprising the Contract. B. Final Record Documents 1. At a time nearing the completion of the Work and prior to Final Inspection, provide the City 1 complete set of all Final Record Drawings in the Contract. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTS A. Maintenance of Job Set 1. Immediately upon receipt of the job set, identify each of the Documents with the title, "RECORD DOCUMENTS - JOB SET". CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised July 1, 2011 017839-3 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 4 2. Preservation a. Considering the Contract completion time, the probable number of occasions upon which the job set must be taken out for new entries and for examination, and the conditions under which these activities will be performed, devise a suitable method for protecting the job set. b. Do not use the job set for any purpose except entry of new data and for review by the City, until start of transfer of data to final Project Record Documents. c. Maintain the job set at the site of work. 3. Coordination with Construction Survey a. At a minimum, in accordance with the intervals set forth in Section 01 71 23, clearly mark any deviations from Contract Documents associated with installation of the infrastructure. 4. Making entries on Drawings a. Record any deviations from Contract Documents. b. Use an erasable colored pencil (not ink or indelible pencil), clearly describe the change by graphic line and note as required. c. Date all entries. d. Call attention to the entry by a "cloud" drawn around the area or areas affected. e. In the event of overlapping changes, use different colors for the overlapping changes. 5. Conversion of schematic layouts a. In some cases on the Drawings, arrangements of conduits, circuits, piping, ducts, and similar items, are shown schematically and are not intended to portray precise physical layout. 1) Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the City's approval. 2) However, design of future modifications of the facility may require accurate information as to the final physical layout of items which are shown only schematically on the Drawings. b. Show on the job set of Record Drawings, by dimension accurate to within 1 inch, the centerline of each run of items. 1) Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the City's approval. 2) Show, by symbol or note, the vertical location of the Item ("under slab", "in ceiling plenum", "exposed", and the like). 3) Make all identification sufficiently descriptive that it may be related reliably to the Specifications. c. The City may waive the requirements for conversion of schematic layouts where, in the City's judgment, conversion serves no useful purpose. However, do not rely upon waivers being issued except as specifically issued in writing by the City. B. Final Project Record Documents Transfer of data to Drawings a. Carefully transfer change data shown on the job set of Record Drawings to the corresponding final documents, coordinating the changes as required. b. Clearly indicate at each affected detail and other Drawing a full description of changes made during construction, and the actual location of items. CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised July 1, 2011 017839-4 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 4 c. Call attention to each entry by drawing a "cloud" around the area or areas affected. d. Make changes neatly, consistently and with the proper media to assure longevity and clear reproduction. 2. Transfer of data to other Documents a. If the Documents, other than Drawings, have been kept clean during progress of the Work, and if entries thereon have been orderly to the approval of the City, the job set of those Documents, other than Drawings, will be accepted as final Record Documents. b. If any such Document is not so approved by the City, secure a new copy of that Document from the City at the City's usual charge for reproduction and handling, and carefully transfer the change data to the new copy to the approval of the City. 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [oR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE CITY OF FORT WORTH Bonds Ranch Lift Station A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised July 1, 2011 DIVISION 03 CONCRETE SECTION 03 1100 CONCRETE FORMING PART1- GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED 031100-1 CONCRETE FORMING Page 1 of 7 A. Furnish material and labor to form, tie, brace and support wet concrete, reinforcing steel and embedded items until the concrete has developed sufficient strength to remove forms. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Design Criteria: Forms shall be designed for the pressure exerted by a liquid weighing 150 pounds per cubic foot. The rate of placing the concrete, the temperature of the concrete, and all other pertinent factors shall be taken into consideration when determining the depth of the equivalent liquid. An additional design live load of 50 pounds per square foot shall be used on horizontal surfaces. B. Alignment Control: 1. True alignment of walls and other vertical surfaces having straight lines or rectangular shapes shall be controlled and checked by the following procedures: a. Forming shall be arranged with provisions for adjusting the horizontal alignment of a form, after the form has been filled with concrete to grade, using wedges, turn buckles, or other adjustment methods. Establish a transit line or other reference so that adjustments can be made to an established line while the concrete in the top of the form is still plastic. b. Adjusting facilities shall be at intervals which permit adjustments to a straight line. Concrete shall not be placed until adequate adjusting facilities are in place. C. Tolerances: Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00 "Submittals" and shall include: 1. Record Data. a. Manufacturers' literature for specified products. 1.4 STANDARDS A. The applicable provisions of the following standards shall apply as if written here in their entirety: L American Concrete Institute (ACI) Specifications: ACI 117 Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials ACI 301 Specifications for Structural Concrete ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete 2. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) Publication: FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 031100-2 CONCRETE FORMING Page 2 of 7 a. AISC Manual of Steel Construction. 3. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI) Publication: a. AISI Cold Formed Steel Design Manual. 4. American Plywood Association (APA) Standards: a. APA Design/Construction Guide: Concrete Forming. 1.5 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Lumber for forms shall be stacked neatly on platforms raised above ground. 1.6 JOB CONDITIONS A. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer upon completion of various portions of the work required for placing concrete so that compliance with the plans and specifications may be monitored. The Engineer will authorize the Contractor to proceed with the placement after this has been completed and corrections, if required, have been made. B. In hot weather, both sides of the face forms may be required to be treated with oil to prevent warping and to secure tight joints. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Lumber: Properly seasoned and of good quality; free from loose or unsound knots, knot holes, twists, shakes, decay, splits, and other imperfections which would affect its strength or impair the finished surface of the concrete. 1. Refer to Section 03 30 00 "Cast -In -Place Concrete" for finish requirements. B. Fiber Board Form Lining: Hardboard finished smooth on one side; minimum thickness of 3/16 inch thoroughly wet with water at least 12 hours before using. C. Plywood Form Lining: Conforming to APA HDO; exterior exposure waterproof adhesive, 3/8 inch thick. D. Form Oil: Light, clear oil; shall not discolor or injuriously affect the concrete surface, subsequent coatings, or delay or impair curing operations. 2.2 FABRICATIONS A. Lumber: Lumber for facing or sheathing shall be surfaced on at least one side and two edges, and sized to uniform thickness. Lumber of nominal 1-inch thickness or plywood of 3/4-inch thickness shall be permitted for general use on structures, if backed by a sufficient number of studs and wales. B. Special Form Lumber: Molding for chamfer strips or other uses shall be made of redwood, cypress, or pine materials of a grade that will not split when nailed, and which can be maintained to a true line without warping. The form shall be mill cut and dressed on all faces. Fillet forms at sharp corners, both inside and outside and at edges, with triangular chamfer strips at all non- contiguous edges exposed to view. Thoroughly oil chamfer strips before installation on forms. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 031100-3 CONCRETE FORMING Page 3 of 7 2. Construct forms for railings and ornamental work to standards equivalent to first class mill work. 3. All moldings, panel work, and bevel strips shall be straight and true with neatly mitered joints, and designed so that the finished work shall be true, sharp and clean cut. C. Forms: 1. Forms shall be built mortar tight and of material sufficient in strength to prevent bulging between supports. 2. Reused forms or form lumber shall be maintained clean and in good condition as to accuracy, shape, strength, rigidity, tightness, and smoothness of surface. 3. All forms shall be so constructed as to permit removal without damage to the concrete. Exercise special care in framing forms for copings, offsets, railing and ornamental work, so that there will be no damage to the concrete when the forms are removed. D. Forms for Cylindrical Columns, Pedestals, and Supports: Metal, glass -fiber -reinforced plastic, paper, or fiber tubes that will produce surfaces with gradual or abrupt irregularities not exceeding specified formwork surface class. Provide units with sufficient wall thickness to resist plastic concrete loads without detrimental deformation. E. Pan -Type Forms: Glass -fiber -reinforced plastic or formed steel, stiffened to resist plastic concrete loads without detrimental deformation. F. Carton Forms: 1. Use new carton forms of corrugated cardboard for slab and grade beam construction on drilled shafts for buildings. Forms shall be impregnated throughout with paraffin and laminated with water resistant adhesive. 2. Forms of the height indicated on the drawings shall be designed to support the concrete load plus a normal construction load. 3. Install carton forms according to the manufacturer's recommendations and maintain in dry condition before concrete is placed. Carton forms which have not been maintained in a dry condition shall be replaced before concrete is placed. 4. Do not used trapezoidal carton forms. 5. Carton forms shall be fabricated using vertical internal cells and dividers. 6. Acceptable manufacturers: a. SureVoid Products, Inc., Englewood, CO. b. Savway Carton Forms, Inc., Irving TX. c. Other manufacturers with products meeting the requirements of this specification and approved by the Engineer. G. Metal Forms: 1. The specifications for "Forms" regarding design, mortar tightness, filleted corners, beveled projections, bracing, alignment, removal, re use, oiling, and wetting shall apply equally to metal forms. 2. The metal used for forms shall be of such thickness that the forms will remain true to shape. Bolt and rivet heads on the facing sides shall be countersunk. Clamps, pins, or other FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 031100-4 CONCRETE FORMING Page 4 of 7 connecting devices shall be designed to hold the forms rigidly together and to allow removal without injury to the concrete. 3. Metal forms which do not present a smooth surface or line up properly shall not be used. Exercise special care to keep metal free from rust, grease, or other foreign material that discolors the concrete. H. Form Linings: 1. Timber forms for exposed concrete surfaces which are to be given a rubbed finish shall be face -lined with an approved type of form lining material. 2. If plywood is used for form lining, it shall be made with waterproof adhesive and have a minimum thickness of 3/4 inch. It shall preferably be oiled at the mill and then re -oiled or lacquered on the job before using. 3. If fiber board is used, apply water to the screen side on the board. Stack the boards screen side to screen side. Use the smooth hard face as the contact surface of the form. Such surfaces may be formed with 3/4-inch thick plywood made with waterproof adhesive if backed with adequate studs and wales. The greatest strength of the outer plies should be at right angles to the studding. In this case, form lining will not be required. 4. Carefully align edges and faces of adjacent panels and fill the joints between panels with patching plaster or cold water putty to prevent leakage. Lightly sand with No. 0 sandpaper to make the joints smooth. 5. Forms which are reused shall have all unused form tie holes filled and smoothed as specified above. I. Form -Release Agent: Commercially formulated form -release agent that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 1. Formulate form -release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form -facing materials. J. Form Ties: 1. Metal form ties shall be used to hold forms in place and to provide easy metal removal. The use of wire for ties shall not be permitted. 2. Leave no metal or other material within 1-1/2 inches of the surface, when removing form tie assemblies which are used inside the forms to hold the forms in correct alignment. The assembly shall provide cone -shaped depressions in the concrete surface at least 1 inch in diameter and 1-1/2 inches deep to allow filling and patching. Such devices, when removed, shall leave a smooth depression in the concrete surface without undue injury to the surface from chipping or spalling. 3. Burning off rods, bolts, or ties shall not be permitted. 4. Metal ties shall be held in place by devices attached to wales. Each device shall be capable of developing the strength of the tie. 5. Metal and wooden spreaders which are separate from the forms shall be wired to top of form and shall be entirely removed as the concrete is placed. 6. In the construction of basement or water bearing walls, the portion of a single rod tie that is to remain in the concrete shall be provided with a tightly fitted washer at midpoint to control seepage. Multi -rod ties do not require washers. The use of form ties which are tapered or encased in paper or other material to allow the removal of complete tie, and FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 031100-5 CONCRETE FORMING Page 5 of 7 which leave a hole through the concrete structure, shall not be permitted, except as noted here: a. Tapered form ties are permitted with the use of mechanical plugs for taper tie voids. b. Acceptable Mechanical Plugs: 1) X-Plug by Sika Corporation. 2) Approved equal. K. Falsework: 1. Falsework shall be designed and constructed so that no excessive settlement or deformation occurs. Falsework shall provide necessary rigidity. 2. Timber used in falsework centering shall be sound, in good condition and free from defects which impair its strength. 3. Steel members shall be of adequate strength and shape for the intended purpose. 4. Timber piling used in falsework may be of any wood species which satisfactorily withstands driving and which adequately supports the superimposed load. 5. When sills or timber grillages are used to support falsework columns, unless founded on solid rock, shale or other hard materials, place them in excavated pits. Backfll to prevent the softening of the supporting material from form drip or from rains that may occur during the construction process. Sills or grillages shall be of ample size to support the superimposed load without settlement. 6. Falsework not founded on a satisfactory spread footing shall be supported on piling, which shall be driven to a bearing capacity to support the superimposed load without settlement. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Before placing concrete, ensure that embedded items are correctly, firmly and securely fastened into place. Embedded items shall be thoroughly clean and free of oil and other foreign material. Anchor bolts shall be set to the correct location, alignment and elevation by the use of suitable anchor bolt templates. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Pre -Placement: 1. During the elapsed time between building the forms and placing the concrete, maintain the forms to eliminate warping and shrinking. 2. Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347R as abrupt or gradual, as follows: a. For concrete surfaces exposed to view: Class A, 1/8 inch. b. For concrete surfaces to receive a rubbed finish: Class A, 1/8 inch. c. For concrete surfaces to receive plaster, stucco or wainscoting: Class B, 1/4 inch. d. For concrete surfaces not exposed to view: Class D, 1 inch. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 031100-6 CONCRETE FORMING Page 6 of 7 3. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar. 4. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical. Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal. 5. Do not use rust -stained steel form -facing material. 6. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips; use strike -off templates or compacting -type screeds. 7. Treat the facing of forms with suitable form oil before concrete is placed. Apply oil before the reinforcement is placed. Wet form surfaces which will come in contact with the concrete immediately before the concrete is placed. 8. At the time of placing concrete, the forms shall be clean and entirely free from all chips, dirt, sawdust, and other extraneous matter at the time. Forms for slab, beam and girder construction shall not have tie wire cuttings, nails or any other matter which would mar the appearance of the finished construction. Clean forms and keep them free of foreign matter during concrete placement. B. Where aluminum anchors, aluminum shapes, or aluminum electrical conduits are embedded in concrete, paint aluminum contact surfaces with zinc rich primer. Allow the paint to thoroughly dry before placing the aluminum in contact with the concrete. C. Placement: 1. Set and maintain forms to the lines designated, until the concrete is sufficiently hardened to permit form removal. If, at any stage of the work, the forms show signs of bulging or sagging, immediately remove that portion of the concrete causing this condition. If necessary, reset the forms and securely brace against further movement. 2. Provide adequate cleanout openings where access to the bottom of the forms is not otherwise readily attainable. 3. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete. 4. Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets, blocking, screeds, and bulkheads required in the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items. 5. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form -release agent, according to manufacturer's written instructions, before placing reinforcement. Carefully and accurately place and support reinforcement in concrete structures. D. Removal: Remove forms so that the underlying concrete surface is not marred or damaged in any way. Forms shall not be removed until the concrete has attained sufficient strength to safely carry the dead load, but in no case less than the number of curing days set forth in the following table: FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 031100-7 CONCRETE FORMING Page 7 of 7 Forms Curing Days Forms for concrete of minor structural load carrying importance 1 day Forms for walls, columns, sides of drilled shafts, massive structural 1 day components and other members not resisting a bending moment during curia Forms and falsework under slabs, beams and girders where deflections due to 7 days dead load moment may exist (forspans < or = 10 feet) Forms and falsework under slabs, beams and girders where deflections due to 14 days dead load moment may exist forspans > 10 feet and < or = 20 feet Forms and falsework under slabs, beams and girders where deflections due to 21 days dead load moment may exist (for spans > 20 feet) E. Reuse: 1. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise damaged form -facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form -release agent. 2. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to close joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces unless approved by Owner's Representative. F. Shores and Reshores: 1. Comply with ACI 350, ACI 301, and recommendations in ACI 347R for design, installation, and removal of shoring and re -shoring. a. In multistory construction, extend shoring or re -shoring over a sufficient number of stories to distribute loads in such a manner that no floor or member will be excessively loaded or will induce tensile stress in concrete members without sufficient steel reinforcement. b. Plan sequence of removal of shores and re -shore to avoid damage to concrete. Locate and provide adequate re -shoring to support construction without excessive stress or deflection. G. Carton Forms: 1. Do not wrap carton forms in waterproof sheeting. 2. All flat carton forms for beams and slabs shall be protected by a 1/4-inch exterior hardboard siding or cementitious tile backer board placed on top of the forms. Carton forms shall be fit neatly together. To correctly form the circular edge of drilled shafts, use manufactured fittings or cut neatly to fit and fill small voids with expanding urethane foam. END OF SECTION FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 SECTION 03 2100 REINFORCING STEEL PART1- GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED 032100-1 REINFORCING STEEL Page 1 of 4 A.Furnish labor and reinforcing materials required to cut, bend, tie, splice, place and support the reinforcement in the material grades, sizes, quantities and locations specified. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Tolerances: 1. Reinforcing shall be placed where specified, with the following maximum tolerances, plus or minus: a. Concrete Cover: 1 /4 inch. b. Reinforcing Bar Spacing: 1/4 inch in 12 inches. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00 "Submittals" and shall include: 1. Shop Drawings: a. Reinforcing bar layout drawing with bar lists clearly marked and referenced to the Drawings. Include: 1) Material, grade, bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, arrangement, and supports of concrete reinforcing. 2) Additional reinforcing required for openings through concrete structures. 1.4 STANDARDS A. The applicable provisions of the following standards shall apply as if written here in their entirety: 1. ASTM International (ASTM) Standards: ASTM Standard Specification for Carbon -Steel Wire and Welded Wire A1064 Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed, for Concrete Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon -Steel Bars for ASTM A615 Concrete Reinforcement 2. American Concrete Institute (ACI) Publications: ACI 301 Specification for Structural Concrete ACI SP- ACI Detailing Manual 66 ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 032100-2 REINFORCING STEEL Page 2 of 4 3. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) Publications: CRSI Manual of Standard Practice 1.5 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Store reinforcement above the surface of the ground upon platform skids or other supports. Protect from mechanical and chemical injury and surface deterioration caused by exposure to conditions producing rust. When placed in the Work, reinforcement shall be free from dirt, scale, dust, paint, oil and other foreign material. Tag and store reinforcement for ease of correlation with Shop Drawings. 1.6 JOB CONDITIONS A. Proposed deviations from reinforcing indicated on the Drawings or Specifications shall be approved in writing by the Engineer prior to fabrication. B.Lap lengths shall be of the length shown on the Drawings or noted in lap and embedment table, and shall be in compliance with ACI 318. C. Specified cover for reinforcing shall be maintained throughout construction. Bars shall be cut to lengths necessary to allow for proper clearances. Cover of concrete shall be measured from face of forms to outside face of reinforcement. D. Stirrups shall be hooked. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A.Steel Reinforcing Bars: Billet -Steel bars for concrete reinforcement conforming to ASTM A615; Grade 60, deformed, with minimum yield strength of 60,000 psi. B.Welded Wire Reinforcement: Cold -drawn steel wire conforming to ASTM A1064; flat sheets fabricated in accordance with ASTM A1064. C.Joint Dowel Bars: Plain -steel bars, ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 60. Cut bars true to length with ends square and free of burrs. D.Epoxy-Coated Joint Dowel Bars: ASTM A775/A775M; with ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 60, plain -steel bars. E. Supports (Chairs): Bar supports shall be of the proper type for the intended use. 1. Exposed Surface: CRSI Class 1 — Maximum Protection — uniform high density polyethylene (plastic) or fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP). Plastic protected wire bar supports are not allowed. 2. Unexposed Surface: CRSI Class 3 — No Protection. F. Spacers: Precast mortar blocks with a 28-day compressive strength that is greater than the specified concrete strength in which the blocks are being placed. Additionally: 1. Cure a minimum of 4 days. 2. Blocks shall be in the form of a frustum positioned such that its size increases away from the formed surface. The surface placed adjacent to the forms shall not exceed 2-1/2 x 2-1/2 inches or 3 inches in diameter. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 032100-3 REINFORCING STEEL Page 3 of 4 3. Blocks shall be accurately cast to the thickness required and the surface to be placed adjacent to the forms shall be a true plane free of surface imperfections. 4. Wires ties for securing reinforcement shall be embedded in the block. G.Zinc Repair Material: ASTM A780, zinc -based solder, paint containing zinc dust, or sprayed zinc. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FABRICATION A.Reinforcing bars shall be bent cold by machine to shapes indicated on the Drawings; true to shapes indicated; irregularities in bending shall be cause for rejection. Unless otherwise noted, all hook and bend details and tolerances shall conform to the requirements of ACI SP-66 and ACI 318. 1. Fabricate reinforcement to provide lapped connections, bends and transitions in reinforcement as required for continuity of the typical reinforcement specified on the Drawings. 2. Unless otherwise detailed, intersecting wall and/or beam reinforcement shall extend to the far face and terminate in a standard hook. Reinforcement at the outside face of corners shall be continuous or provide lap splices at each side of the corner. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign materials. B.Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack weld crossing reinforcement. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Place the reinforcement carefully and accurately in the concrete structures. Rigidly tie and support the reinforcement. Welding of any type of reinforcement shall not be permitted. B. Splices: 1. Splice reinforcement only as indicated on the Drawings or as approved by the Engineer prior to fabrication. Splices shall preferably occur at points of minimum stress. 2. Lap Splice: Lengths shall be as indicated on the Drawings. Rigidly wire the bars at all splices. Overlap sheets of wire fabric sufficiently to maintain a uniform strength and securely fasten. 3. Welding of reinforcing steel splices shall not be pennitted. C.Placement: Place reinforcement, as indicated on the Drawings with the specified tolerances. Hold securely in place during the placing of the concrete. The minimum clear distance between bars shall be per ACI 318 unless noted otherwise. Always pass vertical stirrups around the main tension members and securely attach thereto. Wire reinforcing together at a sufficient number of intersections to produce a sound, sturdy mat or cage of reinforcement that will maintain the reinforcement in correct positions when the concrete is placed. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 032100-4 REINFORCING STEEL Page 4 of 4 2. Hold the reinforcing steel in concrete slabs firmly in place with wire supports or "chairs." Sizing and spacing of the chairs shall be sufficient to properly support the steel, and shall be in accordance with CRSI Publications "Manual of Standard Practice." 3. Space the reinforcing steel in concrete walls the proper distance from the face of the forms, as indicated on the Drawings: a. For wall surfaces exposed to view, use chairs. b. For wall surfaces not exposed to view, use chairs or precast mortar blocks. 4. Where reinforcing conflicts with location of anchor bolts, inserts, etc., submit prompt notifications so that revisions can be made before concrete is placed. No cutting of reinforcing shall be permitted without the prior approval of the Engineer. 5. Welded wire shall be fabricated flat sheets, in longest practical lengths. Lap joints one mesh. Do not locate end laps over beams of continuous structures or midway between supporting beams. Offset end laps of adjacent widths to prevent continuous lap. Fasten ends and sides of welded wire fabric at 48 inches O.C. with tie wire. 6. Reinforcing shall extend through construction joints. 7. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Concrete shall not be placed until the Engineer has observed the final placing of the reinforcing steel, and has given permission to place concrete. END OF SECTION FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 SECTION 03 30 00 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 033000-1 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 1 of 34 A. Furnish labor, materials, mixing and transporting equipment and incidentals necessary to proportion, mix, transport, place, consolidate, finish, and cure concrete in the structure. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of the following: blended hydraulic cement, fly ash and silica fume; subject to compliance with requirements. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00 "Submittals" and shall include: 1. Shop Drawings: a. Mix Design: For each mix design, provide documentation using field test data or trial mixture data in accordance with ACI 301, which includes average strength documentation using either field strength test data or trial mixtures. b. Submit a schedule to the Owner's representative which shows the sequence of concrete placements. c. Submit watertightness testing procedures and test result reports. 1) Testing procedures shall be written and shall include drawings to describe locations and configurations of testing apparatuses. 2) Test result reports shall be written and shall include drawings as required for clarity. Refer to ACI 350.1 for test report requirements. 3) Repair procedures if required due to failed test or retest. 2. Certified Test Reports: a. Materials used in the mix design and which will be used during production of concrete for the Project. b. Water: Verification that all potable mix water and curing water sources do not exceed the non -potable water limits listed in ASTM C1602 Table 2. 1) Test mix water chloride content as indicated in ASTM C1602 Table 2. c. Aggregate, conforming to ASTM C33, including the test reports for soundness and abrasion resistance. d. Aggregate: 1) Verification that aggregate is not "potentially reactive" per ASTM C 1260. 2) Or a chemical cement analysis indicating that the total alkali content is acceptable per Paragraph 2.02.A. 3) Test all aggregate sources for chlorides in accordance with ASTM C1524. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 033000-2 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 2 of 34 e. 7-day and 28-day compressive strength tests results. f. If the sum total of chlorides in mix water and aggregates exceeds 80 percent of the specified limit for hardened concrete, then prior to use of concrete, test mix design to verify acceptable chloride ion concentrations in accordance with ASTM C 1218. g. Shrinkage Test Results: Submit for each concrete mix to be used on a structure for which a specified shrinkage limit is given. 3. Record Data: a. Manufacturer's literature on specified materials. b. Documentation indicating conformance with ASTM C94 requirements. 1) Concrete delivery tickets in accordance with ASTM C94. c. Documentation of supplier's National Ready Mixed Concrete Association certification. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed concrete work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: 1. A firm experienced in manufacturing ready -mixed concrete products complying with ASTM C94 requirements for production facilities and equipment. 2. Manufacturer must be certified according to the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association's Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities. C. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, each aggregate from one source, and each admixture from the same manufacturer. D.Watertightness Testing: Confirm watertightness of all liquid containing structures in accordance with the latest edition of ACI 350.1 for hydrostatic tightness test for open or covered containment structures, except as modified by this specification. 1. Evaporation allowance shall be determined by using a standard circular pan procedure established by the US Weather Bureau to measure evaporation rate. 2. Calculate evaporation allowance by multiplying the evaporation rate in gallons per 24-hours per square foot of surface area by the open surface area of the water in the structure. 3. No specified interior or exterior coatings shall be applied to the structure prior to testing. Concrete surface coatings may only be applied after successful completion of all testing requirements, approval of testing results, and acceptable substrate conditions. 4. No backfill shall be placed around the structure prior to testing. All exterior surfaces shall be exposed and accessible for observation and completion of testing requirements. Backfill may only be placed after successful completion of all testing requirements and approval of the testing results. 5. Repairs and retesting shall be performed at no additional cost to the Owner. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 033000-3 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 3 of 34 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver cement in bulk or bags which are plainly marked with the brand and manufacturer's name. Immediately upon receipt, store cement in a dry, weather -tight, and properly ventilated structure which excludes moisture. Storage facilities shall permit easy access for inspection and identification. Cement not stored in accordance with the requirements shall not be used. B. Sufficient cement shall be in storage to complete placement of concrete started. In order for that cement may not become unduly aged after delivery, maintain records of delivery dates. Use cement which has been stored at the Site for 60 days or more before using cement of lesser age. No cement shall be used which is lumped, caked, stored more than 90 days, or whose temperature exceeds 170 deg F. A. Mixing, sampling, placing, curing and testing of concrete, and the materials used shall be in compliance with the latest revisions of the following standards, unless otherwise noted in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall maintain one copy of each of the applicable standards at the construction field office. 1. ASTM International (ASTM) Standards: ASTM Standards ASTM C31 Standard Practice for of Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field ASTM C33 Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates ASTM C39 Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens ASTM C42 Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete ASTM C94 Standard Specification of Ready Mixed Concrete ASTM C 109 Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars ASTM C125 Standard Terminology Relating to Concrete and Concrete Aggregates ASTM C138 Standard Test Method for Density (Unit Weight), Yield, and Air Content Gravimetric of Concrete ASTM C143 Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete ASTM C 150 Standard Specification for Portland Cement ASTM C171 Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete ASTM C172 Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete ASTM C173 Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method ASTM C191 Standard Test Method for Time of Setting of Hydraulic Cement by Vicat Needle ASTM C192 Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Laboratory ASTM C231 Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 033000-4 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 4 of 34 ASTM Standards ASTM C260 Standard Specification for Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete ASTM C290 Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants ASTM C3O9 Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete ASTM C494 Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete Standard Test Methods for Compressive Strength of Chemical ASTM C579 Resistant Mortars, Grouts, Monolithic Surfacings, and Polymer Concretes Standard Test Method for Flexural Strength and Modulus of ASTM C58O Elasticity of Chemical Resistant Mortars, Grouts, Monolithic Surfacin s, and Polymer Concretes ASTM C595 Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements ASTM C618 Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete ASTM C827 Standard Test Method for Change in Height at Early Stages of Cylindrical Specimens of Cementitious Mixtures ASTM C845 Standard Specification for Expansive Hydraulic Cement ASTM C881 Standard Specification for Epoxy Resin Base Bonding Systems for Concrete ASTM C1116 Standard Specification for Fiber -Reinforced Concrete ASTM Cl 157 Standard Performance Specification for Hydraulic Cement ASTM C1218 Standard Test Method for Water -Soluble Chloride in Mortar and Concrete ASTM C124O Standard Specification for Silica Fume used in Cementitious Mixtures ASTM C126O Standard Test Method for Potential Alkali Reactivity of Aggregates (Mortar -Bar Method ASTM C 1602 Standard Specification for Mixing Water Used in the Production of Hydraulic Cement Concrete Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for ASTM D 1751 Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types) Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber Cork and ASTM D 1752 Recycled PVC Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction ASTM D2240 Standard Test Method for Rubber Property Durometer Hardness ASTM E96 Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials 2. American Concrete Institute (ACI) Standards: ACI Standards Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavy -weight, ACI 211.1 and Mass Concrete ACI 301 Specification for Structural Concrete FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 033000-5 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 5 of 34 ACI Standards ACI 305.1 Specification for Hot Weather Concreting ACI 306.1 Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting ACI 308.1 Specification for Curing Concrete ACI 350 Code Requirements for Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures 3. Concrete Plant Manufacturers Bureau (CPMB) Standards: a. Concrete Plant Standards. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified. 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products specified. 3. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 4. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cementitious Material; General: If the fine and/or coarse aggregates test "Potentially Reactive", in accordance with ASTM C1260, then a low alkali cementitious material shall be used. A low alkali cementitious material shall be such that the Sodium Oxide Equivalent (Na20eq) shall not exceed 0.6 percent of the total cementitious material content. B. Cement; Provide one of the following: 1. Type II or I/II Portland cement, conforming to ASTM C 150. 2. Type IL(MS) blended hydraulic cement, conforming to ASTM C595. 3. Type MS hydraulic cement, conforming to ASTM C1157. C. Supplementary Cementitious Materials (SCM): 1. Fly Ash/Pozzolans: Conforming to ASTM C618, Class F fly ash; used in all classes of concrete. If fly ash is not available then provide a straight cement mix. D. Coarse Aggregate: 1. Crushed stone or gravel conforming to ASTM C33, in the gradation size specified. a. Class: Moderate weathering region, but not less than 3M. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 033000-6 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 6 of 34 2. For gradation size number 467, a maximum aggregate size of 1-1/2 inches is: Sieve Size Percent Retained Percent Passing 2" 0 100 1-1/2" 0-5 95-100 3/4" 30-65 35-70 3/8" 70-90 10-30 No.4 95-100 0-5 3. For gradation size number 57, the maximum aggregate size of 1 inch is: Sieve Size Percent Retained Percent Passing 1-1/2" 0 100 1" 0-5 95-100 1/2" 40-75 25-60 No. 4 90-100 0-10 No.8 95-100 0-5 4. For gradation size number 67, the maximum aggregate size of 3/4 inch is: Sieve Size Percent Retained Percent Passing 1" 0 100 3/4" 0-10 90-100 3/8" 45-80 20-55 No. 4 90-100 0-10 No.8 90-100 0-5 5. For gradation size number 8, the maximum aggregate size of 3/8 inch is: Sieve Size Percent Retained Percent Passing 1" 0 100 3/8" 0-15 85-100 No.4 70-90 10-30 No.8 90-100 0-10 No.16 95-100 0-5 E. Fine Aggregate: 1. Washed and screened natural sands or sands manufactured by crushing stones; conforming to ASTM C33. The gradation in ASTM C33 for air entrained concrete is: Sieve Size Percent Retained Percent Passing 3/8" 0 100 FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 033000-7 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 7 of 34 Sieve Size Percent Retained Percent Passing #4 0-5 95-100 #8 0-20 80-100 #16 15-50 50-85 #30 40-75 25-60 #50 70-90 10-30 2. Fine aggregate shall have not more than 45 percent retained between any two consecutive sieves. Its fineness modulus, as defined in ASTM C125, shall be not less than 2.3 nor more than 3.1. F. Water: Potable and complying with ASTM C1602 and ASTM C1602 Table 2. 2.3 ADMIXTURES A. Measure and dose admixtures in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Air Entraining Admixture: Conforming to ASTM C260. C. Water Reducing Admixtures: Conforming to ASTM C494; Types A or D. D. Set Retarding Admixtures: Conforming to ASTM C494; Types B and D. E. Water Reducing Admixtures, High Range (HRWR): High Range Water Reducer shall comply with ASTM C494, Type F or G. HRWR shall be added to the concrete mix at the concrete batch plant. HRWR may not be added at placement site except to redose a batch and only after approval of the HRWR manufacturer. The high range water reducing admixture shall be able to maintain the plasticity range without significant loss of slump or rise in concrete temperature for 2 hours. Other admixtures may only be used with the HRWR if approved by the HRWR manufacturer. A representative of the HRWR manufacturer shall be present during any large placement, placement of slabs, or during times of unusual circumstance which may require changes to the product formulation. 1. Manufacturers: a. GCP Applied Technologies. b. Master Builders Solutions US LLC. c. Sika Corporation. 2.4 WATERSTOPS A. Flexible PVC Waterstops: CE CRD-C 572, for embedding in concrete to prevent passage of fluids through joints. Factory fabricate corners, intersections, and directional changes. Unless indicated otherwise, provide the following configurations. 1. Construction Joints: a. Profile: Ribbed without center bulb. b. Width: 6 inches. c. Minimum thickness: 3/8 inch. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 033000-8 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 8 of 34 2. Expansion Joint: a. Profile: Ribbed with center bulb. b. Width: 9 inches. c. Minimum thickness: 3/8 inch. 3. Manufacturers: a. Sika Greenstreak and Sika Westec Barrier Technologies. b. W.R. Meadows, Inc. c. Paul Murphy Plastics Co. d. Progress Unlimited Inc. e. DCA Construction Products, LLC: Durajoint Waterstop. f. Vinylex Corporation. B. Self -Expanding Strip Waterstops (Hydrophilic): Self -expanding strip waterstops shall be used only where specifically indicated. Manufactured rectangular or trapezoidal strip, sodium bentonite or other hydrophilic material for adhesive bonding to concrete. 1. Products: a. De Neff Swellseal Joint; GCP Applied Technologies. b. Adeka Ultra Seal; Mitsubishi International Corporation. c. Sika Hydrotite; Sika Corporation — U.S. d. DURA-Tite, Durajoint Waterstop; DCA Construction Products, LLC. 2.5 VAPOR BARRIERS A. Plastic Vapor Barrier: ASTM E1745, Class A. Include manufacturer's recommended adhesive or pressure -sensitive tape for sealing lap joints, penetrations, and as required for securing terminations. 1. Available Products: a. Fortifiber Corporation; Moistop Ultra A. b. Raven Industries Inc.; Vapor Block 15. c. Reef Industries, Inc.; Griffolyn Type-105. d. Stego Wrap (15-mil)Vapor Barrier; STEGO INDUSTRIES LLC. e. Huskey Yellow Guard, 15-mil Vapor Barrier; Poly -America, L.P. 2.6 CURING MATERIALS A. Water: Potable and complying with ASTM C1602 and ASTM C1602 Table 2. B. Absorbent Material: AASHTO M182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz. per sq. yd. dry. C. Sheet Curing Material: Conforming to ASTM C171. 1. Waterproof paper. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 033000-9 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 9 of 34 2. Polyethylene film. 3. White burlap - polyethylene film. D. Membrane Curing Compounds: Membrane curing compound conforming to ASTM C309; applied according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane - Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C309, Type 1, Class B, 18 to 22 percent solids. 1. Products: a. Diamond Clear VOX; Euclid Chemical Co. b. Lambco Glazecote 30; Lambert Corporation. c. Dress & Seal; Laticrete International, Inc. d. Vocomp-20; W.R. Meadows, Inc. e. Cure & Seal 250E; Nox-Crete Products Group, Kinsman Corporation. f. Starseal 0800; Vexcon Chemicals, Inc. g. Approved equal. E. Finishing Aid: Spraying material designed to form a monomolecular film on fresh concrete that reduces the rate of evaporation of surface moisture prior to finishing. This material is not a curing compound. Concrete must be cured as specified. 1. MasterKure ER 50; Master Builders Solutions US LLC. 2. Approved equal. 2.7 RELATED MATERIALS A. Expansion and Isolation Joint Filler: 1. Water retaining structures: ASTM D1752, Type I or II. 2. Non -water retaining structures: ASTM D1751; or ASTM D1752, Type I or ll. 3. Thickness as indicated on the Drawings. B. Expansion and Isolation Joint Sealant: 1. Water retaining structures: ASTM C920, Type M, Grade P or NS as applicable, Class 35, Use I (ASTM C127, Class 2) , UV resistance. 2. Non -water retaining structures: ASTM C920, Type S or M, Grade P or NS as applicable, Class 35, Use T, UV resistance. 3. Backing material for sealant shall be a rod of diameter and composition recommended by the sealant manufacturer. C. Bonding Agent: Water -based epoxy modified, with integral corrosion inhibitor. Install according to the manufacturer's recommendations. 1. Sika Armatec 110 EpoCcm; Sika Corporation. 2. MasterEmaco P 124; Master Builders Solutions US LLC. 3. Approved equal. D. Non -Shrink Grout: FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 033000-10 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 10 of 34 1. General: Non -shrink grout for grouting of pump, motor, and equipment baseplates or bedplates, column baseplates, other miscellaneous baseplates, piping block outs and other uses of grout. Grout shall meet the following requirements, as verified by independent laboratory tests: a. No shrinkage from the time of placement, or expansion after set, under ASTM C827 and CRD C621 83 (Corps of Engineers). When non -shrink grouts are tested under CRD C621 83, the grout shall be tested in a fluid state. A fluid state shall be defined as flowing through a flow cone at a rate of 20 seconds, plus or minus 5 seconds. b. An initial set time of not less than 45 minutes under ASTM C 191. 2. Non -Shrink Non -Metallic Grout: Pre -mixed, non -staining, non -shrink grout; minimum 28- day compressive strength of 5000 psi. a. Do not use for vibrating equipment. b. Products: 1) MasterFlow 100; Master Builders Solutions US LLC. 2) Five Star Grout; Five Star Products, Inc. 3) SikaGrout 212; Sika Corporation. 3. Non -Shrink Epoxy Structural Grouts: Furnished in two components from the factory and mixed on the Site; conforming to ASTM C579, ASTM C580, and ASTM C827; chemical resistant, water resistant and a minimum 7-day compressive strength of 12,000 psi. a. Use for vibrating equipment. b. Products: 1) Sikadur 42, Grout -Pak; Sika Corporation. 2) Five Star HP Epoxy Grout; Five Star Products, Inc. 3) MasterFlow 648; Master Builders Solutions US LLC. E. Normal Shrinkage Grout: 1 part cement to 3 parts of ASTM C33 fine aggregate; proportioning on a volumetric basis; used for non-structural applications for grouting areas as shown on the Drawings which do not require non -shrink grout. F. Foundation Waterproofing: Foundation coating shall be used only on the exterior of concrete walls not exposed to view of the lift station and meter vaults. . 1. MasterSeal 581 (Thoroseal); Master Builders Solutions US LLC. 2. TREMproof 250GC; Tremco Commercial Sealants and Waterproofing. 3. Approved equal. G. Zinc Rich Primer: Aluminum surfaces which contact or are embedded in concrete shall be coated with zinc rich primer. Primer shall be: Tneme-Zinc; Tnemec Company, Inc. 2. MasterProtect P 8100AP; Master Builders Solutions US LLC. 3. Approved equal. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 033000-11 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 11 of 34 2.8 REPAIR MATERIALS A. Structural Concrete Repair Material: Low -shrink, non -slump, non-metallic, quick setting patching mortar; as approved by the manufacturer for each application and applied accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 1. Products: a. Five Star Structural Concrete; Five Star Products, Inc. b. SikaTop 123; Sika Corporation. c. SikaTop 122; Sika Corporation. d. MasterEmaco N 425; Master Builders Solutions US LLC. e. Approved equal. 2.9 CONCRETE MIXTURES A. Design Criteria: 1. Provide a mix design for each concrete application indicated. This may necessitate multiple mix designs for each class of concrete depending on HRWR, entrained air, and other requirements. 2. All Concrete shall be normal weight concrete composed of cement, fine aggregate, coarse aggregate, admixtures, and water, as specified. 3. ACI 211.1 shall be the basis for selecting the proportions for concrete made with aggregates of normal and high density and of workability suitable for usual cast in place structures. 4. The workability of any mix shall be as required for the specific placing conditions and the method of placement. The concrete shall have the ability to be worked readily into corners and around reinforcing steel without the segregation of materials or the collection of free water on the surface. Compliance with specified slump limitations shall not necessarily designate a satisfactory mix. 5. In no case shall the amount of coarse material produce harshness in placing or honeycombing in the structure, when forms are removed. The maximum amount of coarse aggregate (dry loose volume) per cubic foot of finished concrete shall not exceed 0.82 cubic feet. 6. In calculating water -cement ratio: The water content shall include the amount of water batched or to be added later, plus the free water in the aggregate, and minus the water content at SSD conditions. 7. No allowance shall be made for the evaporation of water after hatching. If additional water is required to obtain the desired slump, a compensating amount of cement shall also be added. In no case shall the maximum water cement ratio exceed the specified maximum or that of the approved mix design. 8. Air Entrainment: Provide the percent air entrainment in each concrete mix design as recommended by ACI 350: a. Exposure Class: F2, unless otherwise specified/restricted: 1) Do not provide air -entrainment in drilled shafts unless placed underwater. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 033000-12 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 12 of 34 2) Do not provide air -entrainment and entrapped air shall not exceed 3 percent for the following applications: a) Interior slabs. b) Slabs on composite metal decks. 9. Maximum water-soluble chloride ion content in concrete, by percent weight of concrete, shall not exceed ACI 350 Exposure Class C1. 10. When job conditions dictate, water -reducing and set -controlling admixtures may be used. Only specified admixtures shall be used. Admixtures shall be batched at the batch plant. 11. High Range Water Reducer (HRWR): Provide HRWR in mix designs for the following specified applications: a. Drilled shafts, footings, walls, columns, and beams. b. Interior of building curbs which are not cast monolithically with slabs. c. Precast concrete. d. Exception: Do not provide 14RWR in slabs and pavement (a water reducer is permitted provided performance requirements are met). 12. If fly ash is to be used in place of cement, no more than 25 percent of the cement may be replaced 13. Concrete shall be capable of developing two-thirds of the required 28-day compressive strength in 7 days . 14. Shrinkage Limits: All concrete used in the following structures shall have a shrinkage limit of 0.04 percent at 28 days in accordance with ASTM C157: a. Lift Station B. Concrete Classifications: Class Min. 28-Day Compressive Strength (psi) Max. Size Aggregate (inches) Max. Water: Cementitious Materials Ratio Slump +/-1 (inches) A 4500 1.5, Size No. 467 0.45 3 (8*) B 3000 1.5, Size No. 467 0.47 3 C 4500 1.0, Size No. 57 0.45 4 (8*) D 5000 0.75, Size No. 67 0.47 4 E 1500 1.5, Size No. 467 0.70 4 F 4000 0.375, Size No. 8 0.47 3 * Slump shown is with HRWR. C. Concrete Usage: Class Usage Class A Use Footings and slabs, and other unless noted otherwise Class B Use Pavement, gutters, sidewalks FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 033000-13 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 13 of 34 Class Usage Class C Use Walls, columns, beams, drilled shafts Class D Use Precast concrete and precast panels Class E Use Cradling, blocking, mud slab, lean concrete backfill Class F Use Stair pans and landings, interior building curbs D. Required Average Compressive Strength: 1. All concrete is required to have an average compressive strength greater than the specified strength. The required average compressive strength shall be established according to the requirements of ACI 301. 2. Standard Deviation: Calculate a standard deviation and establish the required average compressive strength (fcr') in accordance with ACI 301. If field test records are not available, select the required average strength from ACI 301. E. Documentation of Required Average Compressive Strength: 1. Documentation indicating the proposed concrete proportions will produce an average compressive strength equal to or greater than fcr'. Documentation shall consist of field strength records or trial mixture. 2. Field Strength Test Records: Document field strength test records according to ACI 301, which is partially restated here: a. If field test data are available and represent a single group of at least 10 consecutive strength tests for one mixture, using the same materials, under the same conditions, and encompassing a period of not less than 45 days, verify that the average of the field test results equals or exceeds fcr'. b. If the field test data represent two groups of strength tests for two mixtures, plot the average strength of each group versus the water-cementitious materials ratio of the corresponding mixture proportions and interpolate between them to establish the required mixture proportions for fcr'. 3. Trial Mixtures: a. Establish trial mixture proportions according to ACI 301, which is partially restated here: 1) Make at least three trial mixtures complying with performance and design requirements. Each trial mixture shall have a different cementitious material content. Select water-cementitious materials ratios that will produce a range of compressive strengths encompassing fcr'. 2) Submit a plot of a curve showing the relationship between water-cementitious materials ratio and compressive strength. 3) Establish mixture proportions so that the maximum water-cementitious materials ratio is not exceeded when the slump is at the maximum specified. b. Trial mixtures shall be designed, sampled, and tested by an independent testing laboratory, retained and paid by the Contractor and approved by the Owner. c. Provide 7-day and 28-day strengths test results. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 033000-14 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 14 of 34 4. Revisions to concrete mixtures: a. When less than 15 compressive strength tests results for a given class of concrete are available from the current Project: 1) If any of the following criteria are met, take immediate steps to increase average compressive strength of the concrete. a) A 7-day compressive strength test result multiplied by 1.5 falls below the required 28-day compressive strength. b) A 28-day compressive strength test result is deemed not satisfactory. b. When at least 15 compressive strength test results for a given class of concrete become available from the current Project: 1) Calculate the actual average compressive strength, standard deviation and required average compressive strength using the previous 15 consecutive strength tests. Submit results in graphical form with each 28-day test result for that class of concrete. 2) If any of the following criteria are met, take immediate steps to increase average compressive strength of the concrete. a) A 28-day compressive strength test result is deemed not satisfactory. b) The average compressive strength falls below the required average compressive strength. c. When revisions to the mix design are required, notify the Engineer in writing of the corrective actions taken. 2.10 OFF -SITE BATCH PLANT A. Batch plants shall be an established concrete batching facility meeting the requirements of the Concrete Plant Standards of the Concrete Plant Manufacturers Bureau. 2.11 CONCRETE MIXING A. Mixers may be stationary, truck, or paving mixers of approved design. They shall be capable of combining the materials into a uniform mixture and of discharging without mixture segregation. Stationary and paving mixers shall be provided with an acceptable device to lock the discharge mechanism until the required mixing time has elapsed. The mixers or mixing plant shall include a device for automatically counting the total number of batches of concrete mixed. The mixers shall be operated at the drum or mixing blade speed designated by the manufacturer on the name plate. B. The mixing time for stationary mixers shall be based upon the mixer's ability to produce uniform concrete throughout the batch and from batch to batch. For guidance purposes, the manufacturer's recommendations, or 1 minute for 1 cubic yard plus 1/4 minute for each additional cubic yard may be used. Final mixing time shall be based on mixer performance. Mixers shall not be charged in excess of the capacity specified by the manufacturer. C. When a stationary mixer is used for partial mixing of the concrete (shrink mixed), the stationary mixing time may be reduced to the minimum necessary to intermingle the ingredients (about 30 seconds). FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 033000-15 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 15 of 34 D. When a truck mixer is used, either for complete mixing (transit -mixed) or to finish the partial mixing in a stationary mixer and in the absence of uniformity test data, each batch of concrete shall be mixed not less than 70 nor more than 100 revolutions of the drum, at the rate of rotation designated by the manufacturer of the equipment as mixing speed. If the batch is at least 1/2 cubic yard less than the rated capacity, in the absence of uniformity test data, the number of revolutions at mixing speed may be reduced to no less than 50. Additional mixing shall be performed at the speed designated by the manufacturer of the equipment as agitating speed. When necessary for proper control of the concrete, mixing of transit -mixed concrete shall not be permitted until the truck mixer is at the Site of the concrete placement. Truck mixers shall be equipped with accurate revolution counters. E. Paving mixers may be either single compartment drum or multiple compartment drum type. A sled or box of suitable size shall be attached to the mixer under the bucket to catch any concrete spillage that may occur when the mixer is discharging concrete into the bucket. Multiple compartment drum paving mixers shall be properly synchronized. The mixing time shall be determined by time required to transfer the concrete between compartments of the drum. F. Vehicles used in transporting materials from the batching plant to the paving mixers shall have bodies or compartments of adequate capacity to carry the materials and to deliver each batch, separated and intact, to the mixer. Cement shall be transported from the batching plant to the mixers in separate compartments which are equipped with windproof and rain proof covers. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Notify the Owner's representative upon completion of various portions of the work required for placing concrete, so that inspection may be made as early as possible. Keep the Owner's representative informed of the anticipated concrete placing schedules. B. All items, including lines and grades, forms, waterstops, reinforcing, inserts, piping, electrical, plumbing and the Contractor's concreting materials and equipment shall be in compliance with the Contract Documents before proceeding. C. Do not place any concrete until formwork and the placing reinforcement in that unit is complete. Place no concrete before the completion of all adjacent operations which might prove detrimental to the concrete. D. Brilliantly light the Site so that all operations are plainly visible when concrete mixing, placing, and finishing, continues after daylight. Whenever possible, concrete finishing shall be completed in daylight hours. E. When placing concrete, the forms shall be clean and entirely free from all chips, dirt, sawdust and other extraneous matter. Forms for slab, beam and girder construction shall not have tie wire cuttings, nails, or any other matter which would mar the appearance of the finished construction. Clean forms and keep them free of any foreign matter during concrete placing. F. The concrete shall be mixed in quantities required for immediate use. Any concrete which is not in place within the time limits specified shall not be used. Concrete shall not be re - tempered. G. Concrete shall not be placed if impending weather conditions would impair the quality of the finished Work. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 033000-16 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 16 of 34 H. Unless otherwise provided, the following requirements shall govern the time sequence on which construction operations shall be carried. 1. Forms for walls or columns shall not be erected on concrete footings until the concrete in the footing has cured for at least 2 curing days. Concrete may be placed in a wall or column as soon as the forms and reinforcing steel placements are approved. 2. Steel beams or forms and falsework for superstructures shall not be erected on ground - supported concrete substructures until the substructure concrete has cured for at least 4 curing days. 3. Falsework required for superstructures shall not be erected until the substructure has cured for 4 curing days, and shall not be removed until allowed for by Section 03 1100 "Concrete Forming." 3.2 EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Where aluminum anchors, aluminum shapes, or aluminum electrical conduits are embedded in concrete, paint aluminum contact surfaces with zinc rich primer. Allow the paint to thoroughly dry before placing the aluminum in contact with the concrete. B. Paint steel or other ferrous metal to be mounted on or placed in contact with dry/cured concrete, and coat in accordance with Section 09 96 00 "High -Performance Coatings" prior to installation. C. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining Work that is attached to or supported by cast -in -place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 1. Install anchor bolts, accurately located, to elevations required. 3.3 VAPOR BARRIERS A. Place, protect, and repair vapor -barrier sheets according to ASTM E1643 and manufacturer's written instructions. At a minimum, provide the following: 1. Lap sheets not less than 6 inches at all joints. Use pressure -sensitive tape at all laps. Lap reinforcement directly over film before placing concrete, taking precautions to prevent punctures. 2. Carefully cut film around pipes and wiring outlets. Install reinforcing sheets and apply pressure sensitive tape around penetrations as recommended by the manufacturer. 3. Terminate vapor barrier as indicated on the Drawings. B. Granular fill below vapor barrier sheet shall be smoothed and free of protrusions that might damage or rupture the sheet. C. Completely cover subgrade with the vapor barrier sheet as indicated on the Drawings. 3.4 JOINTS A. Expansion Joints and Devices: 1. Workmanship: Exercise careful workmanship in joint construction to separate the concrete sections by an open joint or by the joint materials, and make the joints true to the outline indicated. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 033000-17 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 17 of 34 2. Expansion Joints: Construct expansion joints and devices to provide expansion and contraction. Construct joints which are to be left open or filled with poured joint material with forms which are adaptable for loosening or early removal. In order to avoid jamming by the expansion action of the concrete and the consequent likelihood of injuring adjacent concrete, remove or loosen these forms as soon as possible after the concrete has initially set. Make provisions for loosening the forms to permit free concrete expansion without requiring full removal. 3. Armored Joints: Carefully construct armored joints to avoid defective anchorage of the steel and porous or honeycombed concrete adjacent to same. Anchor pre -molded materials to the concrete on one side of the joint with approved adhesive. Anchor so that the material does not fall out of the joint. B. Construction Joints: Construction joints are formed by placing plastic concrete in direct contact with concrete which has attained its initial set. When concrete is specified as monolithic, the term shall be interpreted as the manner and sequence of concrete placement so that construction joints do not occur. 2. Additional horizontal and vertical construction joints, when submitted and approved by the Engineer, may have an impact on reinforcing details. Revise reinforcing details to reflect additional joints. 3. Unless otherwise provided, construction joints shall be square and normal to the forms. Provide bulkheads in the forms for all joints except horizontal joints. 4. Clean horizontal construction joints for receiving the succeeding lift using air water cutting. The surface shall be exposed sound, clean aggregate with a 1/4 inch amplitude. After cutting, wash the surface until there is no trace of cloudiness in the wash water. 5. In areas where air water cutting cannot be satisfactorily accomplished, or in areas where it is undesirable to disturb the surface of the concrete before it has hardened, prepare the surface for receiving the next lift by wet sand blasting to immediately remove all laitance and unsound concrete prior to placing of the next lift. Thoroughly wash the surface of the concrete after sand blasting to remove all loose material. 6. Provide construction joints with concrete keyways, reinforcing steel dowels, and waterstops where indicated on the Drawings. The method of forming keys in keyed joints shall permit the easy removal of forms without chipping, breaking, or damaging the concrete. 7. Construction joint layout unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings: a. Maximum horizontal spacing of construction joints shall be 45 feet. b. Maximum vertical spacing of construction joints shall be 15 feet. C. Control Joints in Slabs -on -Grade: Form weakened -plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct control joints for a depth equal to at least one-fourth of concrete thickness, spaced as indicated on the Drawings, and as follows: 1. Tooled Joints: Form control joints after initial floating by tooling/grooving and finishing each edge of joint to a radius of 1/8 inch. Repeat grooving of contraction joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover tool marks on concrete surfaces. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 033000-18 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 18 of 34 3.5 WATERSTOPS A. PVC/TPER/PE Waterstops: Install in construction joints as indicated to form a continuous diaphragm. Install in longest lengths practicable. Support and protect exposed waterstops during progress of Work. 1. At formed surfaces, a split form shall be used. The split form shall have a tight fit which prevents misalignment and concrete leakage. 2. The embedded flange of the waterstop must be secured prior to concrete placement. The flange shall be secured at 12 inches on -center by factory installed hog rings or grommets at the outermost rib. Never place nails or screws through the body of the waterstop. All fittings and changes in direction shall be factory fabricated. Only straight butt splices shall be made in the field. Field splices shall be according to the manufacturer's written instructions and as follows: a. Cut adjoining ends square to form matching edges. b. Uniformly melt the ends at 380 deg F using a thermostatically controlled, Teflon coated splicing iron. c. When a 1/8-inch diameter melt bead develops on each waterstop end, remove the splicing iron and firmly press the two ends together in proper alignment. Hold until the material has fused and cooled. Allow the splice to cool naturally; do not quench. B. Self -Expanding Strip Waterstops: 1. Install in construction joints and at other locations indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions, bonding or mechanically fastening and firmly pressing into place. a. Waterstop shall be bonded to the substrate using a continuous bead of swelling sealant or adhesive as recommended by the manufacturer. 1) ADEKA Ultra Seal P-201. 2) Sika Leakmaster. 2. Install in longest lengths practicable. 3. Protect from moisture, oil, dirt, and sunlight prior to the placement of concrete. Coordinate with manufacturer for additional requirements. 3.6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Cold Weather: 1. If air temperature has fallen to, or is expected to fall below 40 deg F during the protection period (a minimum of 48 hours but not less than that required by ACI 306.1), then cold weather concreting shall be performed in accordance with ACI 306.1. 2. In cases where the temperature drops below 40 deg F after the concreting operations have been started, sufficient canvas and framework or other type of housing shall be furnished to enclose and protect the structure, in accordance with the requirements of ACI 306.1. Sufficient heating apparatus to provide heat shall be supplied, and heating source and protection from combustion gas shall be in accordance with ACI 306.1. The concrete shall be protected when placed under all weather conditions. Should concrete placed under such conditions prove unsatisfactory, remove and replace the concrete at no cost to the Owner. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 033000-19 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 19 of 34 3. When the air temperature is above 30 deg F: a. The minimum concrete temperature at the time of mixing shall be 60 deg F unless other requirements of ACI 306.1 are met, which may allow for a lower mix temperature. b. The minimum concrete temperature at the time of placement and during the protection period shall be 55 deg F unless other requirements of ACI 306.1 are met, which may allow for a lower temperature. 4. The means used to heat a concrete mix shall be in accordance with ACI 306.1. 5. Salts, chemicals, or other foreign materials shall not be mixed with the concrete to preventing freezing. Calcium chloride is not permitted. B. Hot Weather: Hot weather is defined as any combination of high air temperature, low relative humidity, and wind velocity that impairs the quality of the concrete. Hot weather concreting shall be in accordance with ACI 305.1. Concrete shall be placed in the forms without the addition of any more water than that required by the design (slump). No excess water shall be added on the concrete surface for finishing. Control of initial set of the concrete and extending the time for finishing operations may be accomplished with the use of approved water reducing and set retarding admixture, as specified. 2. Maximum time intervals between the addition of mixing water and/or cement to the batch, and the placing of concrete in the forms shall not exceed the following (excluding HRWR admixture use): Concrete Temperature Maximum Time from Water Batch to Placement Non -Agitated Concrete Up to 80 deg F 30 Minutes Over 80 deg F 15 Minutes Agitated Concrete Up to 75 deg F 90 Minutes 75 to 89 deg F 60 Minutes a. The use of an approved set -retarding admixture will permit the extension of the above time maximums by 30 minutes, for agitated concrete only. b. The use of an approved high range water reducing (HRWR) or hydration -controlling admixture will allow placement time extensions as determined by the manufacturer. 3. The maximum temperature of fresh concrete at time of discharge shall not exceed 95 deg F. The temperatures of the mixing water shall be reduced by the use of chilled water or ice. 4. The maximum temperature of fresh concrete with high range water reducing admixture shall not exceed 100 deg F at time of discharge. 5. On days when the predicted high temperature is 90 deg F or higher, the initial curing of test specimens shall be according to ASTM C31 except that the means of maintaining moisture and temperature shall be limited to the following options: a. Immersion of molded specimens with plastic lids in water saturated with calcium hydroxide. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 033000-20 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 20 of 34 b. Suitable moisture loss control combined with a temperature -controlled environment. c. Other methods as approved by the Engineer. 6. Under extreme heat, wind, or humidity conditions, concreting operations may be suspended if the quality of the concrete being placed is not acceptable. C. Handling and Transporting: 1. Delivery tickets shall be required for each batch and shall be in accordance with ASTM C94. Each delivery ticket must show plainly the amount of water, in gallons that can be added to the mixer truck at the Site without exceeding the maximum water cement ratio approved for that mix design. Amount of water added must be in proportion to contents of truck. 2. Arrange and use chutes, troughs, or pipes as aids in placing concrete so that the ingredients of the concrete are not segregated. They shall be steel or steel lined. When steep slopes are necessary, equip the chutes with baffles or make in short lengths that reverse the direction of movement. Extend open troughs and chutes, if necessary, inside the forms or through holes left in the forms. Terminate the ends of these chutes in vertical downspouts. 3. Keep chutes, troughs, and pipes clean and free from coatings of hardened concrete by thoroughly flushing with water before and after placement. Discharge water used for flushing away from the concrete in place. 4. Use pumping equipment that has sufficient capacity so that: a. Discharge of pump concrete does not result in segregation. b. Modification of accepted concrete mixture is not required. 5. Carting or wheeling concrete batches on completed concrete floor slab shall not be permitted until the slab has aged at least 4 curing days. Unless pneumatic tired carts are used, wheel the carts on timber planking so that the loads and impact are distributed over the slab. Curing operations shall not be interrupted for the purpose of wheeling concrete over finished slabs. D. Depositing: 1. The method and manner of placing shall prevent segregation or separation of the aggregate or the displacement of the reinforcement. Use drop chutes or tremies as necessary. 2. Free Fall: Concrete shall not be allowed to free fall more than 10 feet when HRWR admixture is used or 5 feet without the use of HRWR. Free falling concrete shall avoid striking reinforcing during placement. Placement of concrete for heights exceeding the free fall limit shall be placed using a tremie. a. Concrete shall not be allowed to free fall through water. Place as indicated below. 3. Prevent the splattering of forms and reinforcing bars if the splattered concrete will dry or harden before incorporation into the mass. 4. Fill each part of the forms by directly depositing concrete as near its final position as possible. Work the concrete under and around the reinforcement bars. Depositing large quantities at one point in the forms, then running or working it along the forms shall not be permitted. a. Place required sections in one continuous operation to avoid additional cold joints. Each layer shall be fluid and concrete shall not have taken initial set when a new layer is FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 033000-21 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 21 of 34 placed upon it. Not more than 1 hour shall elapse between the placing of successive concrete layers in any portion of the structures included in continuous placement. Place in continuous horizontal layers with a depth of from 1 to 3 feet. If excessive bleeding causes water to form on the surface of the concrete in tall forms, revise mix design to reduce the bleeding. 6. In tall walls, place the concrete to a point about 1 foot below the top of the wall and allow to settle for 1 hour. Resume and complete concreting before set occurs. 7. For slopes greater than 2 percent, start concrete placement at low end and proceed upslope. 8. After the concrete has taken initial set, the forms shall not be jarred. No force or load shall be placed upon projecting reinforcement. E. Consolidating: Compact each layer of concrete and flush the mortar to the surface of the forms by continuous -working mechanical vibrators. Apply the vibrator to the concrete immediately after deposit. Move vibrator throughout the layer of the newly placed concrete, several inches into the plastic layer below. Thoroughly work the concrete around the reinforcement, embedded fixtures and into the corners and angles of the forms until it is well -compacted. 2. Mechanical vibrators shall not be operated so that they penetrate or disturb previously placed layers which are partially set or hardened. They shall not be used to aid the flow of concrete laterally. The vibration shall be of sufficient duration to completely compact and embed reinforcement and fixtures, but not to an extent causing segregation. 3. Keep vibrators constantly moving in the concrete and apply vertically at points uniformly spaced, not farther apart than the radius over which the vibrator is visibly effective. The vibrator shall not be held in one location longer than required to produce a liquified appearance on the surface. 4. When submerged in concrete, internal vibrators shall maintain a frequency of not less than 6000 impulses per minute for heads with diameters greater than 5 inches and 10,000 impulses for smaller vibrator heads. The vibration intensity (amplitude) shall be sufficient to produce satisfactory consolidation. a. Vibrator head shall be sufficiently small to allow placement between reinforcing steel. b. Provide at least one standby vibrator. c. Check vibrators intended for regular service or standby service prior to concreting operations. F. Placement in Water: 1. Deposit concrete in water only when dry conditions cannot be obtained. The forms, cofferdams, or caissons shall be sufficiently tight to prevent any water flowing through the space where concrete is to be deposited. Pumping of water shall not be permitted while the concrete is being placed, nor until it has set for at least 36 hours. 2. Carefully place the concrete using a tremie, closed bottom dumping bucket, or another approved method which does not permit the concrete to fall through the water without protection. The concrete shall not be disturbed after being deposited. Regulate depositing to maintain horizontal surfaces. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 03 30 00 - 22 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 22 of 34 When a tremie is used, it shall consist of a tube constructed in sections having water -tight connections. The means of supporting the tremie shall permit the movement of the discharge end over the entire top surface of the work, and shall allow the tremie to be rapidly lowered to retard the flow. The number of times it is necessary to shift the location of the tremie shall be held to a minimum for any continuous placement of concrete. During the placing of concrete, keep the tremie tube full to the bottom of the hopper. When a batch is dumped into the hopper, slightly raise the tremie, but not out of the concrete at the bottom, until the batch discharges to the level of the bottom of the hopper. Stop the flow by lowering the tremie. Continue placing operations until the work is completed. 4. When concrete is placed by means of the bottom dump bucket, the bucket shall have a capacity of not less than 1/2 cubic yard. Lower the bucket gradually and carefully until it rests upon the concrete already placed. Raise it very slowly during the discharge travel to maintain still water at the point of discharge and to avoid agitating the mixture. 5. Use a sump or other approved method to channel displaced fluid and concrete away from the shaft excavation. Recover slurry and dispose of it as approved. Do not discharge displaced fluids into or in close proximity to streams or other bodies of water. G. Placement in Slabs: Allow concrete in columns, walls and deep beams or girders to stand for at least 1 hour to permit full settlement from consolidation, before concrete is placed for slabs they are to support. Haunches are considered as part of the slab and shall be placed integrally with them. 2. When monolithic slabs are placed in strips, the widths of the strips, unless otherwise specified or indicated, shall insure that concrete in any one strip is not allowed to lie in place for more than 1 hour before the adjacent strips are placed. 3. Immediately before placing concrete, thoroughly dampen the subgrade to receive concrete to prevent moisture absorption from the concrete. 4. As soon as concrete placing is complete for a slab section of sufficient width to permit finishing operations, level the concrete, strike off, tamp and screed. The screed shall be of a design adaptable to the use intended, shall have provision for vertical adjustment and shall be sufficiently rigid to hold true to shape during use. 5. The initial strike off shall leave the concrete surface at an elevation slightly above grade so that, when consolidation and finishing operations are completed, the surface of the slab is at grade elevation. 6. Continue tamping and screeding operations until the concrete is properly consolidated and free of surface voids. Bring the surface to a smooth, true alignment using longitudinal screeding, floating, belting, and/or other methods. 7. When used, templates shall be of a design which permits early removal so satisfactory finishing at and adjacent to the template is achieved. 8. While the concrete is still plastic, straighten the surface as required to achieve specified flatness requirements. Remove high spots and fill depressions with fresh concrete and re- float. Continue to check during the final finishing operation, until the surface is true to grade and free of depressions, high spots, voids, or rough spots. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 033000-23 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 23 of 34 9. Where floor drains are shown in slabs and sloping the slab is not indicated, slope slab to drain on a grade of l/16 inch per foot. The thickness of slab at floor drain shall be the thickness of slab as indicated on the Drawings. H. Placement in Foundations: Place concrete in deep foundations so that segregation of the aggregates or displacement of the reinforcement is avoided. Provide suitable chutes or vertical pipes. When footings can be placed in dry foundation pits without the use of cofferdams or caissons, forms may be omitted and the entire excavation filled with concrete to the elevation of the top of footing. The placing of concrete bases above mud slab is permitted after the forms are free from water and the seal course cleaned. Execute necessary pumping or bailing during concreting from a suitable sump located outside the forms. 1. Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and foundations as shown on the Drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment at correct elevations, complying with diagrams or templates of manufacturer furnishing machines and equipment. 3.7 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Forms for walls, columns, and sides of beams and girders shall be removed as specified in Section 03 1100 "Concrete Forming." Patch, repair, finish, and clean concrete after form removal. Finish concrete not more than 7 days after form removal. Cure concrete as finishing progresses. B. Air voids, for all types of finishes, are defects and shall be removed by rubbing or patching. C. Finish Schedule: Type of Finish Location Surfaces which are not visible from the inside or No Finish outside of the completed structure, are more than 12" below finish grade, and where a coatin membrane/drains e board will not be installed Surfaces exposed to view, areas below to a point 12" Smooth Finish below grade, and where a coating/membrane/drainage board will be installed. D. No Finish: Patch tie holes. Repair defects larger than 1-1/2 inches in diameter or 1/2 inch in deep. Remove projections larger than 1 inch. E. Smooth Finish: The form facing material shall produce a smooth, uniform texture on the concrete. Patch tie holes. Repair defects larger than 3/4 inch wide or 1/2 inch deep. Remove projections flush with the adjacent surface. 3.8 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS A. General: Screed, restraighten, and finish concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. B. Finish slabs, platforms, and steps monolithically and apply as indicated on the Drawings and the following schedule of finishes: Type of Finish Location Rough Finish Tank floors that receive grout topping and slabs which receive additional concrete toppings. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 03 30 00 - 24 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 24 of 34 Type of Finish Location Scratch Finish Surfaces to receive concrete floor topping or mortar setting beds for ceramic or quarry tile, cement terrazzo, and other bonded cementitious floor finishes. Float Finish Top of walls, vault top slabs not subject to pedestrian foot traffic. Trowel Finish Interior slab surfaces exposed to view or to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, and ceramic or quarry tile set over a cleavage membrane, paint, or another thin film -finish coating system. Broom Finish Exterior concrete platforms, steps, and ramps. 1. Rough Finish: Provide a rough surface by screeding only without further finish. 2. Scratch Finish: While still plastic, texture concrete surface that has been screeded and bull - floated or darbied. Use stiff brushes, brooms, or rakes. 3. Float Finish: Finish surfaces using a float to a true, even plane with no coarse aggregate visible. In the initial floating, while the concrete is plastic, use sufficient pressure on the float to bring excess moisture to the surface for removal. Apply a final "light float" fmish to the surface as the concrete hardens. The surface shall have a uniform granular texture and shall meet the straightness requirements. 4. Trowel Finish: a. After applying float finish, apply first trowel finish and consolidate concrete by hand or power -driven trowel. Continue troweling passes and re -straighten until surface is free of trowel marks and uniform in texture and appearance. Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied coatings or floor coverings. b. Finish surfaces to the following tolerances, measured within 24 hours according to ASTM E1155/E1155M for a randomly trafficked floor surface: c. Finish and measure surface so gap at any point between concrete surface and an unleveled freestanding 10-foot long straightedge, resting on two high spots and placed anywhere on the surface, does not exceed the following: 1) 1/8 inch. 5. Broom Finish: Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with fiber -bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with the Engineer before application. C. Give sidewalks a brush finish, unless noted otherwise. Score sidewalks at a spacing equal to the width of the walk and edge on each side using a tool with a radius of approximately 1/4 inch. D. Finishing in Hot, Dry Weather: During periods of high temperature and/or low humidity, take extreme care in finishing the slabs to eliminate initial shrinkage cracks. Following the initial set of concrete, but while the concrete is still "green" continue to finish as required to remove shrinkage cracks which may occur. In hot, dry weather, keep a cement fmisher on the job following normal finishing operations for a sufficient length of time to insure the removal of initial shrinkage cracks. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 033000-25 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 25 of 34 3.9 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS A. Normal Shrinkage Grouting: 1. Prior to grout application, thoroughly clean the surface of all foreign matter. Roughen concrete surface to CSP 4 and wet as required for a saturate surface dry condition (SSD). Set forms in place; tight and securely anchored to prevent the loss of grout. 2. The necessary materials and tools shall be on hand before starting grouting operations. 3. After preparing surface and immediately prior to grouting, provide scrub coat of grout material. Do not allow scrub coat to dry prior to placing grout. 4. After mixing, quickly and continuously place the grout to avoid overworking, segregation and breaking down of the initial set. Mix and place the grout where indicated on the Drawings. Cure grout using wet curing method for concrete. Grout shall receive a trowel finish, unless otherwise noted. B. Non -Shrink Grout: 1. Obtain field technical assistance from the grout manufacturer, as required, to ensure that grout mixing and installation comply with the manufacturer's recommendations and procedures. 2. Roughen concrete surface as required by the manufacturer, but not less than CSP 4. Saturate the surface to achieve an SSD condition. Baseplates shall be free of oil, grease, laitance and other foreign substances. a. Epoxy Grout: Surface shall be dry as recommended by the manufacturer. Place grout according to the manufacturer's directions so that spaces and cavities below the bottom of the baseplates are completely filled. Provide forms where structural components of the baseplates do not confine the grout. Trowel finish the non -shrink grout where the edge of the grout is exposed to view and after the grout has reached its initial set. Cut off the exposed edges of the grout at a 45-degree angle to the baseplate, bedplate, member, or piece of equipment. 4. Wet cure a minimum of 3 days, but not less than that recommended by the manufacturer. a. Epoxy Grout: Dry curing is acceptable if recommended by the manufacturer. 5. Use epoxy non -shrink grout under all machinery, pumps, equipment, and where chemicals are present that would abate cementitious non -shrink grouts. 3.10 CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION A. General: Begin curing of concrete immediately after completion of finishing activities for unformed concrete and immediately after removal of forms from formed concrete. Apply curing method without staining, marring, or damaging concrete surfaces. Where pedestrian traffic is unavoidable, provide suitable walkways to protect the curing material and the concrete surface from damage. Unless a particular curing method is specified, select the appropriate curing method from the curing options indicated. B. Length of Curing Period: 1. Curing Day: A day on which the ambient temperature is above 50 deg. F for at least 18 hours. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 033000-26 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 26 of 34 2. Curing Period: 7 consecutive curing days. 3. Extended Curing Period: When curing day requirements are not met, then extend the curing period by one day for each day not in compliance. Extend curing up a maximum total of 14 consecutive days. C. Wet Curing with Absorbent Material: 1. Cover concrete surfaces with absorbent material and hold it in contact with concrete surface. Provide a minimum 8-inch lap of adjacent material section edges. 2. Apply water to absorbent material and saturate. Maintain saturated condition for curing period — do not allow absorbent material to dry. 3. Do not use wet curing if curing water will be subject to freezing during the curing period. D. Sheet Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with sheets and hold in contact with concrete surface. Apply in accordance with manufacturer recommendations, which includes placement, patching holes, and tape joints per manufacturer recommendations. E. Membrane Curing: 1. Cover the surface of the concrete with a continuous, uniform film. Application shall be in accordance with manufacturer recommendations. Prevent overspray as necessary to meet project requirements. 2. Do not allow foot traffic on surface in accordance with manufacturer recommendations. 3. Repair film if damaged within the curing period. 4. Unless preapproved, do not use membrane curing on surfaces that: a. Receive concrete topping, coating, terrazzo, paint, floor hardener, or other finish. b. Are specified to have a rubbed finish. F. Protection: During and after curing period, protect concrete surfaces from damage, marring, or staining by construction activities. 3.11 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Engineer. Remove and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Engineer's approval. B. After the tie rods are broken back or removed, thoroughly clean the holes to remove grease and loose particles. Patch holes with structural concrete repair material or non -shrink grout. After the holes are completely filled, strike off flush excess mortar and finish the surface to render the filled hole inconspicuous. C. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Surface defects include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycombs, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and stains and other discoloration that cannot be removed by cleaning. 1. If the surface of the concrete is bulged, uneven, or shows honeycombing or form marks, which in the Engineer's opinion cannot be repaired satisfactorily, remove and replace the entire section. 2. Patch honeycomb and minor defects in all concrete surfaces with structural concrete repair material. Cut back each defective area with a pneumatic chipping tool as deep as the defect extends, but in no case less than 1/2 inch. Prepare the existing concrete and apply repair FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 033000-27 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 27 of 34 material according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Finish the surface of the patches to match finish on surrounding concrete. 3. Immediately after form removal, cut out honeycombs, rock pockets, and voids to expose solid concrete but not less than 1-inch in depth. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to concrete surface. Clean, dampen with water, and brush -coat holes and voids with bonding agent. Fill and compact with repair material before bonding agent has dried. 4. Repair defects on surfaces exposed to view by blending white cement and standard cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match surrounding color. D. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as floors and slabs, for finish and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface. Correct low and high areas. Test surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness; use a sloped template. 1. Repair finished surfaces containing defects. Surface defects include spalls, pop outs, honeycombs, rock pockets, crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01-inch wide or that penetrate to reinforcement or completely through unreinforced sections regardless of width, and other objectionable conditions. 2. After concrete has cured at least 14 days, correct high areas by grinding. 3. Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. 4. Correct other low areas scheduled to receive floor coverings with a repair underlayment. Prepare, mix, and apply repair underlayment and primer according to manufacturer's written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface. Feather edges to match adjacent floor elevations. 5. Correct other low areas scheduled to remain exposed with a repair topping. Cut out low areas to ensure a minimum repair topping depth of 1/4 inch to match adjacent floor elevations. Prepare, mix, and apply repair topping and primer according to manufacturer's written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface. 6. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with clean, square cuts and expose steel reinforcement with at least 3/4-inch clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials and mix as original concrete except without coarse aggregate. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete. 7. Repair random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter with patching mortar. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean off dust, dirt, and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding agent. Place patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Compact patching mortar and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for at least 72 hours. E. Perform structural repairs of concrete, subject to Engineer's approval, using epoxy adhesive and patching mortar. F. Repair materials and installation not specified above may be used, subject to Engineer's approval. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 033000-28 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 28 of 34 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: 1. General: a. Tests shall be required throughout the Work to monitor the quality of concrete. Samples shall be taken in accordance with ASTM C172. b. Engineer may waive these requirements on concrete placements of 10 cubic yards or less. However, evidence shall be furnished showing a design mix which meets the Specifications. c. Unless noted otherwise, testing of the materials, ready mix, transit mix, or central plant concrete will be by an independent testing agency. The Owner will select and pay for this service. A summary of all tests performed will be available. No concrete shall be placed without a representative present at either the plant or at the Site. d. Unless the Owner's laboratory is on the Site, provide housing for the curing and storage of test specimens and equipment. 2. Slump Test: Slump tests, in accordance with ASTM C143, shall be used to indicate the workability and consistency of the concrete mix from batch to batch. Generally, a slump test shall be made at the start of operations each day, at regular intervals throughout a working day, and at any time when the appearance of the concrete suggests a change in uniformity. Air Content Test: Tests for the concrete's air content shall be made in accordance with ASTM C231 or ASTM C173, at the point of delivery of concrete, prior to placing in forms. The test shall be made frequently to monitor a proper air content uniform from batch to batch. 4. Temperature Test: Test for the concrete's temperature in accordance with ASTM C1064 and as follows: the temperature of the concrete to be placed shall be taken with a thermometer immediately before placement, with the point of measurement being in the chute or bucket. Temperature test shall be performed for each truck. Record temperatures on batch ticket. 5. Compression Test: a. Compression test specimens shall be 6-by-12-inch concrete cylinders made and cured in accordance with ASTM C31. If the maximum aggregate size is no larger than 1 inch, 4- by-8-inch concrete cylinders are acceptable. No fewer than two 6-by-12-inch or three 4- by-8-inch specimens shall be made for each test Sample. Samples shall be taken at a minimum of every 50 cubic yards of concrete for each class placed. At least one set of test specimens per day shall be made for each class of concrete used that day. Initial cure of specimens shall be in a temperature and moisture controlled environment as specified in ASTM C31. Initial cure shall be in an enclosure such that the temperature is uniform and can be monitored. The temperature range of initial curing shall be recorded using a maximum -minimum thermometer. See "Hot Weather" section of this specification for additional requirements. Final cure of specimens shall be under laboratory conditions specified in ASTM C31. Additional concrete cylinders may be FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 033000-29 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 29 of 34 required for curing on the job under actual job curing conditions. These Samples could be required when: 1) There is a possibility of the air temperature surrounding the concrete falling below 40 deg F, or rising above 90 deg F. 2) The curing procedure may need to be improved and/or lengthened. 3) It is necessary to determine when the structure may be put into service. b. Compression strength tests shall be made on the laboratory -cured and job -cured concrete cylinders at 7 and 28 days, in accordance with ASTM C39. The value of each test result shall be the average compressive strength of all of the cylinders in the test Sample. All cylinders within a test Sample shall be taken at the same time from the same batch of concrete. For the 28-day cylinders, the strength level shall be satisfactory if the averages of all sets of three consecutive strength test results exceed the required design compressive strength, and no individual strength test result falls below the required compressive strength by more than 500 psi. The method of initial curing and maximum and minimum initial curing temperatures shall be included on concrete compression test reports. 6. High Early Strength Concrete Test: When Type "III" High Early Strength Portland cement is used instead of Type "I" Portland cement, the minimum allowable 28-day strength for Type "I" Portland cement concrete shall be at 7 days. The ages at time of test for Type "III" shall be 3 days and 7 days, instead of 7 days and 28 days, respectively, for Type "I." 7. Chloride testing. 8. Shrinkage testing. 9. Failure to Meet Requirements: a. Should the 28-day strengths shown by the test specimens fall below the required values, additional curing shall be performed on those portions of the structures represented by the test specimens at the Contractor's expense. Test cores shall be obtained and tested in accordance with ASTM C42. If additional curing does not give the strength required, the Owner reserves the right to require strengthening, replacement of those substandard portions of the structure, or additional testing, at the Contractor's expense. b. Upon receipt of the Contractor's written request, substandard concrete work may be reexamined in place by nondestructive testing methods or core Samples, in accordance with ACI 301. The services of an independent testing laboratory shall be retained and all expenses paid without compensation from the Owner. Laboratory results shall be evaluated by the Engineer, who shall make the final decision on acceptability of the concrete in question. Core Sample holes shall be repaired. B. The Owner may withhold payment for any section of concrete which does not meet the requirements of the Specifications. Withheld payment shall be based upon the unit prices established for concrete and reinforcing steel. Payment shall be withheld until the unacceptable concrete has been refinished, removed and replaced or otherwise brought into conformance with the Specifications. C. PVC/TPER/PE Waterstops: Waterstops shall be observed by the Owner's representative prior to concrete placement. Unacceptable splicing defects include: 1. Misalignment of center bulb, ribs, and end bulbs greater than 1/16 inch. 2. Bond failure at joint deeper than 1/16 inch. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 033000-30 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 30 of 34 3. Misalignment which reduces waterstop cross-section more than 15 percent. 4. Bubble or visible porosity in the weld. 5. Visible signs of splice separation when a cooled splice is bent by hand at a sharp angle. 6. Charred or burnt material. END OF SECTION FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 Concrete Mix Design Project Name: 033000-31 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 31 of 34 FNI Project Number: Project Location: Owner: General Contractor: Mix Number / Class: A. Mix Design: Cement = lb/yd3 Fly Ash = lb/yd3 Other Cementitious Material: = lb/yd3 Fine Aggregate = lb/yd3 Coarse Aggregate = lb/yd3 Water = lb/yd3 Water Reducing Admixture = oz/yd3 High Range Water Reducer = oz/yd3 Air Entraining Admixture = oz/yd3 Other Admixture: = oz/yd3 Slump = inches Gross Weight = lb/yd3 Air Content = percent Water/Cement Ratio = B. Materials: Source ASTM Type Remarks Cement Fly Ash Other Cementitious Material: Fine Aggregate Coarse Aggregate Water Water Reducer High Range Water Reducer Air Entraining FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 033000-32 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 32 of 34 Source ASTM Type Remarks Other Admixture: C. Determination of Average Strength Required (fcr'): 1. Test Records Available: A. Summary of Test Records (Provide Supporting Documentation): Test Group No. No. of Consecutive Tests(psi) Specified Strength Standard Deviation (psi) Average Standard Deviation: B. Standard Deviation Modification Factor (ACI 301, Table 4.2.3.3.(a)2): C. Standard Deviation Used: D. Average Compressive Strength Required: 2. Test Records Not Available: A. Average Compressive Strength Required (ACI 301, Table 4.2.3.1, if required): D. Documentation of Required Average Compressive Strength (Check One): 1. Field Strength: a. Field Strength Test Records (ACI 301, Table 4.2.3.3.a): . *Complete Attachment A. 2. Trial Mixtures: a. Trial Mixtures (ACI 301, Table 4.2.3.1, if required): . *Complete Attachment B. I, certify that the above information is correct and all gradations, cement certifications, and test results are located at our place of business for review by the Engineer. Name: Date: Title: Company: Address: FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 033000-33 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 33 of 34 Attachment A Documentation of Required Average Strength — Field Strength Records (ACI 301, 4.2.3.4.a or 4.2.3.4.b) A. Summary of Test Records (Provide Supporting Documentation): Test Record No. No. of Tests in Record Duration of Record (days) Water- Cementitious Materials Ratio Average Strength (psi) B. Interpolation used? 1. Provide an interpolation calculation or plot of strength versus proportions. C. Submit the following data for each mix: 1. Brand, type, and amount of cement. 2. Brand, type, and amount of each admixture. 3. Source of each material used. 4. Amount of water. 5. Proportions of each aggregate material per cubic yard. 6. Gross weight per cubic yard. 7. Measured slump. 8. Measured air content. 9. Results of consecutive strength tests. END OF ATTACHEMENT A FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 033000-34 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 34 of 34 Attachment B Documentation of Required Average Strength — Trial Mixtures (ACI 301, 4.2.3.4.c) A. Summary of Test Record(s): Trial Mix No. 7-Day Tests 28-Day Tests Water - Cementitio us Materials Ratio Slum p (in) Air Content ercen (p t) Tem erat p ure (F) No. of Test Cylind ers Streng th (psi) No. of Test Cylinde rs Streng th (psi) B. Maximum water-cementitious materials ratio 1. Provide an interpolation calculation or plot of strength versus water-cementitious materials ratio. C. Submit the following data for each mix: 1. Brand, type, and amount of cement. 2. Brand, type, and amount of each admixture. 3. Amount of water used in trial mixes. 4. Proportions of each aggregate material per cubic yard. 5. Gross weight per cubic yard. 6. Measured slump. 7. Measured air content. 8. Compressive strength developed at 7 days and 28 days, from not less than three test cylinders cast for each 7-day and 28-day test. END OF ATTACHMENT B FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 03 40 16- 1 PRECAST CONCRETE BUILDINGS Pagel of 4 SECTION 03 40 16 PART1- GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A.Furnish labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to install precast concrete buildings. B.Precast concrete buildings as indicated in the schedule at the end of this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Design Criteria: Each building shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the following design parameters: 1. Gravity and Lateral Loads: IBC 2021 and ASCE 7-16, Risk Category III, a. Roof Live Load: 20 psf b. Roof Superimposed Dead Load: 20 psf and a coincident 2001b point load. B.Manufacturer's Representative: Provide the services of a manufacturer's representative in accordance with Section 0175 00 "Starting and Adjusting." C.Experience Requirements: The precast concrete building manufacturer shall have at least 5 years of successful experience in the design, manufacture, and erection of buildings of the type and size specified. 1. The manufacturer shall be a producer member of National Precast Concrete Association and/or Architectural Precast Association. 2. The manufacturer shall be one of the following a. Lonestar Prestress Mfg., Inc. b. Speed Fab -Crete. c. Approved equal. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A.Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00 "Submittals" and shall include: 1. Shop Drawings and structural design calculations signed and sealed by a professional engineer licensed in the state where the Project is located. a. Shop drawings shall include building plans and elevations, wall and roof sections and details, reinforcing and reinforcing details, connection details, and applicable codes and design loads. b. Product data for all products identified herein or indicated on Drawings. c. Samples: 1) Finish samples for review and approval. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 03 40 16- 2 PRECAST CONCRETE BUILDINGS Page 2 of 4 2) Color samples for review and approval in accordance with Section 09 96 00 "High - Performance Coatings". d. Design calculations shall be submitted as Record Data. 2. Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 3. Equipment Installation Report. 1.4 STANDARDS A.Precast concrete buildings shall be designed and constructed in accordance with local, state and national codes that have jurisdiction or authority over the Work. If the standards and codes conflict with each other, the most stringent shall apply. B. The applicable provisions of the following standards apply as if written here in their entirety: 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI): ACI 318, `Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary." 2. American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE): ASCE 7, "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures." 3. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI): Manual of Standard Practice. 4. International Code Council (ICC): IBC, "International Building Code." 1.5 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A.Building components shall be delivered to the Site along with all accessories and fasteners. Provide a means for unloading and handling at the job Site. If components are stored prior to erection, place on wood runners raised above ground level. Protect from damage. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A.Fasteners and Anchoring: 1. 1/2-inch minimum diameter bolts and/or studs. 2. Finish: Stainless steel, Type 316, Class 1 or Class 2. B.Mounting Hardware: 1. 1/4-inch minimum thickness plate and/or members. 2. Finish: Stainless steel, Type 316 or 316L. C.Caulking: Sikaflex -la, limestone color, as manufactured by Sika Corporation or approved equal. D.Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615, Grade 60. E. Roofing: shall be in accordance with Section 07 52 13 "APP Modified Bituminuous Roofing Membrane" 2.2 MIXES A.Concrete: Steel reinforced, polypropylene fiber reinforced, 5000 psi minimum 28-day compressive strength, and air entrained. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 03 40 16- 3 PRECAST CONCRETE BUILDINGS Page 3 of 4 2.3 FABRICATIONS A.The building shall be precast concrete with scheduled dimensions, no roof overhang on all sides, and minimum roof slope of 1/4 inch per foot. Roof Required Thermal Performance, R-Value: 25 ci minimum, Solar Reflectance of 0.55 and Thermal Emittance of 0.75. 1. Interior and exterior walls shall have a smooth steel form finish. B.Panels shall be securely fastened together with brackets. Joints between panels shall be caulked on the exterior surface of the joints. 1. Insulated precast concrete sandwich wall panels with extruded polystyrene core between equal thickness concrete wythes. a. Wall Required Thermal Performance, R-Value: 7.6 ci minimum. b. Wythe Thickness: 2-inches minimum, but not less than that required by design. C. The precast building shall be installed complete with foundation as shown on the Drawings. The foundation shall be cast -in -place by the Contractor. The manufacturer and Contractor shall coordinate all hardware to be cast into the slab. The manufacturer shall provide a foundation slab integral with the walls and bearing on a leveling pad as required by the manufacturer. D.Doors and frames shall be in accordance with Section 08 11 13 "Hollow Metal Doors and Frames" E. Door hardware shall be in accordance with Section 08 7100 "Door Hardware" F. Provide light fixtures as indicated on the Drawings. G.All Work shall comply with the latest version of the National Electric Code and local ordinances. 1. Provide all electrical outlets and appurtenances indicated on the Drawings and required by the National Electric Code. 2. All electrical work shall comply with Division 26 Specifications and as noted here: a. Shall be completed under the direct supervision of a Master Electrician holding a current license in the state in which the Project is located. 3. Provide power distribution panel in the building with a main circuit breaker. Electrical system for the building shall be complete, with a single point of connection for the electrical service. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Shave all protruding polypropylene fibers flush with walls prior to painting. Paint interior walls in accordance with Section 09 96 00. "High -Performance Coatings." 3.2 INSTALLATION A.Install the building in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and as shown on the Drawings. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 03 40 16- 4 PRECAST CONCRETE BUILDINGS Page 4 of 4 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Upon installation, the building shall be level to within 0.01 foot in each direction, and plumb to within 1/4 inch. KI MT - 11 1 1 .y A.Buildings shall be furnished in accordance with the following schedule: Outside Dimensions Building Name Door No. &Dimensions (L X W x H) 101 — 6'-4" x 9'-4" Electrical Building 46'-6" X 19'-6" X 16'-8" 102 — 3'-4" x 7'-4" END OF SECTION FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 DIVISION 5 METALS SECTION 05 50 00 METAL FABRICATIONS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 05 50 00 METAL FABRICATIONS Page 1 of 10 A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Post -installed anchors. 2. Metal ladders. 3. Metal bollards. 4. Abrasive metal nosings. B.Related Sections: 1. Section 03 30 00 "Cast -In -Place Concrete" for installing anchor bolts, steel pipe sleeves, slotted -channel inserts, wedge -type inserts, and other items cast into concrete. 2. Section 05 52 13 "Pipe and Tube Railings." 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A.Delegated Design: Design ladders, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. B. Structural Performance of Aluminum Ladders: Aluminum ladders shall withstand the effects of loads and stresses within limits and under conditions specified in ANSI A14.3. C. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes acting on exterior metal fabrications by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. 1. Temperature Change: 120 F (67 C), ambient; 180 F (100 C), material surfaces. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For the following: 1. Nonslip aggregates and nonslip -aggregate surface finishes. 2. Prefabricated building columns. 3. Metal nosings and treads. 4. Paint products. 5. Grout. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for metal fabrications. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 05 50 00 METAL FABRICATIONS Page 2 of 10 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. C.Delegated-Design Submittal: For installed products indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.Qualification Data: 1. For qualified professional engineer. 2. Adhesive anchor installer. B.Mill Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of stainless -steel certifying that products furnished comply with requirements. C.Post-installed anchor mill certifications and certificate of conformance. D.Welding certificates. E. Paint Compatibility Certificates: From manufacturers of topcoats applied over shop primers certifying that shop primers are compatible with topcoats. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/Dl.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS D1.1/DI.1M, "Structural Welding Code -Steel." 2. AWS D1.2/D1.2M, "Structural Welding Code - Aluminum." AWS D1.6, "Structural Welding Code - Stainless Steel." 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A.Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous with metal fabrications by field measurements before fabrication. i1.:]wK1Z1 ' 1 1 `EI I to) 01 A.Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint and coating manufacturers' written recommendations to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another. B.Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 05 50 00 METAL FABRICATIONS Page 3 of 10 PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 METALS, GENERAL A.Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces unless otherwise indicated. For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or blemishes. 2.2 FERROUS METALS A.Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A572, Grade 50. B. Stainless -Steel Sheet, Strip, and Plate: ASTM A240/A240M or ASTM A666, Type 316/316L. C. Stainless -Steel Bars and Shapes: ASTM A276, Type 316/316L. D. Steel Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade C cold -formed steel tubing. E. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Type E or S, Grade B standard weight (Schedule 40) unless otherwise indicated. 2.3 NONFERROUS METALS A.Aluminum Plate and Sheet: ASTM B209 (ASTM B209M), Alloy 6061-T6. B.Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B221 (ASTM B221M), Alloy 6063-T6. C.Aluminum-Alloy Rolled Tread Plate: ASTM B632/B632M, Alloy 6061-T6. D.Aluminum Castings: ASTM B26/B26M, Alloy 443.0-F. E.Bronze Plate, Sheet, Strip, and Bars: ASTM B36/B36M, Alloy UNS No. C28000 (muntz metal, 60 percent copper). F. Bronze Extrusions: ASTM B455, Alloy UNS No. C38500 (extruded architectural bronze). G.Bronze Castings: ASTM B584, Alloy UNS No. C83600 (leaded red brass) or No. C84400 (leaded semi -red brass). H.Nickel Silver Extrusions: ASTM B151/B151M, Alloy UNS No. C74500. I. Nickel Silver Castings: ASTM B584, Alloy UNS No. C97600 (20 percent leaded nickel bronze). 2.4 FASTENERS AND ANCHORS A.General: Unless otherwise indicated, provide Type 316 stainless -steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc -plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B633 or ASTM F 1941 (ASTM F1941M), Class Fe/Zn 5, at exterior walls. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required. 1. Provide stainless -steel fasteners for fastening aluminum. 2. Provide stainless -steel fasteners for fastening stainless steel. 3. Provide stainless -steel fasteners for fastening nickel silver. 4. Provide bronze fasteners for fastening bronze. B. Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon -head bolts, ASTM A307, Grade A (ASTM F568M, Property Class 4.6); with hex nuts, ASTM A563 (ASTM A563M); and, where indicated, flat washers. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 05 50 00 METAL FABRICATIONS Page 4 of 10 C. Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon -head bolts, ASTM F3125, Grade A325, Type 3; with hex nuts, ASTM A563, Grade C3 (ASTM A563M, Class 8S3); and, where indicated, flat washers. D.Stainless-Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon -head annealed stainless -steel bolts, ASTM F593; with hex nuts, ASTM F594; and, where indicated, flat washers; Alloy Group 2 (A4). E. Headed Studs: 1. Mild steel: ASTM A29/A108, Grades 1010 through 1020, AWS 131.1 Type B. F. Deformed Bar Anchor: ASTM A1064, AWS DL I Type C. G.Anchor Rods: ASTM F1554, Grade 55, of dimensions indicated; with nuts, ASTM A563; and, where indicated, flat washers. 1. Hot -dip galvanized or provide mechanically deposited, zinc coating where item being fastened is indicated to be galvanized. H.Eyebolts: ASTM A489. I. Machine Screws: ASME B 18.6.3 (ASME B 18.6.7M). J. Lag Screws: ASME B 18.2.1 (ASME B I8.2.3.8M). K.Plain Washers: Round, ASME B18.22.1 (ASME BI8.22M). L. Lock Washers: Helical, spring type, ASME B 18.21.1 (ASME B 18.21.2M). M. Cast -in -Place Anchors in Concrete: Either threaded type or wedge type unless otherwise indicated; galvanized ferrous castings, either ASTM A47/A47M malleable iron or ASTM A27/A27M cast steel. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as needed, all hot -dip galvanized per ASTM F2329. N.Post-Installed Anchors: Torque -controlled expansion anchors or chemical anchors. 1. Material for Exterior Locations and Where Stainless Steel is Indicated: Alloy Group 2 (A4) stainless -steel bolts, ASTM F593, and nuts, ASTM F594. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A.Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy welded. B.Nonshrink, Metallic Grout: Factory -packaged, ferrous -aggregate grout complying with ASTM C 1107, specifically recommended by manufacturer for heavy-duty loading applications. C.Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory -packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications. D.Concrete: Comply with requirements in Section 03 30 00 "Cast -In -Place Concrete" for normal - weight, air -entrained, concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi (20 MPa). E. Anti -Seize Lubricant: Loctite LB 8023 Marine Grade Anti -Seize lubricant or approved equal. 2.6 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 05 50 00 METAL FABRICATIONS Page 5 of 10 B.Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch (1 mm) unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. C.Form bent -metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. D.Form exposed work with accurate angles and surfaces and straight edges. E. Weld comers and seams continuously to comply with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing. F. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners or welds where possible. Where exposed fasteners are required, use Phillips flat -head (countersunk) fasteners unless otherwise indicated. Locate joints where least conspicuous. G.Fabricate seams and other connections that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate. H.Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items. I. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Space anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads. 1. Where units are indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with integrally welded steel strap anchors, 1/8 by 1-1/2 inches (3.2 by 38 mm), with a minimum 6-inch (150-mm) embedment and 2-inch (50-mm) hook, not less than 8 inches (200 mm) from ends and corners of units and 24 inches (600 mm) o.c., unless otherwise indicated. [► K_ I (.Y�13111W-11101 BEG ILy y;7\►� 11�[!'1c��117.Y1 A.General: Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other Sections as needed to complete the Work. B.Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent construction. 1. Fabricate units from slotted channel framing where indicated. 2. Furnish inserts for units installed after concrete is placed. C.Galvanize miscellaneous framing and supports where indicated. 2.8 METAL LADDERS A.General: 1. Comply with ANSI A14.3 and OSHA unless otherwise indicated. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 05 50 00 METAL FABRICATIONS Page 6 of 10 2. For fixed ladders that extend more than 24 feet above a lower surface, equip ladder with personal fall arrest or ladder safety system throughout the entire vertical distance of the ladder, including all ladder sections. B. Steel Ladders: 1. Space siderails 18 inches apart unless otherwise indicated. 2. Siderails: Continuous, 3/8-by-2-1/2-inch (9.5-by-64-mm) minimum steel flat bars, with eased edges. 3. Rungs: 3/4-inch (19-mm) diameter minimum steel bars. 4. Fit rungs in centerline of siderails in drilled or punched holes; plug -weld and grind smooth on outer rail faces. Provide seal weld between rung and inner rail faces. 5. Provide non -slip rungs with deformations oriented at the top of the rung. Rungs for carbon steel ladders shall be per ASTM A706. 6. Galvanize ladders, including brackets and fasteners. 2.9 METAL BOLLARDS A.Fabricate metal bollards from Schedule 80 steel pipe. 2.10 ABRASIVE METAL NOSINGS A.Cast-Metal Units: Cast aluminum, with an integral -abrasive, as -cast finish consisting of aluminum oxide, silicon carbide, or a combination of both. Fabricate units in lengths necessary to accurately fit openings or conditions. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. American Safety Tread Co., Inc. b. Balco Inc. c. Barry Pattern & Foundry Co., Inc. d. Granite State Casting Co. e. Safe-T-Metal Company, Inc. f. Wooster Products Inc. 2. Nosings: Cross -hatched units, 4 inches (100 mm) wide with 1-inch (25-mm) lip, for casting into concrete steps. B.Provide anchors for embedding units in concrete, either integral or applied to units, as standard with manufacturer. C.Apply bituminous paint to concealed surfaces of cast -metal units. D.Apply clear lacquer to concealed surfaces of extruded units. 2.11 FINISHES, GENERAL A.Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 05 50 00 METAL FABRICATIONS Page 7 of 10 B.Finish metal fabrications after assembly. C.Finish exposed surfaces to remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, and to blend into surrounding surface. Mf►031*2II: ► 1 C 1701i W 0M1"M A.Galvanizing: Hot -dip galvanize all steel andiron to comply with ASTM A153/A153M for steel and iron hardware and with ASTM A123/A123M for other steel and iron products. 2.13 STAINLESS -STEEL FINISHES A.Remove tool and die marks and stretch lines or blend into finish. B.Grind and polish surfaces to produce uniform, directionally textured, polished finish indicated, free of cross scratches. Run grain with long dimension of each piece. C.Bright, Directional Satin Finish: No. 4. D.Dull Satin Finish: No. 6. E. When polishing is completed, passivate and rinse surfaces. Remove embedded foreign matter and leave surfaces chemically clean. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels. B.Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot -dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections. C.Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements: Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. D. Shear connector stud welds will be inspected and tested according to AWS D 1.1 for stud welding and as follows: 1. Shear connector stud welds will be visually inspected. 2. In addition to the requirements of AWS D1.1, bend tests will be performed as follows: a. If visual inspections reveal less than a full 360-degree flash or welding repairs to any shear connector stud. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 05 50 00 METAL FABRICATIONS Page 8 of 10 b. For the balance of shear connector studs located on a beam with a defective or repaired shear connector stud weld. Minimum test rate equals 20 to 100 percent at the inspector's option. c. Where shear connector studs with defective or repaired welds are located in an area having an observable gap between the deck and supporting member, other studs with equal or greater gaps shall be tested. Minimum test rate equals 20 to 100 percent at the inspector's option. E. Fastening to In -Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications are required to be fastened to in -place construction. Provide threaded fasteners for use with concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through bolts, lag screws, wood screws, and other connectors. 1. Post -installed anchors shall be installed in accordance with the anchor manufacturer's printed installation instructions and as indicated on the Drawings. F. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction. G.Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that will come into contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals with the following: 1. Cast Aluminum: Heavy coat of bituminous paint. 2. Extruded Aluminum: Two coats of clear lacquer. H.Anti-Seize Lubricant: Where stainless steel nuts and bolts will be installed, apply anti -seize lubricant to threads as recommended by lubricant manufacturer to prevent seizure of nut and bolt during installation or upon removal at a future date. 3.2 INSTALLING MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A.General: Install framing and supports to comply with requirements of items being supported, including manufacturers' written instructions and requirements indicated on Shop Drawings. B.Anchor supports for operable partitions securely to and rigidly brace from building structure. C. Support steel girders on solid grouted masonry, concrete, or steel pipe columns. Secure girders with anchor bolts embedded in grouted masonry or concrete or with bolts through top plates of pipe columns. 1. Where grout space under bearing plates is indicated for girders supported on concrete or masonry, install as specified in "Installing Bearing and Leveling Plates" Article. D.Install pipe columns on concrete footings with grouted baseplates. Position and grout column baseplates as specified in "Installing Bearing and Leveling Plates" Article. 1. Grout baseplates of columns supporting steel girders after girders are installed and leveled. 3.3 INSTALLING METAL BOLLARDS A.Anchor bollards in place with concrete footings. Center and align bollards in holes three inches (75 mm) above bottom of excavation. Place concrete and vibrate or tamp for consolidation. Support and brace bollards in position until concrete has cured. B.Fill bollards solidly with concrete, mounding top surface to shed water. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 05 50 00 METAL FABRICATIONS Page 9 of 10 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to inspect field welds and high -strength bolted connections. B.Bolted Connections: Field -bolted connections will be tested and inspected according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using High -Strength Bolts." C. Welded Connections: Field welds will be 100 percent visually inspected according to AWS D1.1. 1. Full penetration welds and other welds as specified: In addition to 100 percent visual inspection, 10 percent of connections will be tested and inspected according to AWS D1.1 and the following inspection procedures, at testing agency's option: a. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E165. b. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E709; performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be accepted. c. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E164. d. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E94. D.Correct deficiencies in Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply with the Contract Documents. Corrective measures shall be taken when welding is unsatisfactory or indicates inferior workmanship. Chip and grind if the removal of part of the weld or a portion of the base metal is required. Where deposition of additional weld material is necessary, the sides of the area to be welded shall have no less than one to one (1:1) slope to allow room for depositing new material. Correct defective or unsound welds by the removal and replacement of the entire weld using the following procedures: a. Excessive Convexity: Reduce to size by removal of excess weld metal by grinding. b. Shrinkage Cracks, Cracks in Base Metal, Craters and Excessive Porosity: Remove defective portions of base and weld material down to sound metal, and deposit additional sound material. c. Undercutting, Undersize, and Excessive Concavity: Clean and deposit additional weld metal. d. Overlapping and Incomplete Fusion: Remove and replace the defective portion of the weld. e. Slag Inclusion: Remove those parts of the welds containing slag. Fill with sound weld metal. £ Removal of Adjacent Base Metal during Welding: Clean and form full size by depositing weld material. 2. Remove cracked welds throughout their length. 3. Where work performed subsequently to the making of the deficient weld has rendered the weld inaccessible, or has caused new conditions which make connection of the deficiency dangerous or ineffectual, restore the original conditions by removing welds or members, or both before making the necessary corrections. Another option is to compensate for the deficiency with additional work according to the revised design, approved by the Engineer. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 05 50 00 METAL FABRICATIONS Page 10 of 10 4. Cut apart and reweld improperly fitted and misaligned parts. 5. Straighten members distorted by heat of welding using mechanical means or by carefully supervised application of a limited amount of localized heat. Heated areas shall not exceed 1200 degrees Fahrenheit as measured by Tempilsticks. Parts to be heated for straightening shall be free from external stress forces, except when mechanical means are used in conjunction with heat application. 6. If faulty welding or its removal for rewelding damages the base metal so that, in the Engineer's judgment, it is not in accordance with the intent of the Contract Documents, remove and replace the damaged material and compensate for the deficiency in a manner acceptable to the Engineer. 7. Maximum space between pieces or members for fillet welds shall be 1/16 inch. Only effective portion shall be considered in measuring fillet welds. 3.5 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A.Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas. Paint uncoated and abraded areas with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop -painted surfaces. 1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2.0-mil (0.05-mm) dry film thickness. B.Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A780. END OF SECTION FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 SECTION 05 52 13 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS PART1- GENERAL In WilkY I 05 52 13 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS Page I of 6 A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1. Aluminum pipe railings. 1.3 COORDINATION A.Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint and coating manufacturers' written recommendations to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another. B.Coordinate installation of anchorages for railings. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project Site in time for installation. C. Schedule installation so wall attachments are made only to completed walls. Do not support railings temporarily by any means that do not satisfy structural performance requirements. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For the following: 1. Manufacturer's product lines of mechanically connected railings. 2. Railing brackets. 3. Grout, anchoring cement, and paint products. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. C. Samples: For each type of exposed finish required. 1. Sections of each distinctly different linear railing member, including handrails, top rails, posts, and balusters. 2. Fittings and brackets. D.Delegated-Design Submittal: For railings, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.Qualification Data: For testing agency. B. Welding certificates. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 05 52 13 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS Page 2 of 6 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS D1.2/D1.2M, "Structural Welding Code - Aluminum." 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A.Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous with metal fabrications by field measurements before fabrication. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A.Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer in the State of Texas to design railings, including attachment to building construction. B. Structural Performance: Railings, including attachment to building construction, shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated: 1. Handrails and Top Rails of Guards: a. Uniform load of 501bf/ ft. (0.73 kN/m) applied in any direction. b. Concentrated load of 200 lbf (0.89 kN) applied in any direction. c. Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concurrently. 2. Infill of Guards: a. Concentrated load of 50 lbf (0.22 kN) applied horizontally on an area of 1 sq. ft. (0.093 sq. m). b. Infill load and other loads need not be assumed to act concurrently. C. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes. 1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C, material surfaces) 2.2 METALS, GENERAL A.Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth surfaces, without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, stains, discolorations, or blemishes. B.Brackets, Flanges, and Anchors: Cast or formed metal of same type of material and finish as supported rails unless otherwise indicated. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 05 52 13 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS Page 3 of 6 2.3 ALUMINUM A.Aluminum, General: Provide alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and finisher for type of use and finish indicated, and with not less than the strength and durability properties of alloy and temper designated below for each aluminum form required. B.Extruded Structural Pipe: ASTM 13429/13429M, Alloy 6063-T6. 1. Provide Standard Weight (Schedule 40) pipe unless otherwise indicated. C.Plate and Sheet: ASTM B209 (ASTM B209M), Alloy 6061-T6. D. Die and Hand Forgings: ASTM B247 (ASTM B247M), Alloy 6061-T6. E. Castings: ASTM B26/B26M, Alloy A356.0-T6. 2.4 FASTENERS A.General: Provide the following: 1. Aluminum Railings: Type 316 stainless -steel fasteners. 2. Provide exposed fasteners with finish matching appearance, including color and texture, of railings. B.Fasteners for Anchoring Railings to Other Construction: Select fasteners of type, grade, and class required to produce connections suitable for anchoring railings to other types of construction indicated and capable of withstanding design loads. C.Fasteners for Interconnecting Railing Components: 1. Provide concealed fasteners for interconnecting railing components and for attaching them to other work, unless exposed fasteners are unavoidable or are the standard fastening method for railings indicated. D.Post-Installed Anchors: Torque -controlled expansion anchors or chemical anchors capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to 6 times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and 4 times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined by testing according to ASTM E488/E488M, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. Material for Interior Locations: Carbon -steel components zinc -plated to comply with ASTM B633 or ASTM F1941 (ASTM F1941M), Class Fe/Zn 5, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Material for Exterior Locations and Where Stainless Steel Is Indicated: Alloy Group 2 (A4) stainless -steel bolts, ASTM F593 (ASTM F738M), and nuts, ASTM F594 (ASTM F836M). 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A.Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy welded. 1. For aluminum railings, provide type and alloy as recommended by producer of metal to be welded and as required for color match, strength, and compatibility in fabricated items. B.Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory -packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1 107/C 1 107M. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 05 52 13 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS Page 4 of 6 C.Anchoring Cement: Factory -packaged, nonshrink, nonstaining, hydraulic -controlled expansion cement formulation for mixing with water at Project Site to create pourable anchoring, patching, and grouting compound. 1. Water -Resistant Product: At exterior locations provide formulation that is resistant to erosion from water exposure without needing protection by a sealer or waterproof coating and that is recommended by manufacturer for exterior use. 2.6 FABRICATION A.General: Fabricate railings to comply with requirements indicated for design, dimensions, member sizes and spacing, details, finish, and anchorage, but not less than that required to support structural loads. B. Shop assemble railings to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. C. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch (1 nun) unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. D.Form work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces. E. Fabricate connections that are exposed to weather in a manner that excludes water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate. F. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items. G.Connections: Fabricate railings with either welded or nonwelded connections unless otherwise indicated. H.Welded Connections for Aluminum Pipe: Fabricate railings to interconnect members with concealed internal welds that eliminate surface grinding, using manufacturer's standard system of sleeve and socket fittings. I. Nonwelded Connections: Connect members with concealed mechanical fasteners and fittings. Fabricate members and fittings to produce flush, smooth, rigid, hairline joints. 1. Fabricate splice joints for field connection using an epoxy structural adhesive if this is manufacturer's standard splicing method. J. Form Changes in Direction as Follows: 1. by inserting prefabricated elbow fittings. K.Close exposed ends of railing members with prefabricated end fittings. L. Provide wall returns at ends of wall -mounted handrails unless otherwise indicated. Close ends of returns unless clearance between end of rail and wall is 1/4 inch (6 min) or less. M. Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, and Anchors: Provide wall brackets, flanges, miscellaneous fittings, and anchors to interconnect railing members to other work unless otherwise indicated. N.Provide inserts and other anchorage devices for connecting railings to concrete or masonry work. Fabricate anchorage devices capable of withstanding loads imposed by railings. Coordinate anchorage devices with supporting structure. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 05 52 13 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS Page 5 of 6 O.Toe Boards: Where indicated, provide toe boards at railings around openings and at edge of open -sided floors and platforms. Fabricate to dimensions and details indicated. MAMEMINIA I IML35 0 W I0M"! A.Clear Anodic Finish: AAMA 611, AA-M12C22A31. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A.Fit exposed connections together to form tight, hairline joints. B.Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing railings. Set railings accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; measured from established lines and levels and free of rack. 1. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of railing components that are coated or finished after fabrication and that are intended for field connection by mechanical or other means without further cutting or fitting. 2. Set posts plumb within a tolerance of 1/16 inch in 3 feet (2 min in 1 m). Align rails so variations from level for horizontal members and variations from parallel with rake of steps and ramps for sloping members do not exceed 1/4 inch in 12 feet (6 min in 3.5 m). C.Control of Corrosion: Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating metals and other materials from direct contact with incompatible materials. 1. Coat, with a heavy coat of bituminous paint, concealed surfaces of aluminum that are in contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals. D.Adjust railings before anchoring to ensure matching alignment at abutting joints. E. Fastening to In -Place Construction: Use anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing railings and for properly transferring loads to in -place construction. 3.2 RAILING CONNECTIONS A.Nonwelded Connections: Use mechanical or adhesive joints for permanently connecting railing components. Seal recessed holes of exposed locking screws using plastic cement filler colored to match finish of railings. B. Welded Connections: Usefully welded joints for permanently connecting railing components. Comply with requirements for welded connections in "Fabrication" Article whether welding is performed in the shop or in the field. C.Expansion Joints: Install expansion joints at locations indicated but not farther apart than required to accommodate thermal movement. Provide slip joint internal sleeve extending 2 inches (50 mm) beyond joint on either side, fasten internal sleeve securely to one side, and locate joint within 6 inches (150 mm) of post. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 05 52 13 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS Page 6 of 6 3.3 ANCHORING POSTS A.Anchor posts to metal surfaces with oval flanges, angle type, or floor type as required by conditions, connected to posts and to metal supporting members as follows: 1. For aluminum pipe railings, attach posts using fittings designed and engineered for this purpose. 3.4 ATTACHING RAILINGS 3.5 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A.Clean aluminum by washing thoroughly with clean water and soap and rinsing with clean water. 3.6 PROTECTION A.Protect finishes of railings from damage during construction period with temporary protective coverings approved by railing manufacturer. Remove protective coverings at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 SECTION 05 53 00 METAL GRATINGS PART1- GENERAL 05 53 00 METAL GRATINGS Page 1 of 6 A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1. Metal bar gratings. 2. Metal frames and supports for gratings. B.Related Sections: 1. Section 05 50 00 "Metal Fabrications (FNI)" for structural -steel framing system components. 2. Section 05 52 13 "Pipe and Tube Railings" for metal pipe and tube handrails and railings. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For the following: 1. Formed -metal plank gratings. 2. Clips and anchorage devices for gratings. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.Mill Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of stainless -steel sheet certifying that products furnished comply with requirements. B. Welding certificates. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Metal Bar Grating Standards: Comply with NAAMM MBG 531, "Metal Bar Grating Manual " and NAAMM MBG 532, "Heavy -Duty Metal Bar Grating Manual." B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." C. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code -Steel." 2. AWS D1.2/D1.2M, "Structural Welding Code -Aluminum." 3. AWS D1.3/D1.3M, "Structural Welding Code -Sheet Steel." FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 05 53 00 METAL GRATINGS Page 2 of 6 4. AWS D1.6/D1.6M, "Structural Welding Code -Stainless Steel." 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A.Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous with gratings by field measurements before fabrication. 1.7 COORDINATION A.Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint and coating manufacturers' written recommendations to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another. B.Coordinate installation of anchorages for gratings, grating frames, and supports. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 FERROUS METALS A.Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A36/A36M. B. Steel Bars for Bar Gratings: ASTM A36/A36M or steel strip, ASTM A1011/A1011M or ASTM A1018/A1018M. C. Wire Rod for Bar Grating Crossbars: ASTM A510 (ASTM A510M). D.Uncoated Steel Sheet: ASTM A1011/Al0l IM, structural steel, Grade 30 (Grade 205). E. Galvanized -Steel Sheet: ASTM A653/A653M, structural quality, Grade 33 (Grade 230), with G90 (Z275) coating. 2.2 ALUMINUM A.Aluminum, General: Provide alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer for type of use indicated, and with not less than the strength and durability properties of alloy and temper designated below for each aluminum form required. B.Extruded Bars and Shapes: ASTM B221 (ASTM B221M), alloys as follows: 1. 6061-T6 or 6063-T6, forbearing bars of gratings and shapes. 2. 6061-T1, for grating crossbars. C.Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B209 (ASTM B209M), Alloy 5052-H32. 2.3 FASTENERS A.General: Unless otherwise indicated, provide Type 304 stainless -steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc -plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B633 or ASTM F1941 (ASTM F1941M), Class Fe/Zn 5, at exterior walls. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required. 1. Provide stainless -steel fasteners for fastening aluminum. 2. Provide stainless steel fasteners for fastening galvanized steel. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 05 53 00 METAL GRATINGS Page 3 of 6 B.Post-Installed Anchors: chemical anchors capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to six times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and four times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined by testing according to ASTM E488, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. Material for Exterior Locations and Where Stainless Steel is Indicated: Alloy Group 1 (Al) stainless -steel bolts, ASTM F593 (ASTM F738M), and nuts, ASTM F594 (ASTM F836M). 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A.Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy that is welded. B.Galvanizing Repair Paint: High -zinc -dust -content paint complying with SSPC-Paint 20 and compatible with paints specified to be used over it. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Shop Assembly: Fabricate grating sections in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. B.Cut, drill, and punch material cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch (1 mm) unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. C.Form from materials of size, thickness, and shapes indicated, but not less than that needed to support indicated loads. D.Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. E. Welding: Comply with AWS recommendations and the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. F. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Fabricate and space the anchoring devices to secure gratings, frames, and supports rigidly in place and to support indicated loads. 1. Fabricate toeplates to fit grating units and weld to units in shop unless otherwise indicated. 2. Fabricate toeplates for attaching in the field. 3. Toeplate Height: 4 inches (100 mm) unless otherwise indicated. 2.6 METAL BAR GRATINGS A.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Alabama Metal Industries Corporation. 2. American Grating, LLC. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 05 53 00 METAL GRATINGS Page 4 of 6 3. BarnettBates Corporation. 4. Grating Pacific, Inc. 5. Grupo Metelmex S.A. de C.V. 6. IKG Industries. 7. Nucor. 8. Ohio Gratings, Inc. 9. McNichols company B. Welded Steel Grating: 1. Traffic Surface: Serrated. 2. Steel Finish: Hot -dip galvanized with a coating weight of not less than 1.8 oz./sq. ft. (550 g/sq. m) of coated surface. C.Pressure-Locked, Rectangular Bar Aluminum Grating: Fabricated by swaging crossbars between bearing bars. 1. Traffic Surface: Serrated. 2. Aluminum Finish: Mill finish. D.Removable Grating Sections: Fabricate with banding bars attached by welding to entire perimeter of each section. Include anchors and fasteners of type indicated or, if not indicated, as recommended by manufacturer for attaching to supports. 1. Provide no fewer than four weld lugs for each grating section composed of rectangular bearing bars 3/16 inch (4.8 mm) or less in thickness and spaced less than 15/16 inch (24 mm) o.c., with each lug shop welded to three or more bearing bars. Interrupt intermediate bearing bars as necessary for fasteners securing grating to supports. 2. Furnish threaded bolts with nuts and washers for securing grating to supports. 3. Furnish self -drilling fasteners with washers for securing grating to supports. E. Fabricate cutouts in grating sections for penetrations indicated. Arrange cutouts to permit grating removal without disturbing items penetrating gratings. Edge -band openings in grating that interrupt four or more bearing bars with bars of same size and material as bearing bars. F. Do not notch bearing bars at supports to maintain elevation. 2.7 STEEL FINISHES A.Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B.Finish gratings, frames, and supports after assembly. C.Galvanizing: Hot -dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with ASTM A153/A153M for steel and iron hardware and with ASTM A123/A123M for other steel and iron products. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 05 53 00 METAL GRATINGS Page 5 of 6 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A.Fastening to In -Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing gratings to in -place construction. Include threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, through -bolts, lag bolts, and other connectors. B.Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing gratings. Set units accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; measured from established lines and levels and free of rack. C.Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete or masonry. D.Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade the surfaces of exterior units that have been hot -dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections. E. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. F. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that will come into contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals, with a heavy coat of bituminous paint. 3.2 INSTALLING METAL BAR GRATINGS A.General: Install gratings to comply with recommendations of referenced metal bar grating standards that apply to grating types and bar sizes indicated, including installation clearances and standard anchoring details. B.Attach removable units to supporting members with type and size of clips and fasteners indicated or, if not indicated, as recommended by grating manufacturer for type of installation conditions shown. C.Attach nonremovable units to supporting members by welding where both materials are same; otherwise, fasten by bolting as indicated above. 3.3 INSTALLING EXPANDED -METAL GRATINGS A.General: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing gratings. B.Place units with straight edge of bond up and with long direction of diamond -shaped openings parallel to direction of span. C.Attach removable units to supporting members by bolting at 6-inch (150-mm) intervals. D.Attach nonremovable units to supporting members by welding unless otherwise indicated. Space welds at 6-inch (150-mm) intervals. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 05 53 00 METAL GRATINGS Page 6 of 6 E. Attach aluminum units to steel supporting members by bolting at 6-inch (150-mm) intervals. F. Butt edges parallel to long direction of diamond -shaped openings and weld at every second bond point. Place individual grating sections so diamonds of one piece are aligned with those of adjacent sections. 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A.Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up shop -painted surfaces. 1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2.0-mil (0.05-mm) dry film thickness. B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A780. END OF SECTION FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 DIVISION 06 WOODS, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES SECTION 06 10 00 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry Page 1 of 6 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1111513�1Yf ulu/: 'M A. Section Includes: 1. Wood blocking and nailers. 2. Wood furring and grounds. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Boards or Strips: Lumber of less than 2 inches nominal (38 min actual) size in least dimension. B. Dimension Lumber: Lumber of 2 inches nominal (38 min actual) size or greater but less than 5 inches nominal (114 mm actual) size in least dimension. C. Exposed Framing: Framing not concealed by other construction. D. Timber: Lumber of 5 inches nominal (114 mm actual) size or greater in least dimension. 1.04 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory -fabricated product. Indicate component materials and dimensions and include construction and application details. 1. Include data for wood -preservative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Indicate type of preservative used and net amount of preservative retained. 2. Include data for fire -retardant treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Include physical properties of treated materials based on testing by a qualified independent testing agency. 3. For fire -retardant treatments, include physical properties of treated lumber both before and after exposure to elevated temperatures, based on testing by a qualified independent testing agency according to ASTM D5664. 4. For products receiving a waterborne treatment, include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to levels specified before shipment to Project Site. i 1►��7.711; I: I�1]�/:111ii. 1: a *_1I A. Evaluation Reports: For the following, from ICC-ES: FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry Page 2 of 6 1. Wood -preservative -treated wood. 2. Fire -retardant -treated wood. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Stack wood products flat with spacers beneath and between each bundle to provide air circulation. Protect wood products from weather by covering with waterproof sheeting, securely anchored. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Stack wood products flat with spacers beneath and between each bundle to provide air circulation. Protect wood products from weather by covering with waterproof sheeting, securely anchored. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading agency is indicated, comply with the applicable rules of any rules -writing agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review. Grade lumber by an agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the rules indicated. 1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency. 2. Dress lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. B. Maximum Moisture Content of Lumber: 15 percent for 2-inch nominal (38-mm actual) thickness or less; 19 percent for more than 2-inch nominal (38-mm actual) thickness unless otherwise indicated. 2.02 WOOD -PRESERVATIVE -TREATED LUMBER A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA U1; Use Category UC2for interior construction not in contact with ground, Use Category UC3b for exterior construction not in contact with ground, and Use Category UC4a for items in contact with ground. 1. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and containing no arsenic or chromium. Do not use inorganic boron (SBX) for sill plates. B. Kiln -dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent. Do not use material that is warped or that does not comply with requirements for untreated material. C. Mark lumber with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the ALSC Board of Review. D. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following: 1. Nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing. 2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. 3. Wood framing and furring attached directly to the interior of below -grade exterior masonry or concrete walls. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry Page 3 of 6 4. Wood framing members that are less than 18 inches (460 mm) above the ground in crawlspaces or unexcavated areas. 2.03 FIRE -RETARDANT -TREATED MATERIALS A. General: Where fire -retardant -treated materials are indicated, materials shall comply with requirements in this article, that are acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and with fire -test -response characteristics specified as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated by a qualified testing agency. B. Fire -Retardant -Treated Lumber and Plywood by Pressure Process: Products with a flame - spread index of 25 or less when tested according to ASTM E84, and with no evidence of significant progressive combustion when the test is extended an additional 20 minutes, and with the flame front not extending more than 10.5 feet (3.2 m) beyond the centerline of the burners at any time during the test. 1. Treatment shall not promote corrosion of metal fasteners. 2. Exterior Type: Treated materials shall comply with requirements specified above for fire -retardant -treated lumber and plywood by pressure process after being subjected to accelerated weathering according to ASTM D2898. Use for exterior locations and where indicated. 3. Interior Type A: Treated materials shall have a moisture content of 28 percent or less when tested according to ASTM D3201 at 92 percent relative humidity. Use where exterior type is not indicated. 4. Kiln -dry lumber after treatment to maximum moisture content of 19 percent. C. Identify fire -retardant -treated wood with appropriate classification marking of qualified testing agency. 2.04 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER A. General: Provide miscellaneous lumber indicated and lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including the following: 1. Blocking. 2. Nailers. 3. Furring. 4. Grounds. 5. Dimension Lumber Items: Construction or No. 2 6. Hem -fir (north); NLGA. 7. Mixed southern pine or southern pine; SPIB. 8. Spruce -pine -fir; NLGA. 9. Hem -fir; WCLIB or WWPA. 10. Spruce -pine -fir (south); NeLMA, WCLIB, or WWPA. 11. Western woods; WCLIB or WWPA. 12. Northern species; NLGA. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry Page 4 of 6 13. Concealed Boards: 15 percent maximum moisture content and any of the following species and grades: 14. Mixed southern pine or southern pine; No. 2 grade; SPIB. 15. Hem -fir or hem -fir (north); Construction or No. 2 Common grade; NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA. 16. Spruce -pine -fir (south) or spruce -pine -fir; Construction or No. 2 Common grade; NeLMA, NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA. 17. Western woods; Construction or No. 2 Common grade; WCLIB or WWPA. B. For blocking not used for attachment of other construction, Utility, Stud, or No. 3 grade lumber of any species may be used provided that it is cut and selected to eliminate defects that will interfere with its attachment and purpose. C. For blocking and nailers used for attachment of other construction, select and cut lumber to eliminate knots and other defects that will interfere with attachment of other work. D. For furring strips for installing plywood or hardboard paneling, select boards with no knots capable of producing bent -over nails and damage to paneling. 2.05 FASTENERS A. General: Fasteners shall be of size and type indicated and shall comply with requirements specified in this article for material and manufacture. 1. Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, pressure -preservative treated, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot -dip zinc coating complying with ASTM Al53/A153M. B. Nails, Brads, and Staples: ASTM F1667. C. Power -Driven Fasteners: Fastener systems with an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on ICC-ES AC70. D. Post -Installed Anchors: Fastener systems with an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on ICC-ES ACO1, ICC-ES AC58, ICC-ES AC193] or ICC- ES AC308 as appropriate for the substrate. 1. Material: Carbon -steel components, zinc plated to comply with ASTM B633, Class Fe/Zn 5. 2. Material: Stainless steel with bolts and nuts complying with ASTM F593 and ASTM F594, Alloy Group 1 or 2 (ASTM F738M and ASTM F836M, Grade Al or A4). 2.06 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Flexible Flashing: Composite, self-adhesive, flashing product consisting of a pliable, butyl rubber or rubberized -asphalt compound, bonded to a high -density polyethylene film, aluminum foil, or spunbonded polyolefin to produce an overall thickness of not less than 0.025 inch (0.6 mm). B. Adhesives for Gluing Furring to Concrete or Masonry: Formulation complying with ASTM D3498 that is approved for use indicated by adhesive manufacturer. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry Page 5 of 6 Part 3- EXECUTION 3.00 INSTALLATION, GENERAL C. Framing Standard: Comply with AF&PA's WCD 1, "Details for Conventional Wood Frame Construction," unless otherwise indicated. D. Framing with Engineered Wood Products: Install engineered wood products to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. E. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit rough carpentry accurately to other construction. Locate furring, nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction. F. Install plywood backing panels by fastening to studs; coordinate locations with utilities requiring backing panels. Install fire -retardant -treated plywood backing panels with classification marking of testing agency exposed to view. G. Provide blocking and framing as indicated and as required to support facing materials, fixtures, specialty items, and trim. 1. Provide metal clips for fastening gypsum board or lath at corners and intersections where framing or blocking does not provide a surface for fastening edges of panels. Space clips not more than 16 inches (406 mm) o.c. H. Sort and select lumber so that natural characteristics do not interfere with installation or with fastening other materials to lumber. Do not use materials with defects that interfere with function of member or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement. I. Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying with the following: 1. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in ICC's International Building Code (IBC). 2. Table R602.3(1), "Fastener Schedule for Structural Members," and Table R602.3(2), "Alternate Attachments," in ICC's International Residential Code for One- and Two - Family Dwellings. 3. ICC-ES evaluation report for fastener. Use steel common nails unless otherwise indicated. Select fasteners of size that will not fully penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood. Drive nails snug but do not countersink nail heads unless otherwise indicated. 2.07 WOOD BLOCKING, AND NAILER INSTALLATION A. Install where indicated and where required for attaching other work. Form to shapes indicated and cut as required for true line and level of attached work. Coordinate locations with other work involved. B. Attach items to substrates to support applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush with surfaces unless otherwise indicated. C. Provide permanent grounds of dressed, pressure -preservative -treated, key -beveled lumber not less than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) wide and of thickness required to bring face of ground to exact thickness of finish material. Remove temporary grounds when no longer required. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry Page 6 of 6 2.08 PROTECTION A. Protect wood that has been treated with inorganic boron (SBX) from weather. If, despite protection, inorganic boron -treated wood becomes wet, apply EPA -registered borate treatment. Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA -registered label. B. Protect rough carpentry from weather. If, despite protection, rough carpentry becomes wet enough that moisture content exceeds that specified, apply EPA -registered borate treatment. Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA -registered label. END OF SECTION FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 DIVISION 07 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 0752 13-1 APP Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing Page 1 of 9 SECTION 07 52 13 ATACTIC-POLYPROPYLENE (APP) MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING PART1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Atactic-polypropylene (APP) modified bituminous membrane roofing. 2. Roof insulation. B.Related Sections: 1. Section 07 92 00 "Joint Sealants" for joint sealants, joint fillers, and joint preparation. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A.Roofing Terminology: See ASTM D 1079 and glossary of NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" for definition of terms related to roofing work in this Section. B.Hot Roofing Asphalt: Roofing asphalt heated to its equiviscous temperature, the temperature at which its viscosity is 125 centipoise for mop -applied roofing asphalt and 75 centipoise for mechanical spreader -applied roofing asphalt, within a range of plus or minus 25 F (14 C), measured at the mop cart or mechanical spreader immediately before application. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A.General Performance: Installed membrane roofing and base flashings shall withstand specified uplift pressures, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. Membrane roofing and base flashings shall remain watertight. B.Material Compatibility: Provide roofing materials that are compatible with one another under conditions of service and application required, as demonstrated by membrane roofing manufacturer based on testing and field experience. C.Roofing System Design: Provide membrane roofing system that is identical to systems that have been successfully tested by a qualified testing and inspecting agency to resist uplift pressure calculated according to ASCE/SEI 7. 1. Refer to plans. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For roofing system. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Base flashings and membrane terminations. 2. Tapered insulation, including slopes. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 0752 13-2 APP Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing Page 2 of 9 3. Crickets, saddles, and tapered edge strips, including slopes. 4. Insulation fastening patterns for corner, perimeter, and field -of -roof locations. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.Qualification Data: For qualified Installer. B.Manufacturer Certificates: Signed by roofing manufacturer certifying that roofing system complies with requirements specified in "Performance Requirements" Article. 1. Submit evidence of complying with performance requirements. C. Warranties: Sample of special warranties. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A.Maintenance Data: For roofing system to include in maintenance manuals. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Installer Qualifications: A qualified firm that is approved, authorized, or licensed by membrane roofing system manufacturer to install manufacturer's product and that is eligible to receive manufacturer's special warranty. B. Source Limitations: Obtain components including roof insulation, fasteners for membrane roofing system from same manufacturer as membrane roofing. C.Preliminary Roofing Conference: Before starting roof deck construction, conduct conference at Project site. 1. Meet with Owner, Architect, Owner's insurer if applicable, testing and inspecting agency representative, roofing Installer, roofing system manufacturer's representative, deck Installer, and installers whose work interfaces with or affects roofing, including installers of roof accessories and roof -mounted equipment. 2. Review methods and procedures related to roofing installation, including manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 4. Review deck substrate requirements for conditions and finishes, including flatness and fastening. 5. Review structural loading limitations of roof deck during and after roofing. 6. Review base flashings, special roofing details, roof drainage, roof penetrations, equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that will affect roofing system. 7. Review governing regulations and requirements for insurance and certificates if applicable. 8. Review temporary protection requirements for roofing system during and after installation. 9. Review roof observation and repair procedures after roofing installation. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Deliver roofing materials to Project site in original containers with seals unbroken and labeled with manufacturer's name, product brand name and type, date of manufacture, approval or listing agency markings, and directions for storing and mixing with other components. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 0752 13-3 APP Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing Page 3 of 9 B. Store liquid materials in their original undamaged containers in a clean, dry, protected location and within the temperature range required by roofing system manufacturer. Protect stored liquid material from direct sunlight. Discard and legally dispose of liquid material that cannot be applied within its stated shelf life. C.Protect roof insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by sunlight, moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store in a dry location. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation. D.Handle and store roofing materials and place equipment in a manner to avoid permanent deflection of deck. 1.10 PROJECT CONDITIONS A.Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit roofing system to be installed according to manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements. 1.11 WARRANTY A.Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard or customized form, without monetary limitation, in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of membrane roofing system that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Special warranty includes membrane roofing, base flashings, roof insulation, fasteners, cover boards, substrate board, roofing accessories, and other components of membrane roofing system. 2. Warranty Period: 15 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 APP-MODIFIED ASPHALT -SHEET MATERIALS A.APP-Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. CertainTeed Corp. b. Firestone Building Products. c. GAF Materials Corporation. d. Johns Manville. e. Koppers Inc. f. Polyglass USA, Inc. g. TAMKO Building Products, Inc. h. Tremco Incorporated. i. U.S. Intec; a division of BMCA. B.Roofing Membrane Sheet: ASTM D6222, Grade S, Type I or II, APP-modified asphalt sheet (reinforced with polyester fabric); smooth surfaced; suitable for application method specified. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 0752 13-4 APP Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing Page 4 of 9 C.Granule-Surfaced Roofing Membrane Cap Sheet: ASTM D6222, Grade G, Type I or II, APP- modified asphalt sheet (reinforced with polyester fabricers); granular surfaced; suitable for application method specified, and as follows: 1. Granule Material: Mineral ceramic coated or slate. 2. Granule Color: White. 2.2 BASE -SHEET MATERIALS A.Base Sheet: SBS-modified, asphalt -impregnated and -coated sheet, with glass -fiber -reinforcing mat, dusted with fine mineral surfacing on both sides. 1. Weight: 25 lb./100 sq. ft. (1.2 kg/sq. m), minimum. 2.3 AUXILIARY ROOFING MEMBRANE MATERIALS A.General: Auxiliary materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and compatible with roofing membrane. 1. Liquid -type auxiliary materials shall comply with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Adhesives and sealants that are not on the exterior side of weather barrier shall comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): a. Plastic Foam Adhesives: 50 g/L. b. Gypsum Board and Panel Adhesives: 50 g/L. c. Multipurpose Construction Adhesives: 70 g/L. d. Fiberglass Adhesives: 80 g/L. e. Contact Adhesive: 80 g/L. f. Other Adhesives: 250 g/L. g. Nonmembrane Roof Sealants: 300 g/L. h. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L. i. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L. B.Asphalt Primer: ASTM D41. C.Roofing Asphalt: ASTM D312, Type III or IV as recommended by roofing system manufacturer for application. D.Cold-Applied Adhesive: Roofing system manufacturer's standard asphalt -based, one- or two- part, asbestos -free, cold -applied adhesive specially formulated for compatibility and use with roofing membrane and base flashings. E. Asphalt Roofing Cement: ASTM D4586, asbestos free, of consistency required by roofing system manufacturer for application. F. Fasteners: Factory -coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates complying with corrosion - resistance provisions in FM Approvals 4470, designed for fastening roofing membrane components to substrate; tested by manufacturer for required pullout strength, and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 0752 13-5 APP Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing Page 5 of 9 G.Metal Flashing Sheet: As specified in Section 07 62 00 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." H.Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide those recommended by roofing system manufacturer. 2.4 SUBSTRATE BOARDS A.Fasteners: Factory -coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates complying with corrosion - resistance provisions in FM Approvals 4470, designed for fastening substrate board to roof deck. 2.5 ROOF INSULATION A.General: Preformed roof insulation boards manufactured or approved by roofing manufacturer, selected from manufacturer's standard sizes suitable for application, of thicknesses indicated. Total R-value as indicated in the drawings. B.Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation: ASTM C1289, Type II, Class 1, Grade 2 Type II, Class I, Grade 3, felt or glass -fiber mat facer on both major surfaces. C.Perlite Board Insulation: ASTM C728, rigid, mineral -aggregate thermal insulation board composed of expanded perlite, cellulosic fibers, binders, and waterproofing agents with top surface seal coated. 2.6 INSULATION ACCESSORIES A.General: Furnish roof insulation accessories recommended by insulation manufacturer for intended use and compatibility with membrane roofing. B.Fasteners: Factory -coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates complying with corrosion - resistance provisions in FM Approvals 4470, designed for fastening roof insulation and cover boards to substrate, and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer. C.Modified Asphaltic Insulation Adhesive: Insulation manufacturer's recommended modified asphaltic, asbestos -free, cold -applied adhesive formulated to attach roof insulation to substrate or to another insulation layer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with the following requirements and other conditions affecting performance of roofing system: 1. Verify that roof openings and penetrations are in place and curbs are set and braced and that roof drain bodies are securely clamped in place. 2. Verify that wood cants, blocking, curbs, and nailers are securely anchored to roof deck at penetrations and terminations and that nailers match thicknesses of insulation. 3. Verify that minimum concrete drying period recommended by roofing system manufacturer has passed. 4. Verify that concrete substrate is visibly dry and free of moisture. Test for capillary moisture by plastic sheet method according to ASTM D4263. a. Test for moisture by pouring 1 pint (0.5 L) of hot roofing asphalt on deck at start of each day's work and at start of each roof area or plane. Do not proceed with roofing work if test sample foams or can be easily and cleanly stripped after cooling. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 0752 13-6 APP Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing Page 6 of 9 5. Verify that concrete -curing compounds that will impair adhesion of roofing components to roof deck have been removed. B.Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A.Clean substrate of dust, debris, moisture, and other substances detrimental to roofing installation according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. Remove sharp projections. B.Prevent materials from entering and clogging roof drains and conductors and from spilling or migrating onto surfaces of other construction. Remove roof -drain plugs when no work is taking place or when rain is forecast. C.Prime surface of concrete deck with asphalt primer at a rate of 3/4 gal./100 sq. ft. (0.3 L/sq. m) and allow primer to dry. D.Install insulation strips in ribs of acoustical roof deck according to acoustical roof deck manufacturer's written instructions. 3.3 INSULATION INSTALLATION A.Comply with roofing system manufacturer's written instructions for installing roof insulation. B.Install one lapped base -sheet course and mechanically fasten to substrate according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. C.Install tapered insulation under area of roofing to conform to slopes indicated. D.Install insulation with long joints of insulation in a continuous straight line with end joints staggered between rows, abutting edges and ends between boards. Fill gaps exceeding 1/4 inch (6 mm) with insulation. 1. Cut and fit insulation within 1/4 inch (6 mm) of nailers, projections, and penetrations. E. Install insulation under area of roofing to achieve required thickness. Where overall insulation thickness is 2.7 inches (68 mm) or more, install two or more layers with joints of each succeeding layer staggered from joints of previous layer a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) in each direction. 1. Where installing composite and noncomposite insulation in two or more layers, install noncomposite board insulation for bottom layer and intermediate layers, if applicable, and install composite board insulation for top layer. F. Trim surface of insulation where necessary at roof drains so completed surface is flush and does not restrict flow of water. G.Adhered Insulation: Install each layer of insulation and adhere to substrate as follows: 1. Prime surface of concrete deck with asphalt primer at rate of 3/4 gal./100 sq. ft. (0.3 L/sq. m) and allow primer to dry. 2. Set each layer of insulation in a solid mopping of hot roofing asphalt applied within plus or minus 25 F (14 C) of equiviscous temperature. H.Mechanically Fastened Insulation: Install each layer of insulation and secure to deck using mechanical fasteners specifically designed and sized for fastening specified board -type roof insulation to deck type. 1. Fasten insulation to resist uplift pressure at corners, perimeter, and field of roof. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 0752 13-7 APP Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing Page 7 of 9 I. Mechanically Fastened and Adhered Insulation: Install first layer of insulation to deck using mechanical fasteners specifically designed and sized for fastening specified board -type roof insulation to deck type. Fasten first layer of insulation to resist uplift pressure at corners, perimeter, and field of roof. 2. Set each subsequent layer of insulation in a solid mopping of hot roofing asphalt applied within plus or minus 25 F (14 C) of equiviscous temperature. J. Install cover boards over insulation with long joints in continuous straight lines with end joints staggered between rows. Offset joints a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) in each direction from joints of insulation below. Loosely butt cover boards together. Tape joints if required by roofing system manufacturer. 1. Fasten cover boards to resist uplift pressure at corners, perimeter, and field of roof. 2. Apply hot roofing asphalt to underside, and immediately bond cover board to substrate. 3.4 ROOFING MEMBRANE INSTALLATION, GENERAL A.Install roofing membrane system according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions and applicable recommendations in ARMA/NRCA's "Quality Control Guidelines for the Application of Polymer Modified Bitumen Roofing" and as follows: 1. Deck Type: C (concrete or non-nailable). 2. Adhering Method: T (torched). 3. Base Sheet: One. 4. Number of Glass -Fiber Base -Ply Sheets: One. 5. Surfacing Type: M (mineral -granule -surfaced cap sheet). B. Start installation of roofing membrane in presence of roofing system manufacturer's technical personnel. C. Where roof slope exceeds 1/2 inch per 12 inches (1:24), install roofing membrane sheets parallel with slope. Backnail roofing membrane sheets to substrate according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. D.Cooperate with testing agencies engaged or required to perform services for installing roofing system. E. Coordinate installation of roofing system so insulation and other components of the roofmg membrane system not permanently exposed are not subjected to precipitation or left uncovered at the end of the workday or when rain is forecast. 1. At end of each day's work, provide tie -offs to cover exposed roofing membrane sheets and insulation with a course of coated felt set in roofing cement or hot roofing asphalt, with joints and edges sealed. 2. Complete terminations and base flashings and provide temporary seals to prevent water from entering completed sections of roofing system. 3. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning work on adjoining roofing. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 0752 13-8 APP Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing Page 8 of 9 F. Asphalt Heating: Heat and apply SEBS-modified roofing asphalt according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. G.Substrate-Joint Penetrations: Prevent roofing asphalt and adhesives from penetrating substrate joints, entering building, or damaging roofing system components or adjacent building construction. 3.5 BASE -SHEET INSTALLATION A.Install lapped base -sheet course, extending sheet over and terminating beyond cants. Attach base sheet as follows: 1. Mechanically fasten to substrate. 2. Spot- or strip -mop to substrate with hot roofing asphalt. 3. Adhere to substrate in a solid mopping of hot roofing asphalt. 3.6 BASE -PLY SHEET INSTALLATION A.Install glass -fiber base -ply sheets according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions starting at low point of roofing system. Align glass -fiber base -ply sheets without stretching. Extend sheets over and terminate beyond cants. 1. Shingle side laps of glass -fiber base -ply sheets uniformly to ensure that required number of glass -fiber base -ply sheets covers substrate at any point. Shingle in direction to shed water. 2. Embed each glass -fiber base -ply sheet in a continuous void -free mopping of hot roofing asphalt to form a uniform membrane without glass -fiber base -ply sheets touching. 3.7 APP-MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE INSTALLATION A.Install modified bituminous roofing membrane cap sheet according to roofing manufacturer's written instructions, starting at low point of roofing system. Extend roofing membrane sheets over and terminate beyond cants, installing as follows: 1. Adhere to substrate in cold -applied adhesive. 2. Unroll roofing membrane sheets and allow them to relax for minimum time period required by manufacturer. B.Laps: Accurately align roofing membrane sheets, without stretching, and maintain uniform side and end laps. Stagger end laps. Completely bond and seal laps, leaving no voids. 1. Repair tears and voids in laps and lapped seams not completely sealed. C.Install roofing membrane sheets so side and end laps shed water. 3.8 FLASHING AND STRIPPING INSTALLATION A.Install base flashing over cant strips and other sloped and vertical surfaces, at roof edges, and at penetrations through roof; secure to substrates according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions, and as follows: 1. Flashing Sheet Application: Adhere flashing sheet to substrate in cold -applied adhesive at rate required by roofing system manufacturer. B.Extend base flashing up walls or parapets a minimum of 8 inches (200 mm) above roofing membrane and 4 inches (100 mm) onto field of roofing membrane. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 0752 13-9 APP Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing Page 9 of 9 C.Mechanically fasten top of base flashing securely at terminations and perimeter of roofing. 1. Seal top termination of base flashing D.Install roofing membrane cap -sheet stripping where metal flanges and edgings are set on membrane roofing according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Final Roof Inspection: Arrange for roofing system manufacturer's technical personnel to inspect roofing installation on completion. 1. Notify Engineer and Owner 48 hours in advance of date and time of inspection. B. Roofing system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. 1. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine if replaced or additional work complies with specified requirements. 3.10 PROTECTING AND CLEANING A.Protect roofing system from damage and wear during remainder of construction period. When remaining construction will not affect or endanger roofing, inspect roofing for deterioration and damage, describing its nature and extent in a written report, with copies to Architect and Owner. B. Correct deficiencies in or remove roofing system that does not comply with requirements, repair substrates, and repair or reinstall roofing system to a condition free of damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion and according to warranty requirements. END OF SECTION FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 076200-1 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Page 1 of 10 SECTION 07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Con- ditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Roof -drainage sheet metal fabrications. 2. sloped roof sheet metal fabrications. 3. Wall sheet metal fabrications. 4. Miscellaneous sheet metal fabrications. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 06 10 00 "Rough Carpentry" for wood nailers, curbs, and blocking. 2. Section 07 92 00 "Joint Sealants" for standing seam metal roof materials and installation. 1.03 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sheet metal flashing and trim layout and seams with sizes and locations of pene- trations to be flashed, and joints and seams in adjacent materials. B. Coordinate sheet metal flashing and trim installation with adjoining roofing and wall materi- als, joints, and seams to provide leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation. 1.04 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Review construction schedule. Verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 2. Review special roof details, roof drainage, roof -penetration flashing, equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that affect sheet metal flashing and trim. 3. Review requirements for insurance and certificates if applicable. 4. Review sheet metal flashing observation and repair procedures after flashing installation. 1.05 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for each manufactured product and accessory. B. Shop Drawings: For sheet metal flashing and trim. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. 2. Include identification of material, thickness, weight, and finish for each item and location in Project. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 07 62 00 -2 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Page 2 of 10 3. Include details of termination points and assemblies. 4. Include details of roof -penetration flashing. 5. Include details of edge conditions, including eaves, ridges, rakes, flashings, and counter- flashings. 6. Include details of special conditions. 7. Include details of connections to adjoining work. C. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish. 1. Sheet Metal Flashing: 12 inches (300 min) long by actual width of unit, including fin- ished seam and in required profile. Include fasteners, cleats, clips, closures, and other attachments. 2. Anodized Aluminum Samples: Samples to show full range to be expected for each color required. ITIT-2 I I WIIWNLVJ%VYto] 0[�.Y�1:lulYW1I_��fy A. Qualification Data: For fabricator. B. Product Test Reports: For each product, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. C. Sample Warranty: For special warranty. 1.07 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For sheet metal flashing and trim, and its accessories, to include in maintenance manuals. 1.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Employs skilled workers who custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim similar to that required for this Project and whose products have a record of suc- cessful in-service performance. B. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects, and to set quality standards for fabrication and installation. 1. Build mockup of typical roof eave, including fascia trim, approximately 10 feet (3.0 m) long, including supporting construction cleats, seams, attachments, and accessories. 2. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Doc- uments contained in mockups unless Owner specifically approves such deviations in writing. 3. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.09 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not store sheet metal flashing and trim materials in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage. 1. Store sheet metal flashing and trim materials away from uncured concrete and ma- sonry. 2. Protect stored sheet metal flashing and trim from contact with water. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 07 62 00 -3 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Page 3 of 10 B. Protect strippable protective covering on sheet metal flashing and trim from exposure to sun- light and high humidity, except to extent necessary for period of sheet metal flashing and trim installation. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Provide in accordance with Section 0178 36, "Warranties and Service Agreements." B. Special Warranty on Finishes: Manufacturer agrees to repair fmish or replace sheet metal flashing and trim that shows evidence of deterioration of factory -applied finishes within specified warranty period. 1. Exposed Panel Finish: Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following: a. Color fading more than 5 Delta E units when tested in accordance with ASTM D2244. b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested in accordance with ASTM D4214. c. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal. 2. Finish Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Sheet metal flashing and trim assemblies, including cleats, anchors, and fasteners, are to withstand wind loads, structural movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other de- fects in construction. Completed sheet metal flashing and trim are not to rattle, leak, or loos- en, and are to remain watertight. B. Sheet Metal Standard for Flashing and Trim: Comply with NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing Manual: Architectural Metal Flashing, Condensation and Air Leakage Control, and Reroof- ing" and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" requirements for dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated. C. SPRI Wind Design Standard: Manufacture and install roof edge flashings tested in accord- ance with ANSUSPRI/FM 4435/ES-1 and capable of resisting the following design pressure: 1. Design Pressure: As indicated on Drawings. D. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes to prevent buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base calculations on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime -sky heat loss. 1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C), material surfaces. 2.02 SHEET METALS A. Protect mechanical and other finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying strippa- ble, temporary protective film before shipping. B. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B209 (ASTM B209M), alloy as standard with manufacturer for fin- ish required, with temper as required to suit forming operations and performance required; with smooth, flat surface. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 07 62 00 -4 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Page 4 of 10 1. Exposed Coil -Coated Finish: a. Three -Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 2605. Fluoropolymer finish containing not less than 70 percent polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF) resin by weight in both color coat and clear topcoat. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions. 2. Color: As indicated on the Drawings. 3. Concealed Finish: Pretreat with manufacturer's standard white or light-colored acrylic or polyester backer finish, consisting of prime coat and wash coat with minimum total dry film thickness of 0.5 mil (0.013 mm). 2.03 UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS A. Felt: ASTM D226/D226M, Type II (No. 30), asphalt -saturated organic felt; nonperforated. B. Self -Adhering, High -Temperature Sheet Underlayment: Minimum 30 mils (0.76 mm) thick, consisting of a slip -resistant polyethylene- or polypropylene -film top surface laminated to a layer of butyl- or SBS-modified asphalt adhesive, with release -paper backing; specifically designed to withstand high metal temperatures beneath metal roofing. Provide primer in ac- cordance with underlayment manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Thermal Stability: ASTM D1970; stable after testing at 240 deg F (116 deg C) or higher. 2. Low -Temperature Flexibility: ASTM D1970; passes after testing at minus 20 deg F (29 deg C) or lower. C. Slip Sheet: Rosin -sized building paper, 3 lb/100 sq. ft. (0.16 kg/sq. m) minimum. 2.04 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Provide materials and types of fasteners, solder, protective coatings, sealants, and other mis- cellaneous items as required for complete sheet metal flashing and trim installation and as recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal or manufactured item unless other- wise indicated. B. Fasteners: Wood screws, annular threaded nails, self -tapping screws, self-locking rivets and bolts, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads and recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal or manufactured item. 1. General: Blind fasteners or self -drilling screws, gasketed, with hex -washer head. a. Exposed Fasteners: Heads matching color of sheet metal using plastic caps or facto- ry -applied coating. Provide metal -backed EPDM or PVC sealing washers under heads of exposed fasteners bearing on weather side of metal. b. Blind Fasteners: High -strength aluminum or stainless -steel rivets suitable for metal being fastened. c. Spikes and Ferrules: Same material as gutter; with spike with ferrule matching inter- nal gutter width. 2. Fasteners for Aluminum Sheet: Aluminum or Series 300 stainless steel. 3. Fasteners for Stainless Steel Sheet: Series 300 stainless steel. 4. Fasteners for Zinc -Tin Alloy -Coated Stainless -Steel Sheet: Series 300 stainless steel. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 07 62 00 -5 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Page 5 of 10 5. Fasteners for Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) or Aluminum -Zinc Alloy -Coated Steel Sheet: Series 300 stainless steel or hot -dip galvanized steel in accordance with ASTM A153/A153M or ASTM F2329. A ►Teirer 1. For Stainless Steel: ASTM B32, Grade Sn60, with acid flux of type recommended by stainless steel sheet manufacturer. 2. For Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) Steel: ASTM B32, Grade Sn50, 50 percent tin and 50 per- cent lead or Grade Sn60, 60 percent tin and 40 percent lead. D. Sealant Tape: Pressure -sensitive, 100 percent solids, polyisobutylene compound sealant tape with release -paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape 1/2 inch (13 mm) wide and 1/8 inch (3 min) thick. E. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C920, elastomeric silicone polymer sealant; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and trim and remain wa- tertight. F. Epoxy Seam Sealer: Two-part, noncorrosive, aluminum seam -cementing compound, recom- mended by aluminum manufacturer for exterior nonmoving joints, including riveted joints. G. Bituminous Coating: Cold -applied asphalt emulsion in accordance with ASTM D 1187/D 1187M. H. Asphalt Roofing Cement: ASTM D4586, asbestos free, of consistency required for applica- tion. 2.05 MANUFACTURED SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM A. Reglets: Units of type, material, and profile indicated, formed to provide secure interlocking of separate reglet and counterflashing pieces, and compatible with flashing indicated. 1. Surface -Mounted Type: Provide with slotted holes for fastening to substrate, with neo- prene or other suitable weatherproofing washers, and with channel for sealant at top edge. 2. Masonry Type: Provide with offset top flange for embedment in masonry mortar joint. 3. Flexible Flashing Retainer: Provide resilient plastic or rubber accessory to secure flexi- ble flashing in reglet where clearance does not permit use of standard metal counter - flashing or where Drawings show reglet without metal counterflashing. 4. Counterflashing Wind -Restraint Clips: Provide clips to be installed before counterflash- ing to prevent wind uplift of counterflashing lower edge. 2.06 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with details indicated and recom- mendations in cited sheet metal standard that apply to design, dimensions, geometry, metal thickness, and other characteristics of item required. 1. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in shop to greatest extent possible. 2. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in thickness or weight needed to comply with per- formance requirements, but not less than that specified for each application and metal. 3. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered and obtain field measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 07 62 00 -6 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Page 6 of 10 4. Form sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates without excessive oil -canning, buck- ling, and tool marks; true to line, levels, and slopes; and with exposed edges folded back to form hems. 5. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Do not use exposed fasteners on faces exposed to view. B. Fabrication Tolerances: 1. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that is capable of installation to a tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet (6 nun in 6 m) on slope and location lines indicated on Drawings and within 1/8-inch (3-mm) offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles. 2. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that is capable of installation to tolerances speci- fied in MCA's "Guide Specification for Residential Metal Roofing. C. Expansion Provisions: Form metal for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. 1. Form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch (25 mm) deep, filled with butyl sealant concealed within joints. D. Sealant Joints: Where movable, nonexpansion-type joints are required, form metal in accord- ance with cited sheet metal standard to provide for proper installation of elastomeric sealant. E. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal. F. Seams: 1. Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat -lock seams. Form seams and seal with elastomeric sealant unless otherwise recommended by sealant manufacturer for intended use. Rivet joints where necessary for strength. 2. Seams for Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat -lock seams. Form seams and seal with epoxy seam sealer. Rivet joints where necessary for strength. G. Do not use graphite pencils to mark metal surfaces. 2.07 ROOF -DRAINAGE SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS A. Hanging Gutters: Fabricate to cross section required, complete with end pieces, outlet tubes, and other accessories as required. Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- (2400-mm) long sections. Furnish flat -stock gutter brackets and flat -stock gutter spacers and straps fabricated from same metal as gutters, of size recommended by cited sheet metal standard but with thickness not less than twice the gutter thickness. Fabricate expansion joints, expansion joint covers, gutter bead reinforcing bars, and gutter accessories from same metal as gutters. Shop fabri- cate exterior corners. 1. Gutter Profile: Style F according to SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual. 2. Expansion Joints: Lap type. 3. Accessories: Continuous, removable leaf screen with sheet metal frame and hardware cloth screen. 4. Gutters with Girth 16 to 20 Inches (410 to 510 mm): Fabricate from the following mate- rials: a. Aluminum: 0.040 inch (1.02 min) thick. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 07 62 00 -7 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Page 7 of 10 B. Downspouts: Fabricate rectangular downspouts to dimensions indicated, complete with mi- tered elbows. Furnish with metal hangers from same material as downspouts and anchors. Shop fabricate elbows. 1. Fabricated Hanger Style: Fig 1-35A according to SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Met- al Manual." 2. Fabricate from the following materials: a. Aluminum: 0.024 inch (0.61 mm) thick.Joint Style: Butt, with 6-inch- (150-mm-) wide exposed cover plates. 2.08 LOW -SLOPE ROOF SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS A. Roof Edge Flashing (Gravel Stop) and Fascia Cap: Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- (2400- mm) long, but not exceeding 12-foot- (3.6-m-) long sections. Furnish with 6-inch- (150-mm) wide, joint cover plates. Shop fabricate exterior corners.Fascia Caps: Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- (2400-mm) long, but not exceeding 10-foot- (3-m) long, sections. 1. Joint Style: Overlapped, 4 inches (100 mm) wide. B. Counterflashing: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Galvanized Steel: 0.0217 inch (0.55 mm) thick. C. Flashing Receivers: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Galvanized Steel: 0.0217 inch (0.55 mm) thick. D. Splash Pans: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Concrete on ground, 24" long, 16" wide, and weight 801bs. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with re- quirements for installation tolerances, substrate, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Verify compliance with requirements for installation tolerances of substrates. 2. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and securely an- chored. 3. Verify that air- or water-resistant barriers have been installed over sheathing or backing substrate to prevent air infiltration or water penetration. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 UNDERLAYMENT INSTALLATION A. Self -Adhering Sheet Underlayment: Install self -adhering sheet underlayment, wrinkle free. Prime substrate if recommended by underlayment manufacturer. Comply with temperature restrictions of underlayment manufacturer for installation; use primer for installing under- layment at low temperatures. Apply in shingle fashion to shed water, with end laps of not less than 6 inches (150 mm) staggered 24 inches (600 mm) between courses. Overlap side edges not less than 3-1/2 inches (90 mm). Roll laps and edges with roller. Cover underlay- ment within 14 days. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 07 62 00 -8 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Page 8of10 B. Apply slip sheet, wrinkle free, over underlayment before installing sheet metal flashing and trim. 3.03 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. General: Anchor sheet metal and other components of the Work securely in place, with pro- visions for thermal and structural movement. Use fasteners, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to complete sheet metal flashing and trim system. 1. Install sheet metal flashing and trim true to line, levels, and slopes. Provide uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure of solder, welds, and sealant. 2. Space cleats not more than 12 inches (300 mm) apart. Attach each cleat with at least two fasteners. Bend tabs over fasteners. 3. Install exposed sheet metal flashing and trim with limited oil canning, and free of buck- ling and tool marks. 4. Torch cutting of sheet metal flashing and trim is not permitted. 5. Do not use graphite pencils to mark metal surfaces. B. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals contact each other, or where metal contacts pres- sure -treated wood or other corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action or corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by sheet metal manufacturer or cited sheet metal standard. 1. Coat concealed side of uncoated -aluminum and stainless -steel sheet metal flashing and trim with bituminous coating where flashing and trim contact wood, ferrous metal, or cementitious construction. 2. Underlayment: Where installing sheet metal flashing and trim directly on cementitious or wood substrates, install underlayment and cover with slip sheet. C. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movement joints at maximum of 10 feet (3 m) with no joints within 24 inches (600 mm) of corner or intersection. 1. Form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch (25 mm) deep, filled with sealant concealed within joints. 2. Use lapped expansion joints only where indicated on Drawings. D. Fasteners: Use fastener sizes that penetrate wood blocking or sheathing not less than 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) for nails and not less than 3/4 inch (19 mm) for wood screws. E. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible in exposed work and locate to minimize possibility of leakage. Cover and seal fasteners and anchors as required for a tight installation. F. Seal joints as required for watertight construction. 1. Use sealant -filled joints unless otherwise indicated. Embed hooked flanges of joint mem- bers not less than 1 inch (25 mm) into sealant. Form joints to completely conceal seal- ant. When ambient temperature at time of installation is between 40 and 70 deg F (4 and 21 deg C), set joint members for 50 percent movement each way. Adjust setting proportionately for installation at higher ambient temperatures. Do not install sealant - type joints at temperatures below 40 deg F (4 deg Q. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 07 62 00 -9 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Page 9 of 10 2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Section 07 92 00 "Joint Sealants." G. Rivets: Rivet joints in uncoated aluminum where necessary for strength. 3.04 ROOF DRAINAGE SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. General: Install sheet metal roof drainage items to produce complete roof drainage system according to SMACNA recommendations and as indicated. Coordinate installation of roof perimeter flashing with installation of roof drainage system. 3.05 ROOF FLASHING INSTALLATION A. General: Install sheet metal roof flashing and trim to comply with performance requirements and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide concealed fasteners where possible, set units true to line, and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight. B. Pipe or Post Counterflashing: Install counterflashing umbrella with close -fitting collar with top edge flared for elastomeric sealant, extending a minimum of 4 inches (100 mm) over base flashing. Install stainless -steel draw band and tighten. C. Counterflashing: Coordinate installation of counterflashing with installation of base flashing. Insert counterflashing in reglets or receivers and fit tightly to base flashing. Extend counter - flashing 4 inches (100 mm) over base flashing. Lap counterflashing joints a minimum of 4 inches (100 mm) and bed with elastomeric sealant. 1. Secure in a waterproof manner by means of snap -in installation and sealant or lead wedg- es and sealant or interlocking folded seam or blind rivets and sealant. D. Roof -Penetration Flashing: Coordinate installation of roof -penetration flashing with installa- tion of roofing and other items penetrating roof. Install flashing as follows: 1. Turn lead flashing down inside vent piping, being careful not to block vent piping with flashing. 2. Seal with elastomeric sealant and clamp flashing to pipes penetrating roof except for lead flashing on vent piping. 3.06 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align sheet metal flashing and trim within installed toler- ance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m) on slope and location lines indicated on Drawings and within 1/8-inch (3-mm) offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles. 3.07 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that interfere with uniform oxidation and weath- ering. B. Clean off excess sealants. C. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as sheet metal flashing and trim are installed unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. On completion of sheet metal flashing and trim installation, remove unused materials and clean finished surfaces as recommended by sheet metal flashing and trim manufacturer. Maintain sheet metal flashing and trim in clean condition during construction. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 07 62 00 -10 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Page 10 of 10 D. Replace sheet metal flashing and trim that have been damaged or that have deteriorated be- yond successful repair by fmish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. END OF SECTION FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 SECTION 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS 07 92 00 Joint Sealants Page 1 of 15 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Con- ditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Silicone joint sealants. 2. Nonstaining silicone joint sealants. 3. Urethane joint sealants. 4. Mildew -resistant joint sealants. 5. Latex joint sealants. B. Related Requirements: 1. See Section 08 80 00, "Glazing" for glazing sealants. 1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Joint sealants. 2. Joint -sealant backing materials. B. Joint -Sealant Schedule: Include the following information: 1. Joint -sealant application, joint location, and designation. 2. Joint -sealant manufacturer and product name. 3. Joint -sealant formulation. 4. Joint -sealant color. 1.04 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified testing agency. B. Product Test Reports: For each kind of joint sealant, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. C. Preconstruction Laboratory Test Schedule: Include the following information for each joint sealant and substrate material to be tested: 1. Joint -sealant location and designation. 2. Manufacturer and product name. 3. Type of substrate material. 4. Proposed test. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 07 92 00 Joint Sealants Page 2 of 15 5. Number of samples required. D. Preconstruction Laboratory Test Reports: For each joint sealant and substrate material to be tested from sealant manufacturer, indicating the following: 1. Materials forming joint substrates and joint -sealant backings have been tested for com- patibility and adhesion with joint sealants. 2. Interpretation of test results and written recommendations for primers and substrate prep- aration are needed for adhesion. E. Preconstruction Field -Adhesion -Test Reports: Indicate which sealants and joint preparation methods resulted in optimum adhesion to joint substrates based on testing specified in "Pre - construction Testing" Article. F. Field Quality -Control Reports: For field -adhesion -test reports, for each sealant application tested. G. Sample warranties. 1.05 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Installer's special warranties. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Authorized representative who is trained and approved by manufac- turer. B. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified in accordance with ASTM C1021 to conduct the testing indicated. 011yAMM►T 111WAII-0 A. Install sealant in mockups of assemblies specified in other Sections that are indicated to re- ceive joint sealants specified in this Section. Use materials and installation methods specified in this Section. 1.08 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING A. Preconstruction Laboratory Testing: Submit to joint -sealant manufacturers, for testing indi- cated below, samples of materials that will contact or affect joint sealants. 1. Adhesion Testing: Use ASTM C794 to determine whether priming and other specific joint preparation techniques are required to obtain rapid, optimum adhesion of joint sealants to joint substrates. 2. Compatibility Testing: Use ASTM C1087 to determine sealant compatibility when in contact with glazing and gasket materials. 3. Stain Testing: Use ASTM C1248 to determine stain potential of sealant when in contact with masonry substrates. 4. Submit manufacturer's recommended number of pieces of each type of material, includ- ing joint substrates, joint -sealant backings, and miscellaneous materials. 5. Schedule sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. 6. For materials failing tests, obtain joint -sealant manufacturer's written instructions for cor- rective measures, including use of specially formulated primers. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 07 92 00 Joint Sealants Page 3 of 15 7. Testing will not be required if joint -sealant manufacturers submit data that are based on previous testing, not older than 24 months, of sealant products for adhesion to, staining of, and compatibility with joint substrates and other materials matching those submit- ted. 1.09 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions: 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint - sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F (5 deg Q. 2. When joint substrates are wet. 3. Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint -sealant manufacturer for applica- tions indicated. 4. Where contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been removed from joint substrates. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Provide in accordance with Section 0178 36, "Warranties and Service Agreements." B. Special Installer's Warranty: Installer agrees to repair or replace joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to furnish joint sealants to repair or replace those joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. D. Special warranties specified in this article exclude deterioration or failure of joint sealants from the following: 1. Movement of the structure caused by stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant manufac- turer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression. 2. Disintegration of joint substrates from causes exceeding design specifications. 3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents. 4. Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric con- taminants. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following re- quirements apply for product selection: 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be in- corporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 07 92 00 Joint Sealants Page 4 of 15 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products speci- fied. 2.02 JOINT SEALANTS, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compati- ble with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by joint -sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. B. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.03 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS A. Low -Modulus Nonacid -Curing Silicone Sealant, Type I: 1. Products: a. Dow Corning; 790. b. GE Silicones; Silpruf c. Pecora Corporation; 890. d. Sonneborn Building Products Div., ChemRex Inc.; Omniseal. 2. Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag). 3. Class:25. 4. Additional Movement Capability: Capable of 100 percent movement in extension and 50 percent movement in compression when tested for adhesion and cohesion under maximum cyclic movement per ASTM C 719. 5. Exposure: Use NT (nontraffic). 6. Substrates: Uses M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. 7. Nonstaining to porous substrates when testing per ASTM C 1248 for substrates indicated. B. Medium -Modulus Neutral -Curing Silicone Sealant, Type 2: 1. Products: a. Dow Corning; 791. b. Tremco; Spectrem 2. 2. Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag). 3. Class:25. 4. Exposure: Use NT (nontraffic). 5. Substrates: Uses M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. 6. Nonstaining to porous substrates when testing per ASTM C 1248 for substrates indicated. C. Mildew -Resistant Silicone Sealant, Type 3: 1. Products: a. Dow Corning; 786 Mildew Resistant. b. GE Silicones; Sanitary 1700. c. Pecora Corporation; 898 Silicone Sanitary Sealant. d. Tremco; Tremsil 600 White. 2. Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag). 3. Class:25. 4. Exposure: Use NT (nontraffic). 5. Substrates: Uses G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. D. Multicomponent Nonsag Urethane Sealant, Type 4: 1. For joints not subject to traffic and requiring additional movement capability, provide the following: a. Products: 1) Pecora Corporation; Dynatrol Il. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 07 92 00 Joint Sealants Page 5 of 15 2) Sika Corporation; Sikaflex - 2c NS. 3) Tremco; DYmeric 511. b. Type and Grade: M (multicomponent) and NS (nonsag). c. Class: 25. d. Additional Movement Capability: 50 percent movement in extension and 50 percent in compression when tested for adhesion and cohesion under maximum cyclic movement per ASTM C 719. e. Exposure: Use NT (nontraffic). f. Substrates: M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. 2. For j oints not subject to traffic, Type 5: a. Products: 1) Bostik Inc.; Chem -Calk 500. 2) Tremco; DYmeric. b. Type and Grade: M (multicomponent) and NS (nonsag). c. Class: 25. d. Exposure: Use NT (nontraffic). e. Substrates: Uses M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. E. Single -Component Nonsag Urethane Sealant, Type 6: 1. For joints subject to traffic and not subject to traffic, provide the following: a. Products: 1) Sika Corporation; Sikaflex - la. 2) Sonneborn Building Products Div., ChemRex Inc.; NP 1. b. Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag). c. Class: 25. 2. Exposure: Use NT (nontraffic). 3. Substrates: Uses M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. 4. For joints not subject to traffic, provide the following: a. Products: 1) Bostik Inc.; Chem -Chalk 900. 2) Pecora Corporation; Dynatrol I. 3) Tremco; DyMonic. b. Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag). c. Class: 25. d. Exposure: Use NT (nontraffic). e. Substrates: Uses M, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated. F. Single -Component Pourable Urethane Sealant, Type 7 Products: a. Bostik Inc.; Chem -Calk 950. b. Pecora Corporation; NR-201. c. Sonneborn Building Products Div., ChemRex Inc.; SL 1. D. d. Type and Grade: S (single component) and P (pourable). FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 07 92 00 Joint Sealants Page 6 of 15 C. Class: 25 f. Exposure: Use T (traffic) and NT (nontraffic). g. Substrates: Uses M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint sub- strates indicated, O. 2.04 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS A. Latex Sealant: ASTM C 834. 1. Products: a. Bostik Inc.; Chem -Calk 600. b. Pecora Corporation; AC-20. c. Sonneborn Building Products Div., ChemRex, Inc.; Sonolac. d. Tremco; Tremflex 834. Silicone, S, NS, 100150, NT: Single -component, nonsag, plus 100 percent and minus 50 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, neutral -curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 100150, Use NT. 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Dow Corning Corporation; 790. b. GE Silicones; SilPruf II SCS2700. c. Tremco; Spectrem 1 (Basic). d. GE Silicones; SilPruf II SCS2000. e. Pecora Corporation; 864. f. Pecora Corporation; 890. g. Polymetric Systems Inc.; PSI-641. h. Sonneborn, Division of ChemRex Inc.; Omniseal. i. Tremco; Spectrem 3. j. Dow Corning Corporation; 791. k. Dow Corning Corporation; 795. I. GE Silicones; SilPruf NB SCS9000. m. GE Silicones; U1traPruf II SCS2900. n. Pecora Corporation; 865. o. Pecora Corporation; 895. p. Pecora Corporation; 898. 2.04 NONSTAINING SILICONE JOINT SEALANTS A. Nonstaining Joint Sealants: No staining of substrates when tested in accordance with ASTM C1248. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 07 92 00 Joint Sealants Page 7 of 15 B. Silicone, Nonstaining, S, NS, 100150, NT: Nonstaining, single -component, nonsag, plus 100 percent and minus 50 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, neutral -curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 100150, Use NT. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Dow Corning Corporation; 799. b. GE Silicone; U1traGlaze SSG4000. c. GE Silicone; U1traGlaze SSG4000AC. d. Polymetric Systems Inc.; PSI-631. e. Schnee -Morehead Inc.; SM5721 Poly -Glaze Plus. f. Tremco; Proglaze SG. g. Tremco; Spectrem 2. h. Tremco; Tremsi1600. 2. Type and Grade S (Single Component) and NS (Nonsag). 3. Class:25. 4. Use Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic). 2.05 RETHANE JOINT SEALANTS A. Urethane, S, NS, 25, NT: Single -component, nonsag, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, urethane joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Sika Corporation Inc.; Sikaflex - la. b. Sonneborn, Division of ChemRex Inc.; Ultra. c. Sonneborn, Division of ChemRex Inc.; NP 1. d. Tremco; Vulkem 116. 2. Type and Grade: S (Single Component) and NS (nonsag). 3. Class: 25. 4. Uses Related to Exposure: T (traffic) and NT (nontraffic). 2.05 MILDEW -RESISTANT JOINT SEALANTS, A. Mildew -Resistant Joint Sealants: Formulated for prolonged exposure to humidity with fungi- cide to prevent mold and mildew growth. 1. Products: a. Dow Corning, 786 Mildew Resistant. b. GE Silicones, Sanitary 1700. c. Pecora Corporation; 898 Silicone Sanitary Sealant d. Tremco; Tremsi1600 White. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 07 92 00 Joint Sealants Page 8 of 15 2. Type and Grade: S (Single Component) and NS (nonsag). 3. Class:25. 4. Uses Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic). 5. Substrates: Uses G, A, and as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O 2.06 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS A. Acrylic Latex: Acrylic latex or siliconized acrylic latex, ASTM C834, Type OP, Gra B. de NF. l . Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. Bostik Inc.; Chem -Calk 600. b. Pecora Corporation; AC-20. c. Sonneborn, Building Products Div., ChemRex, Inc.; Sonolac. d. Tremco; Tremflex 834. 2.07 JOINT -SEALANT BACKING A. Sealant Backing Material, General: Nonstaining; compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and approved for applications indicated by sealant manufac- turer based on field experience and laboratory testing. B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C1330, Type C (closed -cell material with a surface skin) Type O (open -cell material) Type B (bicellular material with a surface skin) or any of the preceding types, as approved in writing by joint -sealant manufacturer for joint applica- tion indicated, and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance. C. Elastomeric Tubing Sealant Backings: Neoprene, butyl, EPDM, or silicone tubing complying with ASTM D 1056, nonabsorbent to water and gas, and capable of remaining resilient at temperatures down to minus 26 deg F (minus 32 deg Q. Provide products with low com- pression set and of size and shape to provide a secondary seal, to control sealant depth, and otherwise contribute to optimum sealant performance. D. Bond -Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manu- facturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint -filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable. 2.08 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: Material recommended by joint -sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint -sealant - substrate tests and field tests. B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of C. sealants to joint substrates. D. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfac- es adjacent to joints. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 07 92 00 Joint Sealants Page 9 of 15 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint -sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following require- ments: 1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water 2. , surface dirt, and frost. 3. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of develop- ing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining after cleaning operations above by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil -free compressed air. Po- rous joint substrates include the following: a. Concrete. b. Masonry. 4. Remove laitance and form -release agents from concrete. 5. Clean nonporous joint substrate surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. Nonporous joint substrates include the following: a. Metal. b. Glass. B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint -sealant manufacturer or as indicated by preconstruction joint -sealant -substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint -sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint -sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or primer with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained D. or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Re- move tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Comply with joint -sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for prod- ucts and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 07 92 00 Joint Sealants Page 10 of 15 B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM Cl 193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. C. Install sealant backings of type indicated to support sealants during application and at posi- tion required to produce cross -sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application, and replace them with dry materials. D. Install bond -breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between seal- ants and backs of joints. E. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed: 1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration. 3. Produce uniform, cross -sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow op- timum sealant movement capability. F. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified in subparagraphs below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to en- sure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. 1. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 3. Provide concave joint profile in accordance with Figure 8A in ASTM C1193 unless oth- erwise indicated. a. Use masking tape to protect surfaces adjacent to recessed tooled joints. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 1. Field -Adhesion Testing: Field test joint -sealant adhesion to joint substrates as follows: a. Extent of Testing: Test completed and cured sealant joints as follows: 1) Perform 4 tests for the first 1000 ft. (300 m) of joint length for each kind of sealant and joint substrate. b. Test Method: Test joint sealants in accordance with Method A, Field -Applied Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab, in Appendix X1 in ASTM C1193 or Method A, Tail Proce- dure, in ASTM C 1521. 1) For joints with dissimilar substrates, verify adhesion to each substrate sepa- rately; extend cut along one side, verifying adhesion to opposite side. Repeat procedure for opposite side. c. Inspect tested joints and report on the following: FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 07 92 00 Joint Sealants Page 11 of 15 1) Whether sealants filled joint cavities and are free of voids. 2) Whether sealant dimensions and configurations comply with specified re- quirements. 3) Whether sealants in joints connected to pulled -out portion failed to adhere to joint substrates or tore cohesively. Include data on pull distance used to test each kind of product and joint substrate. Compare these results to determine if adhesion complies with sealant manufacturer's field -adhesion hand -pull test criteria. 4) Record test results in a field -adhesion -test log. Include dates when sealants were installed, names of persons who installed sealants, test dates, test loca- tions, whether joints were prim 5) ed, adhesion results and percent elongations, sealant material, sealant configu- ration, and sealant dimensions. d. Repair sealants pulled from test area by applying new sealants following same proce- dures used originally to seal joints. Ensure that original sealant surfaces are clean and that new sealant contacts original sealant. 2. Evaluation of Field -Adhesion -Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing or noncompliance with other indicated requirements will be considered satisfac- tory. Remove sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to comply with other requirements. Retes 3. t failed applications until test results prove sealants comply with indicated requirements. 3.05 CLEANING A. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by meth- ods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating sub- stances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such pro- tection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out, remove, and repair damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work. 3.07 JOINT SEALANT SCHEDULE A. Exterior joints in the following vertical surfaces and nontraffic horizontal surfaces: 1. Control and Expansion Joints in Cast -in -Place Concrete: Type 1, 5, 6 sealant. 2. Control and Expansion Joints in Unit Masonry: Type 1,5,6 sealant. 3. Joints between Metal Panels: 1, 5 sealant. 4. Joints between Different Materials Listed above: Type 1, 5, 6 sealant. 5. Perimeter Joints between Materials Listed above and Frames of Doors and Windows: Type 1, 5, 6 sealant. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 07 92 00 Joint Sealants Page 12 of 15 B. Interior joints in the following vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces: 1. Control and Expansion Joints on Exposed Interior Surfaces of Exterior Walls: Type 1, 5, 6 sealant. 2. Perimeter Joints of Exterior Openings Where Indicated: Type 1, 5 sealant. 3. Tile Control and Expansion Joints: Type 4, 6 sealant. 4. Vertical Control Joints on Exposed Surfaces of Interior Unit Masonry and Concrete Walls and Partitions: Type 1, 5, 6 sealant. END OF SECTION FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 DIVISION 08 OPENINGS 08 11 13 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Page 1 of 12 SECTION 08 1113 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Standard and custom hollow metal doors and frames. 2. Steel sidelight, borrowed lite and transom frames. 3. Louvers installed in hollow metal doors. 4. Light frames and glazing installed in hollow metal doors. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 01 Section "General Conditions". 2. Division 04 Section "Unit Masonry" for embedding anchors for hollow metal work into masonry construction. 3. Division 08 Section "Door Hardware". 4. Division 09 Section " Painting" for field painting hollow metal doors and frames. C. Codes and References: Comply with the version year adopted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 1. ANSI/SDI A250.8 - Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 2. ANSI/SDI A250.4 - Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Physical Endurance for Steel Doors, Frames, Frames Anchors and Hardware Reinforcing. 3. ANSUSDI A250.6 - Recommended Practice for Hardware Reinforcing on Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 4. ANSUSDI A250.10 - Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames. 5. ANSUSDI A250.11 - Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames. 6. ASTM A1008 - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Cold -Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High - Strength Low -Alloy and High -Strength Low -Alloy with Improved Formability. 7. ASTM A653 - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc -Iron Alloy - Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process. 8. ASTM A924 - Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Metallic -Coated by the Hot -Dip Process. 9. SDI-113 Standard Practice for Determining the Steady -State Thermal Transmittance of Steel Door & Frame Assemblies. 10. ASTM C 1363 - Standard Test Method for Thermal Performance of Building Assemblies by Means of a Hot Box Apparatus. 11. ASTM C1199 - Standard Test Method for Measuring the Steady -State Thermal Transmittance of Fenestration Systems Using Hot Box Methods FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 08 11 13 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Page 2 of 12 12. ASTM E 1423 - Practice for Determining Steady State Thermal Transmittance of Fenestration Sys- tems. 13. ANSI/BHMA A156.115 - Hardware Preparation in Steel Doors and Frames. 14. ANSI/SDI 122 - Installation and Troubleshooting Guide for Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 15. ANSI/NFPA 80 - Standard for Fire Doors and Fire Windows; National Fire Protection Association. 16. ANSI/NFPA 105: Standard for the Installation of Smoke Door Assemblies. 17. NFPA 252 - Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies; National Fire Protection Associa- tion. 18. UL 1 OC - Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. 19. UL 1784 - Standard for Air Leakage Tests of Door Assemblies. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details, material descriptions, core descriptions, hardware reinforcements, profiles, anchors, fire -resistance rating, and finishes. B. Door hardware supplier is to furnish templates, template reference number and/or physical hardware to the steel door and frame supplier in order to prepare the doors and frames to receive the finish hardware items. C. Shop Drawings: Include the following: 1. Elevations of each door design. 2. Details of doors, including vertical and horizontal edge details and metal thicknesses. 3. Frame details for each frame type, including dimensioned profiles and metal thicknesses. 4. Locations of reinforcement and preparations for hardware. 5. Details of anchorages, joints, field splices, and connections. 6. Details of accessories. 7. Details of moldings, removable stops, and glazing. 8. Details of conduit and preparations for power, signal, and control systems. D. Samples for Verification: 1. Samples are only required by request of the architect and for manufacturers that are not current members of the Steel Door Institute. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain hollow metal doors and frames through one source from a single manufactur- er wherever possible. B. Quality Standard: In addition to requirements specified, furnish SDI -Certified manufacturer products that comply with ANSI/SDI A250.8, latest edition, "Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames". C. Fire -Rated Door Assemblies: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a quali- fied testing agency, for fire -protection ratings indicated, based on testing at positive pressure according to UL1 OC (neutral pressure at 40" above sill) or UL 1 OC. 1. Oversize Fire -Rated Door Assemblies Construction: For units exceeding sizes of tested assemblies, attach construction label certifying doors are built to standard construction requirements for tested and labeled fire rated door assemblies except for size. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 08 11 13 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Page 3 of 12 Temperature -Rise Limit: Where indicated and at vertical exit enclosures (stairwell openings) and exit passageways, provide doors that have a maximum transmitted temperature end point of not more than 450 deg F (250 deg C) above ambient after 30 minutes of standard fire -test exposure. 3. Smoke Control Door Assemblies: Comply with NFPA 105. a. Smoke "S" Label: Doors to bear "S" label, and include smoke and draft control gasketing ap- plied to frame and on meeting stiles of pair doors. D. Fire -Rated, Borrowed -Light Frame Assemblies: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire - protection ratings indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 257. Provide labeled glazing material. E. Storm Shelter Openings: Provide complete door systems for hurricane or tornado storm shelters, and oth- er areas of refuge, complying and tested according to ICC 500 (2014/2020), ICC/NSSA Standard for the Design and Construction of Storm Shelters. 1. Each unit to bear third party permanent label indicating compliance with the referenced testing standards. F. Pre -Submittal Conference: Conduct conference in compliance with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Meetings" with attendance by representatives of Supplier, Installer, and Contractor to review proper methods and procedures for installing hollow metal doors and frames and to verify installation of electrical knockout boxes and conduit at frames with electrified or access control hardware. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver hollow metalwork palletized, wrapped, or crated to provide protection during transit and Project site storage. Do not use non -vented plastic. B. Deliver welded frames with two removable spreader bars across bottom of frames, tack welded to jambs and mullions. C. Store hollow metalwork undercover at Project site. Place in stacks of five units maximum in a vertical position with heads up, spaced by blocking, on minimum 4-inch high wood blocking. Do not store in a manner that traps excess humidity. 1. Provide minimum 1/4-inch space between each stacked door to permit air circulation. Door and frames to be stacked in a vertical upright position. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual dimensions of openings by field measurements before fabrication. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of anchorages for hollow metal frames. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with in- tegral anchors. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. B. Building Information Modeling (BIM) Support: Utilize designated BIM software tools and obtain train- ing needed to successfully participate in the Project BIM processes. All technical disciplines are respon- sible for the product data integration and data reliability of their Work into the coordinated BIM applica- tions. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace doors that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. B. Warranty includes installation and finishing that may be required due to repair or replacement of defec- tive doors. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 08 11 13 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Page 4 of 12 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide steel doors and frames from a SDI Cer- tified manufacturer: 1. CECO Door Products (C). 2. Curries Company (CU). 2.2 MATERIALS A. Cold -Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; suitable for exposed applications. B. Metallic -Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; with minimum G60 (Z180) or A60 (ZF180) metallic coating. C. Frame Anchors: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; with minimum G60 (Z180) or A60 (ZF180) metallic coating. 2.3 HOLLOW METAL DOORS A. General: Provide 1-3/4 inch doors of design indicated, not less than thickness indicated; fabricated with smooth surfaces, without visible joints or seams on exposed faces unless otherwise indicated. Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.8 and ANSI/NAAMM HMMA 867. B. Exterior Doors: Face sheets fabricated of commercial quality hot -dipped zinc coated steel that complies with ASTM A 653/A 653M, Coating Designation A60. Provide doors complying with requirements indi- cated below by referencing ANSI/SDI A250.8 for level and model and ANSI/SDI A250.4 for physical performance level: 1. Design: Flush panel. 2. Core Construction: Manufacturer's standard polystyrene. Where indicated, provide doors fabricated as thermal -rated assemblies with a minimum R-value of 2.8 or better. 3. Level/Model: Level 3 and Physical Performance Level A (Extra Heavy Duty), Minimum 16 gauge (0.053-inch - 1.3-mm) thick steel, Model 2. 4. Top and Bottom Edges: Reinforce tops and bottoms of doors with a continuous steel channel not less than 16 gauge, extending the full width of the door and welded to the face sheet. Doors with an in- verted top channel to include a steel closure channel, screw attached, with the web of the channel flush with the face sheets of the door. Plastic or composite channel fillers are not acceptable. 5. Hinge Reinforcement: Minimum 7 gauge (3/16") plate 1-1/4" x 9" or minimum 14 gauge continuous channel with pierced holes, drilled and tapped. 6. Hardware Reinforcements: Fabricate according to ANSI/SDI A250.6 with reinforcing plates from same material as door face sheets. C. Interior Doors: Face sheets fabricated of commercial quality cold rolled steel that complies with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M. Provide doors complying with requirements indicated below by referencing ANSI/SDI A250.8 for level and model and ANSI/SDI A250.4 for physical performance level: 1. Design: Flush panel. 2. Core Construction: Manufacturer's standard kraft-paper honeycomb, or one-piece polystyrene core, securely bonded to both faces. a. Fire Door Core: As required to provide fire -protection and temperature -rise ratings indicated. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 08 11 13 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Page 5 of 12 3. Level/Model: Level 2 and Physical Performance Level B (Heavy Duty), Minimum 18 gauge (0.042- inch - 1.0-mm) thick steel, Model 2. 4. Top and Bottom Edges: Reinforce tops and bottoms of doors with a continuous steel channel not less than 16 gauge, extending the full width of the door and welded to the face sheet. 5. Hinge Reinforcement: Minimum 7 gauge (3/16") plate 1-1/4" x 9" or minimum 14 gauge continuous channel with pierced holes, drilled and tapped. 6. Hardware Reinforcements: Fabricate according to ANSI/SDI A250.6 with reinforcing plates from same material as door face sheets. D. Manufacturers Basis of Design: 1. CECO Door Products (C) Polystyrene Core - Legion Series. Curries Company (CU) - Polystyrene Core - 707 Series. 2.4 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES A. General: Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.8 and with details indicated for type and profile. B. Exterior Frames: Fabricated of hot -dipped zinc coated steel that complies with ASTM A 653/A 653M, Coating Designation A60. 1. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped corners. Profile as indicated on drawings. 2. Manufacturers Basis of Design: a. CECO Door Products (C) - SU SR Series. b. Curries Company (CU) - M CM Series. C. Fire rated frames: Fabricate frames in accordance with NFPA 80, listed and labeled by a qualified testing agency, for fire -protection ratings indicated. D. Hardware Reinforcement: Fabricate according to ANSI/SDI A250.6 Table 4 with reinforcement plates from same material as frames. 2.5 FRAME ANCHORS A. Jamb Anchors: 1. Masonry Type: Adjustable strap -and -stirrup or T-shaped anchors to suit frame size, formed from A60 metallic coated material, not less than 0.042 inch thick, with corrugated or perforated straps not less than 2 inches wide by 10 inches long; or wire anchors not less than 0.177 inch thick. 2. Stud Wall Type: Designed to engage stud and not less than 0.042 inch thick. 3. Compression Type for Drywall Slip-on (Knock -Down) Frames: Adjustable compression anchors. B. Floor Anchors: Floor anchors to be provided at each jamb, formed from A60 metallic coated material, not less than 0.042 inches thick. C. Mortar Guards: Formed from same material as frames, not less than 0.016 inches thick. 2.6 LOUVERS A. Metal Louvers: unless otherwise indicated provide louvers to meet the following requirements. 1. Blade Type: Vision proof inverted V or inverted Y. 2. Metal and Finish: Galvanized steel, 0.040 inch thick, factory primed for paint fmish with baked enamel or powder coated fmish. Match pre -finished door paint color where applicable. B. Louvers for Fire Rated Doors: Metal louvers with fusible link and closing device, listed and labeled for use in doors with fire protection rating of 1-1/2 hours and less. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 08 11 13 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Page 6of12 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide louvers to meet rating indicated. 2. Metal and Finish: Galvanized steel, 0.040 inch thick, factory primed for paint finish with baked enamel or powder coated finish. Match pre -finished door paint color where applicable. 2.7 LIGHT OPENINGS AND GLAZING A. Stops and Moldings: Provide stops and moldings around glazed lites where indicated. Form corners of stops and moldings with butted or mitered hairline joints at fabricator's shop. Fixed and removable stops to allow multiple glazed lites each to be removed independently. Coordinate frame rabbet widths be- tween fixed and removable stops with the type of glazing and installation indicated. B. Moldings for Glazed Lites in Doors and Loose Stops for Glazed Lites in Frames: Minimum 20 gauge thick, fabricated from same material as door face sheet in which they are installed. C. Fixed Frame Moldings: Formed integral with hollow metal frames, a minimum of 5/8 inch (16 mm) high unless otherwise indicated. Provide fixed frame moldings and stops on outside of exterior and on secure side of interior doors and frames. D. Preformed Metal Frames for Light Openings: Manufacturer's standard frame formed of 0.048-inch-thick, cold rolled steel sheet; with baked enamel or powder coated fmish; and approved for use in doors of fire protection rating indicated. Match pre-fmished door paint color where applicable. 2.8 ACCESSORIES A. Mullions and Transom Bars: Join to adjacent members by welding or rigid mechanical anchors. B. Grout Guards: Formed from same material as frames, not less than 0.016 inches thick. 2.9 FABRICATION A. Fabricate hollow metal work to be rigid and free of defects, warp, or buckle. Accurately form metal to required sizes and profiles, with minimum radius for thickness of metal. Where practical, fit and assem- ble units in manufacturer's plant. When shipping limitations so dictate, frames for large openings are to be fabricated in sections for splicing or splining in the field by others. B. Tolerances: Fabricate hollow metal work to tolerances indicated in ANSI/SDI A250.8. C. Hollow Metal Doors: 1. Exterior Doors: Provide optional weep -hole openings in bottom of exterior doors to permit moisture to escape where specified. 2. Glazed Lites: Factory cut openings in doors with applied trim or kits to fit. Factory install glazing where indicated. 3. Astragals: Provide overlapping astragals as noted in door hardware sets in Division 08 Section "Door Hardware" on one leaf of pairs of doors where required by NFPA 80 for fire -performance rating or where indicated. Extend minimum 3/4 inch beyond edge of door on which astragal is mounted. 4. Continuous Hinge Reinforcement: Provide welded continuous 12 gauge strap for continuous hinges specified in hardware sets in Division 08 Section "Door Hardware". D. Hollow Metal Frames: 1. Shipping Limitations: Where frames are fabricated in sections due to shipping or handling limita- tions, provide alignment plates or angles at each joint, fabricated of same thickness metal as frames. 2. Welded Frames: Weld flush face joints continuously; grind, fill, dress, and make smooth, flush, and invisible. a. Welded frames are to be provided with two steel spreaders temporarily attached to the bottom of both jambs to serve as a brace during shipping and handling. Spreader bars are for bracing only and are not to be used to size the frame opening. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 08 11 13 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Page 7of12 3. Sidelight and Transom Bar Frames: Provide closed tubular members with no visible face seams or joints, fabricated from same material as door frame. Fasten members at crossings and to jambs by butt welding. 4. High Frequency Hinge Reinforcement: Provide high frequency hinge reinforcements at door open- ings 48-inches and wider with mortise butt type hinges at top hinge locations. 5. Continuous Hinge Reinforcement: Provide welded continuous 12 gauge straps for continuous hinges specified in hardware sets in Division 08 Section "Door Hardware". 6. Provide countersunk, flat- or oval -head exposed screws and bolts for exposed fasteners unless other- wise indicated for removable stops, provide security screws at exterior locations. 7. Mortar Guards: Provide guard boxes at back of hardware mortises in frames at all hinges and strike preps regardless of grouting requirements. 8. Floor Anchors: Weld anchors to bottom of jambs and mullions with at least four spot welds per an- chor. 9. Jamb Anchors: Provide number and spacing of anchors as follows: a. Masonry Type: Locate anchors not more than 18 inches from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches on -center and as follows: 1) Two anchors per jamb up to 60 inches high. 2) Three anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches high. 3) Four anchors per jamb from 90 to 120 inches high. 4) Four anchors per jamb plus 1 additional anchor per jamb for each 24 inches or fraction thereof above 120 inches high. b. Stud Wall Type: Locate anchors not more than 18 inches from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches o.c. and as follows: 1) Three anchors per jamb up to 60 inches high. 2) Four anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches high. 3) Five anchors per jamb from 90 to 96 inches high. 4) Five anchors per jamb plus 1 additional anchor per jamb for each 24 inches or fraction thereof above 96 inches high. 5) Two anchors per head for frames above 42 inches wide and mounted in metal stud parti- tions. 10. Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped or gasketed doors, drill stops to receive door silencers. Silencers to be supplied by frame manufacturer regardless if specified in Division 08 Section "Door Hardware". 11. Bituminous Coating: Where frames are fully grouted with an approved Portland Cement based grout or mortar, coat inside of frame throat with a water based bituminous or asphaltic emulsion coating to a minimum thickness of 3 mils DFT, tested in accordance with UL 10C and applied to the frame un- der a 3rd party independent follow-up service procedure. E. Hardware Preparation: Factory prepare hollow metal work to receive template mortised hardware; in- clude cutouts, reinforcement, mortising, drilling, and tapping according to the Door Hardware Schedule and templates furnished as specified in Division 08 Section "Door Hardware." 1. Locate hardware as indicated, or if not indicated, according to ANSI/SDI A250.8. 2. Reinforce doors and frames to receive non -template, mortised and surface mounted door hardware. 3. Comply with applicable requirements in ANSI/SDI A250.6 and ANSI/DHI A115 Series specifica- tions for preparation of hollow metal work for hardware. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 08 11 13 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Page 8of12 Coordinate locations of conduit and wiring boxes for electrical connections with Division 26 Sec- tions. 2.10 STEEL FINISHES A. Prime Finishes: Doors and frames to be cleaned, and chemically treated to insure maximum finish paint adhesion. Surfaces of the door and frame exposed to view to receive a factory applied coat of rust inhibit- ing shop primer. 1. Shop Primer: Manufacturer's standard, fast -curing, lead and chromate free primer complying with ANSI/SDI A250.10 acceptance criteria; recommended by primer manufacturer for substrate; and compatible with substrate and field -applied coatings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. General Contractor to verify the accuracy of dimensions given to the steel door and frame manufacturer for existing openings or existing frames (strike height, hinge spacing, hinge back set, etc.). C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove welded in shipping spreaders installed at factory. Restore exposed finish by grinding, filling, and dressing, as required to make repaired area smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces. B. Prior to installation, adjust and securely brace welded hollow metal frames for square, level, twist, and plumb condition. C. Tolerances shall comply with SDI-117 "Manufacturing Tolerances Standard Steel Doors and Frames." D. Drill and tap doors and frames to receive non -template, mortised, and surface -mounted door hardware. E. Verify tolerances against manufacturers installations instructions for tornado and hurricane storm shelter openings. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Install hollow metal work plumb, rigid, properly aligned, and securely fastened in place; comply with Drawings and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Hollow Metal Frames: Install hollow metal frames of size and profile indicated. Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.11 and NFPA 80 at fire rated openings. 1. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, leveled, aligned, and braced securely until permanent an- chors are set. After wall construction is complete and frames properly set and secured, remove tem- porary braces, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. Shim as necessary to comply with installa- tion tolerances. 2. Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to floor, and secure with post -installed expansion anchors. 3. Masonry Walls: Coordinate installation of frames to allow for solidly filling space between frames and masonry with mortar. 4. Grout Requirements: Do not grout head of frames unless reinforcing has been installed in head of frame. Do not grout vertical or horizontal closed mullion members. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 08 11 13 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Page 9 of 12 C. Hollow Metal Doors: Fit hollow metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified below. Shim as necessary. 1. Non -Fire -Rated Standard Steel Doors: a. Jambs and Head: 1/8 inch plus or minus l/16 inch. b. Between Edges of Pairs of Doors: 1/8 inch plus or minus 1/16 inch. c. Between Bottom of Door and Top of Threshold: Maximum 3/8 inch. d. Between Bottom of Door and Top of Finish Floor (No Threshold): Maximum 3/4 inch. 2. Fire -Rated Doors: Install doors with clearances according to NFPA 80. D. Field Glazing: Comply with installation requirements in Division 08 Section "Glazing" and with hollow metal manufacturer's written instructions. 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items immediately before final inspection. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition. Remove and replace defective work, including hollow metal work that is warped, bowed, or otherwise unacceptable. B. Remove grout and other bonding material from hollow metal work immediately after installation. C. Prime -Coat and Painted Finish Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged ar- eas of prime coat, or painted finishes, and apply touchup of compatible air drying, rust -inhibitive primer, zinc rich primer (exterior and galvanized openings) or finish paint. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Inspection (Punch Report): Reference Division 01 Sections "Closeout Procedures". Produce project punch report for each installed door opening indicating compliance with approved submittals and verifi- cation hardware is properly installed, operating and adjusted. Include list of items to be completed and corrected, indicating the reasons or deficiencies causing the Work to be incomplete or rejected. 1. Organization of List: Include separate Door Opening and Deficiencies and Corrective Action Lists organized by Mark, Opening Remarks and Comments, and related Opening Images and Video Re- cordings. END OF SECTION FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 SECTION 08 31 19 FLOOR ACCESS DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED 0831 19 - 1 Floor Access Doors Page 1 of 5 A. Furnish labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to install access doors as indicated on the Drawings or specified herein. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE/ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. Products that comply with the Specifications by the following manufacturers will be acceptable: 1. U.S.F. Fabrication. 2. Halliday Products. 3. East Jordan Iron Works. 4. Bilco. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00 "Submittals" and shall include: 1. Shop Drawings. 2. Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 1.4 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Ship products in protective wood crates. Leave in crates until ready to install. Store on wood platform raised 6 inches above surrounding grade and protect with weather resistant covering. 1.5 JOB CONDITIONS A. Floor access door frames shall be set into forms as concrete is placed. Be sure that frames are set and braced to prevent movement during placement of concrete. 1.6 GUARANTEES AND WARRANTY A. Manufacturer shall warrant that the complete system shall be free from defective material and workmanship for a minimum period of 5 years from date of Owner acceptance. The warranty shall be provided in writing starting from the date of acceptance by the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 0831 19 - 2 Floor Access Doors Page 2 of 5 2.1 FLOOR ACCESS DOOR FOR PEDESTRIAN LOADING (300 PSF) A. Door leaf shall be minimum 1/4-inch aluminum diamond pattern reinforced to support a minimum live load of 300 psf with a maximum deflection of 1/150th of the span. B. The frame shall be extruded aluminum with anchor flange around the perimeter. C. Door shall have sufficient number of compression spring operators to ensure that 15 lb. or less pull is required to open any single door leaf, and an automatic hold -open arm release handle. D. The opening arm for the door leaf shall be lockable with a standard pad lock to control unauthorized entry. E.Doors shall be outfitted with hold open arms to keep the covers in their upright, open positions. F. Doors shall be outfitted with a recessed lifting handle. G. All hardware shall be Type 316 stainless steel. H. Bituminous coating shall be applied to the surfaces in contact with concrete. I. Channel frames shall be provided with a 1-1/2-inch drainage coupling and shall be located in the corner of the frame. J. Door shall be outfitted with nut rail on all four sides for attaching hardware. K. Door shall be outfitted with aluminum skirting that makes the overall height of the frame equal to the top slab thickness, for casting into concrete. 2.2 FLOOR ACCESS DOOR FOR NON -OCCASIONAL TRAFFIC LOADING (H2O-44) A. Door leaf shall be 1/2-inch galvanized steel diamond pattern reinforced to support AASHTO H-20 wheel load with a maximum deflection of 1/150th of the span. B. The frame shall be 1/2-inch thick steel with anchor studs welded around the perimeter. C. Cover shall be bolted to frame when closed with 316 stainless steel allen-head bolts to allow for direct traffic loading. An allen-head socket with torque wrench shall be provided with the door. D. Door shall have sufficient number of compression spring operators to ensure that 45 lb. or less pull is required to open any single door leaf, and an automatic hold -open arm release handle. E.The opening arm for the door leaf shall be lockable with a standard pad lock to control unauthorized entry. F. Doors shall be outfitted with hold open arms to keep the covers in their upright, open positions. G. Doors shall be outfitted with a recessed lifting handle. H. All hardware shall be Type 316 stainless steel. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 083119-3 Floor Access Doors Page 3 of 5 L Channel frames shall be provided with a 1-1/2-inch drainage coupling and shall be located in the corner of the frame. J. Door shall be outfitted with nut rail on all four sides for attaching hardware. K. Door shall be outfitted with galvanized steel skirting that makes the overall height of the frame equal to the top slab thickness, for casting into concrete. 2.3 SAFETY NET SYSTEM A. Provide polyester safety net that anchors to the frame with stainless steel hardware. B. Safety net system shall comply with OSHA Standard 1926.502, Drop Test. 2.4 SAFETY GRATE SYSTEM A. Provide aluminum safety grate rated at 300 psf. B. The safety grate shall be powder coated safety orange color. The coating shall be a minimum thickness of 4 mils and be shop applied and cured per manufacturer recommendations. C. Grate openings shall be a minimum of 4 inches by 6 inches to allow for visual inspection, limited maintenance, and other adjustments while the safety grate is left in place. All hardware including hinges shall be stainless steel. D. All hardware including hinges shall be stainless steel. E.For H2O-44 hatches, the safety grate system shall not bear any loading from the leaf above. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FLOOR ACCESS DOOR INSTALLATION A. Floor access doors and frames shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Access door frames shall be cast into concrete structures. Concrete shall be worked around frame to ensure complete embedment of anchors. Frame shall be secured to prevent movement during placement of concrete. Frames shall be level. B. Provide copper or PVC drains as necessary for access doors with integral drains. Connect drain piping to drain outlet of channel frame and extend to nearest wall of the structure. Drain shall not be routed across any access ladders or floor walking surfaces. C. Floor access door frames shall be set level within 3/32 inch across diagonal corners, unless floor slab is designed to be out of level, then the access door shall be set to same place as floor slab. D. Aluminum access door frames in contact with concrete shall be given a heavy coat of bituminous paint prior to installation. E.For non -occasional traffic loaded hatches (H2O-44), the allen-head bolts must be tightened to 25 foot pounds of torque and securely fastened using Loctite 242 whenever the cover is closed. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 0831 19 - 4 Floor Access Doors Page 4 of 5 3.2 SCHEDULE A. Floor access doors shall be supplied in accordance with the following schedule. The required doors and certain pertinent data is given below. This list is given to facilitate description of the various doors and as an aid to plan take off and is not guaranteed to be complete. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 tnW) 0 �kf) �(D M � 0 a O w o � � wo �� it cH cH a � � z z z cl w Lt 03 03 m m U U U U U O U � N 0 bio UVl ^0, T^ TVbbi) ) r Vl rbbi) V l Iy41 il '1••1 i•l ct O un I�l N ON Ok o Qn � a cn in �'c � 00 (0.) r. I z U O Q z O H U w U a UO U N a �D N O�o" N O U z- WUz zPC W� wHr� SECTION 08 7100 DOOR HARDWARE PART1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 08 71 00 Door Hardware Page 1 of 15 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes commercial door hardware for the following: 1. Swinging doors. 2. Sliding doors. 3. Other doors to the extent indicated. B. Door hardware includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the following: 1. Mechanical door hardware. 2. Cylinders specified for doors in other sections. C. Related Sections: 1. Division 08 Section "Hollow Metal Doors and Frames". D. Codes and References: Comply with the version year adopted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 1. ANSI Al 17.1 - Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities. 2. ICC/IBC - International Building Code. 3. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. 4. NFPA 80 - Fire Doors and Windows. 5. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code. 6. NFPA 105 - Installation of Smoke Door Assemblies. 7. State Building Codes, Local Amendments. E. Standards: All hardware specified herein shall comply with the following industry standards as applicable. Any undated reference to a standard shall be interpreted as referring to the latest edition of that standard: 1. ANSI/BHMA Certified Product Standards - A156 Series, 2. UL10C - Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. 3. ANSI/UL 294 - Access Control System Units. 4. UL 305 - Panic Hardware. 5. ANSI/UL 437- Key Locks. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data sheets including installation details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, operational descriptions and finishes. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 08 71 00 Door Hardware Page 2 of 15 B. Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, detailing, fabrication and assembly of door hardware, as well as procedures and diagrams. Coordinate the final Door Hardware Schedule with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of door hardware. 1. Format: Comply with scheduling sequence and vertical format in DHI's "Sequence and Format for the Hardware Schedule." 2. Organization: Organize the Door Hardware Schedule into door hardware sets indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or opening. Organize door hardware sets in same order as in the Door Hardware Sets at the end of Part 3. Submittals that do not follow the same format and order as the Door Hardware Sets will be rejected and subject to resubmission. 3. Content: Include the following information: a. Type, style, function, size, label, hand, and finish of each door hardware item. b. Manufacturer of each item. c. Fastenings and other pertinent information. d. Location of door hardware set, cross-referenced to Drawings, both on floor plans and in door and frame schedule. e. Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule. f. Mounting locations for door hardware. g. Door and frame sizes and materials. h. Warranty information for each product. 4. Submittal Sequence: Submit the final Door Hardware Schedule at earliest possible date, particularly where approval of the Door Hardware Schedule must precede fabrication of other work that is critical in the Project construction schedule. Include Product Data, Samples, Shop Drawings of other work affected by door hardware, and other information essential to the coordinated review of the Door Hardware Schedule. C. Keying Schedule: After a keying meeting with the owner has taken place prepare a separate keying schedule detailing final instructions. Submit the keying schedule in electronic format. Include keying system explanation, door numbers, key set symbols, hardware set numbers and special instructions. Owner must approve submitted keying schedule prior to the ordering of permanent cylinders/cores. D. Informational Submittals: 1. Product Test Reports: Indicating compliance with cycle testing requirements, based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified independent testing agency. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operating and Maintenance Manuals: Provide manufacturers operating and maintenance manuals for each item comprising the complete door hardware installation in quantity as required in Division 01, Closeout Procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Provide record documentation of as -built door hardware sets in digital format (.pdf, .docx, .xlsx, .csv) and as required in Division 01, Project Record Documents. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 08 71 00 Door Hardware Page 3 of 15 A. Manufacturers Qualifications: Engage qualified manufacturers with a minimum 5 years of documented experience in producing hardware and equipment similar to that indicated for this Project and that have a proven record of successful in-service performance. B. Certified Products: Where specified, products must maintain a current listing in the Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (BHMA) Certified Products Directory (CPD). C. Installer Qualifications: A minimum 3 years documented experience installing both standard and electrified door hardware similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. D. Door Hardware Supplier Qualifications: Experienced commercial door hardware distributors with a minimum 5 years documented experience supplying both mechanical and electromechanical hardware installations comparable in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project. Supplier recognized as a factory direct distributor by the manufacturers of the primary materials with a warehousing facility in Project's vicinity. Supplier to have on staff a certified Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) available during the course of the Work to consult with Contractor, Architect, and Owner concerning both standard and electromechanical door hardware and keying. E. Source Limitations: Obtain each type and variety of door hardware specified in this section from a single source unless otherwise indicated. 1. Electrified modifications or enhancements made to a source manufacturer's product line by a secondary or third party source will not be accepted. F. Each unit to bear third party permanent label indicating compliance with the referenced testing standards. G. Keying Conference: Conduct conference to comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Meetings." Keying conference to incorporate the following criteria into the final keying schedule document: 1. Function of building, purpose of each area and degree of security required. 2. Plans for existing and future key system expansion. 3. Requirements for key control storage and software. 4. Installation of permanent keys, cylinder cores and software. 5. Address and requirements for delivery of keys. H. Pre -Submittal Conference: Conduct coordination conference in compliance with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Meetings" with attendance by representatives of Supplier(s), Installer(s), and Contractor(s) to review proper methods and the procedures for receiving, handling, and installing door hardware. 1. Prior to installation of door hardware, conduct a project specific training meeting to instruct the installing contractors' personnel on the proper installation and adjustment of their respective products. Product training to be attended by installers of door hardware (including electromechanical hardware) for aluminum, hollow metal and wood doors. Training will include the use of installation manuals, hardware schedules, templates and physical product samples as required. 2. Inspect and discuss electrical roughing -in, power supply connections, and other preparatory work performed by other trades. 3. Review sequence of operation narratives for each unique access controlled opening. 4. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials. 5. Review the required inspecting, testing, commissioning, and demonstration procedures I. At completion of installation, provide written documentation that components were applied according to manufacturer's instructions and recommendations and according to approved schedule. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 08 71 00 Door Hardware Page 4 of 15 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Inventory door hardware on receipt and provide secure lock -up and shelving for door hardware delivered to Project site. Do not store electronic access control hardware, software or accessories at Project site without prior authorization. B. Tag each item or package separately with identification related to the final Door Hardware Schedule, and include basic installation instructions with each item or package. C. Deliver, as applicable, permanent keys, cylinders, cores, access control credentials, software and related accessories directly to Owner via registered mail or overnight package service. Instructions for delivery to the Owner shall be established at the "Keying Conference". 1.7 COORDINATION A. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared for installing standard and electrified hardware. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing hardware to comply with indicated requirements. B. Door and Frame Preparation: Doors and corresponding frames are to be prepared, reinforced and pre - wired (if applicable) to receive the installation of the specified electrified, monitoring, signaling and access control system hardware without additional in -field modifications. 1.8 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: Reference Division 01, General Requirements. Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Warranty Period: Written warranty, executed by manufacturer(s), agreeing to repair or replace components of standard and electrified door hardware that fails in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period after final acceptance by the Owner. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Structural failures including excessive deflection, cracking, or breakage. 2. Faulty operation of the hardware. 3. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. 4. Electrical component defects and failures within the systems operation. C. Warranty Period: Unless otherwise indicated, warranty shall be two years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Hardware shall not have any visible manufacturer names on exposed materials, except cylinders, when the door is in a closed position. 2.2 BUTT HINGES A. Hinges: ANSI/BHMA A156.1 butt hinges with number of hinge knuckles and other options as specified in the Door Hardware Sets. 1. Quantity: Provide the following hinge quantity: FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 08 71 00 Door Hardware Page 5 of 15 a. Two Hinges: For doors with heights up to 60 inches. b. Three Hinges: For doors with heights 61 to 90 inches. c. Four Hinges: For doors with heights 91 to 120 inches. d. For doors with heights more than 120 inches, provide 4 hinges, plus 1 hinge for every 30 inches of door height greater than 120 inches. 2. Hinge Size: Provide the following, unless otherwise indicated, with hinge widths sized for door thickness and clearances required: a. Widths up to 3'0": 4-1/2" standard or heavy weight as specified. b. Sizes from 3' 1" to 4'0": 5" standard or heavyweight as specified. 3. Hinge Weight and Base Material: Unless otherwise indicated, provide the following: a. Exterior Doors: Heavy weight, non-ferrous, ball bearing or oil impregnated bearing hinges unless Hardware Sets indicate standard weight. b. Interior Doors: Standard weight, steel, ball bearing or oil impregnated bearing hinges unless Hardware Sets indicate heavy weight. 4. Hinge Options: Comply with the following: a. Non -removable Pins: With the exception of electric through wire hinges, provide set screw in hinge barrel that, when tightened into a groove in hinge pin, prevents removal of pin while door is closed; for all out -swinging lockable doors. 5. Manufacturers: a. McKinney (MK) - TA/T4A Series, 5-knuckle. 2.3 CYLINDERS AND KEYING A. General: Cylinder manufacturer to have minimum (10) years' experience designing secured master key systems and have on record a published security keying system policy. B. Cylinder Types: Original manufacturer cylinders able to supply the following cylinder formats and types: 1. Threaded mortise cylinders with rings and cams to suit hardware application. 2. Rim cylinders with back plate, flat -type vertical or horizontal tailpiece, and raised trim ring. 3. Bored or cylindrical lock cylinders with tailpieces as required to suit locks. 4. Tubular deadlocks and other auxiliary locks. 5. Mortise and rim cylinder collars to be solid and recessed to allow the cylinder face to be flush and be free spinning with matching finishes. 6. Keyway: Manufacturer's Standard. C. Keying System: Each type of lock and cylinders to be factory keyed. 1. Supplier shall conduct a "Keying Conference" to define and document keying system instructions and requirements. 2. Furnish factory cut, nickel -silver large bow permanently inscribed with a visual key control number as directed by Owner. 3. Existing System: Field verify and key cylinders to match Owner's existing system. D. Key Quantity: Provide the following minimum number of keys: 1. Change Keys per Cylinder: Two (2) FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 08 71 00 Door Hardware Page 6 of 15 2. Master Keys (per Master Key Level/Group): Five (5). 3. Construction Keys (where required): Ten (10). E. Construction Keying: Provide construction master keyed cylinders. F. Key Registration List (Bitting List): 1. Provide keying transcript list to Owner's representative in the proper format for importing into key control software. 2. Provide transcript list in writing or electronic file as directed by the Owner. 2.4 KEY CONTROL A. Key Control Cabinet: Provide a key control system including envelopes, labels, and tags with self- locking key clips, receipt forms, 3-way visible card index, temporary markers, permanent markers, and standard metal cabinet. Key control cabinet shall have expansion capacity of 150% of the number of locks required for the project. 1. Manufacturers: a. Lund Equipment (LU). b. MMF Industries (MM). c. Telkee (TK). B. Electronic Key Management System: Provide an electronic key control system with Stand-alone Plug and Play features including advanced RFID technology. Touchscreen interface with PIN access for keys individually locked in place. Minimum 1,000 system users and 21 iFobs for locking receptors. System shall have a minimum 250,000 audit events screen displayed or ability to be exported via USB port. 1. Manufacturers: a. Medeco (MC). 2.5 MORTISE LOCKS AND LATCHING DEVICES A. Mortise Locksets, Grade 1 (Heavy Duty): Provide ANSI/BHMA A156.13, Series 1000, Operational Grade 1 Certified Products Directory (CPD) listed mortise locksets. Listed manufacturers shall meet all functions and features as specified herein. 1. Manufacturers: a. Corbin Russwin Hardware (RU) - ML2000 Series. b. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) - 8200 Series. 2.6 LOCK AND LATCH STRIKES A. Strikes: Provide manufacturer's standard strike with strike box for each latch or lock bolt, with curved lip extended to protect frame, finished to match door hardware set, unless otherwise indicated, and as follows: 1. Flat -Lip Strikes: For locks with three-piece antifriction latchbolts, as recommended by manufacturer. 2. Extra -Long -Lip Strikes: For locks used on frames with applied wood casing trim. 3. Aluminum -Frame Strike Box: Provide manufacturer's special strike box fabricated for aluminum framing. 4. Double -lipped strikes: For locks at double acting doors. Furnish with retractable stop for rescue hardware applications. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 08 71 00 Door Hardware Page 7 of 15 B. Standards: Comply with the following: 1. Strikes for Mortise Locks and Latches: BHMA A156.13. 2. Strikes for Bored Locks and Latches: BHMA A156.2. 3. Strikes for Auxiliary Deadlocks: BHMA A156.36. 4. Dustproof Strikes: BHMA A156.16. 2.7 CONVENTIONAL EXIT DEVICES A. General Requirements: All exit devices specified herein shall meet or exceed the following criteria: 1. Exit devices shall have a five-year warranty. 2. At doors not requiring afire rating, provide devices complying with NFPA 101 and listed and labeled for "Panic Hardware" according to UL305. Provide proper fasteners as required by manufacturer including sex nuts and bolts at openings specified in the Hardware Sets. 3. Where exit devices are required on fire rated doors, provide devices complying with NFPA 80 and with UL labeling indicating "Fire Exit Hardware". Provide devices with the proper fasteners for installation as tested and listed by UL. Consult manufacturer's catalog and template book for specific requirements. 4. Except on fire rated doors, provide exit devices with hex key dogging device to hold the pushbar and latch in a retracted position. Provide optional keyed cylinder dogging on devices where specified in Hardware Sets. 5. Devices must fit flat against the door face with no gap that permits unauthorized dogging of the push bar. The addition of filler strips is required in any case where the door light extends behind the device as in a full glass configuration. 6. Lever Operating Trim: Where exit devices require lever trim, furnish manufacturer's heavy duty escutcheon trim with threaded studs for thru-bolts. a. Lock Trim Design: As indicated in Hardware Sets, provide fmishes and designs to match that of the specified locksets. b. Where function of exit device requires a cylinder, provide a cylinder (Rim or Mortise) as specified in Hardware Sets. 7. Vertical Rod Exit Devices: Where surface or concealed vertical rod exit devices are used at interior openings, provide as less bottom rod (LBR) unless otherwise indicated. Provide dust proof strikes where thermal pins are required to project into the floor. 8. Narrow Stile Applications: At doors constructed with narrow stiles, or as specified in Hardware Sets, provide devices designed for maximum 2" wide stiles. 9. Dummy Push Bar: Nonfunctioning push bar matching functional push bar. 10. Rail Sizing: Provide exit device rails factory sized for proper door width application. 11. Through Bolt Installation: For exit devices and trim as indicated in Door Hardware Sets. B. Conventional Push Rail Exit Devices (Heavy Duty): ANSIBHMA A156.3, Grade 1 Certified Products Directory (CPD) listed exit devices. Listed manufacturers shall meet all functions and features as specified herein. 1. Manufacturers: a. Corbin Russwin Hardware (RU) - ED4000 / ED5000 Series. b. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) - 80 Series. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 08 71 00 Door Hardware Page 8 of 15 2.8 SURFACE DOOR CLOSERS A. All door closers specified herein shall meet or exceed the following criteria: 1. General: Door closers to be from one manufacturer, matching in design and style, with the same type door preparations and templates regardless of application or spring size. Closers to be non -handed with full sized covers. 2. Standards: Closers to comply with UL-10C for Positive Pressure Fire Test and be U.L. listed for use of fire rated doors. 3. Size of Units: Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations for sizing of door closers depending on size of door, exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use. Where closers are indicated for doors required to be accessible to the Americans with Disabilities Act, provide units complying with ANSI ICC/A117.1. 4. Closer Arms: Provide heavy duty, forged steel closer arms unless otherwise indicated in Hardware Sets. 5. Closers shall not be installed on exterior or corridor side of doors; where possible install closers on door for optimum aesthetics. 6. Closer Accessories: Provide door closer accessories including custom templates, special mounting brackets, spacers and drop plates as required for proper installation. Provide through -bolt and security type fasteners as specified in the hardware sets. B. Door Closers, Surface Mounted (Large Body Cast Iron): ANSIBHMA A156.4, Grade 1 Certified Products Directory (CPD) listed surface mounted, heavy duty door closers with complete spring power adjustment, sizes 1 thru 6; and fully operational adjustable according to door size, frequency of use, and opening force. Closers to be rack and pinion type, one piece cast iron body construction, with adjustable backcheck and separate non -critical valves for closing sweep and latch speed control. 1. Large body cast iron surface mounted door closers shall have a 30-year warranty. 2. Manufacturers: a. Corbin Russwin Hardware (RU) - DC8000 Series. b. Norton Rixson (NO) - 9500 Series. c. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) - 281 Series. 2.9 ARCHITECTURAL TRIM A. Door Protective Trim 1. General: Door protective trim units to be of type and design as specified below or in the Hardware Sets. 2. Size: Fabricate protection plates (kick, armor, or mop) not more than 2" less than door width (LDW) on stop side of single doors and 1" LDW on stop side of pairs of doors, and not more than 1" less than door width on pull side. Coordinate and provide proper width and height as required where conflicting hardware dictates. Height to be as specified in the Hardware Sets. 3. Where plates are applied to fire rated doors with the top of the plate more than 16" above the bottom of the door, provide plates complying with NFPA 80. Consult manufacturer's catalog and template book for specific requirements for size and applications. 4. Protection Plates: ANSI/BHMA A156.6 protection plates (kick, armor, or mop), fabricated from the following: a. Stainless Steel: 300 grade, 050-inch thick. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 08 71 00 Door Hardware Page 9 of 15 5. Options and fasteners: Provide manufacturer's designated fastener type as specified in the Hardware Sets. Provide countersunk screw holes. 6. Manufacturers: a. Rockwood (RO). 2.10 DOOR STOPS AND HOLDERS A. General: Door stops and holders to be of type and design as specified below or in the Hardware Sets. B. Door Stops and Bumpers: ANSIBHMA A156.16, Grade 1 doorstops and wall bumpers. Provide wall bumpers, either convex or concave types with anchorage as indicated, unless floor or other types of door stops are specified in Hardware Sets. Do not mount floor stops where they will impede traffic. Where floor or wall bumpers are not appropriate, provide overhead type stops and holders. 1. Manufacturers: a. Rockwood (RO). 2.11 ARCHITECTURAL SEALS A. General: Thresholds, weatherstripping, and gasket seals to be of type and design as specified below or in the Hardware Sets. Provide continuous weatherstrip gasketing on exterior doors and provide smoke, light, or sound gasketing on interior doors where indicated. At exterior applications provide non- corrosive fasteners and elsewhere where indicated. B. Smoke Labeled Gasketing: Assemblies complying with NFPA 105 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for smoke control ratings indicated, based on testing according to UL 1784. 1. Provide smoke labeled perimeter gasketing at all smoke labeled openings. C. Fire Labeled Gasketing: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings indicated, based on testing according to UL-IOC. 1. Provide intumescent seals as indicated to meet UL10C Standard for Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies, and NFPA 252, Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. D. Sound -Rated Gasketing: Assemblies that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency, for sound ratings indicated. E. Replaceable Seal Strips: Provide only those units where resilient or flexible seal strips are easily replaceable and readily available from stocks maintained by manufacturer. F. Manufacturers: 1. Pemko (PE). 2.12 FABRICATION A. Fasteners: Provide door hardware manufactured to comply with published templates generally prepared for machine, wood, and sheet metal screws. Provide screws according to manufacturers recognized installation standards for application intended. 2.13 FINISHES A. Standard: Designations used in the Hardware Sets and elsewhere indicate hardware fmishes complying with ANSIBBHMA A156.18, including coordination with traditional U.S. finishes indicated by certain manufacturers for their products. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 08 71 00 Door Hardware Page 10 of 15 B. Provide quality of finish, including thickness of plating or coating (if any), composition, hardness, and other qualities complying with manufacturer's standards, but in no case less than specified by referenced standards for the applicable units of hardware C. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine scheduled openings, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, labeled fire door assembly construction, wall and floor construction, and other conditions affecting performance. B. Notify architect of any discrepancies or conflicts between the door schedule, door types, drawings and scheduled hardware. Proceed only after such discrepancies or conflicts have been resolved in writing. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: Comply with ANSI/DHI Al 15 series. B. Wood Doors: Comply with ANSI/DHI Al 15-W series. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install each item of mechanical and electromechanical hardware and access control equipment to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and according to specifications. 1. Installers are to be trained and certified by the manufacturer on the proper installation and adjustment of fire, life safety, and security products including: hanging devices; locking devices; closing devices; and seals. B. Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at heights indicated in following applicable publications, unless specifically indicated or required to comply with governing regulations: 1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames." 2. DHI TDH-007-20: Installation Guide for Doors and Hardware. 3. Where indicated to comply with accessibility requirements, comply with ANSI A117.1 "Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities." 4. Provide blocking in drywall partitions where wall stops or other wall mounted hardware is located. C. Retrofitting: Install door hardware to comply with manufacturer's published templates and written instructions. Where cutting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation of surface protective trim units with finishing work specified in Division 9 Sections. Do not install surface -mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrates involved. D. Push Plates and Door Pulls: When through -bolt fasteners are in the same location as a push plate, countersink the fasteners flush with the door face allowing the push plate to sit flat against the door. E. Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior and acoustical doors in full bed of sealant complying with requirements specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." F. Storage: Provide a secure lock up for hardware delivered to the project but not yet installed. Control the handling and installation of hardware items so that the completion of the work will not be delayed by hardware losses before and after installation. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 08 71 00 Door Hardware Page 11 of 15 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Inspection (Punch Report): Reference Division 01 Sections "Closeout Procedures". Produce project punch report for each installed door opening indicating compliance with approved submittals and verification hardware is properly installed, operating and adjusted. Include list of items to be completed and corrected, indicating the reasons or deficiencies causing the Work to be incomplete or rejected. 1. Organization of List: Include separate Door Opening and Deficiencies and Corrective Action Lists organized by Mark, Opening Remarks and Comments, and related Opening Images and Video Recordings. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Initial Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements. 3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Protect all hardware stored on construction site in a covered and dry place. Protect exposed hardware installed on doors during the construction phase. Install any and all hardware at the latest possible time frame. B. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation. C. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper finish. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure door hardware is without damage or deterioration at time of owner occupancy. 3.7 DEMONSTRATION A. Instruct Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain mechanical and electromechanical door hardware. 3.8 DOOR HARDWARE SETS A. The hardware sets represent the design intent and direction of the owner and architect. They are a guideline only and should not be considered a detailed hardware schedule. Discrepancies, conflicting hardware and missing items should be brought to the attention of the architect with corrections made prior to the bidding process. Omitted items not included in a hardware set should be scheduled with the appropriate additional hardware required for proper application and functionality. 1. Quantities listed are for each pair of doors, or for each single door. 2. The supplier is responsible for handing and sizing all products. 3. Where multiple options for a piece of hardware are given in a single line item, the supplier shall provide the appropriate application for the opening. B. Manufacturer's Abbreviations: 1. MK - McKinney 2. SA - SARGENT 3. RO - Rockwood 4. PE — Pemko FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 Doors: 101 6 Hinge (heavy weight) 1 Surface Vert Rod Exit 1 Surface Vert Rod Exit 2 Door Closer 2 Kick Plate 2 Astragal set 2 Astragal 1 Gasketing 1 Rain Guard 2 Sweep 1 Threshold Doors: 102 3 Hinge (heavy weight) 1 Exit Device (storeroom) Hardware Sets Set: 1.0 T4A3386 NRP 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" NB8706 ETL NB8710 ETL 281 CPS K1050 10" X 2" LDW 18061 CNB S772D 303AS 346C x LAR 3452AV 2005AT MSES25SS Set: 2.0 T4A3386 NRP 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" 8804 ETL FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT Revised November 20, 2025 08 71 00 Door Hardware Page 12 of 15 US32D MK 087100 US32D SA 087100 US32D SA 087100 EN SA 087100 US32D RO 087100 PE 087100 PE 087100 PE 087100 PE 087100 PE 087100 PE 087100 US32D MK 087100 US32D SA 087100 Bonds Ranch Lift Station A City Project Number: 104490-1 08 71 00 Door Hardware Page 13 of 15 1 Door Closer 281 CPS EN SA 087100 1 Kick Plate K1050 10" X 2" LDW US32D RO 087100 1 Gasketing 303AS PE 087100 1 Rain Guard 346C x LAR PE 087100 1 Sweep 3452AV PE 087100 1 Threshold 271A MSES25SS PE 087100 END OF SECTION FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 DIVISION 09 FINISHES SECTION 09 96 00 HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED 09 96 00 High Performance Coatings Pagel of 28 A.Furnish labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to apply protective coatings to material and equipment as specified herein, including the preparation of surfaces prior to application of coatings. B.Protective coatings are special coatings to be used at specific locations or on specific surfaces as indicated herein and are complementary to the coating surfaces specified in Section 09 9100 "Painting" and Section 09 97 23 "Concrete Protective Coatings" in that every surface of every description, except those which are specifically noted not to receive a coating finish, must be covered by a paint system as specified in this Section or in Section 09 9100 "Painting" or Section 09 97 23 "Concrete Protective Coatings". C.Protective coatings must be applied to the following surfaces: 1. Metal surfaces located outside of buildings and other structures anywhere on the Site. 2. New piping and valves, including: a. Exposed ductile iron pipe. 3. The following must not be coated and must be protected from drips, overspray, etc. unless indicated otherwise 4. Stainless steel piping, materials and equipment. 5. Galvanized steel piping, materials and equipment unless specifically indicated to be coated. 6. Aluminum materials and equipment. 7. Interior electrical items. D. Special applications for painting include the following: 1. Aluminum surfaces in contact with or embedded in concrete must be treated in accordance with Section 03 30 00 "Cast -In -Place Concrete." 2. Buried pipe and valves must receive a shop applied protective coating as described in the appropriate Section of the Specifications. E. Contain, treat, and dispose of any dust, spray, drainage, or spillage resulting from coating operations. It is the Contractor's responsibility to determine if the materials to be disposed of are classified as Hazardous Waste. Disposed of waste, hazardous or otherwise, must be in accordance with applicable regulations. Contractor must be aware of and understand the regulations concerning disposal of waste generated by coating operations. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 09 96 00 High Performance Coatings Page 2 of 28 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A.Measurement and Payment 1. Measurement a. Measurement for "High Performance Coatings" shall be per Lump Sum. 2. Payment a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per Lump Sum of the bid item, "All Painting". 3. The price bid shall include: a. Labor, materials, and supplies required for application of coating as specified and shown in the Drawings b. Surface Preparation c. Inspection and Testing d. Cleanup 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Products which comply with the Contract Documents and are manufactured by the following companies will be acceptable: a. Tnemec Company, Inc. b. Carboline. c. PPG Protective & Marine Coatings. d. The Sherwin-Williams Company. e. Akzo Nobel / International Paint, LLC. f. ICI Devoe High Performance Coatings. g. Plasite Protective Coatings. 2. It is desired that the paint products be furnished by as few manufacturers as possible to meet the requirements of the Specifications. Coating products of the same type must be supplied by the same manufacturer. Do not mix products from different sources. B.Applicator's Qualifications: Applicators must be qualified in this line of work and have a minimum of 5 years of experience in the application of the protective coatings of the types specified herein. Submit a list of recent projects and names of references for those projects. C.Product Quality: 1. Use only the coatings specified in this Section. Use only those thinners and solvents recommended by the manufacturer, only in the amounts necessary to produce the manufacturer's recommended spreading rate, and in amounts not exceeding the maximum quantities stated in the manufacturer's literature. 2. The coating material must not show excessive settling in a freshly opened full can and must be easily re -dispersed with a paddle to a smooth, homogeneous state. It must show no curdling, livering, caking, or color separation and must be free of lumps or skim surfaces. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 09 96 00 High Performance Coatings Page 3 of 28 D.Inspection: 1. Inspect and provide substrate surfaces prepared in accordance with the Contract Documents and the printed directions and recommendations of paint manufacturer whose product is to be applied. 2. Provide Engineer minimum 3 days of notice prior to start of surface preparation work or coating application work. Perform Work only in the presence of Engineer, unless Engineer grants prior approval to perform such Work in Engineer's absence. Approval to perform Work in the Engineer's absence is limited to the current day unless specifically noted to extend beyond the completion of the workday. 4. Inspection by the Engineer, or the waiver of inspection of any particular portion of the Work, must not be construed to relieve the Contractor of responsibility to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor is solely responsible for testing for this Section, at no further cost to the Owner. Engineer may also make such tests if it is considered necessary. Cooperate with the Engineer, providing equipment, scaffolds, and other equipment as requested by the Engineer. E. Testing Equipment: Furnish the testing apparatus necessary for testing coatings, including the following: One set of U.S. Department of Commerce thickness calibration plates, certified by the National Bureau of Standards, to test dry film thickness. 2. Wet -film thickness gauges. Give one to Owner's representative. Each painter must keep one to test paint as it is applied. 3. One electronic dry -film thickness gauge capable or measuring 0-200 mils with calibration standards approved by the Bureau of Standards. 4. One Elcometer 319 Dewpoint Meter or approved equal. 5. One Tinker and Rasor Model M 1 Holiday Detector and recommended wetting agent and/or High Voltage Holiday Detector if required for coating thickness specified. 6. One set of SSPC-VIS 1, 3 and 4 - Visual Standards as applicable. F. Testing Reports: Submit an inspection report for each coating applied on the Project. The testing report must be completed on a form furnished by the Engineer and must bear the signature of the Contractor and the Owner's representative. G.Contractor must schedule a construction conference prior to any field work being completed. The meeting will be conducted in accordance with City of Fort Worth project meeting standards. At this meeting the coating plan and schedule will be reviewed in detail. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 09 96 00 High Performance Coatings Page 4 of 28 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals must be in accordance with Section 0133 00 "Submittals." B.The following Product Data for products, including manufacturer's data sheets, are due prior to ordering coating and surface preparation materials: 1. Coating manufacturer's color selection literature for coating materials and caulk. 2. Sample warranty document for products. 3. Provide certification from the manufacturer that all coatings will not contain more than 0.06 percent by weight of lead in the cured coating for each coat applied. 4. Coating manufacturer's Product Information and Safety Data Sheets (SDS) for each coating and caulk material. Product Information must include the following: a. The manufacturer's published instructions for use in specifying and applying all proposed coatings. b. Application instructions written and published by the coating manufacturer. c. All anticipated limitations, precautions and requirements that may adversely affect the coating, that may cause unsatisfactory results after the application or that may cause the coating not to serve the purpose for which it was intended, must be clearly and completely stated in the instructions. Limitations and requirements must include, but are not necessarily limited to the following: 1) Surface preparation. 2) Method(s) of application. 3) Thickness of each coat (maximum and minimum DFT). 4) Drying and curing time of each coat. 5) Time (minimum and maximum) allowed between coats. 6) Thinner and use of thinner. 7) Proper mixing of coating before application. 8) Weather limitations during and after application (temperature and humidity, time weighted). 9) Physical properties of coating, including percent solids content by volume. 10) Equipment settings (air cap, fluid tip, equipment pressure settings, etc.). 11) Pot life at various temperature and humidity conditions. 12) Provide documentation that interior coating system is compatible with the cathodic protection system. C. The following samples are required prior to ordering the materials: 1. Three samples of selected exterior finish colors for approval on 6-inch by 6-inch swatches. Label each swatch with the manufacturer's name, coating name/type, color name and number. D.The following Product Data is required prior to coating Work: 1. Coating Plan: FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 09 96 00 High Performance Coatings Page 5 of 28 a. Anticipated coating process schedule by date, including dates when hold -point inspections are anticipated. Schedule must indicate detailed activities on a daily basis. b. Detailed procedures and schedule for all pre -cleaning, surface preparation and application of coating, including touch-up and repair procedures for all coating systems. c. Recoat schedule on the submitted coating materials. d. Data sheets must include curing characteristics and recommendations regarding complete coating curing. e. Provide a written plan documenting how spent cleaning debris and/or paint over spray or droplets will be contained/confined to the jobsite and tank site during the surface preparation and coating application operations. Reasonable care must be exercised by the Contractor to prevent damage, nuisance, or hazardous conditions to adjacent or nearby property owners. Include all materials and method to be used for protection of exterior surfaces and allow for recovery and disposal of paint scraps and blast media. 2. Provide documentation on proposed containment system methods for blasting and coating operations. 3. Contractor must submit evidence of notification of the appropriate office of the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) prior to abrasive blasting as required. Submit copies of any obtained permits. 4. Coating Manifest -Within 48 hours of coating delivery to the jobsite, the Contractor must record the batch number stamped on each coating container and submit a typed list to the Owner's representative. Minimum information required is listed below. a. Date of delivery to jobsite. b. Name and signature of superintendent recording the data. c. List of batch number including corresponding coating identification, color, date of manufacture and volume of each container. E. The following Certified Test Report(s) are required prior to coating Work: 1. SDS sheets for all abrasive to be used on the Project. 2. Certification and laboratory test results indicating recycled metallic abrasive per SSPC-AB 2 or 4 and atomic absorption test results. 1.5 STANDARDS A.The applicable provisions of the following standards apply as if written here in their entirety. Adhere to the latest standards and codes published by the following organizations. B. In the event of a conflict between the published standards, codes, and this Section, the more stringent requirement govern as interpreted by the Engineer. 1. NSF International (NSF) / American National Standards Institute (ANSI): NSF/ANSI Standard Drinking Water System Components — Health Effects 61 Health Effects Evaluation and Criteria for Chemicals in NSF/ANSI/CAN 600 Drinking Water 2. ASTM International (ASTM): FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 09 96 00 High Performance Coatings Page 6 of 28 ASTM A780 Standard Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot - Di p Galvanized Coatings ASTM D523 Standard Test Method for S ecular Gloss ASTM D610 Standard Practice for Evaluating Degree of Rusting on Painted Steel Surfaces ASTM D2244 Standard Practice for Calculation of Color Tolerances and Color Differences from Instrumentally Measured Color Coordinates ASTM D3359 Standard Test Methods for Rating Adhesion by Tape Test ASTM D4214 Standard Test Methods for Evaluating the Degree of Chalking of Exterior Paint Films ASTM D4258 Standard Practice for Surface Cleaning Concrete for Coating ASTM D4259 Standard Practice for Preparation of Concrete by Abrasion Prior to Coating Application ASTM D4260 Standard Practice for Liquid and Gelled Acid Etching of Concrete ASTM D4263 Standard Test Method for Indicating Moisture in Concrete by the Plastic Sheet Method ASTM D4285 Standard Test Method for Indicating Oil or Water in Compressed Air ASTM D4417 Standard Test Methods for Field Measurement of Surface Profile of Blast Cleaned Steel ASTM D4541 Standard Test Method for Pull -Off Strength of Coatings Using Portable Adhesion Testers ASTM D4787 Standard Practice for Continuity Verification of Liquid or Sheet Linings Applied to Concrete Substrates ASTM D5162 Standard Practice for Discontinuity (Holiday) Testing of Nonconductive Protective Coating on Metallic Substrates ASTM D6386 Standard Practice for Preparation of Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coated Iron and Steel Product and Hardware Surfaces for Painting ASTM D7234 Standard Test Method for Pull -Off Strength of Coatings on Concrete Using Pull -Off Adhesion Testers ASTM D7682 Standard Test Method for Replication and Measurement of Concrete Surface Profiles Using Replica Putty ASTM E337 Standard Test Method for Measuring Humidity with a Psychrometer (the Measurement of Wet- and Dry -Bulb Temperatures) ASTM F 1869 Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride 3. American Water Works Association (AWWA): Standard for Liquid -Epoxy Coating and Linings for Steel Water AWWA C210 Pipe and Fittings Fusion -Bonded Epoxy Coatings and Linings for Steel Water Pipe AWWA C213 and Fittings Polyurethane Coatings and Linings for Steel Water Pipe and AWWA C222 Fittings 4. Consumer Product Safety Act, Part 1303. 5. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 09 96 00 High Performance Coatings Page 7 of 28 6. International Concrete Repair Institute (ICRI): Technical Selecting and Specifying Concrete Surface Preparation for Guideline No. Coatings, Sealers and Polymer Overlays 03732 Standard 310.2 Selecting and Specifying Concrete Surface Preparation for Sealers, Coatings, Polymer Overlays and Concrete Repair with CSP Chips 7. Association for Materials Protection and Performance (AMPP) (formally NACE/SSPC): Coatings and Linings for Immersion Service: Chapter Safety, NACE TPC2 Chapter 2 Surface Preparation, Chapter 3 Curing, and Chapter 4 Inspection NACE SP0178 Design, Fabrication, and Surface Finish Practices for Tanks and Vessels to be Lined for Immersion Service NACE SP0188 Discontinuity (Holiday) Testing of New Protective Coatings on Conductive Substrates NACE SP0178 Surface Finishing of Welds Prior to Coating; Weld Replica Only to be used with NACE SP0178 NACE RP0287 Field Measurement of Surface Profile of Abrasive Blast -Cleaned Steel Surfaces Using a Replica Tape SSPC-VIS 1 Guide and Reference Photographs for Steel Surfaces Prepared by Dry Abrasive Blast Cleaning SSPC-VIS 3 Guide and Reference Photographs for Steel Surfaces Prepared by Power and Hand Tool Cleaning SSPC Vol. 1 Good Painting Practice SSPC-AB 1 Mineral and Slag Abrasives SSPC-AB 2 Cleanliness of Recycled Ferrous Metallic Abrasives SSPC-AB 3 Ferrous Metallic Abrasives SSPC-AB 4 Recyclable Encapsulated Abrasive Media (in a compressible cellular matrix SSPC-SP 1 Solvent Cleaning SSPC-SP 2 Hand Tool Cleaning SSPC-SP 3 Power Tool Cleaning SSPC-SP 11 Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal SSPC-SP 16 Brush -Off Blast Cleaning of Coated and Uncoated Galvanized Steel, Stainless Steels, and Non -Ferrous Metals SSPC-PA 1 Shop, Field and Maintenance Painting of Steel SSPC-PA 2 Procedure for Determining Conformance to Dry Coating Thickness Requirements SSPC-PA 10 Guide to Safety and Health Requirements for Industrial Painting Projects SSPC-PA 17 Procedure for Determining Conformance to Steel Profile/Surface Roughness/Peak Count Requirements SSPC Paint 920 Zinc -Rich Coating (Type I — Inorganic, and Type II — Organic) SSPC Guide 6 Guide for Containing Surface Preparation Debris Generated CON during Paint Removal Operations SSPC Guide 12 Guide for Illumination of Industrial Painting Projects SSPC Guide 15 Field Methods for Retrieval and Analysis of Soluble Salts on Steel and Other Nonporous Substrates FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 09 96 00 High Performance Coatings Page 8 of 28 SSPC-SP 5/NACE White Metal Blast Cleaning 1 SSPC-SP 6/NACE Commercial Blast Cleaning 3 SSPC-SP 7/NACE Brush -Off Blast Cleaning 4 SSPC-SP Near White Metal Blast Cleaning 10/NACE 2 SSPC-SP Surface Preparation of Concrete 13/NACE 6 8. National Association of Pipe Fabricators (NAPF): Surface Preparation Standard for Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings in NAPF 500-03 Exposed Locations Receiving Special External Coatings and/or Special Internal Linings 9. Occupational Safety & Health Administration (OHSA): 1915.35 Standards - 29 CFR Painting 1926.62 Standards - 29 CFR Lead 10. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ): 30 TAC Chapter 290, Subchapter Rules and Regulations for Public Water Systems D 1.6 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A.Deliver coating products to the jobsite in original unopened containers, with manufacturer's label and batch number attached. Do not apply products until the Owner's field representative has approved the product for use. B.Use one location at each job site for the storage of coating products. Protect the floor from spills and other damage. Protect the products from extreme heat or cold. Keep containers covered. Keep the storage rooms clean of trash and debris. Dispose of oily or used rags daily. Under no circumstances will they be allowed to accumulate. Take precautions to prevent fires. The storage of flammable liquids must comply with the city, state, or other fire codes. C. Storage of coatings and other products must be in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements. Coatings that have been damaged or not stored properly must not be applied and must be removed from the jobsite. D.All products and coatings that are not approved for the Project must be removed from the jobsite and must not be stored at the jobsite. E. All materials must be delivered to the jobsite in original sealed containers with the date of manufacture and batch number stamped thereon by the coating manufacturer. Materials are subject to random observations by the Owner's representative at the jobsite. 1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A.Do not apply coatings under conditions that are unsuitable for the production of good results. Remove trash and debris from enclosed buildings and thoroughly clean prior to application of coatings. Do not begin application of coatings in areas where other trades are working, or where FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 09 96 00 High Performance Coatings Page 9 of 28 construction activities result in airborne dust or other debris. Do not apply coatings in conditions which do not conform to the recommendations of the coatings manufacturer. B. Coatings must only be applied when conditions fall within the parameters listed in the manufacturer's printed data. C. Contractor must provide dehumidification equipment sized to maintain dew point temperature 5 deg F or more above surface temperature of metal surfaces to be prepared and coated. D.Do not apply any coatings when weather conditions are unfavorable. In the event that climatic conditions are not conducive for best results, postpone application of coatings until conditions conform to the manufacturer's recommendations and the provisions of this Section. E. Do not apply coatings to a wet or damp surface in wet or damp weather conditions, or when there is dust in the air. Surfaces exposed to direct sunlight must be shaded by awnings or other protective devices while coatings are being applied, if recommended by coating manufacturer. When necessary, provide temporary heating devices of a type that produces no fumes or water vapor which will discolor the paint system. F. Heating and Dehumidification: 1. Dehumidification equipment must be used to control the environment during surface preparation, rehabilitation, coating application and coating curing at no additional cost to the Owner, if acceptable environmental conditions cannot be met. 2. If the Contractor cannot meet the required environmental conditions to apply the interior coating system per this Section and the coating manufacturer's written recommendations, Contractor will cease operations until approved dehumidification equipment has been provided and acceptable environmental conditions are achieved. 3. If coating system is applied without dehumidification or in conditions not acceptable by this Section and by the coating manufacturer's written requirements, Contractor must fully remove coating system applied and replace per the Engineer's direction. 4. Contractor must furnish all labor, materials, equipment, fabrication and quality control inspections, and all other incidentals required to control and maintain the environment of the reservoir within the parameters stated in this Section and must incorporate these and any other expenses into its bid. Owner reserves the rights, in the event the dehumidification equipment is not performing to the minimum requirements stated in this Section, to require the Contractor to modify and or add additional equipment to satisfy the conditions of this Section, at the sole cost to the Contractor. 6. It is the Contractor's responsibility to provide adequate dehumidification equipment to meet this specification and the coating manufacturer's requirements of this Section and coating manufacturer's requirements. The coating manufacturer's limits of surface temperature, tank inside air temperature and relative humidity requirements will govern, if more stringent than the requirements stated within this Section. G. Forced Ventilation: 1. Provide continuous forced fresh air ventilation when working inside of containment systems or enclosed areas that are not openly vented from the beginning of surface preparation through final coating operations and coating curing. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 09 96 00 High Performance Coatings Page 10 of 28 2. Forced ventilation must be supplied per the recoat time required by the coating manufacturer and at least 48 hours after the final coat has been applied. 3. From the beginning of interior coating applications to until the coating system is cured, the Contractor must monitor the air for the lower explosion limit (LEL) as published in the coating manufacturer's product SDS. 4. Contractor is responsible for supplying, installing and maintaining the forced ventilation system. H. Containment System: 1. Contractor must provide containment methods, either full or partial, which allows for the containment of the environmentally sensitive waste, dust and paint over spray that will be generated during the abrasive blasting and painting operation. 2. Minimum Containment for Field Surface Preparation: a. Provide a minimum SSPC Guide 6 (CON) Class 2A containment system when dry abrasive blasting. b. Provide a minimum SSPC Guide 6 (CON) Class 2W containment system when wet abrasive blasting. All water must be contained and properly disposed of. c. Provide a minimum SSPC Guide 6 (CON) Class 2P.E3 containment system when power tool cleaning. 3. The ground surrounding the project area must be protected from all debris, emissions, dust, and other materials generated in the cleaning operations with a minimum of two layers of polyethylene covered with plywood or the same material used for the perimeter containment system. 4. Containment is not required when blasting on the interior of a completely enclosed area (i.e. roof is in place) as long as no visible emissions are created. 5. Contractor must ensure that no spent cleaning/blasting debris, dust, overspray, coating droplets, or emissions of any kind, escape to the atmosphere, or to adjacent buildings, private property, work sites, parking lots, etc. 6. Owner reserves the right to stop Work or require containment, additional containment or different containment methods if the Contractor's operations create a nuisance beyond the tank site property line in the sole opinion of the Owner, the Engineer, the Owner's representative, any regulatory agency, or neighbor. All costs of providing an adequate containment system must be included by the Contractor in the Base Bid. 7. Contractor will be responsible for all materials that are used and for any apparatus used to contain dust emissions, debris, overspray, and coating droplets. The containment system attachments to existing or proposed structures must be designed by a professional engineer, licensed in the state where the Project is located, not to impose excessive loading on the structure. Contractor must submit the designed and sealed details of the containment system on the tank. 8. Any damage to the structure(s) as a direct or indirect result of the containment system must be repaired or sections replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. Neither the Owner, nor the Owner's Engineer, assumes any responsibility for the structural ability of the structure to support the containment system. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 09 96 00 High Performance Coatings Page 11 of 28 9. If tarps are used as part of the containment system, the tarps must be an impervious, solid, flame -resistant material, reinforced with a fiber mesh and must allow as much light as possible to pass through the material. I. Visible Emissions: 1. Contractor must control visible emissions and releases while dust producing activities are underway. 2. Visible emissions more than SSPC Guide 6, Level 1 (1 percent of the workday or 5 minutes in an 8-hour shift) are unacceptable. Sustained emissions of more than 1 minute, regardless of the total time of emissions for the day is unacceptable. If unacceptable emissions are observed, Contractor must shut down immediately and correct the situation and clean up any debris generated from the release to the satisfaction of the Engineer before continuing Work. 1.8 WORKING CONDITIONS A.Provide adequate lighting at any location that coatings are being applied or testing is performed. Illumination must be of sufficient intensity to achieve good results. Provide explosion -proof lighting when required. B. Temporary ladders and scaffolds must conform to applicable safety requirements. Erect temporary scaffolds where needed to cover large areas. Provide ladders or scaffolding during testing procedures. 1.9 WARRANTY/GUARANTEE A.Protective coating must be guaranteed for a period of 2 year from the date of the Owner's acceptance of the Project. B.A warranty inspection must be conducted prior to the end of the warranty period. Any Defective Work discovered at this date must be corrected by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents at no additional cost to the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL COATING REQUIREMENTS A.All coatings must be free of heavy metals such as arsenic, barium, chromium, selenium, silver, lead, mercury and cadmium. B.All coatings in contact with potable water must meet the applicable requirements of NSF/ANSI/CAN 600 according to the requirements of NSF/ANSI/CAN 61, including the most current health effects criteria for xylenes, toluene and ethylbenzene for the application and volume of tank on the Project. C.All coatings submitted or used on this Project must comply with the EPA's Clean Air Act for maximum VOC (volatile organic compound) limits. D.Finish coatings must be from the same batch. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 09 96 00 High Performance Coatings Page 12 of 28 2.2 MATERIALS A.Coating products are to be as follows: Type A - Alkyd -Phenolic Universal Primer Manufacturer Approved Coating Tnemec Series 37H Chem -Prime H.S. Sherwin-Williams Kern Kromik Universal Akzo Nobel / International Paint, LLC Interlac 573 Devoe Coatings Devprime 1403 Carboline Carbocoat 150UP PPG Multiprime 4360 Type B - Epoxy-Polyamide Primer Manufacturer Approved Coating Tnemec Series 66 Sherwin-Williams Macropoxy 240 Akzo Nobel / International Paint, LLC Intergard 251; Intergard 269 for valves and gates, submerged structural steel and misc. metals, and submerged piping Devoe Coatings Devran 201V Series Carboline 890 PPG Amercoat 385 Type C - Penetrating Epoxy Pre -Primer Manufacturer Approved Coating Tnemec Series 108 ProBond Sherwin-Williams Macro ox 920 Pre -Prime Akzo Nobel / International Paint, LLC Interbond 600 Devoe Coatings Approved Equal Carboline Rustbond Penetrating Scaler PPG Amerlock Sealer Type D - Inorganic Zinc Primer (Minimum 80% Zinc by Weight) Manufacturer Approved Coating Tnemec Series 90-98 Tneme-Zinc Carboline Carbozinc 11 VOC Sherwin-Williams Zinc Clad II Plus PPG Dimetcote 9 VOC FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 09 96 00 High Performance Coatings Page 13 of 28 Type D - Inorganic Zinc Primer (Minimum 80% Zinc by Weight) Manufacturer Approved Coating Approved Manufacturer Approved Equal Type E - Organic Zinc Primer (Minimum 80% Zinc by Weight) Manufacturer Approved Coating Tnemec Series 90-97 or 90G-1K97 Tneme-Zinc Carboline Carbozinc 859 Sherwin-Williams Corothane I Galvapac PPG Amercoat 68HS Akzo Nobel / International Paint, LLC Interzinc 52 Approved Manufacturer Approved Equal Type F - Alkyd Enamel Manufacturer Approved Coating Tnemec Series 2H Hi -Build Tneme-Gloss Sherwin-Williams DTM Alkyd Enamel Akzo Nobel / International Paint, LLC Interlac 665 Devoe Coatings Devlac 1431 Carboline Carbocoat 8225 PPG Fast Dry 35 Type G - Epoxy-Polyamide Coatings Manufacturer Approved Coating Tnemec Series 66 Sherwin-Williams Macropoxy 646 Epoxy Akzo Nobel / International Paint, LLC Intergurd 475HS; Interseal 670HS for valves and gates, PVC pipe and conduit, submerged structural steel and misc. metals, and submerged piping Devoe Coatings Bar -Rust 235 Carboline Carboguard 60 PPG Amerlock 385 Type H — NSF/ANSI 600 Coatings for Potable Water (NSF 600 Certified) Manufacturer Approved Coating Tnemec Series 21 Epoxoline FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 09 96 00 High Performance Coatings Page 14 of 28 Type H — NSF/ANSI 600 Coatings for Potable Water (NSF 600 Certified) Manufacturer Approved Coating Sherwin-Williams Sher -Plate 600 Epoxy Akzo Nobel / International Paint, LLC Interline 850 or Interseal 670HS (NSF colors) Devoe Coatings Bar -Rust 233H Series Carboline Carboguard 61 PPG Amerlock 2/400 Type I - Aliphatic Polyurethane Enamel Manufacturer Approved Coating Tnemec Series 1094 Endura-Shield Sherwin-Williams Hi -Solids Polyurethane Akzo Nobel / International Paint, LLC Interthane 990 Series Devoe Coatings Devthane 379 Series Carboline Carbothane 133HB (Satin) or Carbothane 134HG (High Gloss) PPG Pitthane Ultra Series Type J - Silicone Aluminum Coatings for High Temperature Manufacturer Approved Coating Tnemec Series 39 Silicone Aluminum Sherwin-Williams Heatflex 500 Aluminum Akzo Nobel / International Paint, LLC Intertherm 50 Series Devoe Coatings Intertherm 50 Series PPG Hi -Temp 500 Carboline Carbozinc 11; Finish: Thermaline 4700 Series (up to 1000 deg F); Thermaline 4900 (up to 450 de F) Type K- Epoxy Concrete Coating Manufacturer Approved Coating Tnemec Series 46H-413 Hi -Build Tneme-Tar Sherwin-Williams Tar Guard Epoxy Akzo Nobel / International Paint, LLC Interzone 954 Devoe Coatings Devtar 5A Series PPG Amercoat 78HB Coal Tar Epoxy Carboline Bitumastic 300M FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 09 96 00 High Performance Coatings Page 15 of 28 Type M - High Solids Epoxy Siloxane Manufacturer Approved Coating Carboline Carboxane 2000 PPG PSX 700 Polysiloxane Tnemec Siloxilon Series 690 Sherwin-Williams Sher-Loxane 800 Type N - Epoxy Mastic Manufacturer Approved Coating Carboline Carbomastic 15 Sherwin-Williams Macropoxy 646 Epoxy PPG Amerlock 2/400 AL Tnemec Chembuild Series 135 or Series 133 ProTuff AkzoNobel/International Paint, LLC Intersea1670HS Type O - Elastomeric Polyurethane Hybrid Manufacturer Approved Coating Carboline Reactamine 760 Series Sherwin-Williams Poly -Cote 115 PPG Amerthane 490 Tnemec Elasto-Shield Series 406 AkzoNobel/International Paint, LLC Polibrid 705E Elastomeric Type P - Glass Flake Reinforced Epoxy Manufacturer Approved Coating Carboline Carboguard 890GF Sherwin-Williams Sher -Glass FF PPG Amerlock 2/400 GF Tnemec Pre -Approved Equal Glass Filled Product AkzoNobel/International Paint, LLC Approved Equal FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 09 96 00 High Performance Coatings Page 16 of 28 Type Q -100 Percent Solids Epoxy for Wastewater Manufacturer Approved Coating Carboline Plasite 4550-S Novolac Epoxy Sherwin-Williams Dura-Plate 6000 Amine Epoxy PPG Novaguard 890 or Novaguard 810 Novolac Epoxy Tnemec Perma-Glaze Series G435 or Series G436 Modified Polyamine Epoxy AkzoNobel/International Paint, LLC Approved Equal 1. Petrolatum (Wax) Tape: 2. Petrolatum (wax) tape must be installed per the manufacturer's written recommendations. Provide all primers and appurtenant materials as required for installation per the recommendations. 3. Approved Manufacturers: a. Trenton Corp. - Trenton Primer and #1 Wax -Tape. b. Deny North America, Inc. - Denso Paste and Densyl Tape. c. Approved equal. 4. COLOR SELECTION B.The color chart must include the complete available range of colors, including tints and shades. Owner will select the colors during construction. C.Use a multi -color system coating for any surface receiving more than one coat. Each coat must be tinted differently from the preceding coat in a manner that will allow the various coats to be easily distinguished. Colors must generally be from light to dark shades, but the Contractor may have the option to select tint shades to insure coats will receive adequate coverage without bleeding or otherwise showing through the preceding coat. D.Piping and equipment must be color coded in accordance with the requirements of the TCEQ. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. All coatings must be applied in strict conformance with the coating manufacturer's published specifications, this Section, or as approved by the Engineer. B. Surfaces which will be inaccessible after installation must be coated prior to installation or must be coated and approved in stages as the Work is installed. C.Engineer will approve surfaces for application of coatings at each stage. Any material that is coated prior to the Engineer's approval will be stripped back to bare metal and repainted. D.At least 7 days or as required by the coating manufacturer, must be allowed for drying of finished surfaces before any machinery can be placed into service. E. The number of coats called for in this Section are considered the minimum required. If more coats are required to provide the specified dry film thickness or for complete coverage and uniform appearance, they must be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 09 96 00 High Performance Coatings Page 17 of 28 F. Illumination equipment must be provided by the Contractor in accordance with SSPC Guide 12. Explosion -proof lights and electrical equipment must be provided. The minimum illumination at the surface of the work during surface preparation and coatings is 215 lux (20 fc). The minimum illumination during inspection is 538 lux (50 fc). Whenever required by the Owner's representative, the Contractor must provide additional illumination and necessary supports to cover all areas to be inspected. 3.2 STEEL SURFACE PREPARATION A.The adequacy of the preparation of steel surfaces will be determined by comparing the surface with SSPC VIS 1 "Pictorial Surface Preparation Standards for Painting Steel Surfaces" and SSPC VIS 3 "Guide and Reference Photographs for Steel Surfaces Prepared by Power and Hand Tool Cleaning." Prepare surfaces in accordance with the following requirements: 1. SSPC-SP 1 Solvent Cleaning. 2. SSPC-SP 2 Hand Tool Cleaning. 3. SSPC-SP 3 — Power Tool Cleaning. 4. SSPC-SP 5 / NACE 1 White Metal Blast Cleaning. 5. SSPC-SP 6 / NACE 3 Commercial Blast Cleaning. 6. SSPC-SP 7 / NACE 4 — Brush -Off Blast Cleaning. 7. SSPC-SP 10 / NACE 2 —Near-White Blast Cleaning. 8. SSPC-SP 11 Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal. B.The resulting surface profile must be in accordance with the coating manufacturer's recommendations. C. "Solvent Cleaning" must be performed prior to subsequent surface preparation, including abrasive blast cleaning. D. All sharp edges and welds must be ground smooth to a rounded contour and all weld splatter must be removed prior to abrasive blasting. Edges of metal to be coated must be rounded to a minimum of l/16-inch radius of chamfered a minimum of 1/16 inch at an angle of 45 degrees. E. Welds and adjacent areas: 1. Prepared such that there is: a. No undercutting or reverse ridges on the weld bead. b. No weld spatter on or adjacent to the weld or any other area to be painted. c. No sharp peaks or ridges along the weld bead. d. Grind embedded pieces of electrode or wire flush with the adjacent surface of the weld bead. 2. Weld profiles must conform to NACE RP0178, Profile `D'. 3.3 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS SURFACE PREPARATION A.Prepare surfaces in accordance with the following requirements: 1. NAPF 500-03-01 — Solvent Cleaning. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 09 96 00 High Performance Coatings Page 18 of 28 2. NAPF 500-03-02 Hand Tool Cleaning. 3. NAPF 500-03-03 — Power Tool Cleaning. 4. NAPF 500-03-04 — Abrasive Blast Cleaning for Ductile Iron Pipe. 5. NAPF 500-03-05 Abrasive Blast Cleaning for Cast Ductile Iron Fittings. B."Solvent Cleaning" must be performed prior to subsequent surface preparation as specified in NAPF 500-03. 3.4 PETROLATUM (WAX) TAPE A.Petrolatum (wax) tape must be installed per the manufacturer's written recommendations. Provide all primers and appurtenant materials as required for installation per the recommendations. B. Tape must be installed on all buried flexible couplings and at locations indicated on the Drawings and as specified. 3.5 CONCRETE SURFACE PREPARATION A.The adequacy of the preparation of concrete surfaces will be determined by comparing the surface with ICRI Surface Finish Comparators. Prepare surfaces in accordance with the following requirements and the coating manufacturer's recommendations: 1. SSPC-SP 13 / NACE 6 — Surface Preparation of Concrete. 2. ICRI CSP 3 — 5, or as required by the coating manufacturer. B.Allow a minimum of 28 days curing time to elapse before coatings are applied. Concrete surfaces which are scheduled to receive coatings must be in accordance with the coating manufacturer's moisture requirements. Contractor must provide any primers required by the coating manufacturer to address outgassing, as needed. C. Contractor must field verify that the pH of the concrete is suitable for application per the coating manufacturer's product requirements. D.Bug holes, air pockets, voids or imperfections in the concrete surface must be filled or patched with a cementitious resurfacing material approved by the coating manufacturer. E.All coating terminations points, including from concrete to metal are to include a 1/4-inch key cut. F. Concrete Surface Preparation Inspection: 1. Adhesion Testing: a. Tensile testing of the surface preparation must be performed by the Contractor using a Type 4 or Type 5 pneumatic adhesion testing equipment in accordance with ASTM D7234 using 2-inch diameter dollies for concrete surface adhesion testing. Provide a minimum of three tests (dollies) per area and coating system. Engineer will select location of test dollies. b. Concrete surface or applied coating must be scored for concrete adhesion testing. c. Adhesive failure greater than 50 percent of the dolly surface area indicate inadequate surface preparation. d. Cohesive failures which result in loss of sound concrete will be acceptable provided the loss is greater than 50 percent of the dolly surface area. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 09 96 00 High Performance Coatings Page 19 of 28 e. Low adhesion cohesive failures with a thin layer of concrete due to weak concrete or laitance over 50 percent of the dolly surface will be rejected. 2. Concrete Soundness: Concrete soundness will be determined using the scratching or hammer impact methods as defined in SSPC-SP 13. 3. Moisture Content: Moisture must be tested as specified in SSPC-SP 13 and in accordance with ASTM D4263 and ASTM F 1869 (for conditioned spaces). Moisture content cannot exceed the moisture content recommended by the coating manufacturer. 3.6 SURFACE PREPARATION A.Clean and degrease surfaces prior to abrasive blasting by solvent cleaning as specified using solvents, detergent/water, emulsions, and steam. Proposed method must be documented in the coating plan. Contractor must contain and properly dispose of all runoff and debris from cleaning. B.If the following conditions exist or are prevalent, surface preparation and coating must be delayed or postponed until conditions are favorable. Each day's coating must be completed in time to permit the film sufficient drying time prior to damage by atmospheric conditions or changes. No surface preparation can begin or coating applied: 1. When the surface, air or material is below or above the manufacturer's printed instructions. 2. When surfaces are wet or damp. 3. During weather conditions of rain, snow, fog or mist. 4. When the air and steel temperature is less than 5 deg F above the dew point temperature. 5. If the relative humidity is above 85 percent. 6. When it is expected that the dew point, air and/or surface temperature will be below or above the coating manufacturer's recommended temperatures within 4 hours after applications of coating, minimum. Coating manufacturer may require additional time between application and temperature and weather changes. C. Shop Surface Preparation: 1. Notify Engineer at least 7 days prior to start of shop blast cleaning to allow for inspection of the Work during surface preparation and shop application of paints. Work is subject to the Engineer's approval before shipment to the jobsite. 2. Items such as structural steel, metal doors and frames, metal louvers, and similar items as reviewed and approved by the Engineer may be shop prepared and primed. Centrifugal wheel blast cleaning is an acceptable alternate to shop blast cleaning. Blast clean and prime in accordance with the Specifications. 3. Prepare surfaces by abrasive blasting as specified and apply shop prime coat. Shop primed steel plates must not have primer extended within 4 inches along all edges to be welded. All primer within 4 inches of an area to be welded must be removed prior to welding. Welding of painted surfaces will not be allowed. D.All pre -assembled shop primed items must be prepared in accordance with these specifications and inspected by the Owner's representative before and after priming. E. Abrasive Blasting: 1. Prior to commencing abrasive blasting operations, the Contractor must perform a test blast to verify that the surface cleanliness and profile meet the requirements of this Section and FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 09 96 00 High Performance Coatings Page 20 of 28 meet the coating manufacturer's requirements for the coating to be applied. If the test section does not meet the requirements, the Contract must make changes to the abrasive materials and/or methods to provide suitable blast. 2. Abrasive blast only the amount of surface area which can be primed the same day or before any rust starts to form, whichever occurs first. Areas which are not painted the same day must be re -blasted on the day the prime coat is applied. 3. Shrouding or recovery of all blast material will be mandatory during all exterior blasting. 4. Contractor must contain all waste and process discharge in accordance with the accepted methods for the process and materials that are in abatement. 5. Where abrasive blast cleaning will not remove or properly prepare metal surfaces, hand and/or power tool cleaning must be used to remove such conditions as weld splatter, laminations and radius -sharp edges. Hand tool or power tool must be used on areas less than 2 feet in diameter or smaller or on corners and edges. 6. All abrasive blast equipment must be equipped with, including but not limited to the following: a. Noise reducing devices. b. Hose coupling safety devices. c. Electrical grounding devices. d. Moisture traps and filters. e. Fresh air hoods for all blasters. f. "Dead Man" switches on all blast hoses. g. Air dryers. F. Surface profile must be in accordance with manufacturer's printed requirements. G.The adequacy of the preparation of surfaces must be determined by comparing the surface with SSPC-VIS 1, SSPC-VIS 3, NACE RPO178 and ICRI Surface Finish Comparators. H.Adequate surface preparation must be verified throughout surface preparation per SSPC-PA 17. Minimum testing requirements: 1. Test the surface profile within the first 15 minutes and one additional time during each work shift or 12-hour period, whichever is shorter for each gun or blasting apparatus used or at any time the process producing the acceptable profile indicated above is changed, as interpreted by the Engineer. 2. Select a minimum of three 6-inch square locations and take two readings. The average to the two readings is a "profile measurement." The group of three locations is the "location average." The location average must be within the specified profile range. 3. Contractor must report the location averages (lowest location average and highest location average, and the profile measurement for each surface preparation apparatus. 4. If the substrate has been previously coated, an existing profile may exist. Contactor must adjust blast media size to ensure that the resulting surface profile meets the profile required. L Wherever the words "solvent cleaning", "hand tool cleaning", "wire brushing", or "blast cleaning", or similar words of equal intent are used in the Specifications or in paint FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 09 96 00 High Performance Coatings Page 21 of 28 manufacturer's specifications, they are understood to refer to the applicable specifications indicated. J. Where OSHA or EPA regulations preclude standard abrasive blast cleaning, wet or vacuum - blasting methods may be required. Coating manufacturer's recommendations for wet blast additives and first coat application will apply. K.Clean surfaces of dust and residual particles from cleaning operations by dry (no oil or water vapor) air blast cleaning or other method prior to painting. Vacuum clean enclosed areas and other areas where dust settling is a problem and wiped with a tack cloth. 3.7 PREPARATION OF HOT -DIP GALVANIZED COATED STEEL, STAINLESS STEEL AND NON-FERROUS METALS A.For galvanized coated steel, remove all soluble and insoluble contaminants. Prepare hot -dipped galvanized coated iron and steel products in accordance with ASTM D6386. B.Abrasive blast per SSPC-SP 16 to achieve an angular anchor profile as required by the coating manufacturer. C. Contractor is responsible for coordinating with the coating manufacturer to verify compatibility of the specified coating system with the provided surface preparation. 3.8 PREPARATION OF EXISTING COATED OR SHOP PRIMED SURFACES A.General: Factory -applied primers to equipment must be those specified or verified by the Contractor to be compatible with the specified coating systems. Where possible, notify manufacturers which shop prime coats will be required in order to be compatible with field -applied finish coats. 2. Where equipment is purchased which has the manufacturer's standard primer or a factory finish which is other than as specified in this Section, remove the factory -applied paint system or apply passivators or other special coatings as required to make the surface compatible with the finish coat specified. 3. Do not apply any coating to machinery, piping, or other surfaces before testing has been completed and systems approved. Any damage to coatings resulting from subsequent corrective procedures must be stripped back to bare metal and repainted with the appropriate paint system as directed by the Engineer. 4. Check for compatibility when applying coatings over existing coatings. Apply a test patch of the recommended coating system, covering at least 2 to 3 square feet or as directed by the Engineer. Allow to cure 1 week before testing adhesion per ASTM D3359 in the presence of the Engineer. If adhesion does not meet the manufacturer's published data, consult with the Engineer. Shop primed or coated surfaces must be reviewed with the Engineer to determine if the extent of damage to the coating and suitability of finish coats to adhere to shop applied coats. 6. If a cured epoxy, polyurethane, or plural -component material is to be top coated provide brush-off blast as specified herein or as recommended by the coating manufacturer. 7. Surface preparation recommendations of coating manufacturer are subject to approval of the Engineer. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 09 96 00 High Performance Coatings Page 22 of 28 B.To Be Recoated or Final Coated: 1. Solvent clean. 2. Perform touch-up repairs of existing coating. C. Touch -Up Repairs: 1. Clean loose, abraded, or damaged coatings to substrate by power tool to bare metal per SSPC-SP 11 and/or NAPF 500-03-03 "Power Tool Cleaning." 2. Feather surrounding intact coating. 3. Apply one spot coat of the specified primer to bare areas overlapping the prepared existing coating. 4. Apply one full finish coat of the specified primer or finish coat(s) overall. D.Application of a Cosmetic Coat: 1. The exact nature of shop -applied coatings is not known in all cases. 2. Check compatibility by application to a small area prior to starting the coating. 3. If lifting or other problems occur, request disposition from the Engineer. 3.9 APPLICATION A. Contractor and painting technicians are responsible for the application of the coating system and must have current applicator approvals from the coating manufacturer, as required. B.After abrasive blast cleaning, dust and spent abrasive must be removed from the surfaces by vacuum process or with clean, dry, oil -free compressed air. C. The prime coat must be applied as soon as possible after the blasting and surface cleaning is completed, inspected and approved by the Inspector. Blasted surfaces must be coated before rust forms on the surface. No prepared surface will be allowed to receive a coating if "rust bloom" or surface discoloration has occurred. All blasted surfaces must be coated to within 6 inches of the edge of a blasted area. No visible rust must be coated under any circumstances, including rust bloom or if discoloration has occurred, regardless of elapsed time between blasting and coating. Leave an uncoated strip of exposed metal to clearly identify where abrasive blasting was halted. D.Provide mist coat if recommended by the coating manufacturer. E. All weld seams, gaps, edges, bolts and difficult areas to coat must receive a stripe coat. Stripe coat must be a contrasting color. Stripe coat may be applied with intermediate or finish coating, but must be applied prior to the installation of the finish coat. F. Contractor must apply each coat at the rate and in the manner specified by the coating manufacturer, except as may be modified herein. If material has thickened or must be diluted for application, coating must be built up to achieve the dry film thickness as specified for each coat of the complete system. G. Maximum and minimum DFT must be per the supplied coating manufacturer's printed requirements and as required by this Section. DFT will be measured per SSPC-PA 2, Level 2 with an allowable measurement of spot DFT of: 1. Minimum DFT, as specified. 2. 120 percent of maximum DFT specified. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 09 96 00 High Performance Coatings Page 23 of 28 H. Contractor and painting technicians are responsible for the application of coating system and must have current applicator certifications from the coating manufacturer. Submit certifications with coating submittal. I. Coatings which have an expired shelf or pot life may not be used and must be removed from the jobsite. J. Coating must be applied by skilled workmen and must be brushed out or sprayed evenly, without runs, crazing, sags, or other blemishes. K.Sand between coats to remove over spray and dry fall. L. Apply the first coat to the surface, including cutting in around edges, before the second coat is applied. The second coat and any successive coats must not to be applied before notifying the Owner's field representative and obtaining approval. Each coat must be tested before the successive coat is applied. M. The coating curing period must be adjusted to compensate for less than adequate weather conditions, as recommended by the coating manufacturer, for complete curing of the entire coating system. The full curing time recommended by the manufacturer must be provided. N.Coating must be continuous and must be accomplished in an orderly manner to facilitate proper inspection control. O.Where a roller or brush is used to apply the coating, additional coats may be necessary to achieve the recommended dry film thickness and/or to achieve total coverage of the underlying surface. Coated surfaces must be totally free of all roller nap, roller marks, brush bristles and brush marks. P. When using conventional coating spray equipment for coating operations, effective oil and water separators combined with after coolers or deliquescent dryers must be used in compressed air lines to remove detrimental oil and moisture from the air. Separators must be placed as far as practical from the compressor. Compressors must be tested periodically by the Contractor for oil and water contamination of compressed air. Testing must follow ASTM D4285 "Standard Test Method of Indicating Oil and Water in Compressed Air." All compressor units found to produce unacceptable amounts of oil and or water, as determined by results of ASTM D4285 test data must be replaced with a compressor that is acceptable. Q.For porous surfaces, such as concrete or masonry, a prime coat may be thinned to provide maximum penetration and adhesion. The type and amount of thinning must be determined by the coating manufacturer and is dependent on surface density and type of coating. R. Concrete and Steel Floors and Walks, including Bulk Storage Areas: 1. Provide non-skid surface in walkway areas and on floors. 2. Contractor is to include non-skid additive such as aluminum oxide to coatings or may use 50 mesh dry wash silica sand broadcasted into the film and back rolled to encapsulate as recommended by the coating manufacturer. 3. Contractor is to provide a test area to confirm with Owner that the non-skid surface is adequate and consistent. Contractor must modify method or products used as required to provide an acceptable surface. 3.10 COLOR SELECTION A.A color chart must be submitted and include the complete available range of colors, including tints and shades. Owner may also select the colors during construction from the color charts or may require custom colors. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 09 96 00 High Performance Coatings Page 24 of 28 B.Prior to any coating operations, Contractor must submit samples of each finish coat color utilized on the project for approval by the OPT. C.Use a multi -color system coating for any surface receiving more than one coat. Each coat must be tinted differently from the preceding coat in a manner that will allow the various coats to be easily distinguished. Colors must generally be from light to dark shades, but the Contractor may have the option to select tint shades to ensure coats will receive adequate coverage without bleeding or otherwise showing through the preceding coat. All colors must be approved by the Engineer. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Field Tests: Make wet film tests during painting operations to assure proper thicknesses of coating are being applied. After each coat has been applied, test the paint film thickness with a nondestructive, magnetic type thickness gauge. The total dry -film thickness for each coat must be per Paragraph 3.09.G. Apply additional coats until the specified thickness is reached or exceeded. B.Holiday Testing: 1. Holiday testing must be performed in accordance with NACE SP0188 or ASTM D5162 for steel substrates and ASTM D4787 for concrete substrates. 2. Test the entirety of the following surfaces: a. All piping inside lift station wet well. b. All piping and valves inside of vaults. c. All miscellaneous coated metal structures inside the wet well. 3. For coating thickness between 10 and 20 mils (250 to 500 microns) a non-sudsing type wetting agent, as recommended by the holiday detector manufacturer, must be added to the water prior to wetting the detector sponge. 4. Holiday detect coatings in excess of 20 mils with high voltage holiday testers as recommended by the coating manufacturer. 5. Mark and repair failures in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions, then retest failure areas. No failures or other irregularities will be permitted in the final coats. Areas containing holidays must be repaired until tests indicate no holidays. 3.12 PROTECTION OF SURFACES NOT TO BE PAINTED A. Remove, mask, or otherwise protect hardware, lighting fixtures, switch plates, aluminum surfaces, machined surfaces, couplings, shafts, bearings, nameplates on machinery, and other surfaces not intended to be painted. B. Provide drop cloths to prevent paint materials from falling on or marring adjacent surfaces. C. Protect working parts of mechanical and electrical equipment from damage during surface preparation and painting process. D. Mask openings in motors to prevent paint and other materials from entering the motors. 3.13 DAMAGED COATINGS, PINHOLES, AND HOLIDAYS A.Feather edges and repaired in accordance with the recommendations of the paint manufacturer. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 09 96 00 High Performance Coatings Page 25 of 28 B.Repair fusion bonded coatings to be as recommended by the original applicator. Applicator must provide liquid repair kits for this purpose as recommended by the coating manufacturer. C.Apply finish coats, including touchup and damage -repair coats in a manner that will present a uniform texture and color -matched appearance. 3.14 UNSATISFACTORY APPLICATION A.If the item has an improper finish color, or insufficient film thickness, clean and topcoat surface with specified paint material to obtain the specified color and coverage. Obtain specific surface preparation information from the coating manufacturer. B.Hand or power sand visible areas of chipped, peeled, or abraded paint and feather the edges. Follow with primer and finish coat in accordance with the Specifications. Depending on the extent of repair and its appearance, a finish sanding and topcoat may be required. C.Evidence of runs, bridges, shiners, laps, or other imperfections are cause for rejection. D.Repair defects in coating system per written recommendations of coating manufacturer. E. Leave all staging up until the Engineer has inspected the surface or coating. Replace staging removed prior to approval by Engineer. 3.15 COATING INSPECTION A. General: All coats will be subject to inspection by the Engineer and the coating manufacturer's representative. 2. Visually inspect concrete, nonferrous metal, plastic, and wood surfaces to ensure proper and complete coverage has been attained. 3. Give particular attention to edges, angles, flanges, and other areas where insufficient film thicknesses are likely to be present and ensure proper millage in these areas. B. Coating Thickness Testing: 1. Owner's representative may conduct coating thickness testing as necessary and without limitation. 2. Measure coating thickness specified in mils with an electronic type dry film thickness gauge. 3. Check each coat for the correct millage. 4. Tests for concrete coating thickness may be taken using a Tooke Gauge or gauge approved for testing coatings over concrete substrates. Contractor must repair coating after thickness testing, if required. C. Coating Continuity (Holiday) Testing: Owner's representative will witness holiday testing performed by the Contractor. 3.16 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING A.Promptly remove trash and debris resulting from painting operation from the Site. Remove drop cloths, masking tapes and other protective coverings. Remove paint spills, splatters, overlap of paint from adjacent material and other defects. Spot paint nicks and other defects. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 09 96 00 High Performance Coatings Page 26 of 28 B.Remove paint containers and waste products. Thoroughly clean paint storage rooms, removing spilled paint from walls and floors. C.Damages due to over spray on buildings, vehicles, trees, or other surfaces not specified to be painted would be the responsibility of the Contractor. 3.17 SCHEDULE A.Protective coatings must be applied in accordance with the following paint schedule. If additional or alternate primers, etc. are recommended by the coating manufacturer for any of the coatings specified, they must be provided at no additional cost to the Owner to provide a complete and compatible coating system, as approved by the Engineer. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 u 00 to `'4 O N U N U � q� a, C U a to W. O M [� C kr) N O N w CA W � H H u o •� 0 � O . •� W � s� � � F � E-+ H F- a E�- E- W F- v) Pp- a a o o00 � o00 �C9 o0 M M M rA M •nr � ""0000 a - 1.0 .� Q" - MOO - N 4. pip o00 C/] CA V) kn Vn ap�000 h Vn to Vn w � C/i � V) kr) ri L�Uwww W z �UUwpw,pw �` �UUww UU v�v�zZZ w>ZZ4 wU>v 71Z v�v� 10 O N a O 'C p a y a- F" Oto O p N ad N N t O N H N O D4 cd H O v �bA � N cony n uo y O bA N 0 •OA lm� CZ � • n � � o a� ,y o u. '� o cn a' � d � � � � � � o M ct Q • r ar CA bA O � N+ Cd y U t'. � y 'CJ M OU 4r In. cd c� cto o N O d In, to v N co on En 0 Ul to • O O¢"j OQ, +. dA 0 O10. 0 �N aO aw u o � •--� N M z z z W. _y A 1"1 rl h � (~ H U O: w on z u o. Ln U� O WW yCWa o WUU E- E- WHHa a 0 0 0 O O O a 0 0 cr M M M M M M y F: M M ^r OOO OO .aO000 o00 p rs o00 tnv)tn C rya o00 >7s, a a o0 knLnv) as y �v]v�V)kn o id a �P.0. �v z4� r�i��d¢�¢ cs,�v�v�zzz G=U��v zz rA � O N V a Q" .may � 0 �" O Ccq lul ^' �• o•� � � o-cs � O c U S w o u 0-0 dcn o p^a o ct 3 > m S- p p p 'o p bn o a UU o cl a°� o cn . t1 Li � CA5 c U olio x Z O � � W o in. w > P �° c to ti s v RS c�ti Q• iC Q¢° V Q. o ° a x z z �o o � ctl o ap U �z z H wP� W U W A W 0 A 0 u E a cn U0 U N a � N x O F N uzL „ ° a �ub y �Ha SECTION 09 97 23 CONCRETE PROTECTIVE COATINGS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK 09 97 23 Concrete Protective Coatings Page 1 of 18 A.Contractor will furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to apply protective coatings as shown on the Drawings or as specified herein, including the preparation and/or repair of surfaces prior to application of coatings. B.Protective coatings will be applied at the following locations and as indicated in the Drawings: 1. New Lift Station Wet Well — Wastewater Exposure 2. New Concrete Manholes — Wastewater Exposure C.Contain, treat, and dispose of any dust, spray, drainage, or spillage resulting from coating operations. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to determine if the materials to be disposed of are classified as hazardous waste. Disposal of waste, hazardous or otherwise, will be in accordance with applicable regulations. Contractor will be aware of and understand the regulations concerning disposal of waste generated by coating operations. 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A.Measurement and Payment 1. Manholes: a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per vertical foot of coating as measured from 2- inches below the bottom of the removable cover (not frame) to the top of the bench. This includes lining of all exposed concrete, the bench and invert, through the use of flow control devices (i.e. temporary plugs, sandbags), to temporarily block flow. However, as a last resort and with prior written approval from Water Field Operations, if the flow cannot be blocked temporarily, then the lining would stop 3-inches from the edge of the water in the pipe. This item covers the total vertical footage for the specific bid items of various manhole sizes (i.e. 4 foot diameter, 5 foot diameter, Specific Manhole Designs for lines larger than 36-inch, etc.) and specific types (Standard Manhole, Drop Manhole, Type "A" Manhole, Shallow Manhole, including additional depth beyond 6 foot). b. Payment 1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per vertical foot of "Epoxy Manhole Liner" applied. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Removal of roots 2) Removal of existing coatings 3) Eliminating any leaks 4) Removal of steps FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 09 97 23 Concrete Protective Coatings Page 2 of 18 5) Repair/seal connection of the existing frame to chimney 6) Repairs of any cracks in the existing structure chimney, corbel (cone), wall, bench, including any replacement of damaged rebar, pipe 7) Surface cleaning 8) Furnishing and installing Liner as specified by the Drawings 9) Hauling 10) Disposal of excess material 11) Site Clean-up 12) Manhole and Invert Cleaning 13) Testing 14) Re -Testing 2. Non -Manhole Structures a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per square foot of area where the coating is applied. b. Payment 1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the unit price bid per square foot of "Structure Liner" applied. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Removal of roots 2) Removal of existing coatings 3) Eliminating any leaks 4) Removal of steps 5) Repair/seal connection of the existing frame to chimney 6) Repairs of any cracks in the existing structure chimney, corbel (cone), wall, bench, including any replacement of damaged rebar, pipe 7) Surface cleaning 8) Furnishing and installing Liner as specified by the Drawings 9) Hauling 10) Disposal of excess material 11) Site Clean-up 12) Manhole and Invert Cleaning 13) Testing 14) Re -Testing FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 09 97 23 Concrete Protective Coatings Page 3 of 18 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Manufacturer's Qualifications: 1. Certified in compliance with latest version of ISO 9001 Quality Standards for formulation (research and development), manufacture, and technical support. 2. Manufacturer must provide an authorized technical specialist to assist the Contractor, if necessary. B.Applicators' Qualifications: Applicators must be qualified in this line of work and have a minimum of 5 years of experience in the successful application of the protective coatings of the types and application methods specified herein. Submit a list of five recent projects, completed within the last 3 years, including names of references with contact information for those projects. Submit manufacturer's applicator and training certificates for those who will be installing the coating. Applicator's qualifications and training certificates are to be included in coating submittal and will be filed as Record Data. 1.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING A.Contractor will ensure that coating manufacturer's technical representative is integrated into the Project at the following points: Post Surface Preparation — to confirm surface preparation meets the manufacturer's requirements. 2. Application— to confirm products, equipment and application methods meet the manufacturer's requirements. 3. Post Application — to confirm applied products meets the manufacturer's expectations. B.The technical representative will document the visits with a follow-up report to document discussions, deficiencies and if the coating manufacturer's written guidelines are followed. C.Applicator Mock Structure: Prior to beginning the coating procedure for the structure, the applicator will construct a minimum 8-foot by 8-foot mock structure made of concrete board or blocks that incorporates a flat vertical wall, roof (if roof coatings are included in the Project), floor, and corner to simulate the structures to be coated. The mock structure will be used to evaluate the following: 1. Application Techniques and Equipment / Personnel Skill Demonstration: The applicator's personnel, the equipment used, and their techniques followed will be observed by the coating manufacturer's representative and Owner's Project Team (OPT) to verify that qualified and experienced personnel using the manufacturer's recommended equipment and application techniques are used and followed. 2. Visual Coating Uniformity and Texture Observation: The uniformity and texture of the coating will be observed during the application by the manufacturer's representative and the OPT. The texture and uniformity of the applied coating will be adjusted until a level of uniformity and texture is reached that is agreed upon by the OPT. D.Prior to coating installation, the following tests must be performed and documented by an AMPP Level I/II/III coating inspector employed by the Contractor. E. Surface Profile Testing: Record surface profile of prepared concrete substrate according to the appropriate CSP per ICRI 310.2. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 09 97 23 Concrete Protective Coatings Page 4 of 18 F. All surfaces of concrete will first be cleaned to remove all grease, oil, and other foreign materials before coating. Final surface preparation will be as per the manufacturer's recommendation and observed by the OPT prior to coating. Prior to observation of all surfaces by the OPT, the Contractor's superintendent will observe and confirm readiness for inspection. Perform ultraviolet light testing for hydrocarbon residuals all on surfaces to be coated. G.Provide results of pH testing in accordance with ASTM D4262. Provide a pH test for every 1000 square feet of surface area, with additional tests taken for areas with potential variations in concrete composition and condition. Any area found to have a pH outside of the coating manufacturer's approved range must have additional surface preparation to the OPT's satisfaction. 1. Chloride testing for soluble salts in accordance with ASTM C1218 every 1000 square feet of surface areas, with additional tests taken for areas with potential variations in concrete composition and condition. H.Moisture Testing: 1. Perform moisture testing on vertical walls after surface preparation but prior to coating application in accordance with ASTM D4263. Provide photographic documentation of results of all moisture tests. 2. Perform moisture testing on all horizontal surfaces in accordance with ASTM F 1869. I. On days when coating is being performed, the Contractor must always have a AMPP Level I/II/111 certified inspector on staff to conduct the testing required in this section as follows: 1. Air temperature, surface temperature, humidity and dew point will be measured and recorded by the Contractor prior to application of coating, daily. Surface temperature will be measured using OPT -approved thermometers. 2. The structure surface temperatures, relative humidity, dry bulb, wet bulb and dew point temperatures, are to be recorded at least every 3 hours. The dew point will be measured by use of a sling psychrometer in conjunction with U.S. Department of Commerce Weather Bureau Psychometric Tables or by utilizing an electronic measuring device approved by the OPT. Contractor will use a form approved by the OPT for recording this data. The completed forms must be always kept on the Site, from the time coating is first applied until the coating system is complete. 3. The pH of each concrete surface to be coated must be recorded prior to coating application each day. If the application of coatings is not completed on the entirety of the surface to be coated in the same day, the surfaces remaining to be coated must be retested prior to continuing coating application. 4. Record lot numbers and quantities of coatings applied daily. 5. Make wet film tests during coating operations in accordance with ASTM D4414 to assure proper thickness of coating is being applied. After each coat has been applied, test the paint dry film thickness with an ultrasonic gage in accordance with SSPC-PA 9. J. Post -installation, the Contractor must always have an AMPP Level 1/11/111 certified inspector on staff to conduct the testing required in this section as follows: 1. Dry Film Thickness Testing: a. The total dry -film thickness for each coat will conform to Restriction Level 2 as defined in SSPC-PA 9 and not be less than the amount specified. If the thickness is less than specified, apply additional coats until the total specified thickness is obtained. Apply FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 09 97 23 Concrete Protective Coatings Page 5 of 18 additional coats per the manufacturer's recommendations regarding preparation and application over existing conditions until the specified thickness is reached or exceeded. DFT testing is to be per ASTM D6132. b. If it is a concern that the ultrasonic thickness testing is providing inconsistent or inaccurate readings, adhesion testing will be required to measure coating thickness on the dollies. Any repairs to the coatings for destructive testing will be incidental to the Project. c. 100 percent of coated surfaces are to be tested by sounding for delamination using an Albion 875-1 delamination tool or equal methodology. d. Dolly pull -off adhesion testing will only be performed when delamination or coating failure is witnessed or detected by the above methodology. Measurement of the bond strength of the system to the substrate is to be made at agreed -upon locations. Bond strength will be per ASTM D7234 for concrete and masonry. Any area detected to have less than 300 PSI or 80 percent substrate failure bond strength will be evaluated further as directed by the Engineer. Further bond tests may be performed in that area to determine the extent of potentially deficient bond area, and repairs must be made by the Contractor in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. e. No surface defects will be permitted in the final coating. f. Holiday Testing: Test the entire coated surface of structures with a holiday detector. Testing must be conducted using a high voltage holiday detector for coatings with a DFT greater than 20 mils in accordance with ASTM D4787. 1.5 FIELD QUALITY ASSURANCE A.The OPT will observe and document surfaces for application of coating at each stage as Quality Assurance following Contractor's Quality Control testing and inspection. Any surface that is coated prior to the approval will be stripped back and recoated. All steps of the coating system will be subject to observation prior to progression to succeeding steps. Phases of observation will include, but not be limited to: 1. During and after abrasive blasting and surface preparation. 2. Prior to application of resurfacing material. 3. During and immediately after each coating application. 4. Final coating observation. B. Contractor must provide a schedule for anticipated hold -points and must notify the OPT at least 7 days prior to any required inspections and confirmed 24 hours prior to inspection via text message and/or email and acknowledged by the OPT. Prior to scheduling an inspection, Contractor is responsible for reviewing Work and verifying it is ready for a threshold inspection. Once scheduled, if the OPT finds the Work not ready for inspection or if the inspection reveals deficiencies requiring re -testing, any additional trips for re -inspection or inspection for retesting of failed tests shall be borne by the Contractor and deducted from the Contract Value by Change Order. C.Observations must be conducted by the OPT after the Contractor's quality control testing. Testing will be repeated and final observations will be performed in the presence of the OPT and the Contractor's superintendent. All materials and equipment used in the accomplishment of testing are subject to observation at any time by the OPT. Periodic observation times will be agreed upon by the OPT and Contractor. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 09 97 23 Concrete Protective Coatings Page 6 of 18 D.OPT may conduct tests and observations to verify the coating manufacturer's data. If the coating testing results fall below the test requirements or visual observation, the OPT reserves the right to have the Contractor change coating materials and/or coating manufacturer to a coating that will meet all the stated requirements in this Section. All coating defects will be repaired in accordance with the coating manufacturer's written recommendations and be retested. All disbonded coatings will be removed and replaced in accordance with the coating manufacturer's written recommendations as approved by the Engineer. E. Contractor may not move or remove scaffolding, ladders or other fixtures necessary to provide proper observation until such Work has been observed and approved by the OPT. F. Any Work found to be deficient, damaged, or otherwise unacceptable will be repaired in accordance with the coating manufacturer's latest written repair recommendations at no additional cost to the OPT. G.OPT will make every attempt to minimize damage to newly coated areas during observation activities, but any damage caused, regardless of by whom, will be repaired by the Contractor at no additional cost to the OPT. H.Observation and/or acceptance of the Contractor's Work by the OPT in no way releases the Contractor from any of the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A.Submittals will be in accordance with Section 0133 00 "Submittals" and will include: Manufacturer's product data sheet for each coating type, including surface preparation requirements, recommended spreading rates, application procedures, recommended primers, environmental limits (temperature, humidity, and dew point) and other instructions. Data sheets complete with a graduated scale or curve, produced by the coating manufacturer, with curing characteristics and recommendations regarding complete coating curing for expected project specific environmental conditions. 2. Provide written instructions for manufacturer's coating repair procedures. 3. Safety Data Sheets (SDS) for all coatings, solvents, etc. 4. Applicator's qualifications, including training certificates for those who will be performing the coating application. 5. Manufacturer's statement regarding applicator instruction on product use and application. 6. Warranty documentation. 7. Documentation of Field Testing: The location and results of the thickness tests will be documented during field testing. The documentation will include test method and procedure used, equipment used, air temperature, surface temperature, humidity, dew point, quantity of structure(s) lined (square footage covered), number of gallons of product or material expended and materials used. If a location fails a test, the failing result will be included in the documentation along with what actions were taken to repair the failing area and the results of the subsequent retest of the area. After successful completion of the coating installation, this documentation will be submitted to the Owner as Record Data. This documentation shall be included in the weekly inspection reports. 8. Coating Plan: a. Anticipated coating process schedule by date, including dates when hold -point inspections are anticipated. Schedule must indicate detailed activities performed daily. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 09 97 23 Concrete Protective Coatings Page 7 of 18 b. Detailed procedures and schedule for all pre -cleaning, surface preparation and application of coating, including touch-up and repair procedures for all coating systems. c. Recoat schedule on the submitted coating materials. d. Provide a written plan documenting how spent cleaning debris and/or paint over -spray or droplets will be contained/confined to the Site during the surface preparation and coating application operations. Reasonable care must be exercised by the Contractor to prevent damage, nuisance, or hazardous conditions to adjacent or nearby property owners. Include all materials and methods to be used for protection of exterior surfaces and allow for recovery and disposal of paint debris and blast media. e. Provide written plan documenting how paint and/or abrasive damage to automobiles and property will be addressed, including a process for quick removal of the paint or abrasive, and how the Work will be accomplished (this will not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of setting claims for damage, but is intended to expedite and minimize said claims). 1.7 REFERENCE STANDARDS A.The publications listed below form a part of this Section to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by designation only. In the event of a conflict between the published standards, codes, and this Section, the more stringent requirement will govern. NSF International (NSF) / American National Standards Institute (ANSI): NSF/ANSI Standard Drinking Water System Components — Health Effects 61 NSF/ANSI/CAN 600 Health Effects Evaluation and Criteria for Chemicals in Drinking Water 2. ASTM International (ASTM): ASTM C307 Standard Test Method for Tensile Strength of Chemical -Resistant Mortar, Grouts, and Monolithic Surfacin s Standard Test Method for Linear Shrinkage and Coefficient of ASTM C531 Thermal Expansion of Chemical -Resistant Mortars, Grouts, Monolithic Surfacin s, and Polymer Concretes Standard Test Methods for Compressive Strength of Chemical- ASTM C579 Resistant Mortars, Grouts, Monolithic Surfacings, and Polymer Concretes Standard Test Method for Flexural Strength and Modulus of ASTM C580 Elasticity of Chemical -Resistant Mortars, Grouts, Monolithic Surfacin s, and Polymer Concretes ASTM C884 Standard Test Method for Thermal Compatibility Between Concrete and an Epoxy -Resin Overlay Standard Test Method for Determining the Static Coefficient of ASTM C1028 Friction of Ceramic Tile and Other Like Surfaces by the Horizontal Dynamometer Pull -Meter Method ASTM C1218 Standard Test Methods for Water -Soluble Chloride in Mortar and Concrete ASTM D1653 Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Organic Coating Films ASTM D2240 Standard Test Method for Rubber Property-Durometer Hardness FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 09 97 23 Concrete Protective Coatings Page 8 of 18 ASTM D2584 Standard Test Method for Ignition Loss of Cured Reinforced Resins ASTM D4060 Standard Test Method for Abrasion Resistance of Organic Coatings by the Taber Abraser ASTM D4258 Standard Practice for Surface Cleaning Concrete for Coating ASTM D4262 Standard Test Method for pH of Chemically Cleaned or Etched Concrete Surfaces ASTM D4263 Standard Test Method for Indicating Moisture in Concrete by the Plastic Sheet Method ASTM D4285 Standard Test Method for Indicating Oil or Water in Compressed Air ASTM D4414 Standard Practice for Measurement of Wet Film Thickness by Notch Gages ASTM D4541 Standard Test Method for Pull -Off Strength of Coatings Using Portable Adhesion Testers ASTM D4787 Standard Practice for Continuity Verification of Liquid or Sheet Linings Applied to Concrete Substrates Standard Test Method for Nondestructive Measurement of Dry Film ASTM D6132 Thickness of Applied Organic Coatings Using an Ultrasonic Coating Thickness Gage ASTM D7234 Standard Test Method for Pull -Off Adhesion Strength of Coatings on Concrete Using Portable Pull -Off Adhesion Testing ASTM D7393 Standard Practice for Indicating Oil in Abrasives ASTM E337 Standard Test Method for Measuring Humidity with a Psychrometer (the Measurement of Wet- and Dry -Bulb Temperatures) ASTM F1869 Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride ASTM F2170 Standard Test Method for Determining Relative Humidity in Concrete Floor Slabs Using in situ Probes ASTM F2414 Standard Practice for Sealing Sewer Manholes Using Chemical Grouting Standard Guide for Preliminary Evaluation of Comparative Moisture ASTM F2659 Condition of Concrete, Gypsum Cement and Other Floor Slabs and Screeds Using a Non -Destructive Electronic Moisture Meter ASTM G210 Standard Practice for Operating the Severe Wastewater Analysis Testing Apparatus 3. International Concrete Repair Institute (ICRI): Standard 310.2 Selecting and Specifying Concrete Surface Preparation for Sealers, Coatings, Polymer Overlays and Concrete Repair with CSP Chips 4. The Association for Materials Protection and Performance (AMPP): SSPC-AB 1 Mineral and Slag Abrasives SSPC-AB 2 Cleanliness of Recycled Ferrous Metallic Abrasives SSPC-AB 3 Ferrous Metallic Abrasives SSPC-AB 4 Recyclable Encapsulated Abrasive Media (in a Compressible Cellular Matrix FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 09 97 23 Concrete Protective Coatings Page 9 of 18 SSPC-SP Surface Preparation of Concrete 13/NACE 6 SSPC-PA 2 Procedure for Determining Conformance to Dry Coating Thickness Requirements SSPC-PA 9 Measurement of Dry Coating Thickness Using Ultrasonic Gages SSPC Guide 6 Containment of Debris rSSPC Guide 12 Illumination of Painting Projects 5. Occupational Safety & Health Administration (OSHA): 1915.35 Standards - 29 CFR Painting 6. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ): 30 TAC Chapter 290, Rules and Regulations for Public Water Systems Subchapter D 1.8 WORKING CONDITIONS A.Contractor will conform to all local, state, and federal regulations including those set forth by OSHA, RCRA and the EPA and any other applicable authorities. B. Confined space entry program and other required safety training certificates will be submitted by the Contractor as Record Data to the Owner as necessary to perform the specified Work. C. Provide adequate lighting at any location that coatings are being applied or testing is performed. Illumination must be of sufficient intensity as deemed necessary by the Owner's representative to achieve acceptable results. Provide explosion -proof lighting when required. D.Temporary ladders and scaffolds will conform to applicable safety requirements. Erect temporary scaffolds where needed to cover large areas. Provide ladders or scaffolding during testing procedures. E. Exterior concrete waterproofing has been specified in Section 03 30 00 "Cast -in -Place Concrete." 1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL REQUIREMENTS A.Contractor must monitor all environmental conditions during surface preparation and coating activities. If a suitable environment for the application of coatings does not exist, the Contractor must provide an environment required by the coating manufacturer during surface preparation, coating and coating curing. B. Contractor must furnish all labor, materials, equipment, fabrication and quality control inspections, and all other incidentals required to control and maintain the environment inside the structure, as applicable, within the parameters stated in this Section and must incorporate these and any other expenses into the bid. C.Heating and Dehumidification: 1. If acceptable environmental conditions cannot be met, dehumidification equipment must be used to control the environment during surface preparation, rehabilitation, coating application and coating curing at no additional cost to the Owner. a. If the Contractor cannot meet the required environmental conditions to apply the coating system per this Section and the coating manufacturer's written recommendations, FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 09 97 23 Concrete Protective Coatings Page 10 of 18 Contractor will cease operations until approved dehumidification equipment has been provided, and acceptable environmental conditions are achieved. b. If coating system is applied without dehumidification or in conditions not acceptable by this Section and by the coating manufacturer's written requirements, Contractor must fully remove coating system applied and replace per the Engineer's direction. 2. OPT reserves the rights, in the event that the dehumidification equipment is not performing to the minimum requirements stated in this Section, to require the Contractor to modify and or add additional equipment to satisfy the conditions of this Section, at the sole cost to the Contractor. D.Forced Ventilation: 1. Continuous forced fresh air ventilation must be provided in enclosed structures as applicable through final coating operations and coating curing. 2. Forced ventilation must be supplied to the structure per the recoat time required by the coating manufacturer and at least 48 hours after the final coat has been applied. 3. Any openings susceptible to emissions during blasting, cleaning, and coating operations must be properly fitted and secured with suitable dust collection devices to reduce the release of emissions. 4. During coating of an enclosed structure the Contractor must monitor the air for the lower explosion limit (LEL) as published in the coating manufacturer's product SDS's from the beginning of coating application and until this coating is cured. 5. During coating curing and when no coatings are being applied inside of an enclosed structure, the equipment must be sized so that it is capable of changing the volume of air inside the entire structure a minimum of 1.5 to 2.0 times per hour. On smaller structures, exchanges may be reduced as justified by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. 6. Throughout the duration of ventilation, containment of blasting abrasives, removed coating, and applied coatings must be maintained by use of proper filtration. 7. Contractor is responsible for supplying, installing and maintaining the forced ventilation system. 8. Ventilation during interior abrasive blasting can be reduced to one air exchange per hour. 9. The above ventilation requirements are minimum requirements. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to verify that the flow rate provided throughout the structure meets the curing requirements of the coating manufacturer for the coating applied. Should additional ventilation be required by the coating manufacturer, the Contractor must furnish additional ventilation. E. Containment System: 1. Contractor must provide containment methods, either full or partial, which allows for the containment of the environmentally sensitive waste, dust and paint over spray that will be generated during the abrasive blasting and painting operation. 2. Minimum Containment for Field Surface Preparation: a. Provide a minimum SSPC Guide 6 (CON) Class 3A.DLE3 containment system when dry abrasive blasting. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 09 97 23 Concrete Protective Coatings Page 11 of 18 b. Provide a minimum SSPC Guide 6 (CON) Class 2W containment system when wet abrasive blasting. All water must be contained and properly disposed of. 3. The ground surrounding around the structure must be protected from all debris, emissions, dust, and other materials generated in the cleaning operations with a minimum of two layers of polyethylene covered with plywood or the same material used for the perimeter containment system. 4. Containment is not required when blasting on the interior of a completely enclosed structure if no visible emissions are created. 5. Contractor must ensure that no spent cleaning/blasting debris, dust, overspray, coating droplets, or emissions of any kind, escape to the atmosphere. 6. OPT reserves the right to stop Work or require containment, additional containment or different containment methods if the Contractor's operations create a nuisance outside the work area in the sole opinion of the OPT, any regulatory agency, or neighbor. All costs of providing an adequate containment system must be included by the Contractor in the base bid. 7. Contractor will be responsible for all materials that are used and for any apparatus used to contain dust emissions, debris, overspray, and coating droplets. If the containment system attaches to the structure, it must not impose excessive loading on existing structures. The OPT reserves the right to require a design prepared by a professional engineer as no additional cost if there are concerns with the containment system utilized. 8. Any damage to the structure as a direct or indirect result of the containment system must be repaired or sections replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. Neither the Owner nor the Engineer assumes any responsibility for the structural ability of the structure to support the containment system. 9. If tarps are used as part of the containment system, the tarps must be an impervious, solid, flame -resistant material, reinforced with a fiber mesh and must allow as much light as possible to pass through the material. A. The coating manufacturer must issue a I0-year warranty to the Owner for the coating materials and performance of the coatings applied. Coating manufacturer's written warranty must be submitted and accepted by the OPT prior to approval of the coatings submittal. If the warranty does not substantially meet the requirements of this Section, the Contractor must provide an alternative coating manufacturer that will meet the requirements at no additional cost to the OPT. 1.11 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A.Deliver coating products to the Site in original unopened containers, with manufacturer's label, batch number, warning labels, contents (by volume) attached. Materials shall be subject to random observations by the OPT. Do not apply products until the OPT has verified the product for use. B.Use one location at each Site for the storage of coating products. Protect the area from spills and other damage. Protect the products from temperatures exceeding the manufacturer's requirements. Keep containers covered. Keep the storage rooms clean of trash and debris. Dispose of oily or used rags daily. Under no circumstances will they be allowed to accumulate. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 09 97 23 Concrete Protective Coatings Page 12 of 18 Take precautions to prevent fires. The storage of flammable liquids will comply with city, state, or other fire codes. C. Storage of coating products and associated materials must be in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements. Coatings that have been damaged or not stored properly must not be used and will be removed from the Site. D.All products and coatings that have not been approved for the Project will be immediately removed from the Site. E. All materials must be delivered to the Site in original sealed containers with the date of manufacture and batch number stamped thereon by the coating manufacturer. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL COATING REQUIREMENTS A.All coatings must be free of heavy metals such as arsenic, barium, chromium, selenium, silver, lead, mercury and cadmium. B.All coatings submitted or used on this Project must comply with the EPA's Clean Air Act for maximum VOC (volatile organic compound) limits. 2.2 MATERIALS A.The resurfacer, primer and topcoat composite will contain no chemicals classified by the National Toxicology Program (NTP), the International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC), or the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) as carcinogenic, nor suspected carcinogenic chemicals. B. The intent of this Section is to provide and install coatings in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Any resurfacers or repair materials recommended by the manufacturer to provide a suitable substrate and apply the products as specified must be provided and installed at no additional cost. Any resurfacer and/or repair materials to be applied to the prepared concrete substrate shall be compatible with the coating system applied and as approved by the manufacturer. C. To ensure correct mix ratios are achieved, the packaging of each component will be pre -measured to the correct mix ratio and in the quantities that will be mixed on Site. D.The material must be suitable for overhead, vertical and horizontal surfaces, and capable of being spray applied, brushed or rolled at a specified thickness as recommended by the manufacturer. 2.3 PRODUCTS AND COATING SYSTEMS A.Products listed herein are specified to establish a standard of quality. Products which comply with the Contract Documents and are manufactured by the companies listed in this Section will be acceptable. B. Contractor must ensure coating compatibility with coordination between all product manufacturers as part of a complete system. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 09 97 23 Concrete Protective Coatings Page 13 of 18 C.New Construction - Wastewater Collections and Primary Treatment Coating Systems (Lift Stations, All Piping and Appurtenances Inside the Wet Well): 1. A. W. Chesterton Company: a. Concrete Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP13/NACE No. 6, ICRI 310.2 CSP 4-6. b. Piping Surface Preparation: per Section 09 96 00 — High Performance Coatings c. Coating Schedule: Coat Product DFT Color Resurfacer ARC 791 As Required Amber Primer ARC 797 Per Manufacturer Gray Finish Coat ARC S1HB 125 mils min. Light Gray 2. Warren Environmental: a. Concrete Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP13/NACE No. 6, ICRI 310.2 CSP 4-6. b. Piping Surface Preparation: per Section 09 96 00 — High Performance Coatings c. Coating Schedule: Coat Product DFT Color Resurfacer 301-14-5 Mastic As Required Off -White Primer 301-SC Per Manufacturer Clear Finish Coat 301-14 125 mils min. Off White D.Sealants: Sealant is to be Sikaflex IA or approved equal. Contractor to confirm with manufacturer that the products to be used are acceptable for environment indicated in the Drawings and Specifications. 2.4 ABRASIVE MATERIALS A.Abrasive materials used must be non -carcinogenic when properly used, properly graded, be sharp, have proper angularity, and be clean and free of contaminants that would interfere with adhesion of coating, including lead, chromium, cadmium, arsenic, chlorides, dirt, oil, etc., such as steel grit or approved equal. B.All expendable abrasives must meet SSPC-AB 1 and all abrasives must meet the requirements of SSPC-AB 1, Class A for silica content with less than 1 percent silica by weight before blasting. C.New ferrous recyclable abrasive must meet SSPC-AB 3 and SSPC-AB 2. D.Ferrous and Non -Ferrous recycled abrasive must meet the requirements of SSPC-AB 2/4, for new and re -manufactured abrasives. Recycled abrasive used on this Project must be sampled before use by the Owner's representative and the Contractor. Contractor must take samples in the presence of the Owner's representative. Every barrel or container of recycled abrasive must be tested. Contractor must have the samples sent to a laboratory for testing per SSPC-AB 2/4 and for atomic absorption testing for total lead, cadmium, chromium, barium and arsenic. The recycled abrasive must not be used until the results of the atomic absorption testing, testing required by SSPC-AB 3/4 and chain of custody forms are submitted and accepted by the FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 09 97 23 Concrete Protective Coatings Page 14 of 18 Engineer. Test results must indicate that the total lead levels are less than 1000 ppm (<O.1 percent) to be allowed to be used on this Project. Test must be used for abrasives used in both shop and field abrasive blasting. E. The grade must be of such size as to achieve an acceptable anchor pattern or surface profile as required by the coating manufacturer. F. Silica sand, coal slag, and/or copper slag must not be used as a blast abrasive. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.All materials must be handled and applied in accordance with the coating manufacturer's recommendations and this Section. B.All coating material for the exterior topcoat must be mixed from one batch number. Batching should occur so that the shelf life extends beyond the end of the Project. C.All blasting and coating equipment must be in first class condition and comply with all recommendations of the coating manufacturer and these specifications. Owner reserves the right to have the Contractor immediately repair, modify or remove equipment functioning poorly or creating a nuisance as determined by the Owner. D.Do not apply any coating to piping or other surfaces before testing has been completed and systems approved. Any damage to coatings resulting from subsequent corrective procedures must be stripped back to bare metal and repainted with the appropriate paint system as directed by the Engineer. E. Surfaces which will be inaccessible after installation must be coated prior to installation or must be coated and approved in stages as the Work is installed. F. Coating application procedures must conform to the standards of craftsmanship as discussed in the Steel Structures Painting Manual, Volume 1 "Good Painting Practice". G.All thinning must be as per the coating manufacturer's recommendations. Use only those thinners expressly approved by the manufacturer for the coatings used on this Project. Do not allow thinners to be stored in unmarked containers at any time. H.Illumination equipment must be provided by the Contractor in accordance with SSPC Guide 12. Explosion -proof lights and electrical equipment must be provided. The minimum illumination at the surface of the Work during surface preparation and coatings is 215 lux (20 fc). The minimum illumination during inspection is 538 lux (50 fc). Whenever required by the Owner's representative, the Contractor must provide additional illumination and necessary supports to cover all areas to be inspected. I. Project lighting must not interfere with entities surrounding the Site. Complaints from adjacent residential neighbors shall require Contractor to modify lighting plan to address complaint. Project lighting is considered subsidiary Work relating to various bid items of the Contract. J. Contractor must provide covers and plugs for the intake, discharge, drain piping, etc. at the point where the pipe enters the water compartment to prevent debris, or any other foreign matter from entering the piping. The covers and plugs must remain in place from beginning of the job until just prior to filling the structure for disinfection. Prior to filling the structure, Contractor must allow and support the Owner in flushing inlet lines into structures as applicable. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 09 97 23 Concrete Protective Coatings Page 15 of 18 K.Grating or grills must be securely attached to all openings not otherwise secured at the end of work each day until Work commences again. Gratings or grills must be used on all openings until the structure is secured for service. Grates or grills must be of at least 1/4-inch wire mesh, with a minimum of two square inch mesh openings and a maximum of six square inch openings, to allow adequate free air passage and structure protection. L. OPT must approve surfaces for application of coatings at each stage. Any material that is coated prior to the OPT's approval must be stripped back to bare concrete and repainted. M. Cleaning and coating must be scheduled such that dust and other materials from adjoining Work will not contaminate wet or newly coated surfaces. N.Contractor must use swivel or angle tips to allow abrasive blasting and coating within tight areas not accessible with straight tips. O.Where inspection shows that the specified thickness is not developed, apply additional coats to produce the required dry film thickness. If the re -coat window has passed, Contractor must abrade and prepare the surface in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Contractor must submit surface preparation to the Engineer for review prior to starting Work. P. There may be attachments to the concrete that are to be coated. Verify with Engineer on what needs to be prepared and coated. Any coatings applied to attachments must be neat with a formed edge at the stopping point using painter's tape. The tape must be removed after the coating has dried to a soft consistency, but before it is cured. Q.All applicable equipment must be electrically grounded as required and must have clean operating gauges, moisture traps, etc. R.Effective oil and water separators combined with after coolers or desiccant dryers must be used in compressed air lines serving abrasive blasting operations to remove detrimental oil and moisture from the air. Compressors may be tested periodically by the Owner's representative for oil and water contamination of compressed air per ASTM D4285. All compressor units found to produce unacceptable amounts of oil or water must be replaced with a compressor that is acceptable. S. Any Work found to be deficient, damaged, or otherwise unacceptable must be repaired in accordance with the coating manufacturer's written repair recommendations as approved by the OPT at no additional cost. T. Allow concrete surfaces to thoroughly cure prior to application of coatings. Allow a minimum of 28 days of curing time, or as recommended by manufacturer, to elapse before coatings are applied. U.For coatings to be applied to slab on grade, test slab for vapor permeation. V.Prior to commencing surface preparation, the Contractor will inspect all surfaces specified to receive the coating and notify the OPT, in writing, of any noticeable disparity in the Site, structure or surfaces which may interfere with the Work, use of materials or procedures as specified herein. 3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION A.High-Pressure Water Washing: 1. Prior to abrasive blasting, concrete surfaces must be thoroughly washed per SSPC-SP WJ- 4/NACE WJ-4 — Light Cleaning to remove all surface contaminants including existing coatings, grease, chemical salts, dust, dirt, loose concrete, and laitance. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 09 97 23 Concrete Protective Coatings Page 16 of 18 2. Check all concrete surfaces to be coated for surface contamination prior to abrasive blasting. Test for residual grease and oils per ASTM F22 or with an ultraviolet light. Remove all grease, oils, and grime from the concrete surface by washing with an emulsifying alkaline water -based cleaner. Follow with a thorough rinsing per SSPC-SP WJ-4/NACE WJ-4. Alternate methods of surface preparation, i.e. acid etch, etc., may be used with prior written approval of the coating manufacturer and Engineer. B.Abrasive Blasting: 1. For coating existing concrete surfaces, the Contractor will blast surface for initial inspection. If concrete surface is corroded and/or reinforcing steel is visible, the surface must be repaired before coating is applied. 2. Verify prepared concrete substrates have pH within the manufacturer's recommendations. Proceed with application of coatings only after substrates have been tested for pH per ASTM D4262 and are in the range recommended by the manufacturer. Continue abrasive blasting as required to remove contaminated concrete as required to meet pH requirements at no additional cost. Surfaces must be prepared and compared to scale indicated in ICRI Technical Guide No. 310.2R. C. Structural Repairs and Resurfacing: 1. Resulting surface must be structurally sound and free of contaminants prior to coating application. Areas of the prepared surface discovered to exceed the allowed degree of surface preparation will be deemed defective. Repair and resurface any defective areas prior to surface preparation. Apply resurfacing material in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation. 2. Prior to proceeding with application of coatings, all surfaces must be evaluated by the Contractor with the OPT. After evaluation, the Contractor must submit the manufacturer's written recommended method of crack repair, with pictures of the surfaces to be repaired. Pre -fill cracks in horizontal and vertical surfaces with resurfacer as per the manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Provide injection crack repairs as determined by the OPT in accordance with the Drawings and manufacturer's recommendations. 5. It is not acceptable to install coatings over surfaces with exposed aggregate or un-filled surface irregularities. 6. Abrasive blasting after structural repairs and resurfacing to establish adequate surface profile is required as needed per the coating manufacturer's requirements. D.Preparing for Coating Application: 1. Coating terminations shall be as indicated in the Drawings and as per the manufacturer's written recommendations. If manufacturer's coating termination recommendations conflict with the Drawings, submit drawing and written copy of manufacturer's recommendation for review. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 09 97 23 Concrete Protective Coatings Page 17 of 18 3.3 APPLICATION A.Use only the coatings specified herein. Use only those thinners and solvents recommended by the manufacturer, only in the amounts necessary to produce the manufacturer's recommended spreading rate, and in amounts not exceeding the maximum quantities stated in the manufacturer's literature. B.The coating material will not show excessive settling in a freshly opened full can and will be easily re -dispersed with a paddle to a smooth, homogeneous state. It will show no curdling, thickening, becoming lumpy, caking, or color separation and will be free of lumps or skim surfaces. C.Do not apply any coatings when weather conditions are unfavorable. If climatic conditions are not conducive for best results, postpone application of coatings until conditions conform to the manufacturer's recommendations and the provisions of this Section. Follow manufacturer's guidelines for coating over wet or damp cementitious substrates. Do not apply coatings in wet or damp weather conditions, or when there is dust in the air. Surfaces exposed to direct sunlight will be shaded by awnings or other protective devices while coatings are being applied. When necessary, provide temporary heating devices of a type that produces no fumes that will not discolor the coating system. D.Prior to coating application, wipe the surfaces per ASTM D4214 to detect dust. Remove all surface contaminants from the concrete structure per ASTM D4258 prior to application of coatings. E. Surface to be coated may be damp, if allowed by manufacturer. There will be no standing water. Refer to the manufacturer's recommendation on maximum allowable moisture vapor transmission and provide testing as required to determine substrate is suitable for coatings. F. Specified surfaces should be shielded to avoid exposure to direct sunlight, other intense heat source or, where cementitious products are employed, excessive ventilation. Where varying surface temperatures do exist, coating installation should be scheduled when the temperature is falling versus rising. G.Maximum and minimum DFT must be per the supplied coating manufacturer's printed requirements and as required by this Section. DFT will be measured pursuant to SSPC-PA 2, Level 2 with an allowable measurement of spot DFT o£ 1. Minimum DFT as specified, no less than the minimum specified will be accepted. 2. 120 percent of maximum DFT specified. 3. Areas that fail to meet this criterion must be corrected. Use of an instrument such as a pull off adhesion testing, etc., is permitted if a destructive test is deemed necessary by the Engineer. H.Holiday testing: Perform holiday testing in accordance with ASTM D4787 on 100 percent of all coated surfaces. Mark and repair pinholes in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions, then retest pinholes. No surface defects will be permitted in the final coats. Areas containing holidays will receive additional coats until tests indicate no holidays. 3.4 COATING REPAIRS A.All coating repairs must be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and must be included in the submitted coating plan. No coatings may be applied to a surface that has not been properly prepared. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 09 97 23 Concrete Protective Coatings Page 18 of 18 B. Square off areas to be repaired with blue painter's tape. 3.5 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES A. Contractor must take every precaution available while cleaning and coating the structures to avoid dusting or spraying the Site, nearby residences and vehicles with either blast debris or over - spray coating. Shrouding is mandatory for exterior abrasive blasting and for spray application of coatings. Contractor will be responsible for properly loading, securing, transporting and disposing of all waste. B.If, in the opinion of the OPT, modifications or repairs are necessary to the shroud or ground cover apparatus to provide improved containment of blasting or coating operations, blasting and coating operations must stop until the OPT indicates to the Contractor that adequate repairs are complete. C.Prior to any surface preparation, the ground surrounding the structure must be covered with tarps or a similar ground cover that will allow for recovery of paint debris and blast media. Adequate protection of all areas surrounding the structure must be provided during coating application. D.Contractor is responsible for complete cleanup of all areas contaminated by blast debris. E. Contractor is responsible for all damages to on -site facilities, residences, vehicles and/or public health, including any fines or penalties resulting from improper containment during blasting or coating of the structure. F. If present at the Site, all security equipment (light poles, camera poles, microwave beam poles, etc.) must be protected by construction of temporary fences or barricades around above ground devices. Four feet must remain clear of construction materials and activities around all security equipment devices. G.Protect adjacent materials from damage, including over spray or spillage. Provide drop cloths or other protective tarps to cover floors, equipment or other adjacent materials. 3.6 CLEAN AND ADJUST A. Promptly remove trash and debris resulting from painting operation from the Site. Remove drop cloths, masking tapes and other protective coverings. Remove paint spills, splatters, overlap of paint from adjacent material and other defects. Spot paint nicks and other defects. B.Remove paint containers and waste products. Thoroughly clean paint storage rooms, removing spilled paint from walls and floors. END OF SECTION FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 SECTION 09 99 00 PAINTING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 09 99 00 - 1 PAINTING Page 1 of 11 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes surface preparation and field painting of exposed exterior and interior items and surfaces. 1. Steel and iron. 2. Galvanized metal. 3. Gypsum board. 4. Concrete and Masonry. 5. Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified in this Section are in addition to shop priming and surface treatment specified in other Sections. B. Paint exposed surfaces, except where these Specifications indicate that the surface or material is not to be painted or is to remain natural. If an item or a surface is not specifically mentioned, paint the item or surface the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces. If a color or finish is not indicated, Architect will select from standard colors and finishes available. 1. Painting includes field painting of exposed bare and covered pipes not included in Section 09 96 00 "High -Performance Coatings", and ducts (including color coding), hangers, exposed steel and iron supports, and surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment that do not have a factory -applied final finish. C. Do not paint prefinished items, concealed surfaces, finished metal surfaces, operating parts, and labels. 1. Prefnished items include the following factory -finished components: a. Finished mechanical and electrical equipment. b. Light fixtures. 2. Concealed surfaces include walls or ceilings in the following generally inaccessible spaces: a. Furred areas. b. Ceiling plenums. c. Utility tunnels. d. Duct shafts. 3. Finished metal surfaces include the following: a. Anodized aluminum. b. Stainless steel. c. Chromium plate. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 099900-2 PAINTING Page 2 of I 1 d. Copper and copper alloys. e. Bronze and brass. 4. Operating parts include moving parts of operating equipment and the following: a. Valve and damper operators. b. Linkages. c. Sensing devices. d. Motor and fan shafts. 5. Labels: Do not paint over UL, FMG, or other code -required labels or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. D. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 5 Section 05 50 00 "Metal Fabrications" for shop priming ferrous metal. 2. Division 9 Section "Protective Coatings" for industrial paints and maintenance and for special coatings. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. General: Standard coating terms defined in ASTM D 16 apply to this Section. 1. Flat refers to a lusterless or matte fmish with a gloss range below 15 when measured at an 85-degree meter. 2. Eggshell refers to low -sheen finish with a gloss range between 20 and 35 when measured at a 60-degree meter. 3. Semigloss refers to medium -sheen finish with a gloss range between 35 and 70 when measured at a 60-degree meter. 4. Full gloss refers to high -sheen finish with a gloss range more than 70 when measured at a 60-degree meter. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each paint system indicated. Include block fillers and primers. 1. Material List: An inclusive list of required coating materials. Indicate each material and cross-reference specific coating, finish system, and application. Identify each material by manufacturer's catalog number and general classification. 2. Manufacturer's Information: Manufacturer's technical information, including label analysis and instructions for handling, storing, and applying each coating material. B. Samples for Verification: For each color and material to be applied, with texture to simulate actual conditions, on representative Samples of the actual substrate. 1. Provide stepped Samples, defining each separate coat, including block fillers and primers. Use representative colors when preparing Samples for review. Resubmit until required sheen, color, and texture are achieved. 2. Provide a list of materials and applications for each coat of each Sample. Label each Sample for location and application. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 099900-3 PAINTING Page 3 of I 1 3. Submit 3 Samples on the following substrates for Architect's review of color and texture only: a. Concrete Unit Masonry: 4-by-8-inch (100-by-200-mm) Samples of masonry, with mortar joint in the center, for each finish and color. b. Painted Wood: 8-inch- (200-mm-) square Samples for each color and material on hardboard. c. Ferrous Metal: 4-inch- (100-mm-)square Samples of flat metal and 6-inch- (150-mm) long Samples of solid metal for each color and finish. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in applying paints and coatings similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in applications with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Source Limitations: Obtain block fillers and primers for each coating system from the same manufacturer as the finish coats. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label and the following information: 1. Product name or title of material. 2. Product description (generic classification or binder type). 3. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture. 4. Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents. 5. Thinning instructions. 6. Application instructions. 7. Color name and number. 8. VOC content. B. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well -ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F (7 deg C). Maintain storage containers in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 1. Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Apply waterborne paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air are between 50 and 90 deg F (10 and 32 deg Q. B. Apply solvent -thinned paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air are between 45 and 95 deg F (7 and 35 deg C). C. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist; or when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or at temperatures less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 09 99 00 - 4 PAINTING Page 4 of 11 1. Painting may continue during inclement weather if surfaces and areas to be painted are enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by manufacturer during application and drying periods. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products listed in other Part 2 articles. B. Manufacturers' Names: Shortened versions (shown in parentheses) of the following manufacturers' names are used in other Part 2 articles: 1. Benjamin Moore & Co. (Benjamin Moore). 2. Coronado Paint Company (Coronado). 3. ICI Dulux Paint Centers (ICI Dulux Paints). 4. Kelly -Moore Paint Co. (Kelly -Moore). 5. PPG Industries, Inc. (Pittsburgh Paints). 6. Sherwin-Williams Co. (Sherwin-Williams). 2.2 PAINT MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, and finish -coat materials that are compatible with one another and with the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best -quality paint material of the various coating types specified that are factory formulated and recommended by manufacturer for application indicated. Paint -material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable. 1. Proprietary Names: Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to designate colors or materials is not intended to imply that products named are required to be used to the exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers. Furnish manufacturer's material data and certificates of performance for proposed substitutions. C. Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.3 INTERIOR PRIMERS A. Interior Concrete and Masonry Primer: Factory -formulated alkali -resistant acrylic -latex interior primer for interior application. 1. Benjamin Moore; Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Enamel Undercoater & Primer Sealer No. 253: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.2 mils (0.030 mm). 2. Coronado; 40-11 Super Kote 5000 Latex Primer -Sealer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.2 mils (0.030 mm). 3. ICI Dulux Paints; 3030-1200 Bond -Prep Interior/Exterior Waterborne Pigmented Bonding Primer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.8 mils (0.046 mm). FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 099900-5 PAINTING Page 5 of I 1 4. Kelly -Moore; 971 Acry-Prime Interior Latex Primer/Sealer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils (0.041 mm). M. A. B. Paint; Fresh Kote Vinyl Primer 037-100: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils (0.038 mm). 6. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-2 SpeedHide Interior Quick -Drying Latex Sealer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.0 mil (0.025 mm). 7. Sherwin-Williams; PrepRite Masonry Primer B28W300: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 3.0 mils (0.076 mm). B. Interior Ferrous -Metal Primer: Factory -formulated quick -drying rust -inhibitive alkyd -based metal primer. 1. Benjamin Moore; Moore's IMC Alkyd Metal Primer No. M06: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils (0.051 mm). 2. Coronado; 35-147 Rust Scat Alkyd Metal Primer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils (0.051 mm). 3. ICI Dulux Paints; 4130-6130 Devshield Rust Penetrating Metal Primer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.2 mils (0.056 mm). 4. ICI Dulux Paints; 4160-6130 Devguard Multi -Purpose Tank & Structural Primer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils (0.051 mm). 5. Kelly -Moore; 1711 Kel-Guard Alkyd White Rust Inhibitive Primer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils (0.051 mm). 6. M. A. B. Paint; Rust-O-Lastic Anti -Corrosive Primer 073-132: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils (0.051 mm). 7. Pittsburgh Paints; 90-709 Pitt -Tech One Pack Interior/Exterior Primer/Finish DTM Industrial Enamel: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils (0.038 mm). 8. Sherwin-Williams; Kem Kromik Universal Metal Primer B50NZ6/B50WZ1: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 3.0 mils (0.076 mm). C. Interior Gypsum Board Primer: Factory formulated acrylic primer for painted drywall. 1. Benjamin Moore: Drywall Primer 380, Acrylic, Flat, Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.0 mils (0.025 mm). 2. Kelly -Moore: Drywall 971 AcryPlex PVA, Polyvinyl Acetate Primer. Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.4 mils (0.035 mm). 3. PPG: see Interior Finish Coats. 2.4 INTERIOR FINISH COATS A. Interior Flat Latex -Emulsion Size: Factory -formulated flat latex -based interior paint. 1. Benjamin Moore; Moorecraft Super Spec Latex Flat No. 275: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.2 mils (0.031 mm). 2. Coronado; 28 Line Super Kote 5000 Vinyl Latex Flat Wall: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.2 mils (0.031 mm). 3. ICI Dulux Paints; 1200-XXXX Dulux Professional Velvet Matte Interior Flat Latex Wall & Trim Finish: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.4 mils (0.036 mm). FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 099900-6 PAINTING Page 6 of I 1 4. Kelly -Moore; 450 Pro -Wall Interior Flat Latex Wall Paint: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.8 mils (0.046 mm). 5. M. A. B. Paint; Fresh Kote Latex Flat 402 Line: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils (0.038 mm). 6. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-70 Line SpeedHide Interior Wall Flat -Latex Paint: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.0 mil (0.025 mm). 7. Sherwin-Williams; ProMar 200 Interior Latex Flat Wall Paint B3OW2O0 Series: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.4 mils (0.036 mm). B. Interior Low -Luster Acrylic Enamel: Factory -formulated eggshell acrylic -latex interior enamel. 1. Benjamin Moore; Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Eggshell Enamel No. 274: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.3 mils (0.033 mm). 2. Coronado; 30-Line Super Kote 5000 Latex Eggshell Enamel: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.3 mils (0.033 mm). 3. ICI Dulux Paints; 1402-XXXX Dulux Professional Acrylic Eggshell Interior Wall & Trim Enamel: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.4 mils (0.036 mm). 4. Kelly -Moore; 1610 Sat-N-Sheen Interior Latex Low Sheen Wall and Trim Finish: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils (0.041 mm). 5. Kelly -Moore; 1686 Dura-Poxy Eggshell Acrylic Enamel: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils (0.041 mm). 6. M. A. B. Paint; Fresh Kote Latex Satin Eggshell Enamel 405 Line: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils (0.038 mm). 7. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-400 Series SpeedHide Eggshell Acrylic Latex Enamel: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.25 mils (0.032 mm). 8. Sherwin-Williams; ProMar 200 Interior Latex Egg -Shell Enamel B2OW20O Series: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils (0.041 mm). C. Interior Waterborne Acrylic Topcoat System. 1. Benjamin Moore; N549 Regal Interior paint —Eggshell Acrylic paint. Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils (0.041 mm). 2. Kelly -Moore; 1010 Premium Professional — Eggshell Acrylic paint. Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.4 mils (0.041 mm). 3. PPG; Speedhide — Self -priming Eggshell Arcylic Latex paint. Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 4.7 mils (0.119 mm). FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 099900-7 PAINTING Page 7 of I 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for paint application. 1. Proceed with paint application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces receiving paint are thoroughly dry. 2. Start of painting will be construed as Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions within a particular area. B. Maximum Moisture Contents of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows: 1. Masonry (Clay and CMUs): 12 percent 2. Gypsum Board: 12 percent C. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the total system for various substrates. On request, furnish information on characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers. 1. Notify Architect about anticipated problems when using the materials specified over substrates primed by others. 3.2 PREPARATION A. General: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and similar items already installed that are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of the item, provide surface -applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1. After completing painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items removed using workers skilled in the trades involved. B. Cleaning: Before applying paint or other surface treatments, clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of the various coatings. Remove oil and grease before cleaning. 1. Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. C. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. 1. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime. 2. Cementitious Materials: Prepare concrete, concrete unit masonry, cement plaster. Remove efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and release agents. Roughen as required to remove glaze. If hardeners or sealers have been used to improve curing, use mechanical methods of surface preparation. a. Use abrasive blast -cleaning methods if recommended by paint manufacturer. b. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces by performing appropriate tests. If surfaces are sufficiently alkaline to cause the finish paint to blister and burn, correct this condition before application. Do not paint surfaces if moisture content exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 099900-8 PAINTING Page 8 of 11 3. Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous -metal surfaces that have not been shop coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with SSPC's recommendations. a. Blast steel surfaces clean as recommended by paint system manufacturer. b. Treat bare and sandblasted or pickled clean metal with a metal treatment wash coat before priming. c. Touch up bare areas and shop -applied prime coats that have been damaged. Wire -brush, clean with solvents recommended by paint manufacturer, and touch up with same primer as the shop coat. 4. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with nonpetroleum-based solvents so surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods. 5. Pretreat galvanized surfaces by one of the following methods: a. Phosphating: Apply a phosphate -containing solution to form a non -reactive zinc phosphate layer on the surface. b. Sweep Blasting: Provide a light blast cleaning intended to remove zinc oxides on the surface and roughen it without significant removal of the galvanizing. Sweep blasting should be performed with soft abrasives. Use an abrasive with a Mob's scale hardness of 5 or less. The particle size should be in the range of 8 to 20 mils. 6. Shop -Primed Steel Substrates: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and areas where shop paint is abraded. Paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop priming to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop -primed surfaces. 7. Galvanized -Metal Substrates: Remove grease and oil residue from galvanized sheet metal by mechanical methods to produce clean, lightly etched surfaces that promote adhesion of subsequently applied paints. 8. Gypsum Board Substrates: Verify that finishing compound is sanded smooth. D. Material Preparation: Mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density. Stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. If necessary, remove surface film and strain material before using. 3. Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer and only within recommended limits. E. Tinting: Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to simplify identification of each coat when multiple coats of same material are applied. Tint undercoats to match the color of the finish coat but provide sufficient differences in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 099900-9 PAINTING Page 9 of I 1 3.3 APPLICATION A. General: Apply paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. 1. Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes are indicated in the paint schedules. 2. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film. 3. Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used. 4. The term "exposed surfaces" includes areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures, grilles, convector covers, covers for finned -tube radiation, and similar components are in place. Extend coatings in these areas, as required, to maintain system integrity and provide desired protection. 5. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 6. Paint interior surfaces of ducts with a flat, nonspecular black paint where visible through registers or grilles. 7. Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces. 8. Finish doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges the same as faces. 9. Sand lightly between each succeeding coat. B. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. 1. The number of coats and film thickness required are the same regardless of application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until previous coat has cured as recommended by manufacturer. If sanding is required to produce a smooth, even surface according to manufacturer's written instructions, sand between applications. 2. Omit primer over metal surfaces that have been shop primed and touchup painted. 3. If undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint, apply additional coats until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Give special attention to ensure that edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. 4. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not recoat surfaces until paint has dried to where it feels firm, and does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and until application of another coat of paint does not cause undercoat to lift or lose adhesion. C. Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Brushes: Use brushes best suited for type of material applied. Use brush of appropriate size for surface or item being painted. 2. Rollers: Use rollers of carpet, velvet -back, or high -pile sheep's wool as recommended by manufacturer for material and texture required. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 099900-10 PAINTING Page 10 of 11 3. Spray Equipment: Use airless spray equipment with orifice size as recommended by manufacturer for material and texture required. D. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate to achieve dry film thickness indicated. Provide total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by manufacturer. 3.4 CLEANING A. Cleanup: At the end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint materials from Project site. 1. After completing painting, clean glass and paint -spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by washing and scraping without scratching or damaging adjacent finished surfaces. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage from painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as approved by Architect. B. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. After completing painting operations, remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work. 1. After work of other trades is complete, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P 1. 3.6 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. Steel Substrates: 1. Latex System, Alkyd Primer: a. Prime Coat: Shop primer specified in Section where substrate is specified. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Latex, interior, flat MPI Gloss Level 1, MPI #53. 1) Sherwin Williams; ProMar 200 Zero VOC B. Galvanized -Metal Substrates: 1. Institutional Low-Odor/VOC Latex System MPI INT 5.3N: a. Prime Coat: Primer, galvanized, water based, MPI #134. 1) Sherwin Williams; Pro Industrial DTM Acrylic Primer b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, flat MPI Gloss Level 1, MPI #143. 1) Sherwin Williams; ProMar 200 Zero VOC C. Masonry Substrates 1. Low -Luster Acrylic -Enamel Finish: Two finish coatsover ablock filler. a. Block Filler: Concrete unit masonry block filler. b. Finish Coats: Interior low -luster acrylic enamel. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 D. Gypsum Board Substrates 099900-11 PAINTING Page 11 of 11 1. Latex over Latex Sealer System a. Prime Coat: Primer sealer, Latex, Interior, MPI#50. b. Prim Coat: Latex, Interior, matching topcoat. c. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, matching topcoat. d. Topcoat: Latex, interior (MPI Gloss Level 2), MPI#44. END OF SECTION FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES SECTION 10 44 01 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 10 44 01 Fire Extinguishers Page 1 of 3 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes portable, hand -carried fire extinguishers and mounting brackets for fire extinguishers. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rating and classification, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for fire extinguisher and mounting brackets. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: For fire extinguishers to include in maintenance manuals. C. Warranty: Sample of special warranty. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NFPA Compliance: Fabricate and label fire extinguishers to comply with NFPA 10, "Portable Fire Extinguishers." B. Fire Extinguishers: Listed and labeled for type, rating, and classification by an independent testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace fire extinguishers that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Failure of hydrostatic test according to NFPA 10. b. Faulty operation of valves or release levers. 2. Warranty Period: Six years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 PORTABLE, HAND -CARRIED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. Fire Extinguishers: Type, size, and capacity for each mounting bracket indicated. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Ansul Incorporated; Tyco International Ltd. b. J. L. Industries, Inc.; a division of Activar Construction Products Group. c. Kidde Residential and Commercial Division; Subsidiary of Kidde plc. d. Larsen's Manufacturing Company. e. Pyro-Chem; Tyco Safety Products. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 10 44 01 Fire Extinguishers Page 2 of 3 2. Valves: Manufacturer's standard 3. Handles and Levers: Manufacturer's standard. 4. Instruction Labels: Include pictorial marking system complying with NFPA 10, Appendix B and bar coding for documenting fire extinguisher location, inspections, maintenance, and recharging. 2.2 MOUNTING BRACKETS A. Mounting Brackets: Manufacturer's standard galvanized steel, designed to secure fire extinguisher to wall or structure, of sizes required for types and capacities of fire extinguishers indicated, with plated or red baked -enamel finish. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following a. Ansul Incorporated; Tyco International Ltd. b. Fire End & Croker Corporation. c. J. L. Industries, Inc.; a division of Activar Construction Products Group. d. Larsen's Manufacturing Company. B. Identification: Lettering complying with authorities having jurisdiction for letter style, size, spacing, and location. Locate as indicated by Architect. 1. Identify bracket -mounted fire extinguishers with the words "FIRE EXTINGUISHER" in red letter decals applied to mounting surface. a. Orientation: Vertical. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine fire extinguishers for proper charging and tagging. 1. Remove and replace damaged, defective, or undercharged fire extinguishers. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Install fire extinguishers and mounting brackets in locations indicated and in compliance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Mounting Brackets: 54 inches (1372 mm) above finished floor to top of fire extinguisher. B. Mounting Brackets: Fasten mounting brackets to surfaces, square and plumb, at locations indicated. END OF SECTION FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 1073 16.13 Aluminum Canopy Structures Page 1 of 4 SECTION 10 73 16.13 ALUMINUM CANOPY STRUCTURES PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to design, fabricate and erect all aluminum canopy structures as indicated on the Drawings and specified by these performance specifications. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. All products shall be the standard components as manufactured by a company who is in the business of manufacturing pre-engineered aluminum structures. While these performance specifications describe the parameters essential for the structures indicated, each manufacturer is expected to use his building components and design techniques to the best advantage. To this end, Architect will accept minor deviation to specifications to permit manufacturer to furnish standard product. 2. Products that comply with the specifications by the following manufacturers, or approved equal, will be acceptable: a. Avadek Walkway Covers, Houston, Texas 77598 b. Dittmer Architectural Aluminum, Winter Springs, Florida 32708. c. Mapes Architectural Canopies, Lincoln, Nebraska 68514. d. Austin Mohawk and Company, Inc., Utica, New York 13501. e. Perfection Architectural Systems, Inc., Orlando, Florida 32807. f. Superior Mason Products, LLC., Birmingham, Alabama 35211. B. Design and Certification: Manufacturer shall have a licensed professional engineer design the structural system in regard to the minimum design loads specified herein. The canopy structure shall be certified by the licensed professional engineer by signing and sealing the design calculations and Shop Drawings for this Project. C. Experience Requirements: The installer shall be a franchised representative of the manufacturer, otherwise shall be approved in writing by the manufacturer as a qualified and experienced installer of the structures of the type specified. The installer shall be experienced in installations of this type and shall provide documentation of at least five other installations of the same type. D. Design Criteria: 1. Entire canopy design shall comply with the requirements of 2018 International Building Code, ASCE 7-16, and local and state codes and regulations. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 1073 16.13 Aluminum Canopy Structures Page 2 of 4 2. The canopy system shall consist of a cover and structural system which incorporates an internal drainage system. Canopy/roof structures shall be designed and manufactured for the loads indicated on the Drawings but not less than specified code requirements. 3. Design Load Combinations shall be in accordance with specified codes. E. Roof panels shall comply with UL 90 uplift specifications. F. The canopy system shall be designed as an unbraced rigid frame. The design shall assume a pin connection between column base plate and the top of foundation slab. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00 "Submittals" and shall include: 1. Shop Drawings showing complete dimensions, signed and sealed by a licensed professional engineer. 2. Product Data sheets. 3. Specifications. 4. Installer qualifications. 5. Anchor bolt setting plan. 6. Structural design analysis, signed and sealed by a licensed professional engineer. 1.04 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS A. The applicable provisions of the following standards shall apply as if written here in their entirety: 1. American Welding Society (AWS) specification: a. AWS D1.2: Structural Welding Code —Aluminum. 2. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor's National Association (SMACNA) publications: a. Architectural Sheet Metal Manual. 3. Underwriter's Laboratories (UL) publications: a. "Tests for Uplift Resistance of Roof Assemblies." b. "Class 90 Rating for Wind Resistance Construction." 4. International Code Council, Inc. (ICC): a. "International Building Code," referenced edition. 5. The Aluminum Association (AA) publications: a. "Designation System for Aluminum Finishes." 1.05 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. All components shall be delivered to the Site inside protective crates. Store on wood runners above grade. Small parts shall be packaged separately in sealed cardboard cartons. Protect aluminum surfaces from damage. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 1073 16.13 Aluminum Canopy Structures Page 3 of 4 1.06 JOB CONDITIONS A. Make complete field measurements prior to fabrication of components. Verify bolt setting dimensions. Fabricate all components in regard to field measurements. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of aluminum - canopy structure that do not comply with requirements or that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Structural failures including, but not limited to, excessive deflection. 3. Noise or vibration created by wind and thermal and structural movements. 4. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes and other materials beyond normal weathering. S. Water penetration through roofing and framing areas. 6. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Aluminum: Extruded aluminum 6061-T6 and/or 6063-T6 with AA M 1OC 22A 31, clear anodized finish. B. Deck Screws: Type 18-8 stainless steel, with neoprene washer. C. Miscellaneous Fasteners: Type 18-8 stainless steel of the appropriate size and type. D. Rivets: Aluminum pop rivets, as appropriate. E. Aluminum Deck: Extruded, self -flashing sections which interlock into a positive roll -lock, forming a composite unit, forming a water tight surface. F. Beams: Open top, drainage type, extruded aluminum, Type 6063-6, size as required. G. Columns: Radius cornered tubular extrusions of sizes required by design analysis. H. Fascia: 0.070-inch (minimum) extruded aluminum side and end fascias, manufacturer's standard configuration. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Structural elements shall be factory heli-arc welded with neatly formed mitered corners into a one-piece rigid bent. Surfaces in contact with concrete shall be coated with bituminous mastic. B. Entire roof system shall be designed for drainage, with water travelling across the roof deck and into open top beams, to downspouts at ends of U Beams. Provide welded end plates at each beam. U beams shall be welded into a complete component to a watertight unit. C. Drainage system may consist of drainage from the U Beam structure by means of an outlet leading to a downspout or manufacturer may use a perimeter rain gutter formed by the fascia units. FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025 1073 16.13 Aluminum Canopy Structures Page 4 of 4 D. Size of U beams, and fascia shall be determined by the manufacturer to correspond to the spans and bent spacings noted on the Drawings. Decks shall slope slightly toward open top beams and the beams shall slope from one side toward the gutter side. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Set structural system level and plumb. Attach deck to supporting beams with appropriate fasteners. Attach end and side fascias around perimeter of roof surface. B. Coat aluminum exposed to concrete per Section 03300 "Cast -In -Place Concrete." END OF SECTION FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC. Bonds Ranch Lift Station A TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT City Project Number: 104490-1 Revised November 20, 2025